104666 Catalog
112623-Brochure 112623-Brochure 112623-Brochure 785901 Batch6 unilog cesco-content
119350-Catalog 119350-Catalog 119350-Catalog 785901 Batch6 unilog cesco-content
112623-Brochure 112623-Brochure 112623-Brochure 785901 Batch7 unilog cesco-content
2014-07-05
: Pdf 104666-Catalog 104666-Catalog 785901 Batch5 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 200
Download | |
Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
2012 Supplemental and Obsolescence Digest 176 Have questions? Need technical support or on-site service? Now there’s one toll-free number to get all the information you need. 1-888-778-2733 2012 Supplemental and Obsolescence Digest 176 Global Specialist in Energy Management Power Management Process & Machines Management Customer Care Center The Customer Care Center (CCC) is a single point of contact where qualified personnel answer your customer service and technical support questions. IT/Server Room Management Serving all Schneider Electric authorized distributors and customers anywhere in the United States. Building Management Schneider Electric Services www.schneider-electric.us Schneider Electric USA, Inc. 1415 S. Roselle Road Palatine, IL 60067 Tel: 847-397-2600 Fax: 847-925-7500 www.schneider-electric.us Document Number 0100PL1202 This document has been printed on recycled paper © 2012 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. • 998-5626_US_C Schneider Electric Services provides you with power, automation and control, and energy management services to support the lifecycle of your system, process or installation. Our solutions help you get the most out of your investment and keep your facility at peak operational performance. Any brand. Any industry. Any time. Security Management The only good watt is a negawatt. Mining Generation 100 energy units Transmission 35 energy units Point of use 33 energy units Due to intrinsic inefficiencies, 33 units of energy consumed at the point of use require 100 units of primary energy. What’s a negawatt? The one you didn’t use. Energy saved is money saved. Yes, the smart grid is coming and we are actively implementing intelligence and innovations to help make it a reality. But we need a solution that will save energy and drive efficiency today as we are building the smarter grids of tomorrow. 30% 30% 30% Introducing EcoStruxure: Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to Plug™. EcoStruxure solutions cut energy costs today. Right now, EcoStruxure™ solutions from Schneider Electric™ can reduce your energy use by up to 30 while cutting capital and operational costs. End-use efficiency is where our focus needs to be! The percentage of revenue spent on energy by companies could reach 30% by 2020. And there is an urgent need to reduce CO2 emissions, especially as energy demand escalates. Energy management is the key – the fastest and most effective solution to curb greenhouse gas emissions while improving business performance. In fact, by 2030, energy efficiency and behavior change will offset more CO2 than all the new wind, solar, and other alternative energy generation methods combined.* As energy prices continue to climb, every unit of energy you save matters. One unit saved at the point of use means three units of primary energy not consumed. Today, only EcoStruxure Active Energy Management architecture can deliver up to 30% energy savings across your buildings, industrial plants, and data centers. You deserve an Efficient Enterprise™! Get smarter about energy Download this White Paper, “Growing a Green Corporation,” a $199 value, for FREE. Visit www.SEreply.com Key Code b653v ©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, EcoStruxure, Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to Plug, and Efficient Enterprise are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. 35 rue Joseph Monier, CS 30323, 95506 Rueil almaison Cedex (France) • 998-3259_US *Source: World Energy Outlook 2009, IEA/OECD www.schneider-electric.us Table of Contents 01 LOAD CENTERS................................................................................... 1-1 Fusible Pullouts .................................................................................................................. 1-2 Circuit Breaker Covers ....................................................................................................... 1-3 02 SAFETY SWITCHES ............................................................................. 2-1 General Duty Safety Switches............................................................................................ 2- 4 Accessories .................................................................................................................. 2-4 Heavy Duty Safety Switches .............................................................................................. 2- 3 Accessories .................................................................................................................. 2-3 Key Interlock Systems ................................................................................................. 2-4 Sample Applications .................................................................................................... 2-4 03 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND ENCLOSURES ............. 3-1 PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers ............................................................................................ 3-3 PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers ........................................................... 3-3 PowerPact™ L-Frame Circuit Breakers ....................................................................... 3-4 PowerPact™ D-Frame Circuit Breakers ...................................................................... 3-5 PowerPact™ Automatic Switches ....................................................................................... 3-6 Molded Case Circuit Breakers............................................................................................. 3-7 F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................... 3-7 K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ................................................ 3-9 L-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................. 3-11 L-Frame Micrologic™ Series B Trip Circuit Breakers ................................................ 3-13 Molded Case Circuit Breakers........................................................................................... 3-15 Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector .......................................................................... 3-15 Molded Case Circuit Breakers........................................................................................... 3-16 GJ-Frame MCP Selection .......................................................................................... 3-16 Special Construction Circuit Breakers............................................................................... 3-17 Special Terminal Connectors and Lugs ..................................................................... 3-17 Special Calibration, Rear-Connected Studs, Visi-Blade, Moisture/Fungus Treatment, and Short LA/LH Handle .............................................. 3-18 Special Magnetic or Thermal Calibration ................................................................... 3-18 Rear-Connected Studs .............................................................................................. 3-18 Visi-BladeTM Circuit Breakers .................................................................................... 3-18 Moisture and Fungus Resistant Treatment for Circuit Breakers ................................ 3-18 Short Handle for LA/LH Circuit Breakers (No Additional Charge) .............................. 3-18 P-Frame Replacement Handles, Key Interlock Adapter Plate and Exchange Program .................................................................................................... 3-19 Special Terminations ................................................................................................. 3-20 Grounded BØ Systems .............................................................................................. 3-21 Circuit Breakers for Grounded B-Phase (BØ) (Corner-Grounded Delta) Systems (No Additional Charge) .............................................................................................. 3-21 UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers ............................................................................. 3-22 UL Naval Listed Circuit Breakers ............................................................................... 3-22 Circuit Breaker Accessories .............................................................................................. 3-23 PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Electrical Accessories ................................................ 3-23 Factory-Installed Accessories .................................................................................... 3-24 Factory-Installed Electrical Accessories .................................................................... 3-24 Field-Installable Accessories ..................................................................................... 3-25 Field-Installable Electrical Accessories ...................................................................... 3-25 Electrical Operators, Handle Accessories, Cylinder Locks, and Walking Beam Mechanical Interlocks ................................................................. 3-26 Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections ............................................ 3-27 Mechanical Lug Information ....................................................................................... 3-28 Compression Lug and Power Distribution Connectors .............................................. 3-29 PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Miscellaneous Accessories ....................................... 3-30 Electronic Products ........................................................................................................... 3-31 Neutral Current Transformers and Micrologic™ Series B Trip Unit Accessories .............................................................. 3-31 Restraint Interface Module ......................................................................................... 3-32 Circuit Breaker Dimensions............................................................................................... 3-33 Enclosures......................................................................................................................... 3-34 Industrial Circuit Breaker Enclosures ......................................................................... 3-34 Enclosures......................................................................................................................... 3-35 Enclosed Switches and Enclosure Dimensions ......................................................... 3-35 Accessories ................................................................................................................ 3-36 Key Interlock Systems—Factory Installed Only ......................................................... 3-37 Special Applications ................................................................................................... 3-38 04 PANELBOARDS ................................................................................... 4-1 Panelboards ........................................................................................................................ 4-2 General Information ..................................................................................................... 4-2 General Instructions ..................................................................................................... 4-2 Pricing Instructions ....................................................................................................... 4-2 Metric Conversion ........................................................................................................ 4-2 I-Line™ Panelboards Factory Assembled Pricing ....................................................... 4-2 Special Features ................................................................................................................. 4-3 Mains and Branches .................................................................................................... 4-3 i-1 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved www.schneider-electric.us Mains ........................................................................................................................... 4-3 Branches ...................................................................................................................... 4-3 Cabinets ....................................................................................................................... 4-4 Increased Enclosure Depth .......................................................................................... 4-4 Increased Side Gutters (Type 1 Enclosures Only) ............................................................................................ 4-4 Extended Top and Bottom End Gutters ....................................................................... 4-4 Drip Hoods a ................................................................................................................ 4-4 Special Finishes ........................................................................................................... 4-4 Free-standing Enclosures (welded base channels) c .................................................. 4-4 Special Trims ............................................................................................................... 4-4 Cabinets ....................................................................................................................... 4-5 Padlock Hasp ............................................................................................................... 4-5 Special Locks ............................................................................................................... 4-5 Multi-Section Panels .................................................................................................... 4-5 Cabinets ....................................................................................................................... 4-6 Panel Skirt for Standard Width Panelboards a ............................................................ 4-6 Wireway a .................................................................................................................... 4-6 Cabinets ....................................................................................................................... 4-7 Panels to Fit Existing Enclosures ................................................................................. 4-7 Space Heater ............................................................................................................... 4-7 Cabinets ....................................................................................................................... 4-8 Special Enclosures a ................................................................................................... 4-8 NQ Main Lug and Main Circuit Breaker Interiors with SPD—240 Vac, 48 Vdc .................. 4-9 Ready-to-Install (RTI) Merchandise .................................................................................. 4-10 Miscellaneous Panelboard Accessories .................................................................... 4-10 Copper Equipment Ground Bars ................................................................................ 4-10 Field Installable I-Line™ Door Kits ............................................................................. 4-10 Type 1 Door-in-Door (Hinged) Trim Fronts ................................................................ 4-10 Replacement Parts for Standard Panelboards.................................................................. 4-11 Trim Clamps and Screws ........................................................................................... 4-11 Locks and Keys .......................................................................................................... 4-12 CTC Cabinets.................................................................................................................... 4-13 Replacement Parts for Standard Panelboards.................................................................. 4-14 Retrofit Existing Enclosure Data Sheet ...................................................................... 4-14 Data Sheet for Panelboards to Retrofit Existing Enclosures ...................................... 4-14 05 SWITCHBOARDS ..................................................................................5-1 Power-Style™ CMM Switchboards ......................................................................................5-2, 5-3 Replacement Parts ...................................................................................................... 5-2 Meter Sockets, Covers, Hardware Kits ........................................................................ 5-2 Tenant Main Disconnects ............................................................................................ 5-3 Class T Fusible Pullouts, CMM Pullout Heads ............................................................ 5-3 Speed-D™ Switchboards..................................................................................................... 5-4 Service Selection ......................................................................................................... 5-4 06 TRANSFORMERS .................................................................................6-1 General Purpose Dry Type 600 Volts and Below................................................................ 6-2 Energy Efficient ............................................................................................................ 6-2 K-Rated ........................................................................................................................ 6-3 EE NL and NLP Series Transformers .......................................................................... 6-3 Drive Isolation Transformers .......................................................................................... 6-4 Open Core and Coil ..................................................................................................... 6-5 Open Core and Coil Transformers Designed for General Applications for 600 V and Below ..................................................................................................... 6-5 Industrial Control ................................................................................................................. 6-6 Type EO ....................................................................................................................... 6-6 Type T .......................................................................................................................... 6-7 Type T and MultiTap™ Transformers .......................................................................... 6-7 Selection Guide ............................................................................................................ 6-7 Instrument 600 Volt Class .................................................................................................. 6-8 Voltage Transformers .................................................................................................. 6-8 Current Transformers ................................................................................................... 6-8 Current Transformers: Torroidal .................................................................................. 6-9 Torroidal Current Transformers .......................................................................... 6-9, 6-10 Current Transformers: Torroidal, Shorting Terminal Blocks ...................................... 6-10 Shorting Terminal Blocks ........................................................................................... 6-10 Current Transformers: Multi-Ratio, Rectangular, Split-Core ...................................... 6-11 Multi-Ratio Current Transformers .............................................................................. 6-11 Rectangular Window Current Transformers .............................................................. 6-11 Split-Core Current Transformers ................................................................................ 6-11 Current Transformers: Bushing, Auxiliary .................................................................. 6-12 Bushing Current Transformers 50–400 Hz ................................................................ 6-12 Auxiliary Current Transformers .................................................................................. 6-12 07 INTERNATIONAL LOAD CENTERS .....................................................7-1 International Miniature Circuit Breakers ............................................................................. 7-2 QO™ Plug-On and Bolt-On Circuit Breakers and Switches ........................................ 7-2 General Description ..................................................................................................... 7-2 Characteristics ............................................................................................................. 7-2 Accessories .................................................................................................................. 7-2 Plug-On QOXD and Bolt-On QOBXD .......................................................................... 7-3 Load Centers....................................................................................................................... 7-4 IEC Certified QO™ Load Centers, Type 1 (Indoor) ..................................................... 7-4 08 INTERNATIONAL SAFETY SWITCHES ...............................................8-1 i-2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved www.schneider-electric.us General Duty Safety Switches............................................................................................. 8-2 International ................................................................................................................. 8-2 CSA Certified General Duty—Fusible 240 Vac ............................................................ 8-2 Heavy Duty Safety Switches ............................................................................................... 8-3 International ................................................................................................................. 8-3 CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 240 Vac .............................................................. 8-3 CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 600 Vac .............................................................. 8-3 CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Non-Fusible 600 Vac ...................................................... 8-4 CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Special Applications ........................................................ 8-4 Double-Throw Safety Switches ........................................................................................... 8-5 International ................................................................................................................. 8-5 CSA Certified Double-Throw ........................................................................................ 8-5 Accessories .................................................................................................................. 8-6 CSA Certified Switch Accessories ............................................................................... 8-6 09 INTERNATIONAL CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................................. 9-1 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers..................................................................................... 9-2 SF and SL Circuit Breakers, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max. ......................................... 9-2 Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers........................................................................................... 9-3 P-frame, 3P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated .......................................... 9-3 R-frame, 3P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated .......................................... 9-4 P-frame, 4P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated .......................................... 9-5 R-frame, 4P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated .......................................... 9-6 Breaking Capacities ............................................................................................................ 9-7 Circuit Breaker Dimensions................................................................................................. 9-8 10 INTERNATIONAL PANELBOARDS ................................................... 10-1 Factory Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboard ........................................................ 10-2 11 OBSOLESCENT AND OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............... 11-1 Obsolescent and Obsolete Types ..................................................................................... 11-2 Circuit Breaker Availability ......................................................................................... 11-2 Pictorial and Dimensions .................................................................................. 11-4, 11-5 Obsolescent Circuit Breakers............................................................................................ 11-6 F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................. 11-6 K-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................ 11-7 Automatic Molded-Case Switches ............................................................................. 11-8 Automatic Molded Case Switches ............................................................................. 11-8 Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector ............................................................... 11-9, 11-10 UL Listed Marine Circuit Breakers ........................................................................... 11-11 Circuit Breakers for NQO, NQOB and NQOD Panelboards, Branch Circuit Breakers and Mounting Assemblies for ML Panelboards ................................................................ 11-12 Rating Plugs For Obsolete Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers .................................... 11-13 EH/EHB Circuit Breakers ......................................................................................... 11-14 FJA Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers .................................................................. 11-15 QE Metering Circuit Breakers .................................................................................. 11-16 KD/KG Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................. 11-17 NHL Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breaker ............................................. 11-18 SE Circuit Breaker with Full-Function Trip Unit ........................................................ 11-19 SE Circuit Breaker Accessories ............................................................................... 11-20 Molded Case Circuit Breakers......................................................................................... 11-21 M-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers .......................................................... 11-21 Circuit Breaker Accessories ............................................................................................ 11-22 Field-Installable Accessories ................................................................................... 11-22 Field-Installable Electrical Accessories .................................................................... 11-22 Mechanical Lug Information ..................................................................................... 11-23 Electronic Products ......................................................................................................... 11-24 Micrologic™ Series 2/3/A/B Trip Unit Test Sets ...................................................... 11-24 Ground-Fault Protection .................................................................................................. 11-25 Micrologic™ Add-On Ground-Fault Module (GFM) ................................................. 11-25 Obsolescent Circuit Breakers.......................................................................................... 11-26 Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breakers, UL 489/1066 Listed ............................... 11-26 Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Control Units ............................................ 11-27 For pricing contact your local Schneider Electric distributor. ................................... 11-27 Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Accessories ............................................. 11-28 Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Spare Parts .............................................. 11-30 12 OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS ...................................... 12-1 Model 4 Branch Feeder Units .................................................................................... 12-2 Model 4 Circuit Breaker Type Combination Starters 1B Wiring and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Auxiliary Interlock (Standard) ................................ 12-3 Model 4 Fusible Switch Combination Starter Units 1B Wiring and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Auxiliary Interlock (Standard) ................................ 12-4 Series 5600 General Information ............................................................................... 12-5 Telemecanique™ Series 5600 History ....................................................................... 12-5 Transition Sections From Telemecanique Series 5600 To Square D™ Brand Model 6 12-5 Series 5600 Branch Feeder and Circuit Breaker Type Combination Starter Units .......................................................................................... 12-6 13 OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS ..................................................... 13-1 QMB Fusible Panelboards ................................................................................................ 13-2 Ready-to-Install (RTI)—600 Vac, 250 Vdc ................................................................. 13-2 QMB Layout Information ............................................................................................ 13-2 Main Switch Replacement Units ................................................................................ 13-3 Branch Switch Replacement ...................................................................................... 13-4 Obsolescent Branch Switch Replacement Units ........................................................ 13-5 i-3 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved www.schneider-electric.us 30–200 A Obsolescent Switch Units—Series D2 ...................................................... 13-5 Series E1 Motor Starter Replacement Units .............................................................. 13-6 Replacement Parts............................................................................................................ 13-7 Trim Clamps and Screws; Circuit I.D. Numbers; Locks ............................................. 13-7 Series Ratings ................................................................................................................... 13-8 NQOD Panelboards ................................................................................................... 13-8 NQOD Panelboards .......................................................................................................... 13-9 Pricing Procedure Examples ...................................................................................... 13-9 NQOD Merchandised Pricing Procedure ................................................................... 13-9 NQOD Merchandised Panelboards................................................................................. 13-10 NQOD 20-inch Wide Enclosures—240 Vac, 48 Vdc ....................................13-10, 13-11 NQOD 14-inch Wide Enclosures—240 Vac, 48 Vdc ............................................... 13-12 For Non-Linear Loads (200% Rated Neutral) .......................................................... 13-13 NQOD Panelboards ........................................................................................................ 13-14 Terminal Data .......................................................................................................... 13-14 14 BUSWAY..............................................................................................14-1 I-Line™ Busway ................................................................................................................ 14-2 Special Purpose Plug-In Units ................................................................................... 14-2 APD and SD Busway Plug-In Units (Not I-Line™ Busway) ....................................... 14-2 Capacitor and Transformer Units ............................................................................... 14-2 Combination Switches and Contactors (For I-Line Busway) ...................................... 14-2 Ground Indicator and Neutralizer Plugs ..................................................................... 14-2 15 LIMIT SWITCHES ................................................................................15-1 Heavy Duty, Industrial Precision and Oiltight .................................................................... 15-1 Type XA ..................................................................................................................... 15-1 Heavy Duty, Industrial Reed Contact ................................................................................ 15-2 Type C ....................................................................................................................... 15-2 16 MEDICAL PRODUCTS ........................................................................16-1 Medical Products............................................................................................................... 16-2 Isolated Power Panels ............................................................................................... 16-2 OR, ICU/CCU, and Controlled Isolation Power Panels—UL Listed ........................... 16-2 Duplex Panels ............................................................................................................ 16-3 Surgical Facility Panels .............................................................................................. 16-4 Dual Output Voltage Panels ....................................................................................... 16-5 Accessories ................................................................................................................ 16-6 17 NEMA CONTACTORS AND STARTERS............................................17-1 IEC Style Disconnect Switches ......................................................................................... 17-2 UL508 Motor Disconnect Switches ................................................................................... 17-8 Vario ........................................................................................................................... 17-8 NEMA Style Disconnect Switches..................................................................................... 17-9 Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms ........................................................................... 17-10 Approximate Dimensions ................................................................................................ 17-11 Bracket-Mounted Disconnect Devices ............................................................................ 17-13 Flexible Cable Mechanisms ............................................................................................ 17-14 Dual Cable Operating Mechanisms for Square D™ Circuit Breakers ...................... 17-14 Disconnect Switch Accessories....................................................................................... 17-15 Reversing Drum Switches ............................................................................................... 17-17 NEMA Types 1, 3R, 4, and 13 Without Overload .................................................... 17-17 Approximate Dimensions—Class 2601 Reversing Drum Switches ......................... 17-17 Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters................................................................. 17-18 Reduced Voltage Starting of Squirrel Cage Motors ................................................. 17-18 Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters ......................................................... 17-18 Multispeed Magnetic Starters.......................................................................................... 17-24 Application Data ............................................................................................17-24, 17-25 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Maximum, 50–60 Hz ..............................17-25, 17-26, 17-27 Two-Speed Combination Starters ............................................................................ 17-26 Reversing Two-Speed Magnetic Starters ................................................................ 17-27 Two-Speed Magnetic Starters ................................................................................. 17-28 Approximate Dimensions ......................................................................................... 17-29 Disconnect Switch or Circuit Breaker Type .............................................................. 17-29 Lighting Contactors ......................................................................................................... 17-30 General Information ................................................................................................. 17-30 Well-Guard™ Pump Panel........................................................................................................17-31 Factory Modifications (Forms)......................................................................................... 17-32 Definite Purpose Contactors ........................................................................................... 17-35 Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Style......................................................................... 17-36 Motor Logic Plus—Class 9065 ................................................................................. 17-36 Example ................................................................................................................... 17-36 SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC CONDITIONS OF SALE ................................... A-1 Coordinated Projects ....................................................................................................A-1 Standard .......................................................................................................................A-3 i-4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Table of Contents Section Listing Section 1 Load Centers Class T Fusible Pullouts 1-2 Dimensions 1-2 LOAD CENTERS Fusible Pullouts Circuit Breaker Covers 1-3 Dimensions 1-3 1 Circuit Breaker Covers © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 1-1 Fusible Pullouts Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 1 Class T Fusible Pullouts • • • 2- or 3-pole fusible pullouts 200 A maximum 300 V Class T fuses (not included) 1Ø3W 120/240 V 1Ø2W 240 V 3Ø3W 240 V delta 3Ø4W 240/120 V delta 3Ø4W 208Y/120 V UL Listed 100 kA short circuit current rating • LOAD CENTERS • FTL3200 FTL2200 Table 1.1: Fusible Pullouts Mains System Two-pole Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil Three-pole Rating Cat. No. 1Ø3W 120/240 V 1Ø2W 240 V 100 A FTL2100a 200 A FTL2200a 3Ø3W 240 V delta 3Ø4W 240/120 V delta 3Ø4W 208Y/120 V 100 A — — FTL3100 1000.00 200 A — — FTL3200 1045.00 a $ Price Fuse Pullout Only $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Al or Cu 380.00 — — 4050704950a 128.00 400.00 — — 4050703850a 151.00 4050707050a 196.00 4050705950a 288.00 4–250 Not stocked in PDS. Order point Lexington. Dimensions 3.00 4.46 76 2.96 3.80 75 97 76 1.50 1.85 38 80 2.98 57 1.48 3.16 113 2.23 38 47 1.48 38 .78 20 5.03 3.20 81 3.44 87 6.38 47 2.19 102 4.25 6.61 108 168 (2) .187 Dia. Hole .34 Dia. C'bore .63 16 2.85 72 (4) .187 Dia. Mounting Holes .34 Dia. C'bore, .38 Deep 3.80 56 1-2 4.25 4.00 162 108 1.85 Pull 200A 128 Pull 200A 97 DE5 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Circuit Breaker Covers Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us Available now from Square D™ / Schneider Electric™ are two different versions of rainproof circuit breaker covers which are UL component recognized as being suitable for use as circuit breaker handle covers. They are constructed of durable impact-resistant material and are intended for use by OEMs where a rainproof cover is needed (e.g. on heat pumps and air conditioners with built-in disconnects). Both models have a built-in latch with padlock provisions. The BCH covers are for use on a horizontally-mounted circuit breaker and fit over Square D two-pole QO™, QOU, Q2, EH and three-pole Q2 and EH circuit breakers. The BCV covers are for use on vertically-mounted circuit breakers and will fit over Square D two- and three-pole QO, QOU, Q2, EH, FA and KA circuit breakers. Table 1.2: Covers Quantity 1 1 Cat. No. BCH BCV $ Price 20.50 20.50 LOAD CENTERS Circuit Breaker Covers 1 Dimensions 2.141 4.58 5 116 .30 8 2.50 59 1.32 34 4.82 4.40 122 4.62 112 1.10 117 28 BCH Horizontal Cover © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 28 80 2.33 64 1.09 3.14 BCV Vertical Cover DE2E Discount Schedule 1-3 www.schneider-electric.us 1 LOAD CENTERS 1-4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Table of Contents Section 2 Section Listing Safety Switches General Duty Safety Switches Lug Kit 400 or 600 A General Duty Safety Switches 2-2 Heavy Duty Safety Switches Voltage-Indicating Safety Switches 2-3 Push Button—Pilot Light—Selector Switch 2-3 Electrica Interlock Kits and Contact Ratings 2-4 Sample Applications 2-4 2 SAFETY SWITCHES Key Interlock Systems © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 2-1 General Duty Safety Switches Accessories Class 3130 www.schneider-electric.us Field-Installed Lug Kit Kit consists of three line, three load, and two neutral lugs as required for a three-pole 400 A or 600 A general duty switch. Kit can be installed in field on 400 or 600 A General Duty switches. Table 2.1: Lug Kit Wire Range/NEC Lug Wire Range per Lug 312.6 $ Price AWG/kcmil AWG/kcmil (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–600 or 400 or 600 Aa GD4060LK (2) 1/0–500 or 404.00 (4) 1/0–250 (4) 1/0–250 a 400 Amp NEMA 1 Series E03 only. 600 Amp NEMA 1 and 3R Series E01, E02 and E03. Switch Rating (A) Lug Kit Cat. No. 2 SAFETY SWITCHES 2-2 DE1 DE3A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Heavy Duty Safety Switches Accessories Class 3130 www.schneider-electric.us Voltage-Indicating Safety Switches Electrical Interlock Kits Voltage Indicators Heavy Duty Double Throw $ Pricea $ Priceab SI Line Side Indicator 1208.00 2416.00 LI Load Side Indicator 1208.00 1208.00 LI2 Li ne and Load Side Indicators 2416.00 3624.00 a Add an additional $120.00 for 30 and 60 A NEMA TYPE 1, 3R and 12 enclosures. b Available on 30–400 A Double Throw Safety Switches Suffix Description In addition to the suffix in Table 2.2, a 3 must be added to the switch catalog number for all 30 and 60 Amp switches, i.e. H361AWK becomes H3613AWKLI. Phenolic Legend Plate Available engraved and mounted on all heavy duty safety switches, except NEMA 7 and 9. Legend engraved in 1/4 in. high white letters on black background. Customer must provide legend. UL Listed. To order, add suffix NP to standard Cat. No. Example: H363-NP Price adder per legend plate—$167.00 Push Button—Pilot Light—Selector Switch Push buttons, pilot lights or selector switches are available factory-installed in the cover of NEMA 1, 3R, (4-4X-5) stainless steel or NEMA 12 heavy duty non-fusible safety switches and all double throw switches. Wiring to contact blocks is not available. Customer must furnish catalog number of push button, pilot light or selector switch device desired. UL Listed. Contact Schneider Electric for catalog number and availablility prior to quoting a job. Factory-installed price adder — $584. for Heavy Duty and $1168. for Double Throw Switches. Price does not include cost of buttons/lights. For enclosure sizing, 30 and 60 Amperes switches will be in 100 Ampere enclosures. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE1 DE3A Discount Schedule Table 2.3: Electrical Interlock Kit c Electrical FactorySwitch Series Number Kit $ Price Installed Rating (See Digest Section 3) Interlock Cat. No.d $ Price EIK031e f F1, F5–F7 145.00 359.00 EIK032e f 30 A EIK1 F3 207.00 452.00 EIK2 EIK1 F1-F3 207.00 452.00 F5–F7 (600 V) EIK2 60 A EIK031g F4 145.00 359.00 F5–F6 (240 V) EIK032g EIK1 100–200 A F2–F7 207.00 452.00 EIK2 EIK40601 400–1200 A E1–E4 355.00 674.00 EIK40602 c See Digest Section 3 for electrical interlocks on NEMA 4X fiberglass reinforced polyester and Krydon®. d Electrical interlock kit catalog numbers with 1 suffix indicates one normally open and one normally closed contact; 2 indicates two normally open and two normally closed contacts. Kits are UL Listed. e HU461AWK uses EK3061 or EK3062. f The following series -F5–F7 devices use EIK-1,2: H3612, H3612A, H3612AWK, H3612RB, H461, H461DS, H461AWK, HU461, HU461DS, HU661DS, HU661AWK, H361AWA, H361AWC, HU361AWA and HU361AWC. g H362WA, HU362WA, H362WC, H362AWA, HU362AWA, H362AWC, HU362AWC, and H2212AWK use EIK1 or EIK2 electric interlock. Table 2.4: Interlock Type SAFETY SWITCHES Table 2.2: Electrical interlocks for heavy duty 30–1200 A safety switches are available factory-installed or in kit form for field installation. Each kit contains instructions for proper field mounting. A pivot arm operates from switch mechanism, breaking the control circuit before the main switch blades break. Switches with electrical interlocks installed are UL Listed. For factory-installed electrical interlocks add EI (for one contact) or EI2 (for two contacts) suffix to catalog number. Electrical Interlock Contact Ratings Note: AC - 50 or 60 Hz Volts Make Break DC Cont. Volts Make & Break 2 Voltage-indicating safety switches indicate when voltage is present, helping to prevent arc-flash hazards and electric shocks during maintenance work. Voltage indicators are a factory-installed only option. Order the indicators by adding the appropriate suffix below to the switch catalog number. Not available on the following: NEMA 7 and 9 and NEMA 4 X Fiberglass and Krydon Enclosures. Voltage-indicating safety switches can be combined with other safety features such as visible blades, viewing windows and color-coded handles. Cont. Cat. No. ending with a 1 utilize a 9007A01 limit switch. 120 40 A 15 A 15 A 115 0.50 A 15 A 240 20 A 10 A 15 A 230 0.25 A 15 A 1 NO/1 NC Contact 480 10 A 6A 15 A — — — 600 8A 5A 15 A 600 0.05 A 15 A Cat. No. ending with a 2 utilize a 9007C03 limit switch. 120 30 A 3.0 A 10 A 115 1.0 A 10 A 240 15 A 1.5 A 10 A 230 0.30 A 10 A 2 NO/2 NC Contacts 480 7.5 A 0.75 A 10 A — — — 600 6.0 A 0.60 A 10 A 600 0.10 A 10 A Note: Single pole single throw interlock kits are rated 1•2 hp @ 110 and 220 Vac. 2-3 Heavy Duty Safety Switches Key Interlock Systems www.schneider-electric.us Key Interlock Systems Factory-installed only on heavy duty and double throw safety switches. Interlocks are used to prevent the operator from making an unauthorized operation. Not available on hazardous location devices (NEMA 7/9) or fiberglass reinforced polyester (NEMA 4X). The key interlock system is a simple and easy method of applying individual key interlock units and assemblies to the above equipment so as to require operation in a predetermined sequence. UL Listed. Quoting: Contact Schneider Electric for catalog number, availability and pricing prior to quoting a job. Switch A and circuit breaker B are in closed position. Key A-1 is held in circuit breaker B interlock. 1. 2. 3. 4. Open circuit breaker. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock open. Key A-1 is now free. Insert key A-1 in L-C-R interlock on switch A and turn to unlock. Open switch A. Key A-1 is now held. Reverse sequence to restore service. Sample Application—3 To prevent operation of switch A when circuit breaker B is closed. Permits re-closing of circuit breaker for servicing when switch is locked open. A Ordering: B Order cannot be released for production until the following information has been provided: 2 • • Locking Position— Designations End User—Company name, address; Function of each lock (e.g., switch to be locked open with key removed, key held when switch is closed); Existing Equipment—if switch is to be interlocked with equipment already on site, provide brand of existing lock and key number; Other New Equipment—if switch is to be interlocked with new equipment not yet installed at the site, then provide contact person and phone number so that locks may be coordinated; Additional information may be required upon order entry; Schneider Electric locks supplied unless otherwise specified. • • SAFETY SWITCHES Devices locked open with key removed • • L-O-R Devices locked closed with key removed L-C-R Devices locked open or closed with key removed L-O-C-R Use these suffixes on switch catalog numbers: • • • KI = 1 lock per switch KI2 = 1 lock with 2 cylinders per switch KIKI = 2 separate locks per switch Table 2.4: Devices locked open with key held L-O-H b Devices locked closed with key held Price Adder Per Lockb Switch Type $ Price 30–1200 A Heavy Duty 2055.00 30–600 A Double Throw 1988.00 Prices do not apply when more than three devices are interlocked as these schemes normally require more than one key assembly per device. Sample Applications A1 L-O-C-R L-O-R Figure 3 Switch A and circuit breaker B are in closed position. Key A-1 is held in circuit breaker interlock. 5. 6. Open circuit breaker. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock open. Key A-1 is now free. 7. Insert key A-1 in L-O-C-R interlock on switch A and turn to unlock. 8. Open switch A. 9. Turn key A-1 in L-O-C-R interlock on switch A to lock open. Key A-1 is now free. 10. Return key A-1 to circuit breaker interlock and unlock for operation during servicing period. Reverse sequence to restore service. Sample Application—4 (Main-Tie-Main) To prevent paralleling of lines A and B; two loads, fed from either source. Sample Application—1 L-C-H A-1 To prevent two devices from being closed simultaneously. Devices locked open or closed with key held A A-1 A B B L-O-C-H L-O-R B A Multi-lock interlock (More than one key per lock) A-1 A-1 Diagram Symbols Note: Device locked open = switch in OFF (O) position Device locked closed = switch in ON (I) position Device normally open Device normally closed Direction of key transfer C A 1 L-O-R A1 A1 L-O-R L-O-R L-O-R M N Figure 1 Figure 4 Two devices are shown in Figure 1. In operation they are not closed at the same time. With the interlocks arranged as shown only one key is required in the interlocking system. Both devices are shown open, therefore, the key is free. To close any one device the key is inserted and turned in that particular lock, the key is held in this lock until the device is again locked open. This simple interlocking sequence lends itself to a multitude of applications. The procedure is the same for two devices, neither of which is to be opened at the same time. Sample Application—2 Circuit breaker A is closed to supply load M. Circuit breaker B is closed to supply load N. Tie-circuit breaker C is open. Keys A-1 are held in interlocks on both circuit breakers A and B. Tie-circuit breaker C cannot be closed unless either A or B is locked open. To transfer load N to circuit breaker A, proceed as follows: To prevent opening of switch A when circuit breaker B is closed. A Key A-1 A-2 A-3 interchange number B Key A-1 A1 L-C-R L-O-R 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Open circuit breaker B. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock open. Key A-1 is now free. Insert Key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on tie-circuit breaker C and turn to unlock. Key A-1 is now held. Close tie-circuit breaker C. Reverse sequence to restore service. Load M can be supplied through circuit breaker B in a similar manner. Figure 2 2-4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Table of Contents Section 3 Section Listing Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Enclosures 3-4 PowerPact™ D-Frame Circuit Breakers 3-5 PowerPact™ Automatic Switches PowerPact™ D-frame Mission Critical Circuit Breakers Molded Case Circuit Breakers F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3-6 3-6 3-7 3-7—3-8 3-9—3-10 L-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3-11—3-12 L-Frame Micrologic™ Series B Trip Circuit Breakers 3-13—3-14 Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector GJ-Frame MCP Selection Special Construction Circuit Breakers 3-15 3-16 3-17 Special Terminal Connectors and Lugs 3-17 Special Calibration, Rear-Connected Studs, Visi-Blade, Moisture/Fungus Treatment, and Short LA/LH Handle 3-18 Special Calibration, Rear-Connected Studs, Visi-Blade, Moisture/Fungus Treatment, and Short LA/LH Handle 3-18 P-Frame Replacement Handles, Key Interlock Adapter Plate and Exchange Program 3-19 Special Terminations 3-20 Grounded BØ Systems 3-21 UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers 3-22 Circuit Breaker Accessories 3-23 ™ PowerPact Circuit Breakers Electrical Accessories 3-23 Factory-Installed Accessories 3-24 Field-Installable Accessories 3-25 Electrical Operators, Handle Accessories, Cylinder Locks, and Walking Beam Mechanical Interlocks 3-26 Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections 3-27 Mechanical Lug Information 3-28 Compression Lug and Power Distribution Connectors 3-29 PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Miscellaneous Accessories Electronic Products Neutral Current Transformers and Micrologic™ Series B Trip Unit Accessories Restraint Interface Module © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 3-2–3-3 PowerPact™ L-Frame Circuit Breakers MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers 3-3 3-30 3-31 3-31 3-32 Circuit Breaker Dimensions 3-33 Enclosures 3-34 Industrial Circuit Breaker Enclosures 3-34 Enclosed Switches and Enclosure Dimensions 3-35 Accessories 3-36 Key Interlock Systems—Factory Installed Only 3-37 Special Applications 3-38 3-1 3 PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Table 3.1: Ampere Rating Ampere Rating Fixed AC Magnetic Trip Hold D Interrupting Trip 750 A 750 A 750 A 750 A 850 A 850 A 850 A 850 A 1450 A 1450 A 1450 A 1450 A 1700 A 1700 A 1700 A 1700 A G Interrupting Je Interrupting Cat. No.b Le Interrupting Terminal Wire Range $ Price 80% Rated H(a)L36015( H(a)L36020( H(a)L36025( H(a)L36030( H(a)L36035( H(a)L36040( H(a)L36045( H(a)L36050( H(a)L36060( H(a)L36070( H(a)L36080( H(a)L36090( H(a)L36100( H(a)L36110( H(a)L36125( H(a)L36150( ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) 100% Rated 1088.00 1088.00 1088.00 1088.00 1088.00 1088.00 1088.00 1088.00 1088.00 1328.00 1328.00 1328.00 1328.00 2600.00 2600.00 2600.00 80% Rated 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1592.00 1592.00 1592.00 1592.00 3120.00 3120.00 3120.00 100% Rated 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1701.00 1701.00 1701.00 1701.00 3599.00 3599.00 3599.00 80% Rated 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 2042.00 2042.00 2042.00 2042.00 4319.00 4319.00 4319.00 100% Rated 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 2099.00 2099.00 2099.00 2099.00 5174.00 5174.00 5174.00 80% Rated 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2519.00 2519.00 2519.00 2519.00 6209.00 6209.00 6209.00 100% Rated 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 3149.00 3149.00 3149.00 3149.00 6749.00 6749.00 6749.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 8099.00 8099.00 8099.00 AL150HD 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu J-Frame 250 A UL Current-Limitinge Circuit Breaker Frame with Field-Interchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unitsc (600 Vac, 250 Vdc) Adjustable AC Magnetic Trip Low 3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz 150 A 750 A 175 A 875 A 200 A 1000 A 225 A 1125 A 250 A 1250 A D Interrupting High 1500 A 1750 A 2000 A 2250 A 2500 A G Interrupting Je Interrupting Cat. No.b 3 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Trip Unit Le Interrupting Terminal Wire Range $ Price 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated J(a)L36150( ) 2730.00 3276.00 3779.00 4535.00 5432.00 6519.00 7086.00 8504.00 AL175JD J(a)L36175( ) 2730.00 3276.00 3779.00 4535.00 5432.00 6519.00 7086.00 8504.00 4--4/0 AWG Al or Cu J(a)L36200( ) 2730.00 3276.00 3779.00 4535.00 5432.00 6519.00 7086.00 8504.00 AL250JD J(a)L36225( ) 2730.00 3276.00 3779.00 4535.00 5432.00 6519.00 7086.00 8504.00 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu J(a)L36250( ) 3749.00 4499.00 5001.00 6002.00 7238.00 8685.00 8993.00 10791.00 a To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate rating (D, G, J, L) b For 80% rated use “T” or for 100% rated Use “R” in the 9th character place (for example, HDL36015T or HDL36015R). 100% rated H- and J-frame circuit breakers have copper lugs and can only be used with copper wire. c Circuit breakers will be labeled with Line and Load markings and are not suitable for reverse connections. Only available on standard (80%) rated 3P unit-mount circuit breakers; not available with I-Line™ or Plug-In constructions. Table 3.3: H-Frame 150A and J-Frame 250 A 3P Basic UL Current-Limitinge Circuit Breaker Frame Without Terminationsd or Trip Unit (600 Vac, 250 Vdc) Circuit Breaker Frame Ampere Rating D Interrupting G Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. 15–60 A HDF36000F06 525.00 HGF36000F06 H-Frame 70–150 A HDF36000F15 585.00 HGF36000F15 J-Frame 150–250 A JDF36000F25 1538.00 JGF36000F25 d See Digest page 7-39–3-41 for lug and termination kits. e J and L interrupts are UL Certified as current limiting. H-Frame www.schneider-electric.us H-Frame 150 A UL Current-Limitinge Circuit Breaker Frame with Field-Interchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unitsc (600 Vac, 250 Vdc) 3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz 15 A 350 A 20 A 350 A 25 A 350 A 30 A 350 A 35 A 400 A 40 A 400 A 45 A 400 A 50 A 400 A 60 A 800 A 70 A 800 A 80 A 800 A 90 A 800 A 100 A 900 A 110 A 900 A 125 A 900 A 150 A 900 A Table 3.2: PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001 Table 3.4: Table 3.5: Voltage 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Table 3.6: Cat. No. HJF36000F06 HJF36000F15 JJF36000F25 Le Interrupting $ Price 1386.00 3149.00 5027.00 Cat. No. HLF36000F06 HLF36000F15 JLF36000F25 $ Price 2286.00 4724.00 6782.00 H-Frame and J-Frame 3P Field-Installable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 15–60 A H-Frame Amperage 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 45 A 50 A 60 A Je Interrupting $ Price 930.00 1574.00 2790.00 Cat. No. HT3015 HT3020 HT3025 HT3030 HT3035 HT3040 HT3045 HT3050 HT3060 70–150 A H-Frame $ Price 563.00 563.00 563.00 563.00 563.00 563.00 563.00 563.00 563.00 Amperage 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A — — Cat. No. HT3070 HT3080 HT3090 HT3100 HT3110 HT3125 HT3150 — — 150–250 A J-Frame $ Price 743.00 743.00 743.00 743.00 2025.00 2025.00 2025.00 — — Amperage 150 A 175 A 200 A 225 A 250 A — — — — Cat. No. JT3150 JT3175 JT3200 JT3225 JT3250 — — — — $ Price 1193.00 1193.00 1193.00 1193.00 2213.00 — — — — H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Rating D 25 KA 18 kA 14 kA G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA L 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA H- and J-Frame Termination Options Termination Letter For factory-installed A - I-Line (See Section 9) termination, place termination F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends)f letter in the third block of the L = Lugs both ends circuit breaker catalog number. M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end HDL36015T N = Plug-in g Termination Letter D = Drawout g S = Rear Connected g f Add TS suffix for circuit breaker without terminal nut kit. g For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on Digest page 7-41 to price. For S pricing, add termination pricing on Digest page 7-37 to price. Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest Page 7-35 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest Page 7-38 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest Page 7-53 Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest Page 7-54 3-2 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us H-Frame 150 A and J-Frame 250 A Circuit Breakers with Lugs and Field-Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units cd (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P) cd Table 3.7: Electronic Trip Unit Type Micrologic Standard Micrologic Standard Micrologic Ammeter Micrologic Energy Micrologic Ammeter Micrologic Energy LSI LSI LSI LSIG LSIG 3.2 3.2S 5.2A 5.2E 6.2A 6.2E 60 A 100 A 150 A H(a)L36060( )U31X H(a)L36100( )U31X H(a)L36150( )U31X G Interrupting J Interrupting L Interrupting Terminal Wire Range $ Price 80% Rated 100% Rated 1247.00 1455.00 1487.00 1735.00 2759.00 3220.00 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 1652.00 1928.00 2108.00 2460.00 3008.00 3510.00 1860.00 2171.00 2258.00 2635.00 3308.00 3860.00 3758.00 4386.00 5333.00 6224.00 6908.00 8062.00 250 A J(a)L36250( )U31X 2957.00 3451.00 4006.00 4675.00 5659.00 6604.00 7313.00 60 A 100 A 150 A H(a)L36060( )U33X H(a)L36100( )U33X H(a)L36150( )U33X 1433.00 1673.00 2945.00 1641.00 1921.00 3405.00 1838.00 2046.00 3944.00 2113.00 2356.00 4571.00 2294.00 2444.00 5519.00 2646.00 2821.00 6409.00 3194.00 3494.00 7094.00 250 A J(a)L36250( )U33X 3221.00 3715.00 4270.00 4939.00 5923.00 6868.00 7577.00 60 A 100 A 150 A H(a)L36060( )U43X H(a)L36100( )U43X H(a)L36150( )U43X 2031.00 2271.00 3543.00 2240.00 2520.00 4004.00 2436.00 2644.00 4542.00 2712.00 2955.00 5170.00 2892.00 3042.00 6117.00 3244.00 3419.00 7008.00 3792.00 4092.00 7692.00 250 A J(a)L36250( )U43X 4075.00 4569.00 5124.00 5793.00 6777.00 7722.00 8431.00 60 A 100 A 150 A H(a)L36060( )U53X H(a)L36100( )U53X H(a)L36150( )U53X 2391.00 2631.00 3903.00 2599.00 2879.00 4363.00 2796.00 3004.00 4902.00 3072.00 3314.00 5529.00 3252.00 3402.00 6477.00 3604.00 3779.00 7367.00 4152.00 4458.00 8052.00 AL150HD 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu AL250JD 8534.00 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cue 3696.00 AL150HD 4046.00 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu 8247.00 AL250JD 8798.00 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cue 4295.00 AL150HD 4645.00 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu 8846.00 AL250JD 9653.00 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cue 4654.00 AL150HD 5004.00 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu 9205.00 AL250JD 10165.00 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cue 5015.00 AL150HD 5365.00 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu 9566.00 250 A J(a)L36250( )U53X 4588.00 5082.00 5637.00 6306.00 7290.00 8235.00 8944.00 60 A 100 A 150 A H(a)L36060( )U44X H(a)L36100( )U44X H(a)L361504( )U44X 2751.00 2991.00 4263.00 2960.00 3240.00 4724.00 3156.00 3364.00 5262.00 3432.00 3675.00 5890.00 3612.00 3762.00 6837.00 3964.00 4139.00 7728.00 4512.00 4812.00 8412.00 250 A J(a)L36250( )U44X 5100.00 5594.00 6149.00 6818.00 7802.00 8747.00 9456.00 60 A 100 A 150 A H(a)L36060( )U54X H(a)L36100( )U54X H(a)L36150( )U54X 3111.00 3351.00 4623.00 3319.00 3599.00 5083.00 3516.00 3724.00 5622.00 3792.00 4034.00 6249.00 3972.00 4122.00 7197.00 4324.00 4499.00 8087.00 4872.00 5172.00 8772.00 AL250JD 10678.00 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cue 5374.00 AL150HD 5724.00 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu 9925.00 250 A J(a)L36250( )U54X 5613.00 6107.00 6662.00 7331.00 8315.00 9260.00 9969.00 AL250JD 11190.00 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cue To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate rating (D, G, J, L) For 80% rated use “T” or for 100% rated Use “R” in the 9th character place (for example, HGL36015TU31X or HGL36015RU31X). 100% rated H- and J-frame circuit breakers have copper lugs and can only be used with copper wire. Circuit breakers will be labeled with Line and Load markings and are not suitable for reverse connections. Only available on 3P unit-mount circuit breakers. Not available with I-Line™ or Plug-in constructions. For smaller wire (4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu), replace the lug wire binding screws with longer binding screws provided. Table 3.8: H-Frame 150A and J-Frame 250 A 3P Basic UL Current-Limitingg Circuit Breaker Frame Without Terminationsf or Trip Unit (600 Vac, 250 Vdc) Circuit Breaker Frame Ampere Rating Table 3.9: Micrologic Field-Installable Trip Unit D Interrupting G Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price 15–60 A HDF36000F06 525.00 H-Frame 70–150 A HDF36000F15 585.00 J-Frame 150–250 A JDF36000F25 1538.00 f See Digest page 7-38 for lug and termination kits. g J and L interrupts are UL Certified as current limiting. Model Trip Function Trip Unit LI 3.2 LSI 3.2S LSI 5.2A LSIG 6.2A LSI 5.2E LSIG 6.2E Micrologic Standard Micrologic Ammeter Micrologic Energy Table 3.10: Voltage Cat. No. HGF36000F06 HGF36000F15 JGF36000F25 Contiuous Current 15-20-25-30-35-40-45-50-60 35-40-45-50-60-70-80-90-100 50-60-70-80-90-100-110-125-150 70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 15-20-25-30-35-40-45-50-60 35-40-45-50-60-70-80-90-100 50-60-70-80-90-100-110-125-150 70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 15–60 35–100 50–150 70–250 15–60 35–100 50–150 70–250 15–60 35–100 50–150 70–250 15–60 35–100 50–150 70–250 Jg Interrupting $ Price 930.00 1574.00 2790.00 Trip Unit Cat. No. HE3060U31X HE3100U31X HE3150U31X JE3250U31X HE3060U33X HE3100U33X HE3150U33X JE3250U33X HE3060U43X HE3100U43X HE3150U43X JE3250U43X HE3060U44X HE3100U44X HE3150U44X JE3250U44X HE3060U53X HE3100U53X HE3150U53X JE3250U53X HE3060U54X HE3100U54X HE3150U54X JE3250U54X Cat. No. HJF36000F06 HJF36000F15 JJF36000F25 $ Price 722.00 902.00 2184.00 1216.00 908.00 1088.00 2370.00 1480.00 1506.00 1686.00 2968.00 2334.00 1866.00 2046.00 3318.00 2847.00 2226.00 2406.00 4038.00 3359.00 2586.00 2766.00 4038.00 3872.00 Lg Interrupting $ Price 1386.00 3149.00 5027.00 Cat. No. HLF36000F06 HLF36000F15 JLF36000F25 $ Price 2286.00 4724.00 6782.00 Termination Letter A - I-Line (See Section 9) F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends)h L = Lugs both ends M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end N = Plug-in i D = Drawout i S = Rear Connected i For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. HDL36015T h i Add TS suffix for circuit breaker without terminal nut kit. For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on Digest page 7-42 to price. For S pricing, add termination pricing on Digest page 7-38 to price. H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Rating D G J L 240 Vac 25 KA 65 kA 100 kA 125 kA 480 Vac 18 kA 35 kA 65 kA 100 kA 600 Vac 14 kA 18 kA 25 kA 50 kA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-36 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-39 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-55 Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-56 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS c d e LI Cat. No.b 3 a b Trip Function Unit Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number) D Interrupting Sensor Rating 3-3 PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Table 3.11: Trip Function Unit Micrologic Standard LI Micrologic Standard LSI www.schneider-electric.us L-Frame 3 Pole, 600 A Circuit Breakers with Lugs and Field-Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz)ad Electronic Trip Unit Type PowerPact™ L-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 612, 615 / Refer to Catalogs: 0612CT0101, 0616CT0801 D Interrupting Sensor Rating G Interrupting Cat. No.b J Interrupting L Interrupting $ Price Terminal Wire Range 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 250 A L(a)L36250( )U31 4287.00 5648.00 5081.00 5945.00 8487.00 9919.00 9918.00 400 A 600 A L(a)L36400( )U31X L(a)L36600( )U31X 4827.00 7109.00 5648.00 — 5081.00 7484.00 5945.00 — 8487.00 10541.00 9919.00 — 9918.00 11837.00 250 A L(a)L36250( )U33X 5391.00 6211.00 5674.00 6538.00 9071.00 10513.00 10511.00 3.3 3.3S AL400L61K3D (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al 11604.00 AL600S52K3 — (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu AL400L61K3D 12198.00 (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al 12198.00 AL600S52K3 — (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu 13105.00 — 14103.00 — AL600S52K3 15101.00 (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu — 16099.00 — 11604.00 400 A L(a)L36400( )U33X 5391.00 6211.00 5674.00 6538.00 9071.00 10513.00 10511.00 600 A L(a)L36600( )U33X 7673.00 — 8077.00 — 11134.00 — 12430.00 Micrologic 400 A L(a)L36400( )U43X 6253.00 7073.00 6582.00 7445.00 9979.00 11420.00 11419.00 LSI 5.3A Ammeter 600 A L(a)L36600( )U43X 8535.00 — 8984.00 — 12041.00 — 13337.00 Micrologic A L(a)L36400( )U53X 7200.00 8021.00 7579.00 8443.00 10976.00 12418.00 12416.00 LSI 5.3E 400 Energy 600 A L(a)L36600( )U53X 9483.00 — 9982.00 — 13039.00 — 14335.00 Micrologic LSIG 6.3A 400 A L(a)L36400( )U44X 8149.00 8969.00 8578.00 9441.00 11975.00 13416.00 13415.00 Ammeter 600 A L(a)L36600( )U44X 10431.00 — 10980.00 — 14037.00 — 15333.00 Micrologic LSIG 6.3E 400 A L(a)L36400( )U54X 9097.00 9917.00 9575.00 10439.00 12972.00 14414.00 14412.00 Energy 600 A L(a)L36600( )U54X 11379.00 — 11978.00 — 15035.00 — 16331.00 a To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate rating (D, G, J, L) b For 80% rated use “T” or for 100% rated Use “R” in the 9th character place (for example, LGL36400TU31X or LGL36400RU31X). 100% rated H- and J-frame circuit breakers have copper lugs and can only be used with copper wire. c Circuit breakers will be labeled with Line and Load markings and are not suitable for reverse connections. d Only available on 3P unit-mount circuit breakers. Table 3.12: L-Frame 3 Pole, 600 A Circuit Breaker Breaker Frame without Trip Units (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) D Interrupting Ampere Rating 250 A (70–250 A) 400 A (125–400 A 600 A (200–600 A) Table 3.13: Cat. No. LDF36000F25 LDF36000F40 LDF36000F60 G Interrupting $ Price 1328.00 2628.00 5199.00 Cat. No. LGF36000F25 LGF36000F40 LGF36000F60 J Interrupting $ Price 1480.00 2766.00 5472.00 Cat. No. LJF36000F25 LJF36000F40 LJF36000F60 L Interrupting $ Price 4616.00 6164.00 8226.00 Cat. No. LLF36000F25 LLF36000F40 LLF36000F60 $ Price 6069.00 7602.00 9522.00 L-Frame 3P Field-Installable Micrologic Electronic Trip Units Electronic Trip Unit Type Function LI 3.3 LSI 3.3S LSI 5.3A LSIG 6.3A LSI 5.3E LSIG 6.3E 3 Micrologic Standard MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Micrologic Ammeter Micrologic Energy Table 3.14: Termination Letter A F L M P Ne De Se Trip Unit Cat. No. Continuous Current Code 70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400 200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600 70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400 200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600 125–400 200–600 125–400 200–600 125–400 200–600 125–400 200–600 Termination Options Table 3.15: Termination Option I-Line (See Section 9) No lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends) Lugs both ends Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end Plug In Drawout Rear Connected Voltage 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac $ Price LE3250U31X LE3400U31X LE3600U31X LE3250U33X LE3400U33X LE3600U33X LE3400U43X LE3600U43X LE3400U44X LE3600U44X LE3400U53X LE3600U53X LE3400U54X LE3600U54X 2315.00 2315.00 2315.00 2908.00 2908.00 2908.00 3816.00 3816.00 4813.00 4813.00 5812.00 5812.00 6809.00 6809.00 L-Frame Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Rating D 25 kA 18 kA 14 kA G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA L 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. M G L 3 6 4 0 0 or L G L 3 6 6 0 0 U 4 4 X Termination Letter e 3-4 For N, D, and S pricing, add termination pricing to price. See Digest page 7-42. DE2 Discount Schedule Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Digest pages 7-36–7-45 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Digest pages 7-39–7-40 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-55 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers PowerPact™ D-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 612, 615 / Refer to Catalogs: 0612CT0101, 0616CT0801 www.schneider-electric.us Table 3.16: D-Frame (600 A 600 Vac) 3P 50/60 Hz Circuit Breaker with Lugs and Electronic Trip Unitsa Electronic Trip Trip Function Unit Type LS Standard LSI LSIG LSI STR23SP SR53UP-Fb STR53UP-FTb STR53UP-FIb Ammeter LSIG STR53UP-FTIb J Interrupting L Interrupting 150 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 150 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 150 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 150 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 150 A 250 A 400 A Cat. No. DGL36150E20 DGL36250E20 DGL36400E20 DGL36600E20 DGL36150E53 DGL36250E53 DGL36400E53 DGL36600E53 DGL36150E54 DGL36250E54 DGL36400E54 DGL36600E54 DGL36150E58 DGL36250E58 DGL36400E58 DGL36600E58 DGL36150E59 DGL36250E59 DGL36400E59 $ Price 5081.00 5081.00 5081.00 8315.00 6200.00 6200.00 6200.00 9429.00 7527.00 7527.00 7527.00 10761.00 7661.00 7661.00 7661.00 10895.00 8990.00 8990.00 8990.00 Cat. No. DJL36150E20 DJL36250E20 DJL36400E20 DJL36600E20 DJL36150E53 DJL36250E53 DJL36400E53 DJL36600E53 DJL36150E54 DJL36250E54 DJL36400E54 DJL36600E54 DJL36150E58 DJL36250E58 DJL36400E58 DJL36600E58 DJL36150E59 DJL36250E59 DJL36400E59 $ Price 8478.00 8478.00 8478.00 11712.00 9597.00 9597.00 9597.00 12813.00 10925.00 10925.00 10925.00 14159.00 11058.00 11058.00 11058.00 14292.00 12387.00 12387.00 12387.00 Cat. No. DLL36150E20 DLL36250E20 DLL36400E20 DLL36600E20 DLL36150E53 DLL36250E53 DLL36400E53 DLL36600E53 DLL36150E54 DLL36250E54 DLL36400E54 DLL36600E54 DLL36150E58 DLL36250E58 DLL36400E58 DLL36600E58 DLL36150E59 DLL36250E59 DLL36400E59 $ Price 9918.00 9918.00 9918.00 13152.00 11037.00 11037.00 11037.00 14721.00 12365.00 12365.00 12365.00 15599.00 12498.00 12498.00 12498.00 15732.00 13827.00 13827.00 13827.00 600 A DGL36600E59 9434.00 DJL36600E59 15621.00 DLL36600E59 17061.00 Terminal Wire Range (AWG/kcmil) (1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2–500 Al (2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al (1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2–500 Al (2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al (1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2–500 Al (2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al (1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2–500 Al (2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al (1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2–500 Al (2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0 – 500 Al D-frame circuit breakers 400 A and below are 100% rated. 600 A is standard (80%) rated only. F = Fault indicator; T = Residual-type ground-fault protection; I = Ammeter Available with lugs (L) or bus (F) connections only. D-Frame 3P 600 A Circuit Breaker, Frame Only, and Field-Installable Trip Units Basic Frame Only (600 Vac)d Ampere Rating G Interrupting Field Installable D-Frame Electronic Trip Unit J Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. 150 A DGL36150F40 2766.00 DJL36150F40 250 A DGL36250F40 2766.00 DJL36250F40 400 A DGL36400F40 2766.00 DJL36400F40 600 A DGL36600F60 5904.00 DJL36600F60 d Available with lugs (L) or bus (F) connections only. Table 3.18: $ Price 6164.00 6164.00 6164.00 9302.00 L Interrupting Cat. No. DLL36150F40 DLL36250F60 DLL36400F40 DLL36600F60 Long-time, Short-time and Instantaneous Protection $ Price 7602.00 7602.00 7602.00 10740.00 Description STR23SP STR53UP-F STR53UP-FT STR53UP-FI STR53UP-FTI Factory Code E20 E53 E54 E58 E59 Trip Function LS LSI LSIG LSI LSIG Cat. No. 36940 36942 36943 36944 36945 Plug-In and Drawout Mountings for D-Frame Circuit Breakers Plug-in Mounting Description 3 4 3 4 Plug-in base Stationary Part Factory Installed Cat. No. N N Poles Kit (stationary and moving parts) FieldInstalled Cat. No. 32546 M32547 32514 M32515 Drawout Mounting $ Price 1542.00 2082.00 1065.00 1439.00 Factory Installed Cat. No. D D FieldInstalled Cat. No. 32548 M32549 32514 M32515 32532 Fixed part of chassis HJ00 710.00 HJ00 Moving part of chassis Moving Part 3 4 3 4 Short terminal covers Power connections a 3x 4x 149.00 161.00 95.00 95.00 3x 4x 32533 32562 32563 32518a 32518a 2466.00 3281.00 1065.00 1439.00 693.00 710.00 231.00 149.00 161.00 95.00 95.00 Plug-In and Drawout Accessories for D-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Fixed Part Secondary Disconnecting Blocks Shutters Table 3.20: Frame D-Frame Moving Part Termination Options Termination Letter F L M P Nb Db Sb 9-wire connector 9-wire connector Support for 3 moving connectors Two shutters for plug-in base Extended escutcheon for toggle Locking device (key lock is not included) Two position indicating switches (connected/disconnected) Chassis Accessories Table 3.21: Termination Option No Lugs (Includes terminal nut kit on both ends) Lugs both ends Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit Off end Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit On end Plug-in Drawout Rear Connected For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. M G L 3 6 4 0 0 or D G L 3 6 4 0 0 E 2 0 Termination Letter © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 32562 32563 32518a 32518a $ Price Price shown is for quantity of 1. Table 3.19: b $ Price 2033.00 3152.00 4479.00 4613.00 5942.00 Voltage 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Field-Installed Cat. No. 29273 32523 32525 32521 32534 29286 29287 $ Price 95.00 60.00 42.60 81.00 104.00 164.00 207.00 D-Frame Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Rating G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA L 125 kA 100 kA 25 kA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-24—3-27 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28—3-29 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3-33 Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest Page 7-56 For N, D, and S pricing, add termination pricing to price. DE2 Discount Schedule 3-5 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 3.17: 3 a b c G Interrupting Continuous Current Trip Unit PowerPact™ Automatic Switches Class 600 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Automatic molded case switches open instantaneously at a factory preset magnetic trip point, calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself, when it is subjected to high fault currents. The trip point is nonadjustable and provides no overload or low level fault protection. Molded case switches open when the handle is switched to the OFF position or in response to an auxiliary tripping device such as a shunt trip. All molded case switches will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers, with the exception of Q-frame switches which do not have electrical accessories available. Automatic molded case switches are UL Listed per UL 489 and are CSA Certified. D-Frame Switch Table 3.22: Circuit Breaker D-Frame (600 Vac) and Q-Frame (240 Vac) PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switches J Interrupting Ampere Rating Poles Cat. No. $ Price Trip Point 400 A DJL36000S40 4572.00 6000 A D-Frame 3 600 A DJL36000S60 7484.00 6000 A 2 225 A QBL22000S22d 440.00 4500 A Q-Framec 3 225 A QBL32000S22d 1193.00 4500 A c Withstand rating of 10 kA at 240 Vac. d DE2A discount schedule. e P-frame L-interrupting is available in 480 Vac only. f UL magnetic trip tolerances are -20% / +30% from the nominal values shown. Table 3.23: Wire Range S32508 S32510 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or (2) 2/0 AWG–350 kcmil Cu 4 AWG–300 kcmil D-Frame Withstand Ratingsg Interrupting Voltage g Terminal J 240 Vac 150 kA 480 Vac 100 kA 600 Vac 25 kA The withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker with an equal continuous current rating. PowerPact™ D-frame Mission Critical Circuit Breakers When the D-frame Mission Critical circuit breaker is used as a main circuit breaker with QO branch circuit breakers, the D-frame MC will remain closed during any fault that occurs downstream of the QO circuit breaker up to 30kA at 208Y/120 Vac. Ratings: 3 • • • • • UL 489 Listed CSA Certified Voltage: 208Y/120 V Handle ratings: 60–600 A AIR: 65 kA Available Configurations: MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS • • • • • Four sizes: 150 A, 250 A, 400 A, and 600 A Main circuit breaker in NQ panelboards Unit mount for OEM users Plug-in base for OEM users Drawout base for OEM users Table 3.24: D-Frame Mission Critical Circuit Breakers Circuit Breaker Cat. No.a a Terminal Continuous Current Rating $ Price DJL32150W 150 A 10317.00 DJL32250W 250 A 10317.00 DJL32400W 400 A 10317.00 DJL32600W 600 A 13551.00 D-Frame circuit breakers 400 A and below are 100% rated. Table 3.25: Frame D-Frame Cat. No. Wire Range (AWG/kcmil) 32508 #2-600 Cu or #2-500 Al 32510 (2) 2/0-350 Cu or (2) 2/0-500Al Termination Options Termination Letter F L M P N D S Termination Option No Lugs (Includes terminal nut kit on both ends) Lugs both ends Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit Off end Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit On end Plug-in Drawout Rear Connected For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. DGL36400E20 Termination Letter For N, D, and S pricing, add termination pricing to price. See page 7-45 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-24—3-27 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28—3-29 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33 3-6 DE2 DE2A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Molded Case Circuit Breakers F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Class 650 www.schneider-electric.us FAL/FHL 2P 15–100 A FAL 1P 15–100 A Thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers shown on pages 3-7 through 3-18 are permanent trip UL Listed, CSA® Certified, IEC rated, and also meet the requirements of Federal Specification W–C–375B/GEN as indicated on Digest pages 7-4 through 7-7. Table 3.26: Ampere Rating 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 45 A 50 A 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A FAL/FHL 3P 15–100 A NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest Section 7 for more information. F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, Standard Interrupting, 240 Vac Fixed AC Magnetic Trip 1P 2P 3P 120 Vac 240 Vac 240 Vac Hold Trip Cat. No. 275 A 275 A 275 A 275 A 400 A 400 A 400 A 400 A 800 A 800 A 800 A 900 A 900 A 600 A 600 A 600 A 600 A 850 A 850 A 850 A 850 A 1450 A 1450 A 1450 A 1700 A 1700 A FAL12015 FAL12020 FAL12025 FAL12030 FAL12035 FAL12040 FAL12045 FAL12050 FAL12060 FAL12070 FAL12080 FAL12090 FAL12100 Table 3.27: $ Price Cat. No. 198.00 198.00 198.00 198.00 198.00 198.00 198.00 198.00 198.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 $ Price FAL22015 FAL22020 FAL22025 FAL22030 FAL22035 FAL22040 FAL22045 FAL22050 FAL22060 FAL22070 FAL22080 FAL22090 FAL22100 Cat. No. 333.00 333.00 333.00 333.00 333.00 333.00 333.00 333.00 333.00 543.00 543.00 543.00 543.00 Terminal Wire Range (AWG) $ Price FAL32015 FAL32020 FAL32025 FAL32030 FAL32035 FAL32040 FAL32045 FAL32050 FAL32060 FAL32070 FAL32080 FAL32090 FAL32100 495.00 495.00 495.00 495.00 495.00 495.00 495.00 495.00 495.00 704.00 704.00 704.00 704.00 AL50FA 14–4 Cu or 12–4 Al AL100FA 14–1/0 Cu or 12–1/0 Al F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 480 Vac Standard Interrupting Table 3.28: Ampere Rating 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 45 A 50 A 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 3P 277 Vac, 125 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc Hold Trip Cat. No. 275 A 275 A 275 A 275 A 400 A 400 A 400 A 400 A 800 A 800 A 800 A 900 A 900 A 600 A 600 A 600 A 600 A 850 A 850 A 850 A 850 A 1450 A 1450 A 1450 A 1700 A 1700 A FAL14015 FAL14020 FAL14025 FAL14030 FAL14035 FAL14040 FAL14045 FAL14050 FAL14060 FAL14070 FAL14080 FAL14090 FAL14100 $ Price Cat. No. 251.00 251.00 251.00 251.00 251.00 251.00 251.00 251.00 251.00 312.00 312.00 312.00 312.00 $ Price FAL24015 FAL24020 FAL24025 FAL24030 FAL24035 FAL24040 FAL24045 FAL24050 FAL24060 FAL24070 FAL24080 FAL24090 FAL24100 Cat. No. 609.00 609.00 609.00 609.00 609.00 609.00 609.00 609.00 609.00 788.00 788.00 788.00 788.00 $ Price FAL34015 FAL34020 FAL34025 FAL34030 FAL34035 FAL34040 FAL34045 FAL34050 FAL34060 FAL34070 FAL34080 FAL34090 FAL34100 782.00 782.00 782.00 782.00 782.00 782.00 782.00 782.00 782.00 924.00 924.00 924.00 924.00 Terminal Wire Range (AWG) AL50FA (1) 14–4 Cu or (1) 12–4 Al AL100FA (1) 14–1/0 Cu or (1) 12–1/0 Al F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 600 Vac Standard Interrupting Fixed AC Magnetic Trip High Interrupting Terminal Wire Range (AWG) 3P 1P 2P 3P 2P 3P 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 277 Vac, 125 Vdc 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 600 Vac, 250 Vdc $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 2633.00 2633.00 2633.00 2633.00 2633.00 2633.00 2633.00 2633.00 2633.00 2633.00 2633.00 2633.00 — FIL36020 FIL36025 FIL36030 FIL36035 FIL36040 FIL36045 FIL36050 FIL36060 FIL36070 FIL36080 FIL36090 FIL36100 AL50FA 3296.00 14–4 Cu or 3296.00 12–4 Al 3296.00 3296.00 3296.00 3296.00 3296.00 AL100FA 3296.00 14–1/0 Cu 3296.00 or 12–1/0 Al 3296.00 3296.00 3296.00 Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. 275 A 275 A 275 A 275 A 400 A 400 A 400 A 400 A 800 A 800 A 800 A 900 A 900 A 600 A 600 A 600 A 600 A 850 A 850 A 850 A 850 A 1450 A 1450 A 1450 A 1700 A 1700 A FAL26015 FAL26020 FAL26025 FAL26030 FAL26035 FAL26040 FAL26045 FAL26050 FAL26060 FAL26070 FAL26080 FAL26090 FAL26100 704.00 704.00 704.00 704.00 704.00 704.00 704.00 704.00 704.00 890.00 890.00 890.00 890.00 FAL36015 FAL36020 FAL36025 FAL36030 FAL36035 FAL36040 FAL36045 FAL36050 FAL36060 FAL36070 FAL36080 FAL36090 FAL36100 906.00 906.00 906.00 906.00 906.00 906.00 906.00 906.00 906.00 1115.00 1115.00 1115.00 1115.00 FHL16015 FHL16020 FHL16025 FHL16030 FHL16035 FHL16040 FHL16045 FHL16050 FHL16060 FHL16070 FHL16080 FHL16090 FHL16100 Table 3.29: Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. FHL26015 FHL26020 FHL26025 FHL26030 FHL26035 FHL26040 FHL26045 FHL26050 FHL26060 FHL26070 FHL26080 FHL26090 FHL26100 1163.00 1163.00 1163.00 1163.00 1163.00 1163.00 1163.00 1163.00 1163.00 1353.00 1353.00 1353.00 1353.00 FHL36015 FHL36020 FHL36025 FHL36030 FHL36035 FHL36040 FHL36045 FHL36050 FHL36060 FHL36070 FHL36080 FHL36090 FHL36100 1358.00 1358.00 1358.00 1358.00 1358.00 1358.00 1358.00 1358.00 1358.00 1541.00 1541.00 1541.00 1541.00 — FIL26020 FIL26025 FIL26030 FIL26035 FIL26040 FIL26045 FIL26050 FIL26060 FIL26070 FIL26080 FIL26090 FIL26100 480 Vac 18 kA (1P), 25 kA (2P, 3P) 18 kA — 600 Vac 25 kA 18 kA 14 kA FHL FCLa FIL 25 kA (1P) 65 kA (2P, 3P) 25 kA (2P, 3P) 18 kA (2P, 3P) 100 kA 65 kA — 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA Termination Option Termination Letter F = No Lugs L = Lugs both ends P with MT Suffix = Lugs ON end P = Lugs OFF end 452.00 452.00 452.00 452.00 452.00 452.00 452.00 452.00 452.00 509.00 509.00 509.00 509.00 FAL 240 Vac 240 Vac 10 kA 480 Vac — 600 Vac — a See Section 11 Table 3.30: $ Price Interrupting Ratings Voltage © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Current Limiting 2P For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. FAL36100 Termination Letter DE2 Discount Schedule Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-24—3-27 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28—3-29 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3-33 Enclosures: see Digest Section 7 3-7 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 45 A 50 A 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 2P 3 Fixed AC Magnetic Trip Ampere Rating 1P Molded Case Circuit Breakers F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Class 650 Table 3.31: F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 240 Vac, Standard Interrupting Fixed AC Magnetic Trip Ampere Rating Hold 275 A 275 A 275 A 275 A 400 A 400 A 400 A 400 A 800 A 800 A 800 A 900 A 900 A 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 45 A 50 A 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A FA 2P 3 in. (76 mm) Mounting Height Table 3.32: FA 3P 4.5 in. (114 mm) Mounting Height 3 Ampere Rating Trip 600 A 600 A 600 A 600 A 850 A 850 A 850 A 850 A 1450 A 1450 A 1450 A 1700 A 1700 A 2 Pa 3P 240 Vac 240 Vac Cat. No. FA22015( ) FA22020( ) FA22025( ) FA22030( ) FA22035( ) FA22040( ) FA22045( ) FA22050( ) FA22060( ) FA22070( ) FA22080( ) FA22090( ) FA22100( ) $ Price 398.00 398.00 398.00 398.00 398.00 398.00 398.00 398.00 398.00 617.00 617.00 617.00 617.00 Cat. No. FA32015 FA32020 FA32025 FA32030 FA32035 FA32040 FA32045 FA32050 FA32060 FA32070 FA32080) FA32090 FA32100 $ Price 572.00 572.00 572.00 572.00 572.00 572.00 572.00 572.00 572.00 780.00 780.00 780.00 780.00 Terminal Wire Range (AWG) AL50FA 14–4 Cu or 12–4 Al AL100FA 14–1/0 Cu or 12–1/0 Al F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 480 Vac Standard Interrupting Ampere Rating 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 45 A 50 A 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A Table 3.33: www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest Section 7 for more information. FA 1P 1.5 in. (38 mm) Mounting Height Fixed AC Magnetic Trip Hold 275 A 275 A 275 A 275 A 400 A 400 A 400 A 400 A 800 A 800 A 800 A 900 A 900 A Trip 600 A 600 A 600 A 600 A 850 A 850 A 850 A 850 A 1450 A 1450 A 1450 A 1700 A 1700 A 1Pad 2Pa 3P 277 Vac, 125 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc Cat. No. — — — — FA14035( ) FA14040( ) FA14045( ) FA14050( ) FA14060( ) FA14070( ) FA14080( ) FA14090( ) FA14100( ) $ Price — — — — 302.00 302.00 302.00 302.00 302.00 332.00 332.00 332.00 332.00 Cat. No. FA24015( ) FA24020( ) FA24025( ) FA24030( ) FA24035( ) FA24040( ) FA24045( ) FA24050( ) FA24060( ) FA24070( ) FA24080( ) FA24090( ) FA24100( ) $ Price 651.00 651.00 651.00 651.00 651.00 651.00 651.00 651.00 651.00 833.00 833.00 833.00 833.00 Cat. No. FA34015 FA34020 FA34025 FA34030 FA34035 FA34040 FA34045 FA34050 FA34060 FA34070 FA34080 FA34090 FA34100 Terminal Wire Range (AWG) $ Price 833.00 AL50FA 833.00 (1) 14–4 Cu or 833.00 (1) 12–4 Al 833.00 833.00 833.00 833.00 833.00 AL100FA 833.00 (1) 14–1/0 Cu or (1) 12–1/0 Al 996.00 996.00 996.00 996.00 F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 600 Vac Standard Interrupting Fixed AC Magnetic Trip High Interrupting Current Limiting 2Pa 3P 1Pad 2Pa 3P 2Pa 3P 600 Vac. 250 Vdc 600 Vac. 250 Vdc 277 Vac, 125 Vdc 600 Vac. 250 Vdc 600 Vac. 250 Vdc 600 Vac. 250 Vdc 600 Vac. 250 Vdc MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Terminal Wire Range (AWG) Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 15 A 275 A 600 A FA26015( ) 780.00 FA36015 971.00 FH16015( ) 507.00 FH26015( ) 1214.00 FH36015 1446.00 — — — — AL50FA 20 A 275 A 600 A FA26020( ) 780.00 FA36020 971.00 FH16020( ) 507.00 FH26020( ) 1214.00 FH36020 1446.00 FI26020( ) 2763.00 FI36020 3296.00 14–4 Cu or 25 A 275 A 600 A FA26025( ) 780.00 FA36025 971.00 FH16025( ) 507.00 FH26025( ) 1214.00 FH36025 1446.00 — — — — 12–4 Al 30 A 275 A 600 A FA26030( ) 780.00 FA36030 971.00 FH16030( ) 507.00 FH26030( ) 1214.00 FH36030 1446.00 FI26030( ) 2763.00 FI36030 3296.00 35 A 400 A 850 A FA26035( ) 780.00 FA36035 971.00 FH16035( ) 507.00 FH26035( ) 1214.00 FH36035 1446.00 — — — — 40 A 400 A 850 A FA26040( ) 780.00 FA36040 971.00 FH16040( ) 507.00 FH26040( ) 1214.00 FH36040 1446.00 FI26040( ) 2763.00 FI36040 3296.00 45 A 400 A 850 A FA26045( ) 780.00 FA36045 971.00 FH16045( ) 507.00 FH26045( ) 1214.00 FH36045 1446.00 — — — — 50 A 400 A 850 A FA26050( ) 780.00 FA36050 971.00 FH16050( ) 507.00 FH26050( ) 1214.00 FH36050 1446.00 FI26050( ) 2763.00 FI36050 3296.00 AL100FA 60 A 800 A 1450 A FA26060( ) 780.00 FA36060 971.00 FH16060( ) 507.00 FH26060( ) 1214.00 FH36060 1446.00 FI26060( ) 2763.00 FI36060 3296.00 14–1/0 Cu 70 A 800 A 1450 A FA26070( ) 947.00 FA36070 1163.00 FH16070( ) 563.00 FH26070( ) 1452.00 FH36070 1632.00 FI26070( ) 2763.00 FI36070 3296.00 or 12–1/0 Al 80 A 800 A 1450 A FA26080( ) 947.00 FA36080 1163.00 FH16080( ) 563.00 FH26080( ) 1452.00 FH36080 1632.00 FI26080( ) 2763.00 FI36080 3296.00 90 A 900 A 1700 A FA26090( ) 947.00 FA36090 1163.00 FH16090( ) 563.00 FH26090( ) 1452.00 FH36090 1632.00 FI26090( ) 2763.00 FI36090 3296.00 100 A 900 A 1700 A FA26100( ) 947.00 FAL6100 1163.00 FH16100( ) 563.00 FH26100( ) 1452.00 FH36100 1632.00 FI26100( ) 2763.00 FI36100 3296.00 a 1P and 2P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table. b FCL 2P circuit breakers are built using 3P module. c FCL circuit breakers are not rated for 250 Vdc. d Rated 277 Vac, 125 Vdc. 15–30 A circuit breaker suitable for use with 60°C or 75 °C conductors. 35–100 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75°C conductors. . Table 3.34: Phase Option Letter A B C AB AC BC ABC CBA Phase Options 1P 2P Table 3.35: 3P FA14035A FA14035B FA14035C Voltage 240 Vac 277 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac FA24030AB FA24030AC FA24030BC FA34030 FA34030CBA e Interrupting Ratings FA 240 Vac 10 kA — — — 480 Vac 18 kA (1P), 25 kA (2P, 3P) 18 kA 18 kA — 600 Vac 25 kA — 18 kA 14 kA FH FCe FI 25 kA (1P) 65 kA (2P, 3P) — 25 kA (2P, 3P) 18 kA (2P, 3P) 100 kA 65 kA 65 kA — 200 kA — 200 kA 100 kA See Section 11. Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3-24—3-27 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3-28—3-29 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33 Enclosures: see Digest Section 7 3-8 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Molded Case Circuit Breakers K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Class 655, 825, 660 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest Section 7 for more information. Table 3.36: K-Frame—250 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 600 Vac Adjustable AC Magnetic Tripa Ampere Rating KIL36250 2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 Table 3.37: Ampere Rating Q4L 2P and 3P 250–400 A Current Limiting Low High Cat. No. $ Price 550 A 625 A 750 A 875 A 1000 A 1125 A 1250 A 1100 A 1250 A 1500 A 1750 A 2000 A 2250 A 2500 A KIL26110 KIL26125 KIL26150 KIL26175 KIL26200 KIL26225 KIL26250 6177.00 6177.00 6177.00 6177.00 6177.00 6177.00 7223.00 550 A 625 A 750 A 875 A 1000 A 1125 A 1250 A 1100 A 1250 A 1500 A 1750 A 2000 A 2250 A 2500 A KIL36110 KIL36125 KIL36150 KIL36175 KIL36200 KIL36225 KIL36250 7754.00 7754.00 7754.00 7754.00 7754.00 7754.00 9081.00 Voltage 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac AL250KA (1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al AL250KI (1) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al AL250KA (1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al AL250KI (1) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al Q4-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 240 Vac Adjustable AC Magnetic Tripa Low High Standard Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price 2P, 240 Vac 250 1250 A 2500 A Q4L2250 3171.00 300 1500 A 3000 A Q4L2300 3171.00 350 1750 A 3500 A Q4L2350 3171.00 400 2000 A 4000 A Q4L2400 3171.00 3P, 240 Vac 250 1250 A 2500 A Q4L3250 3831.00 300 1500 A 3000 A Q4L3300 3831.00 350 1750 A 3500 A Q4L3350 3831.00 400 2000 A 4000 A Q4L3400 3831.00 a UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal value shown. b KC circuit breakers are 480 Vac Table 3.38: Terminal Wire Range Terminal Wire Range AL400LA (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or (2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al AL400LA (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or (2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al Interrupting Ratings KIL 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA Q4 25 kA — — MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS KAL/KHL 2P and 3P 70–250 A 3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-25 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33 Enclosures: see Digest Section 7 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule 3-9 Molded Case Circuit Breakers K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Class 655, 825, 660 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest Section 7 for more information. KI 2P and 3P 4.5 in. (114 mm) Mounting Height Table 3.39: K-Frame—250A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 600 Vac Q4 2P and 3P 6 in. (152 mm) Mounting Height Current Limiting Adjustable AC Magnetic Tripa Ampere Rating Low High Cat. No. 2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdcc 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 550 A 625 A 750 A 875 A 1000 A 1125 A 1250 A 1100 A 1250 A 1500 A 1750 A 2000 A 2250 A 2500 A KI26110( ) KI26125( ) KI26150( ) KI26175( ) KI26200( ) KI26225( ) KI26250( ) 6633.00 6633.00 6633.00 6633.00 6633.00 6633.00 7704.00 3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 550 A 625 A 750 A 875 A 1000 A 1125 A 1250 A 1100 A 1250 A 1500 A 1750 A 2000 A 2250 A 2500 A KI36110 KI36125 KI36150 KI36175 KI36200 KI36225 KI36250 8375.00 8375.00 8375.00 8375.00 8375.00 8375.00 9267.00 Table 3.40: $ Price Terminal Wire Range AL250KA (1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al AL250KI (1) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al AL250KA (1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al AL250KI (1) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al Q4-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 240 Vac Adjustable AC Magnetic Tripa Ampere Rating Low Standard Interrupting High Cat. No. $ Price Terminal Wire Range 2P, 240 Vacc 250 1250 A 2500 A Q422250( ) 3435.00 AL400LA 300 1500 A 3000 A Q422300( ) 3435.00 (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or 350 1750 A 3500 A Q422350( ) 3435.00 (2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al 400 2000 A 4000 A Q422400( ) 3435.00 3P, 240 Vac 250 1250 A 2500 A Q43250 4313.00 AL400LA 300 1500 A 3000 A Q43300 4313.00 (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or 350 1750 A 3500 A Q43350 4313.00 (2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al 400 2000 A 4000 A Q43400 4313.00 a UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal value shown. b KC circuit breakers are 480 Vac c 2P and 3P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table. 3 Table 3.41: Interrupting Ratings Voltage 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 3.42: KI 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA Q4 25 kA — — Phase Options Phase Option Letter AB AC BC ABC CBA 2P KA26250AB KA26250AC KA26250BC 3P KA36250 KA36250CBA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-25 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33 Enclosures: see Digest Section 7 3-10 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Molded Case Circuit Breakers L-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Class 600, 665, 736, 830 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest Section 7 for more information. Table 3.43: Ampere Rating L-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, High Magnetic Withstand Circuit Breakers For Mission Critical Loads LA/LH MC Circuit Breaker, 3P, 480 Vac 200 A 4000 A 225 A 4500 A 250 A 5000 A 400 A Ampere Rating Cat. No. Terminal Wire Range $ Price LAL34200MC LAL34225MC LAL34250MC 4962.00 4962.00 5355.00 LHL34200MC LHL34225MC LHL34250MC 7941.00 7941.00 8336.00 AL250LA (1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al LAL34400MC 6615.00 LHL34400MC 9596.00 AL400LA (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or (2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al L-Frame—600 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac Adjustable AC Magnetic Trip Low 2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 125 A 625 A 150 A 750 A 175 A 875 A 200 A 1000 A 225 A 1125 A 250 A 1250 A 300 A 1500 A 350 A 1750 A 400 A 2000 A 3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 125 A 625 A 150 A 750 A 175 A 875 A 200 A 1000 A 225 A 1125 A 250 A 1250 A 300 A 1500 A 350 A 1750 A 400 A 2000 A Table 3.45: LIL36600 2P and 3P 300–600 A High Interrupting $ Price AC magnetic setting tolerances are +0–25% from max. value shown. Table 3.44: LAL/LHL 2P and 3P 125–400 A 8000 A Cat. No. Ampere Rating 2P, 600 Vac 300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 3P, 600 Vac 300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A Table 3.46: Voltage 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Standard Interrupting High Interrupting $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Terminal Wire Range High Cat. No. 1250 A 1500 A 1750 A 2000 A 2250 A 2500 A 3000 A 3500 A 4000 A LAL26125 LAL26150 LAL26175 LAL26200 LAL26225 LAL26250 LAL26300 LAL26350 LAL26400 3807.00 3807.00 3807.00 3807.00 3807.00 3807.00 3807.00 3807.00 3807.00 LHL26125 LHL26150 LHL26175 LHL26200 LHL26225 LHL26250 LHL26300 LHL26350 LHL26400 6362.00 6362.00 6362.00 6362.00 6362.00 6362.00 6362.00 6362.00 6362.00 AL400LA (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or (2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al 1250 A 1500 A 1750 A 2000 A 2250 A 2500 A 3000 A 3500 A 4000 A LAL36125 LAL36150 LAL36175 LAL36200 LAL36225 LAL36250 LAL36300 LAL36350 LAL36400 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 LHL36125 LHL36150 LHL36175 LHL36200 LHL36225 LHL36250 LHL36300 LHL36350 LHL36400 7598.00 7598.00 7598.00 7598.00 7598.00 7598.00 7598.00 7598.00 7598.00 AL400LA (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or (2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al L-Frame—600 A, Current-Limiting, Individually-Mounted Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac Adjustable AC Magnetic Trip Extra-High Interrupting $ Price Current Limiting Cat. No. $ Price Terminal Wire Range Low High Cat. No. 1500 A 1750 A 2000 A 2250 A 2500 A 3000 A 3200 A 3200 A 3200 A 4200 A 4200 A 4200 A LCL26300 LCL26350 LCL26400 LCL26450 LCL26500 LCL26600 7479.00 7479.00 7479.00 7823.00 7823.00 7823.00 LIL26300 LIL26350 LIL26400 LIL26450 LIL26500 LIL26600 8604.00 8604.00 8604.00 12551.00 12551.00 12551.00 AL600LI5 (2) 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al 1500 A 1750 A 2000 A 2250 A 2500 A 3000 A 3200 A 3200 A 3200 A 4200 A 4200 A 4200 A LCL36300 LCL36350 LCL36400 LCL36450 LCL36500 LCL36600 8312.00 8312.00 8312.00 8691.00 8691.00 8691.00 LIL36300 LIL36350 LIL36400 LIL36450 LIL36500 LIL36600 9563.00 9563.00 9563.00 13949.00 13949.00 13949.00 AL600LI5 (2) 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al Interrupting Ratings LAL 42 kA 30 kA 22 kA LHL 65 kA 35 kA 25 kA LCL 100 kA 65 kA 35 kA LIL 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-24—3-27 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28—3-29 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33 Enclosures: see Digest Section 7 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS a Standard Interrupting AC Magnetic Level Factory Seta 3 LAL/LHL MC For Mission Critical Power Loads available in 200, 225, 250, and 400 A @ 480 Vac DE2 Discount Schedule 3-11 Molded Case Circuit Breakers L-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Class 600, 665, 736, 830 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest Section 7 for more information. LA / LH 2P and 3P 6 in. (152 mm) Mounting Height Table 3.47: L-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, High Magnetic Withstand Circuit Breakers For Mission Critical Loads Ampere Rating LA/LH MC Circuit Breaker, 3P, 480 Vac 200 A 4000 A 225 A 4500 A 250 A 5000 A 400 A a Ampere Rating LC 2P and 3P 7.5 in. (190 mm) Mounting Height 8000 A High Interrupting $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Terminal Wire Range LA34200MC LA34225MC LA34250MC 5571.00 5571.00 5681.00 LH34200MC LH34225MC LH34250MC 8771.00 8771.00 8882.00 AL250LA (1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al LA34400MC 7241.00 LH34400MC 10142.00 AL400LA (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or (2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al L-Frame—600 A, Thermal-Magnetic I-Line™ Construction Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac Adjustable AC Magnetic Tripb Low 2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdca 125 A 625 A 150 A 750 A 175 A 875 A 200 A 1000 A 225 A 1125 A 250 A 1250 A 300 A 1500 A 350 A 1750 A 400 A 2000 A 3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 125 A 625 A 150 A 750 A 175 A 875 A 200 A 1000 A 225 A 1125 A 250 A 1250 A 300 A 1500 A 350 A 1750 A 400 A 2000 A Table 3.49: Ampere Rating 3 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2P, 600 Vaca 300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 3P, 600 Vac 300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A a b Cat. No. Factory set AC magnetic setting tolerances are +0–25% from max. value shown. Table 3.48: LI 2P and 3P 7.5 in. (190 mm) Mounting Height Standard Interrupting AC Magnetic Level Factory Seta Standard Interrupting High Interrupting $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Terminal Wire Range High Cat. No. 1250 A 1500 A 1750 A 2000 A 2250 A 2500 A 3000 A 3500 A 4000 A LA26125( ) LA26150( ) LA26175( ) LA26200( ) LA26225( ) LA26250( ) LA26300( ) LA26350( ) LA26400( ) 4053.00 4053.00 4053.00 4053.00 4053.00 4053.00 4053.00 4053.00 4053.00 LH26125( ) LH26150( ) LH26175( ) LH26200( ) LH26225( ) LH26250( ) LH26300( ) LH26350( ) LH26400( ) 6762.00 6762.00 6762.00 6762.00 6762.00 6762.00 6762.00 6762.00 6762.00 AL400LA (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or (2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al 1250 A 1500 A 1750 A 2000 A 2250 A 2500 A 3000 A 3500 A 4000 A LA36125 LA36150 LA36175 LA36200 LA36225 LA36250 LA36300 LA36350 LA36400 4944.00 4944.00 4944.00 4944.00 4944.00 4944.00 4944.00 4944.00 4944.00 LH36125 LH36150 LH36175 LH36200 LH26225 LH36250 LH36300 LH36350 LH36400 8145.00 8145.00 8145.00 8145.00 8145.00 8145.00 8145.00 8145.00 8145.00 AL400LA (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or (2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al L-Frame—600 A, Current-Limiting, I-Line™ Construction, Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac Adjustable AC Magnetic Tripb Extra-High Interrupting $ Price Current Limiting Cat. No. $ Price Terminal Wire Range Low High Cat. No. 1500 A 1750 A 2000 A 2250 A 2500 A 3000 A 3200 A 3200 A 3200 A 4200 A 4200 A 4200 A LC26300( ) LC26350( ) LC26400( ) LC26450( ) LC26500( ) LC26600( ) 8312.00 8312.00 8312.00 8691.00 8691.00 8691.00 LI26300( ) LI26350( ) LI26400( ) LI26450( ) LI26500( ) LI26600( ) 9563.00 9563.00 9563.00 13949.00 13949.00 13949.00 AL600LI5 (2) 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al 1500 A 1750 A 2000 A 2250 A 2500 A 3000 A 3200 A 3200 A 3200 A 4200 A 4200 A 4200 A LC36300 LC36350 LC36400 LC36450 LC36500 LC36600 9234.00 9234.00 9234.00 9657.00 9657.00 9657.00 LI36300 LI36350 LI36400 LI36450 LI36500 LI36600 10673.00 10673.00 10673.00 15498.00 15498.00 15498.00 AL600LI5 (2) 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al 2P and 3P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table. UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal value. Table 3.50: Voltage 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Table 3.51: Interrupting Ratings LA 42 kA 30 kA 22 kA LH 65 kA 35 kA 25 kA LC 100 kA 65 kA 35 kA LI 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA Phase Options Phase Option Letter AB AC BC ABC CBA 2P LA26400AB LA26400AC LA26400BC 3P LA36400 LA36400CBA ccessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-24—3-27 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28—3-29 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33 Enclosures: see Digest Section 7 3-12 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Molded Case Circuit Breakers L-Frame Micrologic™ Series B Trip Circuit Breakers www.schneider-electric.us Full-Function Features: NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest Section 7 for more information. • • • • • • • • • Standard-Function Features: 80% rated True RMS sensing Interchangeable rating plugs LSI, LS(I)G, trip configurations Short-time delay = I2t IN and ground-fault delay = I2t OUT Integral ground-fault testing LED long-time pickup indication Thermal & magnetic backup protection Long-time & ground-fault memory Optional local trip indicators—overload, short circuit, ground-fault Optional local ammeter/trip indicator Universal test set available Optional I-Line™ mounting (LX, LXI) Optional neutral current transformer for 4-wire systems L-Frame—600 A, Micrologic Series B Trip System, Individually-Mounted, 3P, 600 Vac Sensor Ampere Size Rating 100 125 150 Micrologic Standard-Function Trip Systems (LXL, LXIL) 250 175 200 225 Micrologic Full-Function Trip Systems (LEL) 250 300 400 350 400 450 600 500 600 a b Trip Function LI LSI LIG LSIG LI LSI LIG LSIG LI LSI LIG LSIG LI LSI LIG LSIG LI LSI LIG LSIG LI LSI LIG LSIG LI LSI LIG LSIG LI LSI LIG LSIG LI LSI LIG LSIG LI LSI LIG LSIG LI LSI LIG LSIG LI LSI LIG LSIG LI LSI LIG LSIG Standard Function Cat. No. — LXL36100 — LXL36100G — LXL36125 — LXL36125G — LXL36150 — LXL36150G — LXL36175 — LXL36175G — LXL36200 — LXL36200G — LXL36225 — LXL36225G — LXL36250 — LXL36250G — LXL36300 — LXL36300G — LXL36350 — LXL36350G — LXL36400 — LXL36400G — LXL36450 — LXL36450G — LXL36500 — LXL36500G — LXL36600 — LXL36600G $ Price — 5616.00 — 7692.00 — 5616.00 — 7692.00 — 5616.00 — 7692.00 — 5616.00 — 7692.00 — 5616.00 — 7692.00 — 5616.00 — 7692.00 — 5616.00 — 7692.00 — 8618.00 — 10694.00 — 8618.00 — 10694.00 — 8618.00 — 10694.00 — 12611.00 — 14687.00 — 12611.00 — 14687.00 — 12611.00 — 14687.00 Cat. No. — LXIL36100 — LXIL36100G — LXIL36125 — LXIL36125G — LXIL36150 — LXIL36150G — LXIL36175 — LXIL36175G — LXIL36200 — LXIL36200G — LXIL36225 — LXIL36225G — LXIL36250 — LXIL36250G — LXIL36300 — LXIL36300G — LXIL36350 — LXIL36350G — LXIL36400 — LXIL36400G — LXIL36450 — LXIL36450G — LXIL36500 — LXIL36500G — LXIL36600 — LXIL36600G $ Price — 11262.00 — 13338.00 — 11262.00 — 13338.00 — 11262.00 — 13338.00 — 11262.00 — 13338.00 — 11262.00 — 13338.00 — 11262.00 — 13338.00 — 11262.00 — 13338.00 — 16400.00 — 18476.00 — 16400.00 — 18476.00 — 16400.00 — 18476.00 — 23250.00 — 25326.00 — 23250.00 — 25326.00 — 23250.00 — 25326.00 100% Rated Full Functionb Cat. No. LEL36100LI LEL36100LS LEL36100LIG LEL36100LSG LEL36125LI LEL36125LS LEL36125LIG LEL36125LSG LEL36150LI LEL36150LS LEL36150LIG LEL36150LSG LEL36175LI LEL36175LS LEL36175LIG LEL36175LSG LEL36200LI LEL36200LS LEL36200LIG LEL36200LSG LEL36225LI LEL36225LS LEL36225LIG LEL36225LSG LEL36250LI LEL36250LS LEL36250LIG LEL36250LSG LEL36300LI LEL36300LS LEL36300LIG LEL36300LSG LEL36350LI LEL36350LS LEL36350LIG LEL36350LSG LEL36400LI LEL36400LS LEL36400LIG LEL36400LSG LEL36450LI LEL36450LS LEL36450LIG LEL36450LSG LEL36500LI LEL36500LS LEL36500LIG LEL36500LSG LEL36600LI LEL36600LS LEL36600LIG LEL36600LSG $ Price 7692.00 13035.00 9768.00 15111.00 7692.00 13035.00 9768.00 15111.00 7692.00 13035.00 9768.00 15111.00 7692.00 13035.00 9768.00 15111.00 7692.00 13035.00 9768.00 15111.00 7692.00 13035.00 9768.00 15111.00 7692.00 13035.00 9768.00 15111.00 10691.00 16034.00 12767.00 18110.00 10691.00 16034.00 12767.00 18110.00 10691.00 16034.00 12767.00 18110.00 14688.00 20031.00 16764.00 22107.00 14688.00 20031.00 16764.00 22107.00 14688.00 20031.00 16764.00 22107.00 Installed Rating Plug Terminal Wire Range ARP040 ARP050 ARP060 ARP070 AL600LI35 (2) 1 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu ARP080 ARP090 ARP100 ARP075 ARP088 ARP100 AL600LI5 (2) 4/0 AWG– 500 kcmil Al/Cu ARP075 ARP083 ARP100 NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. 600 A sensor is 80% rated Substitute (A) in place of (G) for ground-fault alarm (pickup indication only). Requires CIM3F and Powerlogic, or see Data Bulletin 0502DB0001. No instantaneous OFF position for LI or LIG trip function type circuit breakers. Table 3.53: Standard Function Current Limiting MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 3.52: • • • • • • • • Interrupting Ratings Voltage 240 V 480 V 600 V © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved LXL 100 kA 65 kA 35 kA LEL 100 kA 65 kA 35 kA LXIL 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-24—3-27 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28—3-29 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3-33 DE2 Discount Schedule 3-13 3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 100% rated (600 sensor LE/LEL) circuit breakers are 80% rated) True RMS sensing Interchangeable rating plugs PowerLogic™ compatible LI, LIG, LS(I), LS(I)G (instantaneous OFF) configurations Short-time delay = I2t IN & I2t OUT and ground-fault delay = I2t IN & I2t OUT Short-time withstand rating Integral ground-fault testing Optional ground-fault alarm (no trip) (Requires CIM3F with PowerLogic, see Bulletin 0502DB0001.) LED long-time pickup indication Zone-selective interlocking (short-time & ground-fault) Long-time & ground-fault memory Local Trip Indicators—overload, short circuit, ground-fault Local ammeter/trip indicator Universal test set available Optional I-Line™ mounting (LE) Optional neutral current transformer for 4-wire systems Molded Case Circuit Breakers L-Frame Micrologic™ Series B Trip Circuit Breakers www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest Section 7 for more information. Table 3.54: L-Frame—600 A, Micrologic Series B Trip System, I-Line™ Construction, 3P, 600 Vacc Ampere Trip Rating Function Standard Function Current Limiting Standard Function 100% Rated Full Functionb Installed Rating Plug 3 Terminal Wire Range Cat. No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price LI — — — — LE36100LI 8078.00 LSI LX36100 5898.00 LXI36100 11825. LE36100LS 13421.00 100 ARP040 LIG — — — — LE36100LIG 10154.00 LSIG LX36100G 7974.00 LXI36100G 13901. LE36100LSG 15497.00 LI — — — — LE36125LI 8078.00 LSI LX36125 5898.00 LXI36125 11825. LE36125LS 13421.00 125 ARP050 LIG — — — — LE36125LIG 10154.00 LSIG LX36125G 7974.00 LXI36125G 13901. LE36125LSG 15497.00 LI — — — — LE36150LI 8078.00 LSI LX36150 5898.00 LXI36150 11825. LE36150LS 13421.00 150 ARP060 LIG — — — — LE36150LIG 10154.00 LSIG LX36150G 7974.00 LXI36150G 13901. LE36150LSG 15497.00 LI — — — — LE36175LI 8078.00 AL600LI35 LSI LX36175 5898.00 LXI36175 11825. LE36175LS 13421.00 175 ARP070 (2) 1 AWG–350 kcmil LIG — — — — LE36175LIG 10154.00 Al/Cu LSIG LXL36175G 7974.00 LXI36175G 13901. LE36175LSG 15497.00 LI — — — — LE36200LI 8078.00 LSI LX36200 5898.00 LXI36200 11825. LE36200LS 13421.00 200 ARP080 LIG — — — — LE36200LIG 10154.00 LSIG LX36200G 7974.00 LXI36200G 13901. LE36200LSG 15497.00 LI — — — — LE36225LI 8078.00 LSI LX36225 5898.00 LXI36225 11825. LE36225LS 13421.00 225 ARP090 LIG — — — — LE36225LIG 10154.00 LSIG LX36225G 7974.00 LXI36225G 13901. LE36225LSG 15497.00 LI — — — — LE36250LI 8078.00 LSI LX36250 5898.00 LXI36250 11825. LE36250LS 13421.00 250 ARP100 LIG — — — — LE36250LIG 10154.00 LSIG LX36250G 7974.00 LXI36250G 13901. LE36250LSG 15497.00 LI — — — — LE36300LI 11223.00 LSI LX36300 9047.00 LXI36300 17222. LE36300LS 16566.00 300 ARP075 LIG — — — — LE36300LIG 13299.00 LSIG LX36300G 11123.00 LXI36300G 19298. LE36300LSG 18642.00 LI — — — — LE36350LI 11223.00 LSI LX36350 9047.00 LXI36350 17222. LE36350LS 16566.00 350 ARP088 LIG — — — — LE36350LIG 13299.00 LSIG LX36350G 11123.00 LXI36350G 19298. LE36350LSG 18642.00 LI — — — — LE36400LI 11223.00 LSI LX36400 9047.00 LXI36400 17222. LE36400LS 16566.00 400 ARP100 LIG — — — — LE36400LIG 13299.00 AL600LI5 LSIG LX36400G 11123.00 LXI36400G 19298. LE36400LSG 18642.00 (2) 4/0 AWG– 500 kcmil LI — — — — LE36450LI 15422.00 Al/Cu LSI LX36450 13241.00 LXI36450 24413. LE36450LS 20765.00 450 ARP075 LIG — — — — LE36450LIG 17498.00 LSIG LX36450G 15317.00 LXI36450G 26489. LE36450LSG 22841.00 LI — — — — LE36500LI 15422.00 LSI LX36500 13241.00 LXI36500 9413. LE36500LS 20765.00 500 ARP083 LIG — — — — LE36500LIG 17498.00 LSIG LX36500G 15317.00 LXI36500G 26489. LE36500LSG 22841.00 LI — — — — LE36600LI 15422.00 LSI LX36600 13241.00 LXI36600 24413. LE36600LS 20765.00 ARP100 600a LIG — — — — LE36600LIG 17498.00 LSIG LX36600G 15317.00 LXI36600G 26489. LE36600LSG 22841.00 a 600 A Sensor is 80% rated. b Substitute (A) in place of (G) for ground-fault alarm (pickup indication only). Requires CIM3F and Powerlogic, or see Data Bulletin 0502DB0001. No instantaneous OFF position for LI or LIG trip function type circuti breakers. c Type LX, LXI and LE circuit breakers are NOT recommended for use on single motor branch circuits. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 3.55: Voltage 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Interrupting Ratings LX 100 kA 65 kA 35 kA LE 100 kA 65 kA 35 kA LXI 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-25 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33 Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest Page 7-56 3-14 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Molded Case Circuit Breakers Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector Class 680, 685 www.schneider-electric.us Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector Instantaneous trip magnetic only circuit breakers have a single adjustment which simultaneously sets the magnetic trip level of each individual pole. Mag-Gard circuit breakers comply with NEC® requirements for providing motor circuit protection when installed as part of a UL Listed combination controller having motor overload protection. Interrupting ratings are established for these UL Recognized Components only when they are used in combination with motor starters with properly sized overload relays and contactors. Mag-Gard circuit breakers will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers. Table 3.56: Magnetic Only LAL Mag-Gard, 400 A, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hzc Ampere Rating 3P only Adjustablea Trip Range Cat. No. $ Price 3 9–33 A GJL36003M01 1089.00 7 21–77 A GJL36007M02 1089.00 15 45–165 A GJL36015M03 1089.00 GJLb 30 90–330 A GJL36030M04 1089.00 50 150–550 A GJL36050M05 1380.00 75 225–825 A GJL36075M06 1643.00 a UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown. b No GJL I-Line available. c 250 Vdc ratings are available . No UL component recognition. d Each ampere rating can be ordered with any designated trip range for the frame by adding the proper suffix to the catalog numbers. Amps Special Magnetic Trip Settings for PowerPact H- and J-Frame Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers Special Low Mags Holde Tripe 70 80 90 100 110 125 Amps 400 850 400 850 400 850 400 850 400 850 800 1450 Special High Mags 90 Amps Holde Tripe 900 1700 Special Low Mags 150 200 Lowf 875L 1250L Interrupting Rating Ii on Label Mag Suffix Highf 1750H 2500H D Cat. No. 625 625 625 625 625 1125 H83 H83 H83 H83 H83 H84 $ Price Cat. No. J $ Price Cat. No. L $ Price Cat. No. $ Price HDL36070H83 HDL36080H83 HDL36090H83 HDL36100H83 HDL36110H83 HDL36125H84 D 1594.00 1594.00 1594.00 1594.00 3120.00 3120.00 HGL36070H83 HGL36080H83 HGL36090H83 HGL36100H83 HGL36110H83 HGL36125H84 G 2041.00 2041.00 2041.00 2041.00 4319.00 4319.00 HJL36070H83 HJL36080H83 HJL36090H83 HJL36100H83 HJL36110H83 HJL36125H84 J 2519.00 2519.00 2519.00 2519.00 6209.00 6209.00 HLL36070H83 HLL36080H83 HLL36090H83 HLL36100H83 HLL36110H83 HLL36125H84 L 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 8099.00 8099.00 Cat. No. HDL36090H85 D $ Price 1594.00 Cat. No. HGL36090H85 G $ Price 2041.00 Cat. No. HJL36090H85 J $ Price 2519.00 Cat. No. HLL36090H85 L $ Price 3779.00 Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. H29 JDL36150H29 3276.00 JGL36150H29 H32 JDL36200H32 3276.00 JGL36200H32 Hold and Trip indicate fixed magnetic trip levels Low and High refer to adjustable mag level setting. $ Price 4535.00 4535.00 Cat. No. JJL36150H29 JJL36200H32 $ Price 6518.00 6518.00 Cat. No. JLL36150H29 JLL36200H32 $ Price 8503.00 8503.00 Ii on Label Mag Suffix 1300 H85 Ii on Label Mag Suffix e f G Table 3.58: Voltage 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Rating D 25 KA 18 kA 14 kA G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 3.57: L 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-30 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-25 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule 3-15 Molded Case Circuit Breakers GJ-Frame MCP Selection Class 680 Adjustable instantaneous-trip circuit breakers are intended for use in combination with motor starters with overload relays for the protection of motor circuits from short circuits. Other specific applications include rectifiers and resistance welders. These circuit breakers contain a magnetic trip element in each pole with the trip point adjustable from the front. Interrupting ratings are determined by testing the instantaneous-trip circuit breakers in combination with a contactor and overload relay. 2. 3. Select instantaneous-trip circuit breakers as follows: This selection table is suitable for motors, other than NEMA Design E, with locked-rotor indicating code letters per NEC® Table 430.7 (b) as follows: 5. Table 3.59: 4. Locked-Rotor Indicating Codes Horsepower Motor Code letter 1/2 or less 3/4 to 1-1/2 2 to 3 5 to 25 30 to 125 150 or more A–L A–K A–J A–H A–G A–F 6. 7. 1. For other motors order a special thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with magnetic trip settings for the specific motor— specify motor horsepower, voltage, frequency, full-load current and code letter or locked rotor current. Table 3.60: GJL Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers for Single Motor Circuit Protection Hp Ratings of Induction Type Squirrel-Cage and Wound Rotor Motors 3Ø 60 Hz 200 Vac 230 Vac www.schneider-electric.us Determine motor hp rating from the motor nameplate. Refer to the tables and select an instantaneous-trip circuit breaker with an ampere rating recommended for the hp and voltage involved. Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 800%, not to exceed 1300%, of the motor full-load amperes (FLA) for other than Design E motors. For Design E motors, select an adjustable trip setting of at least 1100% not to exceed 1700% of FLA. The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for instantaneous-trip circuit breakers to withstand current surges typical of the magnetization current of autotransformer type reduced voltage starters, or open transition wye-delta starters during transfer from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed motors, and motors labeled “high efficiency.” Select thermalmagnetic circuit breakers from Digest page 7-32 for those applications. Part-winding motors, per NEC 430.3, should have two circuit breakers selected from the above at not more than one half the allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting means per NEC 430.103. Based on NEC 430.52 and NEC Table 430.150. See Digest page 7-30 for a available Adjustable InstantaneousTrip Circuit Breakers. 460 Vac 575 Vac 1/2 GJL Family Full Mag-Gard Load Breaker Amperesa Circuit Cat. No. Magnetic Trip Settingsb Hp Ratings of Induction Type Squirrel-Cage and Wound Rotor Motors 3Ø 60 Hz MIN MAX 200 Vac 230 Vac 460 Vac 575 Vac 7-1/2 GJL Family Full Mag-Gard Load Breaker Amperesa Circuit Cat. No. Magnetic Trip Settingsb MIN MAX 3 0.8 GJL36003M01c 1100% 4100% 9 GJL36015M03 500% 1800% 1/2 1 GJL36003M01c 900% 3300% 3 9.6 GJL36015M03 500% 1700% 3/4 1.1 GJL36003M01c 800% 3000% 3 7-1/2 10 11 GJL36015M03 400% 1500% 3/4 1.4 GJL36003M01 600% 2400% 10 14 GJL36030M04 600% 2400% 1 1.8 GJL36003M01 500% 1800% 5 15.2 GJL36030M04 600% 2200% 1/2 2 GJL36003M01 500% 1700% 15 17 GJL36030M04 500% 1900% 1-1/2 2.1 GJL36003M01 400% 1600% 5 17.5 GJL36030M04 500% 1900% 1/2 2.3 GJL36003M01 400% 1400% 15 21 GJL36030M04 400% 1600% 1-1/2 2.6 GJL36003M01 300% 1300% 7-1/2 20 22 GJL36030M04 400% 1500% 2 2.7 GJL36003M01d 300% 1200% 7-1/2 25.3 GJL36030M04 400% 1300% 3/4 2.8 GJL36003M01d 300% 1200% 20 25 27 GJL36050M05 600% 2000% 3/4 3.2 GJL36007M02 700% 2400% 10 28 GJL36050M05 500% 2000% 2 3.4 GJL36007M02 600% 2300% 30 32 GJL36050M05 500% 1700% 1 3.6 GJL36007M02 600% 2100% 10 32.2 GJL36050M05 500% 1700% 3 3.9 GJL36007M02 500% 2000% 25 34 GJL36050M05 400% 1600% 1 4.1 GJL36007M02 500% 1900% 30 40 GJL36050M05 400% 1400% 3 4.8 GJL36007M02 400% 1600% 40 41 GJL36050M05 400% 1300% 1-1/2 5.2 GJL36007M02 400% 1500% 15 42 GJL36075M06 400% 1300% 1-1/2 6 GJL36007M02 400% 1300% 15 48.3 GJL36075M06 500% 1700% 5 6.1 GJL36015M03 700% 2700% 40 50 52 GJL36075M06 400% 1600% 2 6.8 GJL36015M03 700% 2400% 20 54 GJL36075M06 400% 1500% 5 7.6 GJL36015M03 600% 2200% 20 60 62 GJL36075M06 400% 1300% 2 7.8 GJL36015M03 600% 2100% 50 65 GJL36075M06 300% 1300% a Motor full-load currents are taken from NEC Table 430.150. Select wire and circuit breakers on basis of horsepower rather than nameplate full-load current per NEC 430.6 (A) for general motor applications. Do not use these values to select overload relay thermal units. See Digest pages 14-129–14-152 for selection of thermal units when actual full load current is not known. The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. Corresponding nominal system voltages are 200–208, 220–240, 440–480 and 550–600 V. b Only MIN and MAX settings are shown, intermediate settings are available on all circuit breakers. c See NEC 430.52(A) for circuit breaker settings above 800%. d If due to motor starting characteristics, trip settings at the 1300% maximum permitted level are needed, the next size Mag-Gard circuit breaker should be chosen. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 3-16 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Special Construction Circuit Breakers Special Terminal Connectors and Lugs Class 600 www.schneider-electric.us Bolt-On I-Line™ Plug-on Connector (20% Price Adder) The standard I-Line circuit breaker is designed to provide a high quality, secure connection between the distribution bus and circuit breaker. I-Line circuit breakers use plug-on type line-side connectors. The parallel line-side connectors “clamp’’ around the bus bars. In case of a short circuit, the increased magnetic flux causes the connectors to grasp the bus bars even tighter. I-Line circuit breakers with bolted connections have clamp-on jaws that are bolted around the main bus, as shown. The bolt-on I-Line design is offered as an alternative in order to meet specifications requiring a bolted connection. Bolt-on I-Line construction is available on FY, QB, QD, QG, QJ, Q4, FA, FH, FI, KI, LA, and LH frame circuit breakers and molded case switches, and SL100, SL225 and SL400 sub-feed lugs. To order on all products except QB, QD, QG and QJ, simply add the letter “B’’ in the catalog number prefix of the circuit breaker, e.g., FA36100 becomes FAB36100. For QB, QD, QG and QJ, insert the letter “E” in the third position, e.g., QBE, QDE, etc. NOTE: Not available on Powerpact™ circuit breakers. Bolted Connector Top-Feed I-Line (No Additional Charge) I-Line panelboards may require the use of a top-feed I-Line circuit breaker in applications where a top-feed main circuit breaker is required. This involves having the I-Line jaw connectors on the OFF end of the circuit breaker, as opposed to the standard location on the ON end of the circuit breaker. To designate this construction, simply place the suffix “MT” at the end of the circuit breaker catalog number, e.g., FA36100 becomes FA36100MT. On LA or LH top-feed I-Line circuit breakers, accessories must be factory installed. This option is available in PowerPact™ H and J-frame by placing a “K” in the 4th position (termination indicator) of the circuit breaker catalog number, e.g., HGA36125 becomes HGK36125. This option is not available on L-frame (600 A only), M-frame, N-Frame or Powerpact M-, P- and R-frame. “CBA” I-Line Jaw Configuration (Non-PowerPact Circuit Breaker) (No Additional Charge) Standard 1-pole and 2-pole I-Line circuit breakers are ordered by designating the required phase connection letters as a suffix to the circuit breaker catalog number. 3-pole circuit breakers do not require this phase designation and are supplied with an “ABC” phase jaw configuration as standard. In most applications this is acceptable since the phase loading is evenly distributed. In applications where the phases must be reversed it is possible to order a “CBA” jaw configuration by simply placing the letters “CBA” at the end of the standard catalog number, e.g., FA36100 becomes FA36100CBA. (No Additional Charge if Field Installed; 20% Price Adder if Factory Installed) Control wire tap lugs are used in applications requiring connection to a small wire (22-14 AWG) for control circuits. This is accomplished by crimping the wire to a standard wire crimp terminal (not included) and fastening the terminal to the circuit breaker lug. On LA lugs, the lug is drilled to accept a 6-32 screw (included) to secure the crimp connector. On FA lugs, a flat slip-on crimp connector is used to attach to a shim-like connector placed under the circuit breaker lug. Lug ASKC 809 Control Wire Note: To order as a factory-installed device on FA, FH, FI, KI, Q4, LA, LH, LC, LI, LXI, LX or LC circuit breakers, add suffix number 8041 to circuit breaker catalog number, e.g., KIL362258041. To order as a factory-installed device on MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL RG, RJ and RL use the product selector or the respective PowerPact catalog. Tapped lugs will be installed on the “ON” and “OFF” ends of the circuit breaker. Circuit Breaker Terminal AL250KAT Lug Table 3.61: Lug Mounting Screw Control Wire Terminations for Circuit Breakers BS Control Wire Termination Kits KC 39 4 Circuit Breaker Lug Circuit Breaker Terminal Control Wire Terminal (Catalog Number FAT) Standard Package Quantity FA, FH, FI FATa 1 KI AL250KIT 1 Q4, LA, LH AL400LAT 1 AL600LI35T 1 LC, LI, LXI, LX, LE AL600LI5T 1 AL900MAT 1 MA, MH, MX, ME AL1000MAT 1 NA, NC, NX, NE AL1200NE6T 1 a Use fully-insulated 0.250 in slip-on connectors. Circuit Breaker Table 3.62: Circuit Breaker MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL Cat. No. Amperes Max. 800 A 800 A 1200 A © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 8.40 113.00 40.80 53.00 44.60 111.00 111.00 228.00 Factory Installed $ Price (Suffix 8041) Add 20% to price of circuit breaker Tapped Lugs for PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers PG, PJ, PL RG, RJ, RL b I-Line Only. $ Price Per Lug 3 Control Wire Mounting Screw MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Control Wire Tap Lugs 1200 A Discount Schedule Kit Cat. No. AL800M23TK AL800P6TK AL800M23TK4 AL800P6TK4 AL1200P24TK AL1200P25TK AL1200P25TK4 AL1200R53TKb Standard Package Qty. 3 3 4 4 1 3 4 1 $ Price Per Kit 312.00 458.00 414.00 608.00 138.00 416.00 555.00 237.00 3-17 Special Construction Circuit Breakers Special Calibration, Rear-Connected Studs, Visi-Blade, Moisture/Fungus Treatment, and Short LA/LH Handle www.schneider-electric.us Special Magnetic or Thermal Calibration (20% Price Adder) Magnetic The magnetic trip ranges for standard circuit breakers are listed in the Square D Digest. Requirements outside this range are best accommodated by selecting another standard circuit breaker. In some cases where this is not practical, a circuit breaker may be ordered with special magnetic calibration. Special magnetic calibration is not possible in all cases. Circuit breakers with special magnetic calibration and an adjustable magnetic trip range are not UL Listed; those with a fixed magnetic trip setting are UL Listed. Consult Schneider Electric local sales office for more information. 50 Degrees C UL 489 Listed molded case circuit breakers are calibrated for 40 degree C ambient temperature. To meet requirements of higher ambient conditions, circuit breakers can be factory calibrated for a 50 degree C ambient temperature. Circuit breakers with special thermal calibration are not UL Listed. To order 50° calibration, add “35” suffix to FA/FH/LA/LH or CA to H or J thermal magnetic breakers and add 20% to the List price of the breaker. Consult local sales office for more information. Rear-Connected Studs Rear- Connected Studs Rear-connected studs are designed to allow rear termination in applications such as control panels where wire gutter space may be limited. The studs may be bolted directly to the bus or lugs may be attached to the studs. NOTE: Long and short studs must be alternated on adjacent poles to assure proper electrical clearance Table 3.63: Rear-Connected Studs—Not UL Listed Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix Ampere Ratings Dimensions Stud Cat. No. Overall To Back of Length Circuit Breaker FAL, FHL 15–100 A FAS20 2-1/4 in. 2 in. FAL, FHL 15–100 A FAS42 4-7/8 in. 4-1/4 in. LAL, LHL 125–400 A LAS54 6-3/16 in. 5-1/2 in. LAL, LHL 125–400 A LAS114 12-3/16 in. 11-1/2 in. Note: Use alternate size studs on adjacent poles to obtain proper electrical clearance. Visi-Blade Circuit Breaker Diameter Threads/Inch 3/8 in. 3/8 in. 3/4 in. 3/4 in. 16 16 16 16 $ Price Per Stud 70.00 92.00 243.00 360.00 Visi-BladeTM Circuit Breakers 3 (20% Price Adder) Visi-blade construction is a modification to the cover of a thermal-magnetic circuit breaker, a molded case switch, or a Mag-Gard™ circuit breaker which provides a “window” through which the position of the movable contacts can be verified. Luminescent paint is applied to the movable contact arms to clearly indicate their position. Gases produced during high level interruption may cause clouding of the Visi-blade window. Visi-Blade circuit breakers listed below are UL Listed except for FH circuit breakers. Visi-Blade construction is not available on circuit breakers not included in table below. Add suffix letter “V” to the circuit breaker catalog number, i.e., FAL 36100V. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 3.64: Available Visi-Blade Circuit Breakers Circuit Breaker Prefix Amperes FA, FHab 15–100 A LA, LH 125–400 A a FH circuit breaker is not UL Listed. b Not available on 1P FA/FH circuit breakers. $ Price 20% Price Adder Moisture and Fungus Resistant Treatment for Circuit Breakers (20% Price Adder) This treatment covers the application of moisture and fungus resistant varnish to circuit breakers and molded case switches. • • The varnish meets Military Specification MIL-V-173C VARNISH, MOISTURE AND FUNGUS RESISTANT. The treatment meets military Specification MIL-T-152E TREATMENT, MOISTURE AND FUNGUS-RESISTANT, OF COMMUNICATIONS, ELECTRONIC, AND ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. The treatment of circuit breakers in accordance with said specifications is intended to protect them against the moisture and fungus condition encountered in service by retarding the absorption of moisture and inhibiting the growth of fungi. To order for F- and L-frame circuit breakers, place the suffix “FT” at the end of the circuit breaker catalog number, e.g., FAL36100 becomes FAL36100FT. To order for QB, QD, and QG circuit breakers, place the suffix “YF” at the end of the circuit breaker catalog number, e.g., QDL32150 becomes QDL32150YF. ED, EG, EF, GJL, PowerPact™ D-, H-, J-, M, P- and R-frame circuit breakers are inherently fungus resistant and need no further treatment. Short Handle for LA/LH Circuit Breakers (No Additional Charge) Certain applications of the LA/LH circuit breakers (as mains in particular panelboards) require the use of a slightly shorter operating handle. For ordering information refer to the chart below. Table 3.65: Catalog Numbers for Short Handle LA/LH CIrcuit Breakers Lug Configuration Desired ON End Lugs No Lugs Lugs No Lugs 3-18 OFF End Lugs Lugs No Lugs No Lugs DE2 Discount Schedule Catalog “Prefix Indication” Catalog “Suffix Indication” Circuit Breaker Cat. No. “L” “P” “P” “F” “MB” “MB” “MT” “MB” LAL36400MB LAP36400MB LAP36400MT LAF36400MB © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Special Construction Circuit Breakers P-Frame Replacement Handles, Key Interlock Adapter Plate and Exchange Program www.schneider-electric.us P-Frame Replacement Handle Exchange Guarantee Prices, Permanent Trip Molded Case Circuit Breakers Replacement handle assemblies for PA, PC, PE, PX and PH circuit breakers (produced after March 1975) are available. Table 3.66: When a Square D permanent trip circuit breaker is supplied to meet a specification requiring an interchangeable trip unit, it may be exchanged for another circuit breaker of the same type with a different trip setting. When entering an order for the replacement circuit breaker: P-Frame Replacement Handle Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix PAF, PAE, PHF, PHE, PCF, PEC, PEF, PXF Replacement Handle Cat. No. HRPA $ Price 111.00 1. PAKK Kit – An adapter plate that is added under the circuit breaker handle to allow mechanical interlocking with a key interlock (not included). The kit includes all the necessary hardware to mount onto the circuit breaker handle. 2. Reference “Exchange Price Guarantee” as a line item marking on the replacement order. The replacement order will be billed at normal authorized selling net price. Request Return Material Authorization referencing “Exchange Price Guarantee” and the replacement exchange price guarantee invoice number. P-Frame Key Interlock Adapter Plate Table 3.67: P-Frame Key Interlock Adapter Plate Cat. No. PAKK $ Price 185.00 When the circuit breaker is returned to Cedar Rapids, credit will be issued for the difference between the replacement net price billed and the exchange list price (from the table below) times the same multiplier used on the replacement order. The list price used to determine credit will be based on the highest trip setting of the circuit breakers involved in the exchange. Only those circuit breaker types below are eligible for this exchange guarantee program. Table 3.68: Replacement Handle Assembly Exchange Guarantee Circuit Breakers Circuit Breaker Type LA LH LC Trip Range All All All Exchange List $ Price 2465.00 4055.00 4434.00 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Optional PAKK Assembly Washers are to remain with Circuit Breaker 3 Hub q a Circuit Breaker with Handle Removed The “hub” under normal conditions is insulated. When the phenolic handle is removed, a label is exposed warning of the hub being energized. That can only happen if a short circuit or severe overload occurs. The ionized gasses inside the circuit breaker could momentarily (1-2 cycles) put a high voltage potential on the hub. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule 3-19 Special Construction Circuit Breakers Special Terminations Class 690 Lug Deletion (No Additional Charge) In some applications, the circuit breaker does not require lugs on one or both ends. To meet this requirement, the circuit breaker should be ordered with the desired lug configuration as indicated below. If necessary, lugs may be removed in the field. However, if lugs are removed in the field, circuit breaker Types FH, FC, Q4 LA and LH must be secured with pan-mounting screws, or have “P” screws (cover screws and nuts) installed securing the base to the cover. Table 3.69: Lug Configurationa ON End OFF End Lugs Lugs Circuit Breaker Prefix – Suffix “L” (e.g., FAL36100) “F” No Lugs No Lugs (e.g., FAF36100) “P” No Lugs Lugs (e.g., FAP36100) “P – MT”b Lugs No Lugs (e.g., FAP36100MT) a See information on termination kits below b MT suffix also required (except for PowerPact™). The standard lugs supplied with EDB, EGB, EJB, and FJA circuit breakers and molded case switches are secured by means of a screw fastened through the circuit breaker terminal into the lug body. If the standard lug is removed and a bolted connection to the circuit breaker terminal pad is desired, a threaded insert kit is required. The insert is installed below the terminal pad. For ordering information see chart below. Table 3.70: Kit Cat. No. TIKFD Termination Kit Inserts Inserts Per Kit 3 The standard Terminal lugs supplied with LC, LI, LE, LX and LXI circuit breakers are secured by means of a screw fastened through the circuit breaker terminal into the Terminal Clip lug body. If the LC, LI, LE, LX and LXI Circuit Breakers standard lug is removed and a bolted connection to the circuit breaker terminal is desired, the AL600IN threaded terminal clip kit is required to make this connection. The AL600IN clip snaps onto the bottom of the terminal. For ordering information, see chart below. Table 3.71: Termination Insert Kits Circuit Breakers EDB, EGB, EJB, FJA $ Price Per Kit 17.40 www.schneider-electric.us LC, LI, LE, LX and LXI Circuit Breaker Termination Clip Kit Kit Cat. No. AL600IN Termination Clip Kit Clips Per Kit 3 Circuit Breakers LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI $ Price Per Kit 65.00 Electric Joint Compound 3 I-Line™ circuit breakers, I-Line busway plug-on units, I-Line panelboards and switchboards, QMB plug-on switches and motor control center plug-on units are supplied with factory applied joint compound on the plug-on connectors. The compound should not be removed because it contributes to the overall performance of the connection. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Whenever one of these units is removed and reinstalled, the joint compound should be reapplied. Catalog number PJC 7201 is a two-ounce container of compound specially formulated for the I-Line, QMB and motor control center connections. EDB, EGB, EJB, FJA No other type of commercially available joint compound should be used. Table 3.72: Electric Joint Compound Use With I-Line Circuit Breakers, QMB Plug-On Units, or Model-V MCC Units SED Drawout Circuit Breakers 3-20 DE2 Discount Schedule Cat. No. $ Price PJC7201 19.80 PJC8311 42.80 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Special Construction Circuit Breakers Grounded BØ Systems Class 600 www.schneider-electric.us Circuit Breakers for Grounded B-Phase (BØ) (Corner-Grounded Delta) Systems (No Additional Charge) 3Ø 480 Vac Corner-Grounded Delta System Ordering Information For Grounded BØ Circuit Breakers 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. There is no additional charge for grounded BØ circuit breakers. For use on 480 V systems, FH and LH type circuit breakers must be ordered as 600 V versions and with a 5861 suffiix (i.e. FHL361005861). For use on 240 V systems, FH type circuit breakers may be ordered as 480 V versions with a 5861 suffix (i.e. FHL341005861). FA and LA type circuit breakers are not available with grounded B phase markings. Two-pole 240 V grounded B-phase circuit breakers (except EDB, EGB, EJB, QB, QD, QG, and QJ) will be built using three-pole modules. Two-pole grounded BØ circuit breakers will be labeled with 240 Vac interrupting ratings. No self-certification is available for interrupting ratings greater than shown in the tables below. 3-pole Circuit Breaker Load NOTE: Three-pole circuit breakers must be used on three-phase 480 V corner-grounded delta systems. The outside poles are to be connected to the ungrounded phase and the grounded conductor connected to the center pole. Connecting the circuit breaker in a manner other than that described or shown may result in an unsafe application of the circuit breaker. Table 3.73: 3Ø 240 Vac Corner-Grounded Delta System 480 Vac 3Ø Corner-Grounded Delta System UL Listed Interrupting Ratingc Load Table 3.74: Application Data for 240 Vac 3Ø Corner-Grounded Delta System UL Listed Interrupting Rating Cat. No. Prefix Poles Ampere Rating 240 Vac Interrupting Rating 5 kA 10 kA 18 kA, 35 kA, 65 kA 42 kA, 42 kA, 65 kA, 100 kA 42 kA 30 kA 65 kA 65 kA 35 kA, 65 kA 100 kA 125 kA HD, HG, HJ, HL JD, JG, JJ, JL FH, FHL LH, LHL LD, LG, LJ, LL Electronic Trip Unit MG, MJ Electronic Trip Unit PG, PK Electronic Trip Unit PG, PK Micrologic Trip Unit PJ, PL Electronic Trip Unit PJ, PL Micrologic Trip Unit RG, RJ, RK RL Electronic Trip Unit RG, RJ, RK, RL Micrologic Trip Unit NT NW 3 3 3 3 3 3d 3d 3d 3d 3d 3d 3d 3 3 c d Ampere Rating 15–150 A 150–250 A 15–100 A 125–400 A 250–600 A 300–800 A 600–1200 A 250–1200 A 600–1200 A 250–1200 A 1200–2500 A 600–2500 A 800–1200 800–6000 480 Vac Interrupting Rating 18 kA, 35 kA, 65 kA, 100 kA 10 kA 14 kA 18 kA, 35 kA, 65 kA, 100 kA 35 kA 35 kA, 50 kA 65 kA, 100 kA 35 kA, 65 kA, 65 kA,100 kA 100 kA 150 kA The grounded phase should be connected through the center pole only. Electronic = ET1.0 Electronic Trip System Micrologic = 3.0, 5.0, 3.0A, 5.0A, 6.0A, 5.0P, 6.0P, 5.0H and 6.0 H Micrologic Trip System. 3 QO-H, QOB-H 2 15–100 A QB, QD, QG, QJ 2a 70–250 A EDB, EGB, EJB 2a 15–125 A HD, HG, HJ, HL 2a 15–150 A JD, JG, JJ, JL 2b 150–250 A FH, FHL 2b 15–100 A LH, LHL 2b 125–400 A MG, MJ Electronic Trip Unit 2cb 300–800 A PG, PJ, PK, PL Electronic Trip Unit 2bc 600–1200 A RG, RK Electronic Trip Unit 2bc 1200–2500 A RJ Electronic Trip Unit 2bc 1200–2500 A RL Electronic Trip Unit 2bc 1200–2500 A a Standard labeling includes grounded B phase. b Built using 3P module. c Electronic = ET1.0 Electronic Trip System Micrologic = 3.0, 5.0, 3.0A, 5.0A, 6.0A, 5.0P, 6.0P, 5.0H and 6.0 H Micrologic Trip System. Polesc MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2-pole Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 3-21 Special Construction Circuit Breakers UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers Class 600 www.schneider-electric.us UL Marine Listed/CSA Certified Circuit Breakers (UL 489 Supplement SA) PowerPact H and J circuit breakers with thermal magnetic trip units meet the UL 489 SA requirements on vessels of any length under or over 65 ft. (19.8m). PowerPact H, J, and L circuit breakers with Micrologic trip units meet the UL 489 Supplement SA requirements for use on vessels over 65 ft. (19.8m) in length. Marine circuit breakers must not use aluminum or aluminum alloys for terminal connections and must be calibrated at an ambient temperature of 104°F (40°C). Standard circuit breakers should not be specified or used in place of marine rated circuit breakers. Circuit breakers can be ordered with the Marine SA listing by adding the suffixes of “LC” (copper lugs) and “YA” (marine) to the catalog number. Table 3.75: Circuit Breakers for Marine Applications Cat. No. Prefix For use on vessels over 65 ft. (19,8 m) in length Poles 2 FA, FAL 3 FH, FHL 2, 3 FI, FIL 2, 3 KI, KIL 2, 3 LA, LAL 2, 3 LH, LHL 2, 3 PowerPact™ HD, HG, HJ, HLa 2, 3 PowerPact JD, JG, JJ, JLa 2, 3 PowerPact HD, HG, HJ, HL, HRb 2, 3 PowerPact JD, JG, JJ, JL, JRb 2, 3 PowerPact LD, LG, LJ, LL, LR 3, 4 PowerPact MG, MJ 2, 3 PowerPact PG, PJ, PL 2, 3, 4 PowerPact RG, RJ, RL 2, 3, 4 a Thermal-Magnetic trip units only. b Micrologic trip units only. Ampere Rating 15–100 A 15–100 A 15–100 A 20–100 A 110–250 A 125–400 A 125–400 A 15–150 A 150–250 A 15–150 A 150–250 A 250–600 A 300–800 A 100–1200 A 600–2500 A Application Cat. No. For use only on vessels over 65 feet (19.8 m) in length. $ Price Add the number “9’’ after the catalog number prefix of the standard circuit breaker catalog number. Example: Standard FAL36100 Marine FAL936100 There is a 20% adder to the price of the equivalent standard circuit breaker. All For use on vessels over and under marine 65 feet (19.8 m) in length. circuit breakers are Add suffix for Copper Lugs (LC) and supplied with copper “YA’’ after the standard circuit For use on vessels over 65 feet lugs. breaker catalog number. (19.8m) in length. Example: Standard HGL36100 For use only on Marine HGL36100LCYA vessels over 65 feet (19.8 m) in length. UL Naval Listed/CSA Certified Circuit Breakers (UL 489 Supplement SB) PowerPact H, J, and L circuit breakers with Micrologic trip units meet the UL 489 Supplement SB requirements for naval vessels. These circuit breakers are subject to various vibration testing as described in UL 489 Supplement SB. Naval circuit breakers must not use aluminum or aluminum alloys for terminal connections and are calibrated at an ambient temperature of 122°F (50°C). Standard circuit breakers should not be specified or used in the place of naval rated circuit breakers. Circuit breakers can be ordered with the Naval SB listing by adding the suffixes of “LC” (copper lugs) and “YA1” (naval) to the catalog number. Table 3.76: 3 Cat. No. Prefix HD, HG, HJ, HLa Poles 2, 3 Ampere Rating Application 15–150 A MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS JD, JG, JJ, JLa 2, 3 150–250 A LD, LG, LH, LL 3,4 250–600 A a 3-22 Circuit Breakers for Navel Applications For use on non-combat and auxiliary naval ships of any length. Cat. No. $ Price Add suffix for Copper Lugs (LC) and “YA1’’ after the standard circuit breaker catalog number. There is a 20% adder to the price of the equivalent standard circuit breaker. All marine circuit breakers are supplied with copper lugs. Example: Standard HGL36100 Marine HGL36100LCYA1 With Micrologic trip units only thermal-magnetic breakers not approved. DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Electrical Accessories Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0616CT0801 Circuit Breaker Accessories www.schneider-electric.us Electrical Accessories Description Rated Voltage 1 auxiliary switch (OF) 1a1b 2 auxiliary switch (OF) 2a2b 3 auxiliary switch (OF) 3a3b Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b Overcurrent trip switch (SDE) 1a1b Auxiliary and Alarm Switches Standard Min OF Switch (OF, SD, SDE) Load = Consisting of: SDE Adapter 10mA with 24V Alarm switch and Overcurrent trip switch Provides circuit OF Switch breaker contact Consisting of: status. SDE Adapter Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Switch/Adapter Note: The location of (OF/SD/SDE) Kit the accessory in the One auxiliary switch (OF) 1a1b circuit breaker determines its Two auxiliary switches (OF) 2a2b function. 3 auxiliary switches (OF) 3a3b G-Frame Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b D-Frame Low Level Overcurrent trip switch (SDE) 1a1b Min Load = OF Switch 1mA with 24V Consisting of: SDE Adapter Alarm switch and Overcurrent trip switch OF Switch Consisting of: SDE Adapterd 24 48 120 110/130 Shunt Trip (MX) 208 240 AC 200/250 277 208/277 Trips the circuit breaker from a remote location by means of a trip coil energized 480 from a separate supply voltage circuit. 380/480 525/600 12 24 D-Frame G-Frame 30 DC 48 60 125 250 24 48 120 110/130 Undervoltage Trip 208 240 AC 200/250 277 Instantaneously opens the circuit breaker when the under-voltage trip supply voltage 208/277 drops to a value between 35% and 70% of 480 its rated voltage. Closing is allowed when 380/480 the supply voltage of the undervoltage trip reaches 85% of rated voltage. 525/600 12 24 G-Frame D-Frame 30 DC 48 60 125 250 a Field-installable kit includes time delay module only. Order undervoltage trip separately. b Discount schedule DE2F. c P-frame drawout circuit breaker only. d SDE Adapter used for H- and J-frame only. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 DE2F Discount Schedule FieldInstallable Cat. No. AAC — — AAC — — — — — — D-Frame $ Price 297.00 — — 297.00 — — — — — — FactoryFieldInstalled Installable Cat. Suffix Cat. No. AA S29450 AB 2x S29450 AC 3x S29450 BC S29450 BD S29450 — — — — BE 2x S29450 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — GSA — GSB GSC — GSD — GSH — — — GSO — GSP — GSR GSS — — GUA — GUB GUC — GUD — GUH — — — GUO — GUP — GUR GUS — — — — — — — — — — AE AF AG BH BJ — — BK — — SK SL — SA — — — — SD — SH SJ SN SO SU SP SV SR SS UK UL — UA — — — — UD — UH UJ UN UO UU UP UV UR US 717.00 717.00 717.00 717.00 — S29452 2x S29452 3x S29452 S29452 S29452 — — 2x S29452 — — S29384 S29385 — S29386 — — — — S29387 — S29388 S29389 S29382 S29390 S29391 S29392 S29383 S29393 S29394 S29404 S29405 — S29406 — — — — S29407 — S29408 S29409 S29402 S29410 S29411 S29412 S29403 S29413 S29414 $ Price 297.00 594.00 891.00 297.00 297.00 — — 594.00 — — — $ Price 297.00 594.00 891.00 297.00 297.00 — — 594.00 — — 297.00 372.00 744.00 1116.00 372.00 372.00 — — 744.00 — — 372.00 744.00 1116.00 372.00 372.00 — — 744.00 — — 717.00 755.00 717.00 755.00 717.00 755.00 717.00 755.00 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS G-Frame Accessory 3 Table 3.77: 3-23 Circuit Breaker Accessories Factory-Installed Accessories www.schneider-electric.us Factory-Installed Electrical Accessories Electrical accessories are available on all molded case circuit breakers except FY and QOM1 circuit breakers. 1A Alarm Switch Configuration Color Code: Red Leads • • • • • Alarm switch is the only accessory available for the 1-pole FA circuit breaker. Combination accessories may be ordered by description, i.e., 1021 and 1212. All AC electrical accessories shown below are rated for 50/60 Hz. Add 20% to accessory price for each field-installable accessory that is factory-installed. See page 3-25 for field-installable accessories. See Digest page 7-35 for PowerPact™ circuit breaker accessories. Circuit Breaker Open or Closed Table 3.78: Accessory Circuit Breaker Tripped Shunt Trip 1B Alarm Switch Configuration Color Code: Red Leads GroundFault Shunt Trip Circuit Breaker Tripped Circuit Breaker Open or Closed Auxiliary Switch Contact Configuration Time Delay Unit 1A/1B Auxiliary Switches 3 B Circuit Breaker Closed MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS A B Circuit Breaker Open or Tripped Rated Voltage 24 Vac Trips the circuit breaker from a remote location by means of a trip coil energized from a separate circuit. 120 Vac A 120 V shunt trip will operate at 55% or more of rated voltage. All other shunt trips will operate at 75% 208 Vac or more of rated voltage. 240 Vac 277 Vac Application 480 Vac 24 Vdc • For use with momentary or maintained push button. 48 Vdc • Sure Trip Capacitor Unit requires 48 Vdc shunt trip. • Leads: (2) Black.18 AWG Cu. 125 Vdc 250 Vdc Trips the circuit breaker electrically using the signal from a Micrologic™ Ground-Fault Module. Alarm Switches a b c d e Coil Burdena 21 VA 24 VA 107 VA 154 VA 14 VA 45 VA 36 VA 36 VA 44 VA 15 VA -1042b -1021c -1021 -1021 -1037b -1037b -1027 -1028 -1029 -1030d — — -Gd 755.00 24 Vac 120 Vac 240 Vac 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 5 VA 8 VA 8 VA 2 VA 3 VA -1143d -1121 -1124 -1127 -1128 755.00 755.00 755.00 755.00 755.00 Description Application Suffix $ Price Adder 755.00 755.00 755.00 755.00 755.00 755.00 755.00 755.00 755.00 755.00 • • For use only with obsolete GP Ground-Censor™ system or add on ground-fault module. Leads: (2) Orange 18 AWG Cu. Trips the circuit breaker electrically when a control circuit falls below 35 to 70% of nominal (not field adjustable). Picks up at 35–85% of nominal voltage. Undervoltage Trip (UVR) Application • UVR must be energized in order to close the circuit breaker. • Leads: (2) Brown 18 AWG Cu leads. Provides adjustable time delay for UVR of 0.1 to 0.6 second before circuit breaker trips. Color Code: "A" Contact - Yellow Leads "B" Contact - Blue Leads Common-Striped Leads A Factory-Installed Accessories for Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Application • For use only with -1121 UV trip. • Adjustable time delay (0.1 to 0.6 second). • I-Line unit requires 1.5 in. (38 mm) of mounting space. • Leads: (2) Brown 18 AWG Cu and (2) Black/White 18 AWG Cu. Monitors circuit breaker contact status and provides a remote signal indicating the circuit breaker contacts are OPEN or CLOSED. Application • Max. Load = FA, FH, FI, LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI. 10 A @ 125–250 Vac, ¼ hp @ 125–250 Vac, 5 A @ 30 Vdc • Leads: Yellow for “A’’, Blue for “B’’, Striped for common 18 AWG Cu. Used with control circuits and actuated only when the circuit breaker has tripped. Standard construction includes a normally-open contact. Cat. No. Unit Mt. 120 Vac 1A/1B 2A/2B 3A/3B See load info. in App. text at left 1A 250 Vac 1A 28 Vdc See load info. in App. text at left Application 1B 250 Vac Max. Load = 10 A @ 125–250 Vac Max. Load = 15 A @ 30 Vdc 1B 48 Vdc Leads: (2) Red 18 AWG Cu. Coil burden values do not apply to LC, LE, LI, LX and LXI. Consult Field Sales office for more information. Not available on FI or KI circuit breakers. LC, LE, LI, LX, and LXI circuit breakers operate at 75% or more of rated voltage. Not available on LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI circuit breakers. Not available in FA, FC, FH, FI and KI circuit breakers. 1941.00 -1212 -1352 -1364e 312.00 623.00 800.00 -2100 312.00 -2100 312.00 -2103 312.00 -2103 312.00 Shunt Trip Wiring Diagram Undervoltage Trip Wiring Diagram Black Brown Brown Wires To Be Connected To Control Power UVR 690UVTD 690UVTDI See load info. in App. text at left • • • I-Line™ Black Wires To Be Connected To Control Power Shunt Trip Black Brown 690UVTD Wiring Diagram 3-24 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Circuit Breaker Accessories Field-Installable Accessories www.schneider-electric.us Field-Installable Electrical Accessories Auxiliary Switch Contact Configuration Complete field-installable accessory catalog number by inserting suffix from 3-24 between the parentheses in the catalog numbers shown in the table below. (Example: LA11212) See 3-24 for accessory pricing; add 20% to factory-install field-installable devices. Color Code: "A" Contact - Yellow Leads "B" Contact - Blue Leads Common-Striped Leads Table 3.79: Field-Installable Accessories for Thermal-Magnetic and Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers 1A/1B A Circuit Breaker B Circuit Breaker Closed A Shunt Trip Miniature Circuit Breakers, Factory-Installed EH and EH-PL Only Factory-Installed FA, FH, FI, KI Only LA, LH LA1( ) Series 4b B Circuit Breaker Open or Tripped 1A Alarm Switch Configuration 1B Alarm Switch Configuration Color Code: Red Leads Color Code: Red Leads Circuit Breaker Open or Closed Circuit Breaker Tripped Circuit Breaker Tripped Circuit Breaker Open or Closed Undervoltage Trip Auxiliary Switches Not Available Not Available Factory-Installed Only Factory-Installed Only Factory-Installed Only Factory-Installed Only LA1G LA1 ( ) LA1( ) Q4 LA1( ) LA1G LA1 ( ) LA1( ) LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI LC1( ) LC1G LC1 ( ) LC1( ) a b Alarm Switch Factory-Installed Only Factory-Installed Only Factory-Installed Only Right Pole Factory-Installed Only Right Pole Factory-Installed Only Used with obsolete GP Ground-Censor™ system or add-on ground-fault modules. With LA and LH top-feed circuit breakers (suffix MT, I-Line jaws on OFF end) all accessories must be factory installed. Table 3.80: Undervoltage Trip Wiring Diagram Ground-Fault Shunt Tripa L Accessory Mounting Locations R LA, LH, Q4 Series 4 circuit breakers or newer = Field-installable accessories LC, LI, LX, LXI circuit breakers = Field-installable accessories Both accessory ports will accept shunt trips, UVRs and auxiliary switches. Alarm switches are factory installable only (right pole). Maximum of one device per port. Brown Brown Wires To Be Connected To Control Power UVR Brown Shunt Trip Wiring Diagram Black MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Black Wires To Be Connected To Control Power Shunt Trip 3 Black © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 3-25 Circuit Breaker Accessories Electrical Operators, Handle Accessories, Cylinder Locks, and Walking Beam Mechanical Interlocks www.schneider-electric.us Electrical Operators Provides remote ON, OFF/RESET control of molded case circuit breakers. • • • • KAMO2120AC With KAL Circuit Breaker A complete line of field-installable electrical operators. Not applicable on LC/LI/LE/LX/LXI circuit breakers. Installing side mounted motor operators on non I-Line™ circuit breakers requires the use of a separate mounting pan. Side mounted electrical operators require an additional 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) of mounting space in I-Line installations. When remote indication of circuit breaker status is required, order circuit breaker with 1A-1B auxilliary switch for ONOFF Indication and alarm switch for TRIP Indication. Electrical operators require SPDT maintained contact switch. Refer to Class 9001 control unit listing for operators and pilot lights. NOTE: Not available on Mag-Gard™ circuit breakers and molded case switches. Table 3.81: Electrical Operators Circuit Breaker Prefix FA, FH FAL, FHL FI, KI FAMO1 and FAMOP With FAL Circuit Breaker Top Mount FIL, KIL LA, LH, Q4 LAL, LHL, Q4L MAL, MHL PA, PH, PC, PE, PX Side Mount Voltage Cat. No. $ Price — — — 120 Vac 240 Vac 24 Vdc 125 Vdc — 120 Vac 240 Vac 24 Vdc 125 Vdc 120 Vac 240 Vac 24 Vdc 125 Vdc 120 Vac — — — KAMO2120AC KAMO2240AC KAMO224DC KAMO2125DC — LAMO2120AC LAMO2240AC LAMO224DC LAMO2125DC MAMO2120AC MAMO2240AC MAMO224DC MAMO2125DC PAMO2 — — — 3642.00 3642.00 3642.00 3642.00 — 4704.00 4704.00 4704.00 4704.00 4704.00 4704.00 4704.00 4704.00 5544.00 Mounting Pan Voltage Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. 120 Vac 120 Vac 120 Vac FAMO1 FAMO1 KAMO1 1304.00 1304.00 3506.00 — FAMOP — — 108.00 — 120 Vac KAMO1 3506.00 KAMOP 134.00 120 Vac LAMO1 4518.00 — 120 Vac LAMO1 4518.00 LAMOP 185.00 120 Vac MAMO1 4518.00 MAMOP 1856.00 — — — $ Price — — — Handle Accessories Table 3.82: Handle Accessories Circuit Breaker Prefix Poles Cat. No. $ Price 3 Handle Tie (2)FA 3 FKHT (2)FI,(2)KI, or (1)FI + (1)KI 2,3 FKHT (2)LA or (2)Q4 2,3 LAHT California Title 24 Comb. Handle Tie and Lock Off FY (3)1P FY3HT FA (3)1P FA3HT Handle Extension LA, LH, LE, LI, LX, LXI, Q4 2,3 AHEXLI a 215.00 215.00 497.00 53.00 53.00 Circuit Breaker Prefix Poles Cat. No. Handle Padlock Attachment (locks ON or OFF) FY Series 1 1 HPAFYQ FA, FH, FC, FI 1,2,3 HPAFK FY Series 2, 2,3 HPAFK KI 2,3 HPAFKFa HPALM LA, LH, Q4 2,3 HPAXLM LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI 2,3 AHPALI $ Price 19.80 24.20 24.20 32.60 26.00 27.60 25.20 95.00 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Locks OFF only. Cylinder Lock Used to lock the circuit breaker in the OFF position. Circuit breaker cannot be reset when locked OFF. Table 3.83: Cylinder Lock Circuit Breaker Prefix Factory Installed Suffix Field Installable Cat. No. —CL Factory-installed only 315.00 Field-installable only LA1CL 315.00 FA, FAL, FH, FHLb LA, LAL, LH, LHL, Q4 b $ Price Not available on Mag-Gard circuit breakers and molded case switches. Interlocks Table 3.84: Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock Componentsc Manually Operated Circuit Breaker Prefix Operator $ Price Suffix Adder Walking Beam Ass'y. Electrically Operated Mounting Pan Operator $ Price Suffix Adder Walking Beam Ass'y. Mounting Pan Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price FAL, FHL WB 246.00 FA4WB 134.00 FAWBP4 177.00 WBMO 246.00 FA9WB 200.00 FAWBP9 242.00 LAL, LHL WB 246.00 LA6WB 179.00 LAWBP6 242.00 WBMO 246.00 LA10WB 213.00 LAWBP10 309.00 c Fully enclosed interlocked units are available in Type 1 and Type 3R enclosures, with two neutrals provided in each enclosure. The completely enclosed assembly is not UL Listed. Please consult your nearest Schneider Electric local sales office for more information. Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock Requires 2 circuit breakers with WB suffix, 1 walking beam assembly and 1 mounting pan. 3-26 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Circuit Breaker Accessories Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Key Locking Door Escutcheon Table 3.85: Locks, Interlocking G-Frame Device Description Removable (lock OFF only) Fixed (lock OFF or ON) Fixed (lock OFF only) Mechanical for circuit breakers with rotary handles Mechanical for circuit breakers with toggles Ronis Provision and 2 locks keyed Profalux alike Handle Padlocking Device Handle Rubber Boot Terminal Covers FieldInstalled Cat. No. AHP — — — — — — Interlocking (Not UL listed) Key Locking Table 3.86: D-Frame $ Price 19.70 — — — — — — G-Frame Fixed Padlock Attachment $ Price 50.00 122.00 122.00 494.00 494.00 183.00 183.00 Installation Accessories for G- and D-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Removable Padlock Attachment FieldInstalled Cat. No. S29370 S32631 NJPAF 32621 32614 41950 42878 Front Panel Escutcheon for Toggle Breakers Front Panel Escutcheon for Rotary Handle, Motor Operator, or extended escutcheon Phase Barriers (set of 6) Handle Rubber Boot Sealing Accessories DIN rail adapter Toggle Extensions (set of 10) Table 3.87: FieldInstalled Cat. No. — — — — ACS GYR — D-Frame — FieldInstalled Cat. No. 32556 — 32558 74.00 — — 18.50 93.00 — 32570 32560 29375 — 32553 72.00 171.00 42.00 — 33.20 $ Price $ Price 55.00 Rear Connections D-Frame Device Description 3 4 Mixed Rear Connection Kit Short rear connections (set of 2) Long rear connections (set of 2) Short terminal cover (3P) Price shown is for quantity one. Consisting of: 3 3 Factory-Installed Field-Installed Termination No. Cat. No. S 32477 S 32478 — 2x 32475d — 32476 — 32562 $ Price 848.00 1122.00 219.00 261.00 149.00 3 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS d Poles © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 DE2F Discount Schedule 3-27 Circuit Breaker Accessories Mechanical Lug Information www.schneider-electric.us AL50FA AL100FA Table 3.88: Mechanical Lug Kit Information Circuit Breaker Application Standard AL250KI AL250KA 35–100 A FC 15–30 A AL600LI5 AL400LH7 35–100 A FC 35–100 A — — FA, FH FI FA, FH, FC — — FA KI KI 110–175 A 200–250 A Q4, LA, LH 125–400 A 15–30 A — KI Table 3.89: 3 37.20 3 37.20 37.20 37.20 (1) 2–3/0 AWG AL150FA 3 37.20 AL250KA AL250KI 3 3 113.00 107.00 AL400LA 1 35.70 125–400 A 300–600 A (1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil (1) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil or (2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil (1) 350–750 kcmil (2) 1 AWG–350 kcmil AL400LH7 AL600LI35 1 1 47.10 49.60 100–250 A (2) 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil AL600LI5 1 47.10 (1) 500–750 kcmil AL600LI7 1 53.00 CU30FA4 CU100FA CU100TFb CU250KA 3 3 3 3 37.20 37.20 62.00 113.00 CU400LA 1 70.00 CU600LI35 CU600LI5 CU600LI7 1 1 1 230.00 230.00 230.00 — — 15–100 A 15–100 A 110–250 A Mechanical Lug Kits for D-Frame Circuit Breakers 400 A Lugs Poles Cat. No. $ Price 32508 191.00 29348 28.40 (1) 2 AWG-600 kcmil stranded CU cable (1) 2 AWG-500 kcmil stranded AL cable 3 3 Wire Range MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS D-Frame AL50FA AL100FA4 3 — Field-Installable Lug Kit, Terminal Cover Included Voltage Takeoffs (set of two) Used With $ Price Per Kit 3 — Description Table 3.90: Lugs Per Kit AL100FA (1) 14–10 AWG Cu (1) 14–1 AWG Cu (1) 12–3 AWG Cu (1) 4 AWG–250 kcmil Cu 1 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or — — Q4, LA, LH 125–400 A (1) (2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Cu — — LI, LE, LX, LXI — (2) 1 AWG–350 kcmil Cu — — LI, LE, LX, LXI — (2) .4/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu — — LI, LE, LX, LXI — (1) 500–750 kcmil Cu Unless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors. For use in the OFF end only, when the OFF end is the load end. Use suffix 8002 for factory-installed Cu lugs. (20% adder.) D-Frame Lugs 3-28 (1) 14–4 AWG Cu or (1) 12–4 AWG Al (1) 14–3 AWG Cu or (1) 12–1 AWG Al (1) 14–1/0 AWG Cu or (1) 12–1/0 AWG Al (1) 12–3 AWG Cu Cat. No. AL100TFb 15–100 A 150 A (only) — 110–175 A — — Q4, LA, LH LE, LX, LXI 100–250 A LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI LI, LE, 300–600 A LE, LX, LXI LX, LXI — — LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI Cu Lugs for Use with Cu Wire Only c FC 15–30 A — — — FA, FH, FC, FI — — FA, FH, FC — — KI a b c (Number of Wires Per Lug ) Wire Rangea Ampere Rating Optional Al Lugs for Use with Al or Cu Wire FA, FH FA, FH 15–30 A FI FI FA, FH FI AL400LA Ampere Rating 600 A Lugs Cat. No. $ Price 32510 347.00 29348 28.40 (2) 2/0 AWG-350 kcmil stranded CU cable (2) 2/0 AWG-500 kcmil stranded AL cable Terminal Shields and Phase Barriers Description Cat. No. Qty Per Kit $ Price Terminal Shield PDC5DG2 (3P) PDC12DG2 36965 1 108.00 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Circuit Breaker Accessories Compression Lug and Power Distribution Connectors www.schneider-electric.us Crimp lug or power distribution connectors extension past end of circuit breaker “A” See Table Compression Lug Kits Table 3.91: Field-installable Compression Lug Kitsa Circuit Breaker Type Extremity of Molded Case w/Mechanical Lugs “A” See Table CVC100FA VC250KA3 VC400LA7 VC400LA7 VC1200NE5 Dimension A (In) Wire Rangec Max. Lugs Per Terminal Aluminum Compression Lug Kits FA, FH, FC, FI 8–1/0 AWG 1.3 1 4 AWG–300 kcmil 1.5 1 KI 250–350 kcmil 1.5 1 250–350 kcmil 1.25 2 4 AWG–300 kcmil 1.0 2 LA, LH, Q4 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil 2.2 1 500–750 kcmil 2.5 1 4 AWG–300 kcmil 1.05 2 LI, LE, LX, LXI b 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil 3.20 2 500–750 kcmil 3.45 1 Copper Compression Lug Kits FA, FH, FC, FI 6–1/0 AWG Cu 1.4 1 KI 2/0 AWG–300 kcmil Cu 1.5 1 2/0 AWG–300 kcmil Cu 1.3 2 LA, LH, Q4 250–500 kcmil Cu 2.3 1 LI, LE, LX, LXI b 250–500 kcmil Cu 3.20 2 Compression Lug Kits for D-Frame Circuit Breakers Not Available a See instruction bulletins for recommended tools. b These lug kits cannot be used on I-Line™ circuit breakers. c Unless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors. d All P-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type. Cat. No. Lug Qty. Per Kit $ Price Per Kit VC100FA VC250KA3 VC250KA35 VC400LA35 VC400LA3 VC400LA5 VC400LA7 VC600LI3 VC600LI5 VC600LI7 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 175.00 255.00 194.00 194.00 202.00 166.00 198.00 295.00 308.00 311.00 CVC100FA CVC250KA3 CVC400LA3 CVC400LA5 CVC600LI5 3 3 2 1 2 156.00 301.00 271.00 118.00 491.00 Power Distribution Connectors (PDC) for Circuit Breakers—for Field Replacement of Mechanical Lugs CVC600MA5 Can be used for multiple load connections on one circuit breaker. Use in place of standard distribution blocks to save space and time. Field-installable kits, including tin-plated aluminum connectors and all necessary mounting hardware are available for Square D FA, LA and Q4-frame molded case circuit breakers. Connectors are UL Listed: • • • • For use on load end of circuit breaker only For use in UL508 Industrial Control applications only For use in UL 1995/CSA C22.2 No. 236 heating and cooling equipment For copper wire only PDC Lugs Use With Circuit Breakere Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating FAL, FHL, FCLg 15–100 A LAL, LHL, Q4L 125–400 A e f g Wires Per Terminal & Wire Rangef Cu (6) 14–6 AWG (3) 14–2 AWG (6) 12–2/0 AWG (12) 14–4 AWG (3) 14–2 AWG (1) 2 AWG–250 kcmil Cat. No. Lug Quantity Per Kit Dimension A (i.) $ Price Per Kit PDC6FA6 PDC3FA2 PDC6LA20 PDC12LA4 3 3 1 1 1.0 1.2 2.25 1.25 92.00 92.00 182.00 129.00 PDC4LA250 1 2.0 129.00 Not for use with I-Line circuit breakers. When using fine stranded wire, increased cross sectional area may cause maximum wire size to be reduced. OFF end only when OFF end is the load end. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 3.92: PDC12LA4 Use with Circuit Breaker Type Power Distribution Connectors for D-Frame Circuit Breakers Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Wires Per Terminal & Wire Range Dimension A (in.) Cat. No. 150–600 (3) 14–2 AWG and (2) 14–2/0 AWG 1.28h PDC5DG20 DG, DJ, DL 150–600 (12) 14–4 AWG 1.31h PDC12DG4 h Kit includes long terminal shield, which adds 1.65 inches to standard lug with short terminal shield. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule Quantity Per Kit 3 3 $ Price Per Kit 387.00 387.00 3-29 3 Table 3.93: Circuit Breaker Accessories PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Miscellaneous Accessories Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 Table 3.94: Frame Bus Bar Connections Hardware for D-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Set of 3 terminal screws and washers for one side Set of 4 terminal screws and washers for one side D-Frame www.schneider-electric.us Table 3.95: Term. No. Poles 3 4 F Cat. No. 36966 36967 $ Price 23.70 31.50 Terminal Shields and Phase Barriers Used With Description Dimension B Cat. No. Qty Per $ Price (in.) Kit Terminal Shield — — — GYT 1 75.00 (3P) Terminal Shield PDC5DG2 D-Frame — — 36965 1 108.00 (3P) PDC12DG2 a Short lug shields provide IP20 protection for mechanical lugs and are compatible with control wire terminals. b J-frame terminal shield is not compatible with the YA250J35 compression terminal. G-Frame Mini Test Kit Portable Test Kit Table 3.96: Miscellaneous D-Frame Circuit Breaker Accessories Accessory Field-Installed Cat. No, 36950 36951 36952 36953 29314 43362 55391c Description 150 A Neutral Sensor 250 A Neutral Sensor External Neutral Sensor 400 A Neutral Sensor 600 A Neutral Sensor Spare Parts 100 Identification Labels Mini test kit (battery not included) Test Kits Portable test kit c DE5A Discount Schedule Motor Operator Table 3.97: Rated Voltage Standard motor for electrically-operated circuit breakers 3 Locking Device MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Operations Counter DE2 806.00 806.00 806.00 806.00 119.00 884.00 16365.00 Motor Operators for D-Frame Circuit Breakers Description 3-30 $ Price Discount Schedule 48/60 110/130 208/277 AC 220/240 380/415 380/485 440/480 24/30 48/60 DC 110/130 250 Mounting Hardware Ronis lock Profalux lock Factory Installed Cat. No. Suffix ML MA MD MC MF MH MH MO MP MR MS — — — — Field-Installed Cat. No, 32839 32840 22841 — 32842 — 32847 32843 32844 32845 32846 32649 41940 42888 32648 $ Price 3395.00 3545.00 58.00 146.00 146.00 225.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Electronic Products Neutral Current Transformers and Micrologic™ Series B Trip Unit Accessories www.schneider-electric.us Table 3.98: Neutral Current Transformers Cat. No. $ Price LE25CT2 LE4CT2 LE6CT2 Combination Local Current Meter and Trip Indicator Table 3.99: 588.00 588.00 588.00 Sensor Where Used 250 A 400 A 600 A LXL, LEL, LXIL Electronic Trip Indicator and Current Meter Field-installable Kits Device Local Trip Indicator Kit Local Current Meter Kit/Trip Indicator Table 3.100: Optional $ Price ALTI — LXL, LXIL 1461.00 ALAM LEL LXL, LXIL 2286.00 Interchangeable Rating Plug Kits for all Circuit Breakers with Micrologic Series B Trip System Cat. No. ARP040 ARP050 ARP056 ARP058 ARP060 ARP063 ARP067 ARP070 ARP075 ARP080 ARP083 ARP088 ARP090 ARP100 Electronic Trip Unit with Seals Installed to Restrict Access Included With Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Sensor Multiplier Value 0.400 0.500 0.563 0.583 0.600 0.625 0.667 0.700 0.750 0.800 0.833 0.875 0.900 1.000 $ Price 297.00 297.00 297.00 297.00 297.00 297.00 297.00 297.00 297.00 297.00 297.00 297.00 297.00 297.00 Complying with NEC® The National Electrical Code, Section 240-6(c) exception allows conductor ampere ratings equal to the selected long-time pick-up setting. Square D offers the seals below to restrict access to trip unit once settings are selected. CIM3F Communication Adapter Cat. No. Package Quantity TUSEAL 100 Universal Test Set 102.00 Communication Adapter Description Cat. No. Communication Adapter CIM3Fa $ Price 465.00 Required for Micrologic to communicate with PowerLogic™ system. Table 3.103: Test Equipment for Circuit Breakers with Micrologic Series B Trip Systems Description Cat. No. Universal Test Set (includes test module for Full-function and Standard-function LEL, LXL, LXIL) UTS3 Test Module for Full-function and Standard-function LEL, LXL, LXIL. (For use with existing CBTU1 CBTMB or UTS3 test set.) Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug adapter for CBTMB CBTMBRK Long-time and ground-fault Memory Reset Module (Series B Electronics) MTMB © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved $ Price DE2 Discount Schedule $ Price 14022.00 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Description Trip Unit Seal Table 3.102: a Trip Unit Seals 2349.00 627.00 381.00 3-31 3 Table 3.101: Electronic Products Restraint Interface Module www.schneider-electric.us S48890 and S48895 Restraint Interface Modules Square DGC-200 Ground-Fault Relay for Equipment Protection Merin Gerin STR58 Trip Units Micrologic #.0x Trip Units 15 R R 15 15 R Square D Micrologic Series B Trip Units R 26 R R R 15 Square D GC-100 Ground-Fault Relay for Equipment Protection R R 7 R R R Square D GC-200 Ground-Fault Relay for Equipment Protection 15 R R 15 15 R Merlin Gerin STR58 Trip Units 15 R R 15 15 R Merlin Gerin STR53 Trip Units 15 R R 15 15 R Federal Pioneer USRC and USRCM Trip Units R 15 R R R 15 Square D Add-on Ground-Fault Module for Equipment Protection R 5 R R R R Micrologic #.0x Trip Units Upstream Device (receives input from RIM) Downstream Device (sends output to RIM)) Federal Pioneer USRC and USRCM Trip Units Square D GC-100 Ground-Fault Relay for Equipment Protection RIM Requirements Square D Micrologic Series B Trip Units Table 3.104: Note: R=RIM module is required to restrain any devices. Numerical References=Maximum number of upstream circuit breakers which can be restrained without requiring a RIM module. 3 The Restraint Interface Module (RIM) is used to allow zone-selective Interlocking communications between circuit breakers with Micrologic™ Series B trip units or Micrologic™ #.Ox trip units, Compact™ STR53 trip units, Masterpact™ STR58 trip units, Federal Pioneer USRC and USRCM trip units, and Square D GC series groundfault relays. Upstream circuit breakers with Micrologic 3.0A, 5.0A 5.0P, 5.0H, 6.0A, 6.0P, and 6.0H trip units can receive up to 15 input signals without requiring a restraint interface module. If the number of input signals exceeds 15, then a RIM is required. Contact your local Sales Office for RIM requirements. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 3-32 DE2 Discount Schedule The restraint interface module operates on either 120 Vac/24 Vdc, or 240 Vac/24 Vdc, 50/50 Hz. NOTE: The maximum distance between devices is 1000 ft. (305 m) Table 3.105: Cat. No. S48890 S48895 Restrain Interface Module (RIM) Voltage 120 Vac/24 Vdc 240 Vac/24 Vdc $ Price 1860.00 1860.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Circuit Breaker Dimensions www.schneider-electric.us Figure 21 E Figure 22 E B G Table 3.106: Circuit Breakers Dimensions B Circuit Breaker Catalog No. Prefix C/L Fig. No. A B C D E F G H 1 21 6.00 1.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 1.50 — 2 22 6.00 3.00 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 — — 3 23 6.00 4.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 1.50 0.75 KAL, KCL, KHL 2&3 23 8.00 4.50 3.66 4.75 0.44 7.13 1.50 0.75 FIL, KIL 2&3 23 8.00 4.50 3.66 4.75 0.44 7.13 1.50 0.75 GJ 3 32 3.54 4.72 2.76 3.94 2.20 — — — DG, DJ, DL 3 28 13.38 5.51 3.75 6.61 2.22 8.93 1.77 — A F A F FAL, FHL E E LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI 2&3 23 11.86 7.50 5.48 6.74 0.55 10.75 2.50 — Q4L, LAL, LHL 2&3 23 11.00 6.00 4.06 5.84 0.88 9.25 2.00 1.00 MAL, MHL 2&3 23 14.00 9.00 4.53 6.50 1.66 10.69 3.00 1.50 Table 3.107: Figure 23 E B G HH D C C/L A F E Figure 28 Dimensions—Inches No. Poles Shipping Weights Frame Size Approx. Shipping Weight (Lbs.) FAL FHL 2-pole FCL 3 FAL FHL 3-pole 5 FIL 8 KAL, KHL 7 KIL 9 Q4L 15 DG, DJ, DL 14 GJ 3 LAL LHL 15 LXL LEL LIL 25 MAL, MHL 34 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS G A F B C D 3 Figure 32 E B A C D © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 3-33 Enclosures Industrial Circuit Breaker Enclosures Class 610 www.schneider-electric.us Circuit breaker enclosures are UL Listed, CSA Certified and are suitable for use as service equipment except as footnoted. • • • The short circuit rating of an enclosed circuit breaker is equal to the rating of the circuit breaker installed, except as footnoted. Circuit breakers are ordered and shipped separately for field installation. For enclosure accessories refer to page 3-36 . For enclosure dimensions refer to page 3-35. Table 3.108: Circuit Breaker Enclosures Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix Rating Enclosure Poles Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. FA100X FA100Y $ Price Cat. No. $ Price NEMA 12/3R, 12K NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 3, 3R Stainless Steel With Knockouts (NEMA 12K) Without Knockoutsc (NEMA 12/3R, 5) — — — — LX600AWK 3728.00 — — — — LX600AWK 3728.00 NEMA 7b Cast Aluminum NEMA 9d Cast Aluminum 15–60 A 1, 2, 3 FA060Xfg 1620.00 FA060Yg 1227.00 FALe 15–100 A 1, 2, 3 FA100Xfg 2006.00 FA100Yg 1389.00 a Enclosures with NRB or RB suffix have provisions for 3/4 in. through 2-1/2 in. bolt-on hubs in top endwall. Enclosures with R suffix have blank endwalls and require field cut opening. For details and hub catalog numbers see Digest Section 3. b NEMA 7—Indoor Hazardous Locations—Division 1 and 2, Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F and G; Class III. c Suitable for rainproof NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall. d NEMA 9—Indoor Hazardous Locations–Division 1 and 2, Class II, Groups E, F and G; Class III e Use 75oC Copper conductors only. f Suitable for rainproof applications—includes PKDB1 breather and drain kit. g cULus listed. LEL, LXL, LXIL LCL, LIL 100–600 A 300–600 A 3 2, 3 Enclosed Motor-Operated Molded Case Circuit Breakers NOTE: Contact local Field Office for catalog number prior to quoting or placing an order. Motor-operated enclosed circuit breakers are utilized whenever it is desired to control the operation of an individually mounted circuit breaker from a remote location. Enclosed motor operated circuit breakers are available in either NEMA 1 or 3R construction. 120 Vac control circuit required for operation of motor operator. Sufficient space is included for field-installation of a terminal block for convenient end-user control circuit wiring. Not UL Listed. Enclosed motor-operated circuit breaker with neutral • • • • Specify circuit breaker catalog number (ex: FAL36060) Specify side mounted operator only. Specify enclosure type (ex: NEMA 1, 3R, 12) Specify if neutrals are required (Same price) Table 3.109: Enclosed Motor-Operated Circuit Breakers $ Price a Circuit Breaker Type 3 NEMA 1 NEMA 3R FAL—240 V 2915.00 3149.00 FAL—480 V 3131.00 3369.00 FAL—600 V 3308.00 3525.00 FHL—600 V 3725.00 3950.00 LAL—600 V 11187.00 11477.00 LHL—600 V 14147.00 14429.00 a Price includes 3P circuit breaker, motor operator, and neutral assembly factory assembled in specified enclosure. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 3.110: Service Ground Kits Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix LCL, LEL, LIL, LXL, LXIL 3-34 Ground Bar Cat. No. Number of Conductors Terminals Per Terminal PKOGTA4 DE1 DE2A 4 Discount Schedule 1 Wire Range AWG/kcmil 6–250 Al or Cu $ Price Field-Installable 213.00 Factory-Installed 263.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Enclosures Enclosed Switches and Enclosure Dimensions Class 610 www.schneider-electric.us Enclosed Molded Case Switches Enclosed molded case switches are UL Listed devices supplied with factory-installed automatic molded case switch. Use the Cat. No. listed below and add the enclosure style suffix. An insulated groundable neutral, if required, must be ordered separately from Digest page 7-58. Enclosed molded case switches are manufactured on order only. Table 3.110: Enclosed Molded Case Switches Ampere Rating System $ Price 600 Vac Short Circuit Withstand Ratings Cat. No. Add Suffix NEMA 1 NEMA 3Ra NEMA 4,4X,5 NEMA 12 (F) or (S) (RB) or (R) (DS) (AWK) FH—100 A Frame, 3P, 600 Vac Max. 2P 100 FHE26000( ) 18 kA 963.00 1277.00 2273.00 1083.00 3P 100 FHE36000( ) 18 kA 1187.00 1499.00 2432.00 1310.00 LH—400 A Frame, 3P, 600 Vac Max. 2P 400 LHE26000( ) 25 kA 3915.00 5174.00 9264.00 4497.00 3P 400 LHE36000( ) 25 kA 4653.00 5982.00 9999.00 5232.00 a FHE and KHE devices accept bolt-on hubs and have a suffix RB. LHE, MHE and NCE devices have blank endwalls and have a suffix R. For details and hub catalog numbers see page 3-9. Dimensions: Refer to enclosed circuit breaker dimensions by NEMA type. Table 3.111: Insulated Groundable Neutral Assembly Circuit Breaker Neutral Assembly For Use With NEMA 1 & 3R NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 12 & 12K NEMA 7 & 9 Terminal Lug Data—Total Available (Line plus Load) AWG/kcmil Ampere Rating Cat. No. LCL, LIL, LXL, LXIL LCL, LIL, LXL b, LXIL b LCL, LXL LIL, LXIL, LEL 400 400 — — — — SN400LA SNC400LXc 251.00 1152.00 — — — — (2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu (2) 2–600 Cu, plus (2) 6–250 Cu 600 — — SNC800LXc 1506.00 — — (4) 2–600 Cu, plus (1) 2–4/0 Cu LCL, LXLb, LIL, LXILb, LELb 600 — — (6) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (2) 6–250 Al/Cu Cat. No. Prefix a b c $ Price AL800SN Cat. No. 365.00 Price — — Cat. No. $ Price — — SN1000MA 365.00 — — (6) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (1) 1–4/0 Al/Cu For applications above 200 A requiring a neutral, use copper wire only. When using LXL, LEL or LXIL circuit breaker with integral ground fault protection on a 3Ø4W system, neutral assembly SN1000MA or SNC800LX must be used for neutral CT. Order neutral CT separately. All Cu neutral assembly. Table 3.112: Enclosure Dimensions Approximate Dimension H W Cat. No. Series H W D in. mm in. mm in. mm FA060Xa E1 16.00 406 9.88 251 7.00 178 FA060Ya E1 16.00 406 9.88 251 7.00 178 FA100Xa E1 16.00 406 9.88 251 7.00 178 FA100Ya E1 16.00 406 9.88 251 7.00 178 LX600AwK E3 57.50 1461 20.38 518 8.25 210 a Tapped conduit opening, top and bottom endwall: FA060X/Y– 3/4", FA100X/Y–1-1/4" MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Enclosures FA060X, FA100X, FA060Y and FA100Y D Enclosures for IK250DS and IK250AWK 3 H W © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved D DE1 Discount Schedule 3-35 Enclosures Accessories www.schneider-electric.us Lock-On Provisions Special Paint UL Listed circuit breaker enclosures are available painted with special safety colors. To order safety colored enclosures add suffixes as noted in Table 3.115 to the standard enclosure commercial reference number. All colors comply with OSHA Standard 1910.144 and ANSI Specification Z535.1 for marking physical hazards. A minimum quantity of ten is required. Order by description. Not available for NEMA Type 7/9 or stainless steel enclosures. Shipment: 6 weeks Lock-on Provision Table 3.114: Price Adder Each Enclosure Enclosure Prefix FA $ Price 113.00 Table 3.115: Suffix for Lock-On Provision SPLO $ Price 155.00 234.00 LA $ Price 327.00 P $ Price 513.00 Safety Colors Safety Color Suffix Black SP0 Red SP2 Orange SP3 Yellow SP4 Green SP5 Blue SP6 Purple SP7 Gray SP8 Gray ANSI61 SP861a White SP9 Standard Square D ANSI 49 grey paint, when selecting this suffix, switches will receive additional coat of paint. Lock-off provisions are standard on all NEMA Type 4-4X-5 stainless steel and NEMA Type 12, 12K circuit breaker enclosures. Provision for one inch hasp padlock is available factory installed. This modification will allow the circuit breaker to be locked in the ON position. When locked in the ON position, the external operator will not indicate if circuit breaker is tripped. UL Listed. Table 3.112: Price Adder Each Enclosure Enclosure Prefix FA, J LA, M, P J $ Price 180.00 a Pilot Light—Selector Switch—Push Button Stainless Steel Front Pilot lights, push buttons or selector switches are available factory installed in the cover of NEMA Type 3R, (4-4X-5) stainless steel or 12 enclosures. Wiring to contact blocks is not available. Customer must furnish catalog number of device desired. Price = circuit breaker + enclosure + neutral + ground + pilot light, push button and/or selector switch + factory-installed adder. Order by description. Not UL Listed. The FA100F NEMA Type 1, flush-mount circuit breaker enclosure is available with a stainless steel front. This modification is desirable in food handling areas such as cafeterias and restaurants. Table 3.113: Table 3.116: Price Adder Quantity For Each Device Installed Price Each Enclosure Cat. No. FA100FSS $ Price 1659.00 Enclosed Ground-Fault Modules (GFM) $ Price Adder 297.00 3 Phenolic Legend Plate MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Available engraved and mounted on most circuit breaker enclosures. Legend engraved in 1/4-inch high white letters on black background. Customer must provide legend. UL Listed. Not available on NEMA Type 7 or 9 enclosures. To order, add suffix NP to standard catalog number (i.e. LA400SNP). Price adder per legend plate: $167.00 Ground-fault modules (GFM) can be factory installed on FAL and FHL circuit breakers and enclosed in the next larger size NEMA 1 or 3R enclosure. Enclosed circuit breaker with ground-fault module • • • Specify circuit breaker catalog number Specify enclosure type (NEMA 1 or 3R) Ground-fault modules are available factory installed. See table below for pricing and availability. Table 3.117: Enclosed Circuit Breaker with Ground Fault Modulec $ Price b Circuit Breaker Prefix NEMA 1 NEMA 3R FAL, 600 V, 15–60 A 6585.00 7091.00 FAL, 600 V, 70–100 A 6797.00 7307.00 b Price includes 3P circuit breaker, GFM, neutral assembly and neutral CT factory assembled in specified enclosure c Not UL Listed Table 3.118: Insulated Groundable Neutral Assembly Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix KIL KIL Neutral Assembly For Use With Ampere Rating 225 250 NEMA 1 & 3R Cat. No. — — NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 12 & 12K $ Price — — Cat. No. SN225KA SN400LA Price 201.00 251.00 NEMA 7 & 9 Cat. No. — — $ Price — — Terminal Lug Data—Total Available (Line plus Load) AWG/kcmil (2) 4–300 Al/Cu, plus (2) 14–1/0 Al/Cu (2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu Equipment Ground Kit Price adder includes price of ground bar kit. Table 3.119: Ground Kit Price Adder Enclosure Enclosure Type Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix Number of Terminals per Kit Conductors Per Terminal Wire Range AWG/kcmil 1 10–2/0 Cu or 6–2/0 Al 1 10–2/0 Cu or 6–2/0 Al FAL, FHL, FIL NEMA Type 1 and 3R KIL LAL, LHL 2 FAL, FHL, FIL NEMA Type 4-4X-5 stainless steel KIL and NEMA Type 12 LAL, LHL, Q4L M, Pe 2 d For factory installation of equipment ground lugs in these or any other enclosures, add suffix GL. e Use of PKOGTA2 with M, and P enclosure prefix not UL Listed f Quantity (2) may be required for some wire installation. 3-36 DE1 Discount Schedule Field-Installable Ground Bar Kit Cat. No. PKOGTA2f Factory-Installedd $ Price 263.00 263.00 Suffix GL $ Price 191.00 263.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Enclosures Key Interlock Systems—Factory Installed Only Class 736, 1130 www.schneider-electric.us Key Interlock Systems (Factory installed only) Interlocks are used to prevent the authorized operator from making an unauthorized operation. Not available on hazardous location devices (NEMA 7/9.) The key interlock system is a simple and easy method of applying individual key interlock units and assemblies to the above equipment so as to require operation in a predetermined sequence. UL Listed. Table 3.120: Locking Position Designations Locking Position Designation Device locked open with key removed. Quoting: Contact local Field Sales office for catalog number, availability and pricing prior to quoting a job. Ordering: • • • L-O-R Device locked closed with key removed. Order cannot be released for production until the following information has been provided. End User—Company name, address Function of each lock (e.g., circuit breaker to be locked open with key removed, key held when circuit breaker is closed) Existing Equipment—if circuit breaker is to be interlocked with equipment already on site, provide brand of existing lock and key number Other New Equipment—if circuit breaker is to be interlocked with new equipment not yet installed at the site, then provide contact person and phone number so that locks may be coordinated Additional information may be required upon order entry • L-C-R • Device locked open or closed with key removed. L-O-C-R • Table 3.121: Device locked open with key held. L-O-H a Price Adder Per Lock, Each Complete Enclosed Devicea Device $ Price Enclosed industrial circuit breaker 2055.00 Prices do not apply when more than three devices are interlocked as these schemes normally require more than one key assembly per device. Device locked closed with key held. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS L-C-H Device locked open or closed with key held. L-O-C-H Multi-lock interlock. (More than one key per lock.) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 3 NOTE: 1. Device locked open (circuit breaker in OFF position). 2. Device locked closed (circuit breaker in ON position). DE1 Discount Schedule 3-37 Enclosures Special Applications Class 610 www.schneider-electric.us Sample Application—3 Diagram Symbols A-1 A-2 A-3 . . . . . . . . Device normally open . . . . . . . . Device normally closed . . . . . . . . Direction of key transfer . . . . . . . . Key interchange number . . . . . . . . Key To prevent operation of switch A when circuit breaker B is closed. Permits reclosing of circuit breaker for servicing when switch is locked open. Figure 3 A B Sample Application—1 To prevent two devices from being closed simultaneously. Figure 1 A A-1 A1 L-O-C-R L-O-R B Switch A and circuit breaker B are in closed position. Key A-1 is held in circuit breaker interlock. A-1 A-1 1. 2. A 1 L-O-R L-O-R Two devices are shown in Figure 1. In operation they are not closed at the same time. With the interlocks arranged as shown only one key is required in the interlocking system. Both devices are shown open, therefore, the key is free. To close any one device the key is inserted and turned in that particular lock, the key is held in this lock until the device is again locked open. This simple interlocking sequence lends itself to a multitude of applications. The procedure is the same for two devices, neither of which is to be opened at the same time. Sample Application—2 3. 4. 5. 6. Open circuit breaker. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock open. Key A-1 is now free. Insert key A-1 in L-O-C-R interlock on switch A and turn to unlock. Open switch A. Turn key A-1 in L-O-C-R interlock on switch A to lock open. Key A-1 is now free. Return key A-1 to circuit breaker interlock and unlock for operation during servicing period. Reverse sequence to restore service. Sample Application—4 (Main-Tie-Main) To prevent paralleling of lines A and B.—Two loads, fed from either source. Figure 4 To prevent opening of switch A when circuit breaker B is closed. Figure 2 A A-1 A 3 B B L-O-R A A-1 A1 B A1 A1 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS C L-C-R L-O-R L-O-R L-O-R M Switch A and circuit breaker B are in closed position. Key A-1 is held in circuit breaker B interlock. 1. 2. 3. 4. Open circuit breaker. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock open. Key A-1 is now free. Insert key A-1 in L-C-R interlock on switch A and turn to unlock. Open switch A. Key A-1 is now held. Reverse sequence to restore service. N Circuit breaker A is closed to supply load M. Circuit breaker B is closed to supply load N. Tie-circuit breaker C is open. Keys A-1 are held in interlocks on both circuit breakers A and B. Tie-circuit breaker C cannot be closed unless either A or B is locked open. To transfer load N to circuit breaker A, proceed as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. Open circuit breaker B. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock open. Key A-1 is now free. Insert Key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on tie-circuit breaker C and turn to unlock. Key A-1 is now held. Close tie-circuit breaker C. Reverse sequence to restore service. Load M can be supplied through circuit breaker B in a similar manner. 3-38 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Table of Contents Section 4 Section Listing Panelboards Factory Assembled Panelboard Special Features NQ Panelboard with Door-in-Door (Hinged) Trim MH38 Enclosure with 12-inch Wireway and Mono-Flat™ Trim with 12-inch Wireway Cover General Instructions 4-2 Pricing Instructions 4-2 Metric Conversion 4-2 I-Line Panelboards Factory Assembled Pricing 4-2 Metering 4-3 Current Transformers 4-3 Customer Equipment Space 4-3 Keyed Interlocks 4-3 Motor Operators 4-3 Increased Enclosure Depth 4-4 Increased Side Gutters 4-4 Extended Top and Bottom End Gutters 4-4 Drip Hoods 4-4 Special Finishes (non-standard paint color, painted enclosures, etc.) 4-4 Free Standing Enclosures 4-4 Special Trims (hinged, stainless steel, etc.) 4-4 Padlock Hasp 4-5 Special Locks 4-5 Multi-section Panels (equal-height enclosures, common trims, etc.) 4-5 Panel Skirts 4-6 Wireway 4-6 Panels to Fit Existing Enclosures 4-7 Space Heater 4-7 Special Enclosures (Type 1, 3R-12, 4, 4X, etc.) 4-8 NQ Merchandised Panelboards NQ Main Lug and Main Circuit Breaker Panelboard with SPD 4-9 Ready-to-Install (RTI) Merchandise Copper Equipment Ground Bars 4-10 Field Installable I-Line™ Door Kits 4-10 Type 1 Door-in-Door (Hinged) Trim Fronts 4-10 Trim Clamps and Screws 4-11 Locks and Keys 4-12 4-13 Datasheet for the Retrofit of an Existing Enclosure 4-14 4 CTC Cabinets PANELBOARDS Replacement Parts for Standard Panelboards © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4-1 Panelboards General Information www.schneider-electric.us General Instructions Metric Conversion The special feature options covered in this Panelboard estimating procedure are applicable to factory-assembled panelboards only. Do not apply this pricing to ready-to-assemble panelboards. Special features are listed in three major categories: • Mains Inches (in.) x 25.4 = millimeters (mm). I-Line™ Panelboards Factory Assembled Pricing • Branches • Cabinets Pricing Instructions Table 4.1: Basic $ Price – Main Circuit Breaker Main Circuit Breakera Panel Type All special feature entry prices are list prices. Price the panelboard in the standard manner, then add for any special features required to obtain the total price. Certain features already appear in the Q2C or EQM panelboard quotation system. For those features not listed in the quotation system, enter the information as it appears in this publication with the appropriate price in the “Other Special Features” screen in Q2C or EQM. Follow the example below: Quantity Description 1 Corbin Locks No. Poles HCP, HCP-SU a b 600 A LXb LEb LXIb LXb LEb LXIb 2 10976.00 15232.00 19944.00 14312.00 17078.00 29878.00 3 12132.00 17944.00 22734.00 17822.00 20590.00 33390. When required, add the $ Price of a solid neutral from Digest Table 9.125. Std. construction back-fed main. $ Price 704.00 Table 4.2: Micrologic LE, LX and LXI Branch Circuit Breakers (See Digest pages 7-7 for interrupting rating, voltage rating, Fed. Specs. etc.) 3 pole Circuit Breaker Ampere 400 A Circuit Breaker 480 Vac 240 V 250 Vdc 2 pole Space only 600 V H 480 Vac 480 Vac 240 V 250 Vdc 250 Vdc 1 pole Space only H 456.00 7.5 120 V 277 Vac 125 Vdc 277 V Space only H Micrologic™ Circuit Breakers (% Rated) 100–250 A — — 10100.00 300–400 A LX (80%)c — — 10400.00 450–600 A — — 100–250 A — — 300–400 A LXI (80%)c — — 21002.00 450–600 A — — 31134.00 100–250 A — — 14544.00 — — 16212.00 LE 300–400 A (100%)c — — 7580.00 — — 9240.00 15566.00 — — 12056.00 — — — — — 16556.00 — — 13666.00 — — — — — — — 18212.00 — — — — — — — 27622.00 — — — — — — — 10740.00 — — — — — — — 13500.00 — 14820.00 456.00 456.00 456.00 7.5 7.5 7.5 450–600 A LE (80%)c — — 18334.00 456.00 7.5 — c Refer to Table 4.3 for LE, LX and LXI Micrologic Trip Unit price adders. Table 4.3: LS STR23SP 4 LSI — LSI - $4670.00 Standard LIG - $4670.00 — LSIG - $9340.00 $12,880.00 PANELBOARDS LSI STR53UP-b STR53-UPFIb G Interrupting 456.00 7.5 — — — — — — — — — — — — — J Interrupting L Interrupting Terminal Wire Ratings Catalog No. 150 A DGA34150E20 250 A DGA34250E20 400 A DGA34400E20 600 A DGA34600E20 150 A DGA34150E53 250 A DGA34250E53 400 A DGA34400E53 600 A DGA34600E53 150 A DGA34150E58 250 A DGA34250E58 400 A DGA34400E58 600 A DGA34600E58 $ Price Catalog No. $ Price DJA34150E20 5631.00 DJA34250E20 DJA34600E20 DJA34250E53 12262.00 DJA34600E53 10147.00 DJA34250E58 13381.00 DJA34600E58 DLA34600E20 13702.00 (2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al DLA34250E53 11587.00 (1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2– 500 Al DLA34600E53 14821.00 (2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al 13048.00 (1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2– 500 Al 16282.00 (2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al DLA34150E58 11608.00 DJA34400E58 114445.00 (1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2– 500 Al DLA34400E53 DJA34150E58 8211.00 10468.00 DLA34150E53 DJA34400E53 9984.00 DLA34250E20 DLA34400E20 DJA34150E53 6750.00 $ Price DLA34150E20 9028.00 DJA34400E20 8865.00 Catalog No. DLA34250E58 DLA34400E58 14842.00 DLA34600E58 D-frame circuit breakers 400 A and below are 100% rated, 600 A is standard (80%) rated only F = Fault Indicator, I = Ammeter Table 4.5: LS DG, DJ, DL Electronic Trip Units Standard Ammeter Standard — LSI LSIG 4-2 7.5 — — LX and LXI LI - Std Continuous Currenta Trip Unit Standard a b 456.00 — — D-Frame (600 A 480 Vac) 3P 50/60 Hz circuit Breaker with Electronic Trip Units Electronic Trip Trip Unit Function Type Ammeter 7.5 — — LE, LX & LXI Micrologic Trip Units LE Table 4.4: 456.00 — 1130.00 1476.00 — — PE1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Special Features Mains and Branches www.schneider-electric.us Mains Metering—Type 1 Enclosures Only (1200 A Maximum) Enclosures and Interiors are shipped fully assembled. NQ, NF and Powerlink™ require a 7-inch left side gutter extension and a 6-inch main end extension for PowerLogic Power Meter applications. 7-inch side gutter extension, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $960.00 6-inch main end extension, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428.00 I-Line™ and QMB require a 14-inch side gutter extension for PowerLogic Circuit Monitor and Power Meter applications. Current Transformers In Mains (ac only and line side only)a Prices listed are based on transformers having a 5 A secondary and mounted under a separate cover. Apply appropriate charge from the table below Table 4.6: Current Transformers Primary Amperes (5 A—Secondary) 100–1200 $ Price Per C/T 1804.00 Additional Enclosure Height Required b 6 inches Customer Equipment Spacea NOTE: End user must specify end use equipment to be installed. Available with NQ, and NF lighting panelboards only. Must be opposite the mains end, both main breaker and main lug, to prevent interference with incoming cables. Customer equipment space is not available with thru-feed lugs or sub-feed breakers. 18-inch space only with separate door, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992.00 A barrier exists between the equipment space and the panelboard compartment; a separate door is provided as standard (requires 18-inch additional enclosure height). NOTE: A separate door is not supplied in NEMA 3R/12 construction. a b Feature supported by product selectors in Q2C and EQM. For NQ, and NF panelboards. Branches Keyed Interlocks NOTE: Not available for use in NQ, NF or I-Line™ HCN panelboards with door. Not available on I-Line™ with door when key interlocked MG/MJ/P/R frame branchmounted circuit breakers are installed. Must use 4-piece trim or NEMA 3R/12. Keyed mechanical interlocking of two or more circuits is available on request. Individual locks are furnished for each circuit. All locks operate by one key, which can be removed only when the circuit is locked in the desired position. I-Line Circuit Breakers—A 3-inch filler adjacent to the circuit is necessary for mounting the interlock; contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for assistance with power distribution panelboards with doors. Feature not available on vertically mounted main circuit breaker. To the standard panelboard pricing, per interlock, add . . . . . . . . . . $1940.00 QMB Fusible Switches—Available on 100 A singles (100 A single QMB requires 9 inches of mounting space) through 800 A switches plus LA circuit breaker adapters. Requires 3 inches of branch mounting space per switch for interlock installation. Per interlock, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940.00 Motor Operators—I-Line Circuit Breakers Only Table 4.7: Motor Operators Circuit Breaker Type Motor Operator Voltage F--frame 120 Vac $ Price Each 1198.00 H-frame (3P modules only) 48/60, 110/130, 208/277, 380/480 Vac; 24/30, 48/60, 110/130, 250 Vdc 1198.00 J-frame 48/60, 110/130, 208/277, 380/480 Vac; 24/30, 48/60, 110/130, 250 Vdc 2975.00 LA, LH 120 Vac 3908.00 PG, PJ, PL 48, 110/130, 220/240, 380/480 Vac; 24/30, 48/60, 110/130, 200/250 Vdc 4450.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE1 Discount Schedule 4 NOTE: If the customer is not supplying the motor operator voltage, a control transformer can be supplied (priced separately) PANELBOARDS Motor operators provide remote open, close, and reset control of molded case circuit breakers. Price panelboard from the latest Digest, and, for each motor operator, add per table below. In I-Line panelboards, motor operators require 4.5 inches of circuit breaker mounting space. This can be provided on I-Line main circuit breaker only when the main is branch-mounted and back-fed. NOTE: Not available in I-Line HCN Panelboards 4-3 Special Features Cabinets www.schneider-electric.us Increased Enclosure Depth Drip Hoods a For each surface-mounted-only panelboard, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $294.00 Type 1 Enclosure a For 8-inch depth (HC26), add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $640.00 For 12-inch depth (HC32, 42, 44—12-inch only), add . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640.00 Special Finishes Type 3R, 5, or 12 Enclosure a For 8-inch or 12-inch depth, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690.00 NOTE: The standard finish of the enclosure fronts is ANSI 49. The enclosures are galvanized steel. NOTE: No other depths are available. ANSI 49 Enclosure a Increased Side Gutters (Type 1 Enclosures Only) MH38 Enclosure with 6-inch Increased Left-side Gutter Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584.00 NOTE: Available on MH enclosures (right or left) in 3, 6 and 12-inch added widths, 26-inch wide HC enclosures up to a maximum of 14 additional inches and 32-inch wide HC enclosures up to a maximum of 10 additional inches. Not available on 42-inch wide HC enclosures. No barrier will be supplied unless specified. Includes one-piece trim. ANSI 61 Front or Enclosure a Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700.00 Front and Enclosure with Polyester Acrylic Powder Paint Finish Provide extended side gutters. Provides increased salt spray performance in coastal areas and increased resistance to UV fading. Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1508.00 Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1350.00 Steel Barrier in Enclosure Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410.00 NOTE: The enclosure will be extended on one side only. If extension is required on both sides, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for assistance. Extended Top and Bottom End Gutters NOTE: Available for Type 1 enclosures only Type MH Enclosures 6-inch, 12-inch, 18-inch or 24-inch extension. Includes one-piece trim. Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1214.00 MH38 Enclosure with 12-inch Extended Bottom End Gutter and One-Piece Trim Special or Custom Paint for Trim and/or Enclosure Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4400.00 Free-standing Enclosures (welded base channels) c Supports extending out front and back, welded to bottom of enclosure Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 876.00 Special Trims Hinged Trim a Type HCN, HCM Enclosures 9-inch extension. Includes standard panel trim and enclosure extension cover. Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646.00 Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1214.00 Hinged Trim with Outer Door Lock Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846.00 b Type HCP, HCR-U Enclosures 12-inch extension. Includes standard panel trim and enclosure extension cover. Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1214.00 NOTE: Outer door lock, must be priced with hinged trim. For door-in-door trim, use hinged trim with outer door lock. 4 Type QMB Enclosures 38-inch W x 11.5-inch D may have a 6-inch maximum increased end gutter. This is the only QMB enclosure with an increased end gutter option. Available only with a four-piece trim. Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1214.00 PANELBOARDS For lengths other than those listed above, refer to the Wireway section on page 4-8. Hinged Trim 4-4 PE1 Discount Schedule Stainless Steel Trim Fronts a NQ 20-inch-wide flush and surface, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200.00 NF flush and surface, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200.00 I-Line™ HCN—Standard trim with door, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14800.00 I-Line HCM—Standard trim with door, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14800.00 I-Line HCP—Standard trim with door, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15400.00 a b c Feature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM. $846.00 price includes a hinged trim with an integrated outer door lock. Not available on NEMA 3R/12 I-Line™ and QMB. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Special Features Cabinets www.schneider-electric.us Padlock Hasp For hasp, staple and standard lock (padlock not included) Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $600.00 NC38S with Padlock Hasp Special Locks On trim with a 3-point latch, special locks will be installed as a secondary latch. Special locks include Corbin 60, Corbin 15767, GE 75, Yale® 511S and Best 5L7RL2-626. For all other locks, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for assistance. Standard key change, Corbin 60, Corbin 15767 or GE 75, adda. . . . 704.00 Standard key change, Yale 511S, adda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1700.00 Standard key change, Best 5L7RL2-626, adda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500.00 Quarter turn fasteners Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584.00 NOTE: Special locks for all HC trims and NF panelboards with three-point latches, will be installed as secondary locks. Special locks are not available on I-Line™ 42-inch and 44-inch wide panelboards or QMB type panelboards. Corbin 15767 Lock NC38S with Yale Lock Installed NOTE: Many key configurations can be accommodated with our standard Square D™ brand lock. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for assistance. a Feature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM. Multi-Section Panels Equal-Height Enclosuresa NQ, and NF, add per panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688.00 I-Line or QMB, add per panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2198.00 Common Trim in Place of Two Individual Fronts a Used to cover two equal-height enclosures mounted side-by-side. Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2334.00 Sheared on Inside Edges Allows enclosures to be butted together. Add per panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1644.00 a Feature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM. 4 PANELBOARDS Common Trim Front for Use with Multiple-Section Panelboards Mounted Side-By-Side © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE1 Discount Schedule 4-5 Special Features Cabinets www.schneider-electric.us Panel Skirt for Standard Width Panelboards a Panel skirts are intended for cosmetic purposes only; they are meant to hide cables which are enclosed in conduit. Do not use a panel skirt as a wireway; see the Wireway section below. NOTE: Panel skirts are for Type 1 surface-mounted applications with standard depth and width, Square D™ brand enclosures only. a Feature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM. Table 4.8: Panel Skirts $ Price Skirt Length NQ, NF I-Line™, QMB 4–60 inches 912.00 1298.00 61–92 inches 1142.00 1908.00 Panel skirt framework to be bolted to the wall. Panel skirt bolted in place below an MH26 enclosure. Panel skirt completely installed. Wireway a Allows for terminating conduit in the wireway endwall. Only the cable passes through the wireway into the panelboard enclosure. Includes trim and wireway cover. NOTE: Wireway is for Type 1, surface-mounted applications with standard depth and width, Square D™ brand enclosures only. a Feature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM. Table 4.9: Wireway $ Price Wireway Length NQ, NF I-Line™, QMB 4–60 inches 1014.00 1482.00 61–92 inches 1264.00 2160.00 4 PANELBOARDS MH38 enclosure with 12-inch wireway and Mono-Flat™ trim with 12-inch wireway cover. 4-6 PE1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Special Features Cabinets www.schneider-electric.us Panels to Fit Existing Enclosures Panelboard interiors and special fronts can be furnished to fit existing enclosures. First, price the complete panel along with the appropriate price adder from below. Next, photocopy the Retrofit Existing Enclosure data sheet found on page 4-14, record the required dimensions on the photocopy and forward it with your order to the nearest Schneider Electric sales office. For interiors requiring vented enclosures, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for assistance. NOTE: Existing enclosure depth on flush installations must be measured from inside surface of enclosure to outer wall or plaster surface. Special Fronts Existing enclosure the same depth as or deeper than our standard. Add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1040.00 NOTE: Elevating brackets to be supplied by customer for existing enclosures deeper than our standard. Existing enclosure shallower than our standard. Requires an enclosure extension (surface applications) or a formed front (flush applications). A hinged trim front option is not available for these applications. Add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080.00 NOTE: A formed front is available on NQ (225 A max.) and, NF (250 A max.). When a flush front is required for an existing enclosure that is shallower than our standard, be sure to indicate the position of the enclosure with respect to the wall in which it is mounted. This is required in order to determine whether an enclosure extension with a flat front should be supplied, or whether a flush formed front is more applicable. The interior must be centered in the enclosure and, if the enclosure is deeper than our standard, the interior must be leveled within the enclosure. The existing enclosure for NQ and, NF panels cannot be more than 3.0 inches shorter than the standard enclosure. Minimum width is 17 inches. Special trims that are manufactured to fit an existing enclosure will be within ± 0.25 inches of the specification. Refer to the table below for standard enclosure depths and for the maximum depth for which no special mounting brackets are required. Table 4.10: Panelboard Enclosure Depths Maximum Enclosure Depth Standard for which No Special Enclosure Depth Mounting Brackets Required Panelboard Type NQ standard width—main lugs only 5.75 inches NQ standard width—main circuit breaker 5.75 inches 5.75 inches 5.75 inches NF 5.75 inches 5.75 inches I-Line™—Maximum F, H or Q-frame branch circuit breaker 6.5 inches 7.25 inches I-Line—Maximum J-frame branch circuit breaker 8.25 inches 9.0 inches I-Line—Maximum P or R-frame branch circuit breaker 9.25 inches 10.25 inches Space Heater NOTE: Enclosure, interior and trim ship fully assembled. 120 V is standard. Top feed applications only. NQ and NF require 18 inches equipment space in NEMA 3R/12 constructions. NQ and NF require 6 inch bottom end gutter in NEMA 1 construction. 4 PANELBOARDS Unwired (provisions for wiring to external source), add . . . . . . . . . . . . 800.00 Wired (with overcurrent device, thermostat), add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1570.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE1 Discount Schedule 4-7 Special Features Cabinets www.schneider-electric.us Special Enclosures a Type 1 Gasketed Enclosure (gasketing between front and enclosure) 20-inch maximum panel width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $494.00 Over 20-inch panel width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716.00 NOTE: For 250 A and below enclosures only. a Feature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM. Stainless Steel Enclosure (Type 3R, 4, 4X, 5 and 12; UL Listed) NOTE: For #316 stainless steel, add 15% to the prices shown below. NQ, and NF For panelboard heights up to 41inches, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13564.00 For panelboard heights of 44–56 inches, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17564.00 For panelboard heights of 59–80 inches, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21076.00 I-Line Door-in-Door Enclosure I-Line™ HCN and HCM, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36190.00 HCP, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42482.00 NOTE: 304 stainless, standard QMB b Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47978.00 b Not available for QMB interiors over 800 A. Fiberglass Enclosures (Type 4X, Non-Vented; UL Listed) NQ, and NF 28-inch height, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6780.00 33-inch, 40-inch and 50-inch height, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11482.00 I-Line and QMB Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Available Access to Circuit Breaker Handles Type 12 Door-In-Door Enclosures Table 4.11: Available Enclosures Enclosure Size Interior Type $ Price Adder Height Width Depth NQ a 56 inches 20 inches 6.5 inches 3826.00 NF b 56 inches 20 inches 6.5 inches 3826.00 4 I-Line (HCN) 92 inches 26 inches 9.5 inches 7278.00 I-Line (HCM) 91 inches 32 inches 11.5 inches 7854.00 I-Line (HCP) 68 inches 42 inches 12.7 inches 9788.00 I-Line (HCP) 86 inches 42 inches 12.7 inches 9788.00 a b PANELBOARDS Not available for NQ interiors over 225 A. Not available for NF interiors over 250 A. Access to Wiring Gutters 4-8 PE1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved NQ Merchandised Panelboards NQ Main Lug and Main Circuit Breaker Interiors with SPD—240 Vac, 48 Vdc Class 1640 / Refer to Catalog 1640CT0801 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: For selecting SurgeLoc SPD for RTI NQ Panelboard application, please refer to Table 9.197 on page 44 of Digest 176. Table 4.12: NF Merchandised Interiors with SPD—Use I-Line Panelboards on 480 V 3Ø3W Delta Applications Mains Rating Max. Breaker Spaces 250 A 42 250 A 42 400 A 42 400 A 42 SPD Ratings Voltage 480Y/277 3P4W 480Y/277 3P4W Surge Rating 120 160 120 160 Interior Catalog No. NF442L2TVS412 NF442L2TVS412C NF442L2TVS416 NF442L2TVS416C NF442L4TVS412 NF442L4TVS412C NF442L4TVS416 NF442L4TVS416C $ Price 24173. 24464. 25452. 25755. 24378. 24637. 25642. 25881. Components for adding Vertical Main Circuit Breaker MCB Kit Main Circuit Breaker Frame Catalog No. $ Price Select the appropriate MCB and price from the tables starting on Digest page 7-22 N250MJ 780. JD/G/J/L or KI or N250MKC 780. JD/G/J/L or KI N400M N400M 780. 780. LAL/LHL (LC and LI F/A only) 4 PANELBOARDS Note: Dry contacts standard. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE1A Discount Schedule 4-9 Ready-to-Install (RTI) Merchandise Miscellaneous Panelboard Accessories Class 1630, 1640, 1660, 2110, 2120 www.schneider-electric.us Copper Equipment Ground Bars Type 1 Door-in-Door (Hinged) Trim Fronts Copper equivalents of our aluminum PK–GTA equipment ground bars are available. These copper ground bars accept #14–4 Cu only. Features Table 4.13: Copper Ground Bars for NQOD and NF Panelboards (see the Digest, Section 9 for NQ copper ground bar kits) • • • Meets door-in-door specifications Provides continuous piano hinge Permits one-person maintenance Table 4.15: Maximum Number of Circuits Maximum Ampere Rating Catalog No. $ Price 12 225 8010302651 35.00 18 225 8010302652 41.00 23 225 8010302653 57.00 27 400/600 PK27GTACU 75.00 Catalog No. a $ Price NC26( )HR 620.00 HC2665T( )HR 926.00 NC32( )HR 657.00 HC2674T( )HR 1254.00 NC38( )HR 687.00 HC2683T( )HR 1557.00 NC44( )HR 830.00 HC2692T( )HR 1751.00 NC50( )HR 912.00 HC3248T( )HR 846.00 NC56( )HR 983.00 HC3264T( )HR 1109.00 NC62( )HR 1109.00 HC3273T( )HR 1514.00 NC68( )HR 1185.00 HC3291T( )HR 2129.00 NC74( )HR 1215.00 HC4250T( )HR 1298.00 NC80( )HR 1245.00 HC4259T( )HR 1448.00 NC86( )HR 1430.00 HC4268T( )HR 1841.00 NC50V( )HR 912.00 HC4286T( )HR 2351.00 NC56V( )HR 983.00 77.00 HC4486T( )HR 2351.00 NC62V( )HR 1109.00 HCN65D ( ) 90.00 — — NC68V( )HR 1185.00 HCN74D ( ) 122.00 — — NC74V( )HR 1215.00 HCN83D ( ) 137.00 — — NC80V( )HR 1245.00 HCN92D ( ) 155.00 — — NC86V( )HR 1430.00 HCM48D ( ) 227.00 HCM64D ( ) 254.00 HCM73D ( ) 333.00 HCM91D ( ) 390.00 HCW50D 323.00 HCW59D 351.00 HCW68D 422.00 HCW86D 467.00 I-Line Door Kits Catalog No. a $ Price HCN52D( ) HCN Catalog No. ab $ Price 720.00 Field Installable I-Line™ Door Kits Panel Type NQ and NF Fronts HC2652T( )HR Catalog No. NC44SHR Table 4.14: Hinged Trim I-Line Fronts HCM a b Add “S” for surface or “F” for flush in place of the parentheses. For welded metal directory, add “WMD” suffix to the end of the catalog number and add $75.00 to the price. HCP HCRU HCW86D HCN/HCM Latch Bracket 80104-908-50 a 467.00 — Add “S” for surface or “F” for flush in place of the parentheses. NOTE: HCRU door covers circuit breakers only, not entire box 4 PANELBOARDS 4-10 PE1A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Replacement Parts for Standard Panelboards Trim Clamps and Screws Class 1600 www.schneider-electric.us Table 4.16: Trim Clamps and Screws Application Catalog No. $ Price NQOD Panelboards: Series E1 a 400 A and 600 A fronts NEHB Panelboards: Series E1 a 600 A fronts LP9501 36.00 LP9502 (includes 8 trim screws and captive hardware) 15.00 4020513001K (package of 10) 3.80 8002506701 0.72 I-Line Panelboards: All Series E1 a fronts NQOD Panelboards: All Series E1 a vented fronts and hinged fronts manufactured after July 1994. NF Panelboards: All vented fronts and hinged fronts. NEHB Panelboards: All Series E1 a hinged fronts manufactured after July 1994. I-Line and QMB Panelboards: I-Line front with door manufactured after July 1994 but before August 1997; and I-Line hinged fronts and QMB front with door manufactured after July 1994. NQ and NQOD Panelboards: Screws for all fronts through 225 A. NF Panelboards: Screws for all fronts through 250 A. I-Line Panelboards: 4-piece trim and trim with door manufactured after July 1997. QMB Panelboards: Screws for 4-piece covers. Catalog No. LP9501 I-Line Panelboards: Panelboard deadfront screws for 4-piece trim manufactured after July 1994 but before August 1997. Panelboards that meet 1984 NEC® Wire Bending Space are Series E1. 4 PANELBOARDS a © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE1A Discount Schedule 4-11 Replacement Parts for Standard Panelboards Locks and Keys Class 1600 www.schneider-electric.us Locks a Table 4.17: Locks—Type 1 Enclosures Application Catalog No. $ Price NQOD, NQO, and NQOB Panelboards All fronts on enclosures up to and including 50-inch high and 53-inch through 68-inch high vented trims All fronts on enclosures 56 inches high or higher, excluding 53-inch through 68-inch high vented fronts PK4FL (Before 01/06/97) PK22FL (After 01/06/97 NQ or NQOD only) PK5FL (Before 11/01/99) PK22FL (After 11/01/99 NQOD only) 165.00 90.00 PK22FL 90.00 PK5FL 165.00 PK4FL PK5FL PK4FL PK5FL 90.00 165.00 90.00 165.00 PK5FL PK4FL (Before 11/14/97) PK22FL (After 11/14/97) PK5FL (Before 04/05/02) PK22FL (After 04/05/02) b PK5FL (Before 11/14/97) PK22FL (After 11/14/97) b PK5FL 165.00 90.00 90.00 165.00 90.00 165.00 90.00 165.00 PK22FL 90.00 NQ and NF Panelboards All frontsc d with the exception of those for use on panels using LC or LI main circuit breakers Fronts on enclosures 68 inches high or higher for panels using LC or LI main circuit breakers Catalog No. PK4FL and PD22FL Catalog No. PK5FL I-Line Panelboards HCN: Series 1 and 2 fronts on enclosures up to 54 inches high HCN: Series 1 and 2 fronts on enclosures 63 inches high or higher HCM: Series 1 and 2 fronts on 38-inch high enclosures HCM: Series 1 and 2 fronts on enclosures 47 inches high or higher I-Line Panelboards HCW, HCWM: Series 1 and 2 fronts HCN: Series E1afronts on enclosures up to and including 74-inches high HCN: Series E1a fronts on enclosures 83 inches high or higher HCM: Series E1a fronts on enclosures 64 inches high or higher HCW, HCWM, HCWM-U, HCR-U: Series E1aFront I-Line Panelboards (4-piece trim with door kit) HCN: Series E1a fronts on enclosures up to and including 74 inches high Catalog No. PK4NVL Catalog No. 30007 11851 PK5FL (Before 02/22/02) HCN: Series E1a fronts on enclosures 83 inches high or higher PK22FL (After 02/22/02) b HCM: Series E1a fronts on enclosures 73 inches high or higher PK22FL HCP, HCR-U: Series E1a Front PK5FL HCP-SU: Series E1a Front and HCP-SU Hinged Front PK22FL b a Panelboards that meet 1984 NEC® Wire Bending Space are Series E1. b Fronts require two locks. c Fronts 56 inches or higher on 250 A maximum interior require two locks. d Front 74 inches or higher on 600 A maximum interior require two locks. e One NSR-251 key is included with each lock. Table 4.18: 90.00 90.00 90.00 90.00 165.00 90.00 Locks—Type 3R/12 Enclosures Application NQOD, NQO, NQOB, NF all enclosures Series E1 NQ, NQOD, NF Series E2 I-Line and QMB Series E1 I-Line and QMB Series E2 I-Line—Handle for padlocking Series 1 and 2 Stainless steel enclosures Catalog No. $ Price PK4NVL 8011604350 (one handle) 8011604351 (two handles) PK4NVL 8012106350 3000711851 HSEM-3PLH 167.00 90.00 159.00 167.00 75.00 Order from the Raleigh, NC plant. 952.00 Keys Table 4.19: Replacement Keys Application Catalog No. 4 For use on all locks except those on stainless steel enclosures Locks on stainless steel enclosures $ Price LP9618 28.80 80106-456-01 22.50 PANELBOARDS Catalog No. LP9618 4-12 PE1A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CTC Cabinets Wall Mounted Metering Equipment Class 2730 / Refer to Handout 2730HO9401 www.schneider-electric.us Main Circuit Breaker and Current Transformer Compartment Service Entrance Equipment Hot or Cold Sequence Metering, Top or Bottom Feed, Indoor Construction at 600 Volts General: Suitable for use as service entrance equipment on AC systems. Listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories. Service: 1Ø3W, 3Ø3W, 3Ø4W, rated up to 600 Vac maximum. Metering: a Current transformer compartment with provisions for installing bar type current transformers. For window type current transformers, order bus link kit from Table 4.20. Standard unit is factory assembled for bottom feed cold sequence or top feed hot sequence metering applications. The unit is field convertible for bottom feed hot sequence or top feed cold sequence metering. Refer to instruction bulletin 80105-113-0x, CTC Wall-Mounted Metering Equipment, for field conversion details. Mains: Main disconnects provided. 400-800 A: MJP. 1000-1200 A: PJP. Handle lock-off attachment provided for main circuit breaker as standard. Refer to Digest pages 7-36—7-42 for field installable accessories. Enclosure: Front accessible, totally enclosed, gray baked enamel finish. Available as indoor construction only. Dimensions—78 in. H x 26 in. W x 14.3 in. D. a Field conversion is the customer’s responsibility, only the standard configuration is built by the factory. Note: Not EUSERC approved. For EUSERC approved Speed-D switchboards, see Digest pages 11-4 and 11-5. Standard Unit Inverted Unit Service Applications Table 4.20: Product Selection Table Service Voltage (AC) Ampere Rating of Main 400 A 600 A 1Ø3W, 3Ø3W, 3Ø4W 600 V Max. 800 A 1000 A 1200 A Bus link kit—used when installing window-type current transformers b Ground fault protection—factory-installed onlyc System Cold Sequence Metering Standard Unit Inverted Unit b c Bottom Feed Top Feed Catalog Number CTC364CU CTC366CU CTC368CU CTC3610CU CTC3612CU SS4BLC $ Price 4680. 5870. 7603. 9730. 10944. 152. 3145. Kits required per 3Ø application: 400–600 A—Order one kit 800–1200 A—Order two kits Must specify feed (top or bottom) and sequence (hot or cold) at the time of order. Ground fault protection—consists of ground fault relay, ground fault sensor, and display. Available only on 1000 A and 1200 A units. The ground fault option adds 8 in. of height to the enclosure, making the total 86 in. Hot Sequence Metering Standard Unit Inverted Unit Table 4.21: Lug Table Ampere Rating 400 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A d Ground Lug #6 AWG–300 kcmil Al or Cu CT bus lugs and neutral lugs are identical to the main circuit breaker lugs. Bottom Feed 4 PANELBOARDS Top Feed Main Circuit Breaker Lug Wire Ranged (3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu (3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu (3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu (4) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu (4) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4-13 www.schneider-electric.us Replacement Parts for Standard Panelboards Retrofit Existing Enclosure Data Sheet Data Sheet for Panelboards to Retrofit Existing Enclosures Distributor: Job Name: Contractor: Panel Marking: The following dimensions are necessary for quotation and production of a panel to fit an existing enclosure. Provide dimensions in inches only. Front View Existing Flush-Mounted Enclosures • • • • • A Height dimension “A”: Width dimension “B”: Depth dimension “C”: Flange width dimension “D”: If enclosure is not flush with Plaster Line, dimension “E”: Existing Surface-Mounted Enclosures • • • • B Height dimension “A”: Width dimension “B”: Depth dimension “C”: Flange dimension may be either dimension “D” or “F” (select one) — Dimension “D”: — Dimension “F”: Plaster Line NOTE: Trims are furnished so that the interior must be centered within the enclosure. D E If the enclosure is deeper than the standard panelboard enclosure for the required type of panelboard, customer-supplied mounting brackets may be necessary to bring the interior out to the front of the enclosure. C Top View If interior requires a vented enclosure, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for assistance. F C Top View This data sheet is also available on-line. Go to http://intranet.us.schneider-electric.com Click on U.S. Business, then select Sales & Marketing Home from the pulldown menu On the Sales & Marketing page, select Support and Resources On the Support and Resources page, select Mentor from the Tools options On the Mentor page, select Mentor Order Quality from the Mentor Application options When the Mentor order page appears, type in a project name in the Project Name: field, an 8-character number in the Q2C # field and your name in the Prepared by: field. Click on the box next to Panelboards, and then click on the Next---> button at the top of the page. 7. On the Panelboards Mentor page, click on the box next to Trims to Fit, and then click on the Next---> button at the top of the page. 8. When the File Download window appears, click on the Open option. 9. When the Mentor document opens, click on the Trims to Fit Data Sheet link at the bottom of the page. 10. When the File Download window appears, click on the Open option to display the data sheet, or click the Save option to save the data sheet to your hard drive. 4 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. PANELBOARDS 4-14 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Table of Contents Section 5 Section Listing Power-Style™ Commercial Multi-Metering (CMM) Switchboards Meter Sockets, Covers, Hardware Kits 5-2 Tenant Main Disconnects 5-3 Class T Fusible Pullouts, CMM Pullout Heads 5-3 Speed-D™ Switchboards 5-4 5 Subfeed Circuit Breakers SWITCHBOARDS Switchboards Power-Style™ Commercial Multi-Metering Switchboard Lineup EUSERC UCT, Single Main Circuit Breaker with I-Line Distribution Panel EUSERC UCT, Fusible Multiple Mains Speed-D™ Switchboards © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 5-1 Power-Style™ CMM Switchboards Replacement Parts Class 2755, 2756 / Refer to Catalog 2755CT9501, 2756CT9601 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Meter Sockets, Covers, Hardware Kits Meter socket kits include meter socket (ringless type or ring type—see tables below) and instruction bulletin. The connection cables from the line bus to the meter socket and from the meter socket to the tenant main disconnect are not included. These should be provided by the contractor. SWITCHBOARDS Table 5.1: EUSERC Meter Socket with Test Block Kit (Ring Type; Class 2756) Voltage System Poles 120/240 V, 208Y/120 V, or 240/120 V Delta AB AC BC AC 208Y/120 V, 240/120 V Delta, or 480Y/277 V Table 5.2: ABC Description Old design: plug on to line side bus New design: lugs on line side Old design: plug on to line side bus New design: lugs on line side Catalog No. Single-Phase CM522ABE CM522ACE CM522BCE CMLL522E — — 3-Phase — — — — CM732E CMLL732E $ Price 1087.00 1349.00 Lever Bypass Meter Socket (Ringless Type; Class 2755) Voltage System Poles 480Y/277 V ABC Table 5.3: Description Old design: plug on to line side bus New design: lugs on line side Catalog No. Single-Phase — — 3-Phase 8024878850 CMLL732 $ Price 2434.00 1349.00 Cover and Hardware Kits Description Tenant Main Structure Catalog No. $ Price 3-Socket CM3BKRCVR 137.00 6-Socket CM6BKRCVR 173.00 3-Socket CM7CR20ER 373.00 6-Socket CM7CR32ER 536.00 Meter socket cover CM7CR20Rb 419.00 Blank cover CM20BLK b 353.00 CMUHWKIT 58.00 CMM Circuit Breaker Cover Kit a Allows PowerPact™ H, J, and Q circuit breakers to be installed in legacy design CMM structures. CMM Meter Cover Kit for EUSERC Applications Includes meter cover, test block cover, and hardware. CM3BKRCVR CMM Meter Cover Kit for Lever Bypass Applications CMM Universal Hardware Kit Required to add any tenant main disconnect. a b A new circuit breaker cover is required when adding a PowerPact Q, H, or J circuit breaker to a legacy design tenant metering structure. The new cover has larger openings to accommodate the padlock attachment for these circuit breakers. Order point: PDS. CM6BKRCVR For additional information or for custom applications, please contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Or, visit us on the web at www.schneider-electric.us. 5-2 PE1A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Power-Style™ CMM Switchboards Replacement Parts Class 2755, 2756 / Refer to Catalog 2755CT9501, 2756CT9601 www.schneider-electric.us Tenant Main Disconnects SCCR Catalog No. 240 V $ Price 480 V Load Lug Information 100 A F-frame Circuit Breaker 60 A FAL34060 521.00 25 kA 18 kA 70–100 A FAL34xxx a 616.00 #12 - 1/0 AWG Al or Cu 60 A FHL36060 905.00 65 kA 25 kA 70–100 A FHL36xxx a 1027.00 Padlock Attachment HPAFK — — 16.10 — PowerPact™ Q-frame 250 A Circuit Breaker (240 Vac) b c 110–200 A QDL32xxx d 25 kA N/A 1189.00 110–200 A QGL32xxx d 65 kA N/A 1628.00 #4 - 300 kcmil Al or Cu 110–200 A QJL32xxx d 100 kA N/A 1864.00 Padlock Attachment QBPAF — — 51.50 — PowerPact H-frame 150 A Circuit Breaker (600 Vac, 250 Vdc) 60 A HDL36060 725.00 70–100 A 25 kA 18 kA 885.00 HDL36xxx e 110–150 A 1733.00 60 A HGL36060 995.00 70–100 A 65 kA 35 kA 1134.00 HGL36xxx e 110–150 A 2399.00 #4 - 3/0 kcmil Al or Cu 60 A HJL36060 1299.00 70–100 A 100 kA 65 kA 1399.00 HJL36xxx e 110–150 A 3449.00 60 A HLL36060 1899.00 70–100 A 100 kA 100 kA 2099.00 HLL36xxx e 110–150 A 4499.00 Padlock Attachment S37422 — — 51.00 — PowerPact J-frame 250 A Circuit Breaker (600 Vac, 250 Vdc) 175–200 A JDL36xxx f 25 kA 18 kA 1820.00 175–200 A JGL36xxx f 65 kA 35 kA 2519.00 #4 - 300 kcmil Al or Cu 175–200 A JJL36xxx f 100 kA 65 kA 3621.00 175–200 A JLL36xxx f 100 kA 100 kA 4724.00 Padlock Attachment S37422 — — 51.00 — a To complete the catalog number for these PowerPact F-frame circuit breakers, replace xxx with the required ampacity (070, 080, 090, or 100). b A shunt trip is not available on PowerPact Q–frame circuit breakers. c A new circuit breaker cover is required when adding a PowerPact Q-, H-, or J-frame circuit breaker to an old–design tenant metering structure. This new cover has larger openings to accommodate the padlock attachment for these circuit breakers. See page 5-2 for ordering information. d To complete the catalog number for PowerPact Q-frame circuit breakers, replace xxx with the required ampacity (110, 125, 150, 175, or 200). e To complete the catalog number for PowerPact H-frame circuit breakers, replace xxx with the required ampacity (070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125, or 150). f To complete the catalog number for PowerPact J-frame circuit breakers, replace xxx with the required ampacity (175 or 200). Class T Fusible Pullouts, CMM Pullout Heads Table 5.5: Class T Fusible Pullouts (Universal Hardware Kit CMUHWKIT Required) (Universal Hardware Kit CMUHWKIT required; see page 5-2 for ordering information.) Ampacity a b SCCR Catalog No. Table 5.6: Voltage System Rating (A) Poles Pullout Head (No Base) Catalog No. 1Ø3W 120/240 V 3Ø4W 240/120 V Delta 3Ø4W 208Y/120 V 100 3 4050707050 d 200 3 4050705950 d 60 100 200 3 3 3 — — — 3Ø4W 480Y/277 V © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 1000.00 1045.00 839.00 840.00 1877.00 Wire Size Al or Cu #14 - 1/0 AWG #4 - 250 kcmil #14 - #2 #14 - 1/0 AWG 1/0 AWG - 300 kcmil CMM Pullout Heads Mains c d $ Price b 240 V a 480 V 100 A FTL3100 100 kA N/A 200 A FTL3200 100 kA N/A 60 A FTL43060 N/A 100 kA 100 A FTL43100 N/A 100 kA 200 A FTL43200 N/A 100 kA 240 V fusible pullouts cannot be used on a Lever Bypass CMM. Only 480 V pullouts can be used. Discount schedules: FTL3100 and FTL3200 = DE5; FTL43060, FTL43100, and FTL43200 = PE1A. $ Price c 196.00 288.00 — — — Discount schedule: DE5. Order point: Lexington, KY. DE5 PE1A Discount Schedule 5-3 5 Ampacity SWITCHBOARDS Table 5.4: Circuit Breakers (Universal Hardware Kit CMUHWKIT required; see page 5-2 for ordering information.) Speed-D™ Switchboards Service Selection Class 2710 / Refer to Catalog 2700CT1101 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Merchandised Speed-D Switchboards Table 5.7: Subfeed Circuit Breakers ab Description Ratin g (A) 2-Polec Catalog No. 3-Pole $ Price Catalog No. $ Price SWITCHBOARDS Left Right Left Right 100 SASFB100L( )SASFB100R( ) 1148.00 SASFB100L SASFB100R 2055.00 Subfeed Circuit Breaker Kit— 110 SASFB110L( )SASFB110R( ) 1148.00 SASFB110L SASFB110R 2055.00 Price includes circuit breaker, connectors and mounting hardware. 125 SASFB125L( )SASFB100R( ) 1148.00 SASFB125L SASFB125R 2055.00 The complete kit, mounting 150 SASFB150L( )SASFB150R( ) 1148.00 SASFB150L SASFB150R 2055.00 hardware, circuit breaker and 175 SASFB175L( )SASFB175R( ) 1148.00 SASFB175L SASFB175R 2055.00 connectors will be shipped direct 200 SASFB200L( )SASFB200R( ) 1148.00 SASFB200L SASFB200R 2055.00 from plant. 225 SASFB225L( )SASFB225R( ) 1148.00 SASFB225L SASFB225R 2055.00 a Cannot use subfeed circuit breaker kit with multiple mains service section switchboards. b For use on all Speed-D switchboards except Series E4. c Two pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding required phase connection letters as suffix (e.g. SASFB100LAC). 5-4 PE1A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Table of Contents Section 6 Section Listing Transformers General Purpose, Dry Type, 600 Volts and Below Three-Phase, Energy Efficient Transformers 6-2 Single-Phase, Energy Efficient Transformers 6-2 K-Rated Transformers 6-3 Drive Isolation Transformers 6-4 Open Core and Coil 6-5 Industrial Control 6-6 Type T and MultiTap™ Transformers 6-7 Instrument, 600 Volt Class Voltage and Current Transformers Torroidal Current Transformers 6-8 6-9 Shorting Terminal Blocks 6-10 Multi-Ratio Current Transformers 6-11 Rectangular Window Current Transformers 6-11 Split Core Current Transformers 6-11 Bushing Current Transformers 6-12 Auxiliary Current Transformers 6-12 TRANSFORMERS Dry Type, General Purpose see page 6-2 Type EO Transformers 6 K-Rated see page 6-3 Type EO see page 6-6 460R Voltage Transformer see page 6-8 260R Rectangular Window Current Transformer see page 6-11 66R Current Transformer see page 6-8 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 270R Split-Core Current Transformer see page 6-11 6-1 General Purpose Dry Type 600 Volts and Below Energy Efficient Class 7400 www.schneider-electric.us Schneider Electric offers Assembled in the U.S., energy efficient, low voltage transformers that are ideal for American Reinvestment and Recovery Act (ARRA) applications. $ Price Full Capacity Taps Degree C Temp. Weight Rise (lbs) a 6 480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed, Aluminum Windings 15 EE15T3HDM 5,044.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 220 30 EE30T3HDM 6,632.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 260 45 EE45T3HDM 7,980.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 368 75 EE75T3HDM 12,023.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 585 112.5 EE112T3HDM 16,017.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 620 150 EE150T3HDM 20,908.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 835 225 EE225T3HDM 27,873.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 1110 300 EE300T3HDM 35,743.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 1350 500 EE500T68HDM 49,987.00 4–2.5%2+2– 150 1875 750 EE750T68HDM 96,660.00 4–2.5%2+2– 150 2965 1000 EE1000T77HDM 155,217.00 2–5%1+1– 150 5200 480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed, Copper Windings 15 EE15T3HCUDM 8,072.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 310 30 EE30T3HCUDM 10,611.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 340 45 EE45T3HCUDM 12,767.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 418 75 EE75T3HCUDM 19,237.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 642 112.5 EE112T3HCUDM 25,627.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 725 150 EE150T3HCUDM 33,452.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 915 225 EE225T3HCUDM 44,598.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 1125 300 EE300T3HCUDM 57,189.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 1535 500 EE500T68HCUDM 79,978.00 4–2.5%2+2– 150 2350 750 EE750T68HCUDM 154,657.00 4–2.5%2+2– 150 3485 480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed, Aluminum Windings 15 EE15T3HFDM 6,222.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 220 30 EE30T3HFDM 9,334.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 368 45 EE45T3HFDM 11,235.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 585 75 EE75T3HFDM 16,924.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 620 112.5 EE112T3HFDM 22,546.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 835 150 EE150T3HFDM 29,431.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 980 225 EE225T3HFDM 39,235.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 1349 300 EE300T68HFDM 50,040.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 2050 500 EE500T68HFDM 69,981.00 6–2.5%2+2– 115 2330 480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed, Copper Windings 15 EE15T3HFCUDM 9,956.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 260 30 EE30T3HFCUDM 14,934.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 420 45 EE45T3HFCUDM 17,975.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 642 75 EE75T3HFCUDM 27,078.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 675 112.5 EE112T3HFCUDM 36,073.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 741 150 EE150T3HFCUDM 47,090.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 1050 225 EE225T3HFCUDM 62,775.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 1220 300 EE300T68HFCUDM 80,065.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 2300 500 EE500T68HFCUDM 111,971.00 6–2.5%2+2– 115 2409 TRANSFORMERS 6-2 PE2E Discount Schedule 17D 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D 30D 31D c 17D 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D 30D 31D 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D 30D 30D 17D 18D 20D 20D 21D 22D 24D 30D 30D kVA Three Phase Catalog No. $ Price Full Capacity Taps Degree C Temp. Weight Rise (lbs) a 480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed, Aluminum Windings 15 EE15T3HBDM 6,789.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 220 30 EE30T3HBDM 10,184.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 368 45 EE45T3HBDM 12,255.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 585 75 EE75T3HBDM 18,463.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 620 112.5 EE112T3HBDM 24,595.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 835 150 EE150T3HBDM 31,540.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 980 225 EE225T3HBDM 42,801.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 1349 300 EE300T68HBDM 55,401.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 2400 500 EE500T68HBDM 77,480.00 6–2.5%2+2– 80 2964 480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed, Copper Windings 15 EE15T3HBCUDM 10,862.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 260 30 EE30T3HBCUDM 16,294.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 418 45 EE45T3HBCUDM 19,607.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 642 75 EE75T3HBCUDM 29,540.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 725 112.5 EE112T3HBCUDM 39,352.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 910 150 EE150T3HBCUDM 50,465.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 1125 225 EE225T3HBCUDM 68,481.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 1425 300 EE300T68HBCUDM 88,641.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 2400 500 EE500T68HBCUDM 123,968.00 6–2.5%2+2– 80 2578 Table 6.2: kVA b c d 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D 30D 31D 17D 18D 20D 21D 21D 24D 24D 30D 30D Single Phase Catalog No. $ Price Weig Full Capacity CDegree Temp. ht Taps d Rise (lbs) a 240 X 480 V Primary, 120/240 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed through 167 kVA 15 EE15S3HDM 3,932.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 215 25 EE25S3HDM 5,313.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 275 37.5 EE37S3HDM 7,084.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 340 50 EE50S3HDM 8,616.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 395 75 EE75S3HDM 11,684.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 619 100 EE100S3HDM 19,316.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 682 167 EE167S3HDM 22,186.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 982 250 EE250S3HDM 45,871.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 1060 333 EE333S3HDM 57,070.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 1854 a Enclosure ab Catalog No. Table 6.1: Enclosure ab kVA Three Phase Enclosure ab Table 6.1: 17D 17H 18H 18H 21D 22D 24D 25D 31D Not for construction. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for certified prints. For enclosure styles, see the dimensions table in Digest Section 14. Contact the factory. When 240 V tap is used, there will be 3–5% taps: 1 above and 2 below. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved General Purpose Dry Type 600 Volts and Below K-Rated Class 7400 www.schneider-electric.us EE NL and NLP Series Transformers • Three-phase dry type transformers, kVA NL Series for Typical Non-Linear Load Service—K-4 Rated; 150 °C Rise Catalog No. Aluminum Windings 15 EE15T3HISNL 30 EE30T3HISNL 45 EE45T3HISNL 75 EE75T3HISNL 112.5 EE112T3HISNL 150 EE150T3HISNL 225 EE225T3HISNL 300 EE300T68HISNL 500 EE500T68HISNL Copper Windings 15 EE15T3HISCUNL 30 EE30T3HISCUNL 45 EE45T3HISCUNL 75 EE75T3HISCUNL 112.5 EE112T3HISCUNL 150 EE150T3HISCUNL 225 EE225T3HISCUNL 300 EE300T68HISCUNL $ Price Taps Weight (lbs) a 5,253.00 7,880.00 9,484.00 14,287.00 19,033.00 24,845.00 34,567.00 47,885.00 66,168.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 4–2.5% 2+2– 4–2.5% 2+2– 266 360 515 560 800 1150 1349 2125 2595 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D 30D 31D 8,405.00 12,608.00 15,174.00 22,859.00 30,453.00 39,752.00 55,307.00 76,616.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 4–2.5% 2+2– 260 395 730 640 935 1300 1450 2450 17D 18D 20D 20D 22D 24D 24D 25D Table 6.4: kVA NLP Series for More Severe Non-Linear Load Service—K-13 Rated; 150 °C Rise Catalog No. Aluminum Windings 15 EE15T3HISNLP 30 EE30T3HISNLP 45 EE45T3HISNLP 75 EE75T3HISNLP 112.5 EE112T3HISNLP 150 EE150T3HISNLP 225 EE225T3HISNLP 300 EE300T68HISNLP 500 EE500T68HISNLP Copper Windings 15 EE15T3HISCUNLP 30 EE30T3HISCUNLP 45 EE45T3HISCUNLP 75 EE75T3HISCUNLP 112.5 EE112T3HISCUNLP 150 EE150T3HISCUNLP 225 EE225T3HISCUNLP 300 EE300T68HISCUNLP a b $ Price Taps Weight (lbs) a 5,976.00 8,963.00 10,789.00 17,876.00 21,650.00 28,261.00 38,507.00 51,295.00 71,277.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 4–2.5% 2+2– 4–2.5% 2+2– 261 365 415 535 750 755 775 2350 3150 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D 30D 31D 9,562.00 14,341.00 17,262.00 28,602.00 34,640.00 45,218.00 61,611.00 82,072.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 4–2.5% 2+2– 260 430 730 640 985 1135 1477 2650 17D 18D 20D 20D 22D 24D 25D 30D Not for construction. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for certified prints. For enclosure styles, see the dimensions table in Digest Section 14. NOTE: Available with other temperature rises via the Schneider Electric Product Selector. Lugs are furnished by customer. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE2E Discount Schedule 6-3 TRANSFORMERS Table 6.3: 6 • Enclosure ab • 480 Delta—208Y/120 Aluminum or copper windings Electrostatic shield Class 220 insulation Double size neutral terminal for additional customer neutral cables Additional coil capacity to compensate for higher non-linear load loss cULus Listed Enclosure ab • • • • General Purpose Dry Type 600 Volts and Below Drive Isolation Class 7400 www.schneider-electric.us Drive Isolation Transformers Special design considerations must be made for the requirements of both adjustable frequency and dc motor drive power isolation. Allowance for high surge, harmonic and offset currents are taken into account in the design of Square D™ brand drive isolation transformers. Drive isolation transformers are not shielded isolation transformers, but act to lessen transient generation into the supply power and act as a buffer for SCR current surges. Catalog No. $ Price Full Capacity Taps Weight (lbs) a Table 6.6: kVA Three-Phase 60 Hz; Class B (IEEE Standard 597-1983); 230 V Delta Primary Catalog No. $ Price Full Capacity Taps Weight (lbs) a Enclosure ab kVA Three-Phase 60 Hz; Class B (IEEE Standard 597-1983); 460 V Delta Primary Enclosure ab Table 6.5: 6 TRANSFORMERS 460 V Delta Primary, 460Y/265 V Secondary, 150 °C Rise 7.5 7T145HDIT 4,464.00 2–5%1 + 1– 180 11 11T145HDIT 5,302.00 2–5%1 + 1– 180 15 15T145HDIT 5,464.00 2–5%1 + 1– 190 20 20T145HDIT 6,550.00 2–5%1 + 1– 210 27 27T145HDIT 6,722.00 2–5%1 + 1– 250 34 34T145HDIT 7,392.00 2–5%1 + 1– 295 40 40T145HDIT 8,406.00 2–5%1 + 1– 350 51 51T145HDIT 9,830.00 2–5%1 + 1– 445 63 63T145HDIT 10,694.00 2–5%1 + 1– 465 75 75T145HDIT 12,500.00 2–5%1 + 1– 550 93 93T145HDIT 16,026.00 2–5%1 + 1– 845 118 118T145HDIT 17,848.00 2–5%1 + 1– 920 145 145T145HDIT 20,014.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1025 175 175T145HDIT 23,096.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1120 220 220T145HDIT 28,228.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1200 275 275T145HDIT 37,720.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1500 330 330T145HDIT 39,694.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1390 440 440T145HDIT 48,660.00 2–5%1 + 1– 2700 550 550T145HDIT 60,456.00 2–5%1 + 1– 3800 17D 17D 17D 17D 17D 18D 18D 20D 20D 20D 22D 22D 22D 25D 25D 25D 25D 30D 30D 230 V Delta Primary, 460Y/265 V Secondary, 150 °C Rise 7.5 7T143HDIT 4,464.00 2–5%1 + 1– 180 11 11T143HDIT 5,302.00 2–5%1 + 1– 180 15 15T143HDIT 5,464.00 2–5%1 + 1– 190 20 20T143HDIT 6,550.00 2–5%1 + 1– 210 27 27T143HDIT 6,722.00 2–5%1 + 1– 250 34 34T143HDIT 7,392.00 2–5%1 + 1– 295 40 40T143HDIT 8,406.00 2–5%1 + 1– 350 51 51T143HDIT 9,830.00 2–5%1 + 1– 445 63 63T143HDIT 10,694.00 2–5%1 + 1– 465 75 75T143HDIT 12,500.00 2–5%1 + 1– 550 93 93T143HDIT 16,026.00 2–5%1 + 1– 845 118 118T143HDIT 17,848.00 2–5%1 + 1– 920 145 145T143HDIT 20,014.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1025 175 175T143HDIT 23,096.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1120 220 220T143HDIT 28,228.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1200 275 275T143HDIT 37,720.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1500 330 330T143HDIT 39,694.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1390 440 440T143HDIT 48,660.00 2–5%1 + 1– 2700 550 550T143HDIT 60,456.00 2–5%1 + 1– 3800 17D 17D 17D 17D 17D 18D 18D 20D 20D 20D 22D 22D 22D 25D 25D 25D 25D 30D 30D 460 V Delta Primary, 230Y/132 V Secondary, 150 °C Rise 7.5 7T144HDIT 4,464.00 2–5%1 + 1– 180 11 11T144HDIT 5,302.00 2–5%1 + 1– 180 15 15T144HDIT 5,464.00 2–5%1 + 1– 190 20 20T144HDIT 6,550.00 2–5%1 + 1– 210 27 27T144HDIT 6,722.00 2–5%1 + 1– 250 34 34T144HDIT 7,392.00 2–5%1 + 1– 295 40 40T144HDIT 8,406.00 2–5%1 + 1– 350 51 51T144HDIT 9,830.00 2–5%1 + 1– 445 63 63T144HDIT 10,694.00 2–5%1 + 1– 465 75 75T144HDIT 12,500.00 2–5%1 + 1– 550 93 93T144HDIT 16,026.00 2–5%1 + 1– 845 118 118T144HDIT 17,848.00 2–5%1 + 1– 920 145 145T144HDIT 20,014.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1025 175 175T144HDIT 23,096.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1120 220 220T144HDIT 28,228.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1200 275 275T144HDIT 37,720.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1500 330 330T144HDIT 39,694.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1390 440 440T144HDIT 48,660.00 2–5%1 + 1– 2700 550 550T144HDIT 60,456.00 2–5%1 + 1– 3800 17D 17D 17D 17D 17D 18D 18D 20D 20D 20D 22D 22D 22D 25D 25D 25D 25D 30D 30D 230 V Delta Primary, 230Y/132 V Secondary, 150 °C Rise 7.5 7T142HDIT 4,464.00 2–5%1 + 1– 180 11 11T142HDIT 5,302.00 2–5%1 + 1– 180 15 15T142HDIT 5,464.00 2–5%1 + 1– 190 20 20T142HDIT 6,550.00 2–5%1 + 1– 210 27 27T142HDIT 6,722.00 2–5%1 + 1– 250 34 34T142HDIT 7,392.00 2–5%1 + 1– 295 40 40T142HDIT 8,406.00 2–5%1 + 1– 350 51 51T142HDIT 9,830.00 2–5%1 + 1– 445 63 63T142HDIT 10,694.00 2–5%1 + 1– 465 75 75T142HDIT 12,500.00 2–5%1 + 1– 550 93 93T142HDIT 16,026.00 2–5%1 + 1– 845 118 118T142HDIT 17,848.00 2–5%1 + 1– 920 145 145T142HDIT 20,014.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1025 175 175T142HDIT 23,096.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1120 220 220T142HDIT 28,228.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1200 275 275T142HDIT 37,720.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1500 330 330T142HDIT 39,694.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1390 440 440T142HDIT 48,660.00 2–5%1 + 1– 2700 550 550T142HDIT 60,456.00 2–5%1 + 1– 3800 17D 17D 17D 17D 17D 18D 18D 20D 20D 20D 22D 22D 22D 25D 25D 25D 25D 30D 30D a b Not for construction. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for certified prints. For enclosure styles, see the dimensions table in Digest Section 14. NOTE: Lugs are furnished by customer. 6-4 PE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved General Purpose Dry Type 600 Volts and Below Open Core and Coil Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT9601 www.schneider-electric.us Open Core and Coil Transformers Designed for General Applications for 600 V and Below Units are designed with 220 °C insulation, aluminum windings, top terminations, compact design to save space, and are UL component recognized for: • Non-energy efficiency (less than 15 kVA) Single-phase 5–10 VA Three-phase 3–9 VA • Energy efficiency (meets Table 4-2 of NEMA TP1–2002) Single-phase 15–75 kVA Three-phase 15–112.5 kVA Single-Phase Open Core and Coil Transformers—240 X 480 V Primary, 120/240 V Secondary, 60 Hz C Deg. C Full Capacity $ Price Temp. Taps Rise Catalog No. A D E Figure 1 C 5 7.5 10 15 25 37.5 50 75 a b 5S1HFOC 7S1HFOC 10S1HFOC EE15S3HOC EE25S3HOC EE37S3HOC EE50S3HOC EE75S3HOC 2868.00 3062.00 3396.00 3072.00 4151.00 5534.00 6731.00 9128.00 115 115 115 150 150 150 150 150 — — — 6–2.5% 2+4–d 6–2.5% 2+4–b 6–2.5% 2+4–b 6–2.5% 2+4–b 6–2.5% 2+4–b Dimensions a A in 8.00 8.00 20.50 20.50 20.25 22.00 22.00 22.25 B mm 203 203 521 521 514 559 559 565 in 9.00 9.00 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 28.0 C mm 229 229 470 470 470 470 470 711 D in 11.00 14.25 14.00 14.00 14.00 18.00 18.00 22.00 mm 279 362 356 356 356 457 457 559 in 8.00 8.00 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 27.0 Ed mm 203 203 432 432 432 432 432 686 in 8.00 8.50 4.25 4.25 5.00 5.50 6.50 8.50 mm 203 216 108 108 127 140 165 216 66 80 140 140 200 255 310 460 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 Not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for certified prints. When 240 V tap is used, there will be 3–5% taps, 1 above and 2 below. TRANSFORMERS kVA Weight (lbs) Figure Table 6.7: B A E B D Figure 2 Three Phase Open Core and Coil Transformers E B Figure 3 D 480 V to 208Y/120 9 9T3HFOC 15 EE15T3HOC 30 EE30T3HOC 45 EE45T3HOC 75 EE75T3HOC 112.5 EE112T3HOC 240 V to 208Y/120 9 9T67HFOC 15 EE15T67HOC 30 EE30T67HOC 45 EE45T67HOC 75 EE75T67HOC 112.5 EE112T67HOC 600 V to 208Y/120 9 9T65HFOC 15 EE15T65HOC 30 EE30T65HOC 45 EE45T65HOC 75 EE75T65HOC 112.5 EE112T65HOC c d © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Dimensions c Degree C Temp. Rise in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm Figure A Catalog No. Weight (lbs) kVA 6 Table 6.8: C 3424.00 4532.00 6799.00 6234.00 9393.00 12513.00 115 150 150 150 150 150 14.75 14.75 16.50 17.25 21.00 21.75 375 375 419 438 533 552 18.50 18.50 18.50 18.50 28.00 28.00 470 470 470 470 711 711 14.00 14.00 14.00 18.00 18.00 22.00 356 356 356 457 457 559 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 26.94 26.94 432 432 432 432 684 684 5.13 5.13 5.88 6.50 6.75 6.75 130 130 149 165 171 171 145 145 185 285 450 460 3 3 3 3 3 3 3424.00 4434.00 5828.00 7013.00 10567.00 14077.00 115 150 150 150 150 150 14.75 14.75 16.50 17.25 21.00 21.75 375 375 419 438 533 552 18.50 18.50 18.50 18.50 28.00 28.00 470 470 470 470 711 711 14.00 14.00 14.00 18.00 18.00 22.00 356 356 356 457 457 559 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 27.00 27.00 432 432 432 432 686 686 5.13 5.13 5.88 6.50 6.38 6.38 130 130 149 165 162 162 165 165 185 295 450 460 3 3 3 3 3 3 3424.00 5122.00 7683.00 7013.00 10567.00 14077.00 115 150 150 150 150 150 14.75 14.75 16.50 17.25 21.00 21.75 375 375 419 438 533 552 18.50 18.50 18.50 18.50 28.00 28.00 470 470 470 470 711 711 14.00 14.00 14.00 18.00 18.00 22.00 356 356 356 457 457 559 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 27.00 27.00 432 432 432 432 686 686 5.13 5.13 5.88 6.50 6.75 6.75 130 130 149 165 171 171 165 165 215 290 445 450 3 3 3 3 3 3 $ Price A B C D Ed Not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for certified prints. Dimensions may vary due to manufacturing process. PE2E PE2 Discount Schedule 6-5 Industrial Control Type EO Class 9070 / Refer to Catalog 9070CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us Type EO units are designed with exceptional voltage regulation. These control transformers are constructed using traditional materials and manufacturing techniques, and are designed for 25–5000 VA with a 55 °C temperature rise. When exceptional regulation and very low temperature rise are an absolute necessity, choose Type EO units. Table 6.9: Regulation Chart for Type EO Transformers Secondary Voltage VA (60 Hz) 6 25 50 75 100 150 200 250 300 350 500 750 1000 1500 2000 3000 5000 Inrush UL VA at 20% Power Factor 95% 95 164 387 479 755 1260 1530 2030 2920 4230 7430 10300 19200 27750 31800 86100 Table 6.10: 90% — 213 487 606 1177 1883 2327 2981 4586 5984 11460 16873 30042 45194 82333 148768 Inrush UL VA at 40% Power Factor 85% 146 277 622 770 1532 2419 2995 3800 5981 7707 14736 21734 39217 60022 108205 202077 95% 60 123 284 346 567 910 1115 1455 2180 3120 5380 7450 14500 21750 26750 72600 90% — 168 375 463 930 1462 1811 2290 3637 4661 8907 13145 23859 36901 66072 126887 85% 119 225 798 613 1252 1950 2419 3038 4903 6229 11891 17571 32179 50994 89509 175552 Type EO Transformer Dimensions TRANSFORMERS VA Catalog Number (60 Hz) Class 9070 $ Price A B C Weight IN mm IN mm IN mm lbs kg 220x440 V Primary, 110 V Secondary; 230x460 V Primary, 115 V Secondary; or 240x480 V Primary, 120 V Secondary 25 9070EO17D1 79.00 3.31 84 3.00 76 2.50 64 1.9 0.9 50 9070EO1D1 99.00 3.31 84 3.00 76 2.50 64 2.2 1.0 75 9070EO18D1 114.00 3.78 96 3.38 86 2.81 71 3.5 1.6 100 9070EO2D1 136.00 3.78 96 3.38 86 2.81 71 3.8 1.7 150 9070EO3D1 153.00 4.44 113 3.75 95 3.13 80 6.0 2.7 200 9070EO19D1 214.00 4.81 122 4.50 114 3.75 95 10.5 4.8 250 9070EO15D1 250.00 5.19 132 4.50 114 3.75 95 13.2 6.0 300 9070EO04D1 300.00 5.56 141 4.50 114 3.75 95 17.2 7.8 500 9070EO51D1 333.00 6.56 167 5.25 133 4.38 111 24.5 11.1 750 9070EO61D1 473.00 7.94 202 5.25 133 4.38 111 30.5 13.8 1000 9070EO71D1 543.00 7.94 202 6.00 152 5.00 127 45.0 20.4 1500 9070EO81D1 831.00 8.59 218 7.06 179 6.03 153 56.0 25.4 2000 9070EO91D1 1007.00 9.22 234 7.06 179 6.03 153 72.0 32.7 3000 9070EO10D1 1365.00 9.44 239 9.00 229 7.50 191 115.0 52.2 240x480 V Primary, 24 V Secondary 25 9070EO17D2 79.00 3.31 84 3.00 76 2.50 64 1.9 0.9 50 9070EO10D2 99.00 3.31 84 3.00 76 2.50 64 2.2 1.0 75 9070EO18D2 114.00 3.78 96 3.38 86 2.81 71 3.5 1.6 100 9070EO2D2 136.00 3.78 96 3.38 86 2.81 71 3.8 1.7 250 9070EO16D2 295.00 6.19 157 4.50 114 3.75 95 13.2 6.0 550 V Primary, 110 V Secondary; 575 V Primary, 115 V Secondary; or 600 V Primary, 120 V Secondary 200 9070EO19D5 214.00 5.56 4.81 122 4.50 114 3.75 10.5 4.8 300 9070EO04D5 276.00 5.56 141 4.50 114 3.75 95 17.2 7.8 500 9070EO51D5 333.00 6.56 167 5.25 133 4.38 111 24.5 11.1 750 9070EO61D5 473.00 7.94 202 5.25 133 4.38 111 30.5 13.8 6-6 CP8 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Industrial Control Type T Class 9070 / Refer to Catalogs 9070CT9901, 7400CT9601 Selection Guide 1. 2. 3. 4. Determine the inrush and sealed VA of each coil in the control circuit, and the VA of all other components. Total the sealed VA of all operating coils and the VA of all other loads. (This determines the minimal VA size required for the circuit.) Total the inrush VA of all coils that are starting at the same time, and all loads and coils that are running. (Use the regulation chart to give possible units to be used.) Taking the VA size from step 2, go to the standard VA size in the chart. Make sure the inrush VA from the chart is greater than the total VA from step 3. (If not, go to the next larger VA size and repeat.) If your supply voltage is stable and fluctuates less than 5%, we recommend you use the 90% secondary voltage column. If your supply voltage is not stable and fluctuates more than 10%, we recommend you use the 95% secondary voltage column. We recommend that you never use the 85% secondary voltage column since magnetic devices lose life expectancy if they are continuously started at 85% of rated voltage. Table 6.11: Regulation Chart for Type T Transformers VA (60 Hz) Secondary Voltage Inrush UL VA at 20% Power Factor Inrush UL VA at 40% Power Factor Table 6.12: UL/ CSA/ NOM VA CE 90% 266 396 499 893 815 1910 2184 2592 4104 5515 9079 23983 38777 39934 85265 85% 339 20 659 1120 1041 2388 2709 3261 4981 7231 11430 28607 6161 52713 116277 95% 151 210 266 529 459 1057 1194 1392 2374 2887 4706 15066 24794 19355 39368 90% 215 318 404 731 659 1494 1681 2005 3195 4391 6886 19361 31630 30721 66309 85% 282 430 549 942 866 1936 2169 621 4019 5945 9051 23756 38667 42216 93882 Type T Transformer Selection Catalog No. $ Price H W D in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) 120 V Primary, 120 V Secondary; 115 V Primary, 115 V Secondary; or 110 V Primary, 110 V Secondary 50 50 9070T50D24 468.00 2.58 (65.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.09 (78.5) 75 75 9070T75D24 486.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 100 100 9070T100D24 489.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 150 150 9070T150D24 522.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2) 200 200 9070T200D24 713.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2) 3.25 3.75 5.25 250 160 9070T250D24 716.00 (82.6) (95.3) (133.4) 3.80 4.50 4.70 300 200 9070T300D24 722.00 (96.5) (114.3) (119.4) 3.80 4.50 5.09 350 250 9070T350D24 725.00 (96.5) (114.3) (129.3) 3.80 4.50 5.46 500 300 9070T500D24 747.00 (96.5) (114.3) (138.7) 4.43 5.25 5.66 750 500 9070T750D24 840.00 (112.5) (133.4) (143.8) 4.43 5.25 6.04 1000 630 9070T1000D24 891.00 (112.5) (133.4) (153.4) 6.16 7.06 5.81 1500 1000 9070T1500D24 1076.00 (156.5) (179.3) (147.6) 6.16 7.06 7.04 2000 1500 9070T2000D24 1394.00 (156.5) (179.3) (178.8) 8.46 9.00 6.86 3000 2000 9070T3000D24 2195.00 (214.9) (228.6) (174.2) 8.46 9.00 8.73 5000 3000 9070T5000D24 3015.00 (214.9) (228.6) (221.7) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP8 Discount Schedule Weight (lbs) 50 75 100 150 200 250 300 350 500 750 1000 1500 2000 3000 5000 95% 193 271 339 666 588 1416 1634 1894 3197 3770 6587 19324 31384 26539 53111 2.5 3.8 3.8 5.5 5.5 7.1 8.5 10.5 11.9 11.0 20.6 34.0 47.0 60.0 89.0 UL/ CSA/ NOM VA CE Type T Transformer Selection Catalog No. $ Price H W D in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) 120 V x 240 V Primary, 120/240 V Secondary; 115 V x 230 V Primary, 115/230 V Secondary; or 110 V x 220 V Primary, 110/220 V Secondary 50 50 9070T50D55 468.00 2.58 (65.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.09 (78.5) 75 75 9070T75D55 486.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 100 100 9070T100D55 489.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 150 150 9070T150D55 522.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2) 3.20 3.75 3.59 200 200 9070T200D55 713.00 (81.3) (95.3) (91.20) 3.25 3.75 5.25 250 160 9070T250D55 716.00 (82.6) (95.3) (133.4) 3.80 4.50 4.70 300 200 9070T300D55 722.00 (96.5) (114.3) (119.4) 3.80 4.50 5.09 350 250 9070T350D55 725.00 (96.5) (114.3) (129.3) 3.80 4.50 5.46 500 300 9070T500D55 747.00 (96.5) (114.3) (138.7) 4.43 5.25 5.66 750 500 9070T750D55 840.00 (112.5) (133.4) (143.8) 4.43 5.25 6.04 1000 630 9070T1000D55 891.00 (112.5) (133.4) (153.4) 6.16 7.06 5.81 1500 1000 9070T1500D55 1284.00 (156.5) (179.3) (147.6) 6.16 7.06 7.04 2000 1500 9070T2000D55 1394.00 (156.5) (179.3) (178.8) 8.46 9.00 6.86 3000 2000 9070T3000D55 2382.00 (214.9) (228.6) (174.2) 8.46 9.00 8.73 5000 3000 9070T50000D55 3015.00 (214.9) (228.6) (221.7) 277 V Primary, 24 V Secondary 50 50 9070T50D25 468.00 2.58 (65.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.09 (78.5) 75 75 9070T75D25 486.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 100 100 9070T100D25 489.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 150 150 9070T150D25 522.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2) 3.20 3.75 3.59 200 200 9070T200D25 713.00 (81.3) (95.3) (91.20) 3.25 3.75 5.25 250 160 9070T250D25 716.00 (82.6) (95.3) (133.4) 3.80 4.50 4.70 300 200 9070T300D25 722.00 (96.5) (114.3) (119.4) 3.80 4.50 5.09 350 250 9070T350D25 725.00 (96.5) (114.3) (129.3) 3.80 4.50 5.46 500 300 9070T500D25 747.00 (96.5) (114.3) (138.7) 4.43 5.25 5.66 750 500 9070T750D25 840.00 (112.5) (133.4) (143.8) 4.43 5.25 6.04 1000 630 9070T1000D25 891.00 (112.5) (133.4) (153.4) 600 V Primary, 12/24 V Secondary 50 50 9070T50D36 468.00 2.58 (65.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.09 (78.5) 75 75 9070T75D36 486.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 100 100 9070T100D36 489.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 150 150 9070T150D36 522.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2) 3.20 3.75 3.59 200 200 9070T200D36 713.00 (81.3) (95.3) (91.20) 3.25 3.75 5.25 250 160 9070T250D36 716.00 (82.6) (95.3) (133.4) 3.80 4.50 4.70 300 200 9070T300D36 722.00 (96.5) (114.3) (119.4) 3.80 4.50 5.09 350 250 9070T350D36 725.00 (96.5) (114.3) (129.3) 3.80 4.50 5.46 500 300 9070T500D36 747.00 (96.5) (114.3) (138.7) 4.43 5.25 5.66 750 500 9070T750D36 840.00 (112.5) (133.4) (143.8) 4.43 5.25 6.04 1000 630 9070T1000D36 891.00 (112.5) (133.4) (153.4) 480 V Primary, 240 V Secondary; 460 V Primary, 230 V Secondary; or 440 V Primary, 220 V Secondary 50 50 9070T50D12 468.00 2.58 (65.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.09 (78.5) 75 75 9070T75D12 486.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 100 100 9070T100D12 489.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 150 150 9070T150D12 522.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2) 200 200 9070T200D12 713.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2) 3.25 3.75 5.25 250 160 9070T250D12 716.00 (82.6) (95.3) (133.4) 3.80 4.50 4.70 300 200 9070T300D12 722.00 (96.5) (114.3) (119.4) 3.80 4.50 5.09 350 250 9070T350D12 725.00 (96.5) (114.3) (129.3) 3.80 4.50 5.46 500 300 9070T500D12 747.00 (96.5) (114.3) (138.7) 4.43 5.25 5.66 750 500 9070T750D12 840.00 (112.5) (133.4) (143.8) 4.43 5.25 6.04 1000 630 9070T1000D12 891.00 (112.5) (133.4) (153.4) 6.16 7.06 5.81 1500 1000 9070T1500D12 1294.00 (156.5) (179.3) (147.6) 6.16 7.06 7.04 2000 1500 9070T2000D12 1394.00 (156.5) (179.3) (178.8) 8.46 9.00 6.86 3000 2000 9070T3000D12 2382.00 (214.9) (228.6) (174.2) 8.46 9.00 8.73 5000 3000 9070T5000D12 3015.00 (214.9) (228.6) (221.7) 2.5 3.8 3.8 5.5 5.5 7.1 8.5 10.5 11.9 11.0 20.6 34.0 47.0 60.0 89.0 2.5 3.8 3.8 5.5 5.5 7.1 TRANSFORMERS Table 6.12: Type T transformers are designed with low impedance windings for excellent voltage regulation and can accommodate the high inrush current associated with contactors, starters, solenoids, and relays. As the most popular and complete line of control transformers with unmatched design innovations for top performance, Type Ts are manufactured using the most advanced insulating materials and are the best choice if size and cost are of concern. It is available in the MultiTap version, designed to respond to the increased need for voltage and stock flexibility. It combines multiple primary voltages with one or more secondary voltages, all in a single transformer. 8.5 10.5 11.9 11.0 20.6 2.5 3.8 3.8 5.5 5.5 7.1 8.5 10.5 11.9 11.0 20.6 2.5 3.8 3.8 5.5 5.5 7.1 8.5 10.5 11.9 11.0 20.6 34.0 47.0 60.0 89.0 6-7 6 Type T and MultiTap™ Transformers Weight (lbs) www.schneider-electric.us Instrument 600 Volt Class Voltage Transformers, Current Transformers Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Voltage Transformers These voltage transformers are designed for line-to-line or line-to-ground connection on the primary voltage indicated. See Table 6.13 to determine the applicable configuration for proper system voltage indication. • Model 450R—designed for switchboard use. This model features high accuracy and burden capacity for excellent performance in metering and indication. Model 460R—a compact, lightweight design, providing exceptional performance in indicating applications. Model 470R—a compact, low cost design optimized for maximum accuracy and performace when used with Powerlogic™ circuit monitors. • • Model 450R Table 6.13: Voltage Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized, 60 Hz Model 450R Thermal Rating: 500 VA @ 30 oC; 300 VA @ 55 oC. Accuracy 0.3W. X.M & Y: 1.2 Z Model 460R Thermal Rating: 150 VA @ 30 oC; 100 VA @ 55 oC. Accuracy 0.6W: 1.2 X Model 470R Thermal Rating: 150 VA @ 30 oC; 100 VA @ 55 oC. Accuracy 0.3W: 1.2 X System Voltage 6 Catalog Number $ Price Each Catalog Number $ Price Each Catalog Number $ Price Each 450R069 1097.00 460R069 759.00 470R069 558.00 69/120Y 450R120 1053.00 460R120 786.00 470R120 578.00 120/208Y 450R208 1053.00 460R208 786.00 470R208 578.00 120/208Y 450R240 1053.00 460R240 786.00 470R240 578.00 240/416Y 450R288 1053.00 460R288 786.00 470R288 578.00 288/500Ya 450R300 1097.00 460R300 810.00 470R300 596.00 300/520Y 450R380 1398.00 460R380 861.00 470R380 635.00 220/380Y 450R480 1097.00 460R480 810.00 470R480 596.00 480/480Yb 450R600 1097.00 460R600 810.00 470R600 596.00 600/600Y Model 460R Model 470R a b Winding Ratio 0.58:1 1:1 1.73:1 2:1 2.4:1 2.5:1 3.17:1 4:1 5:1 TRANSFORMERS For use on 277/480 Wye systems. For use on 480 V Delta systems. B A C Dimensions (inches) Model A 6 4-3/4 4-3/4 450R 460R 470R B 7-1/8 4-1/2 4-1/2 C 5-7/8 3-7/8 3-7/8 Current Transformers Table 6.14: General Purpose Compact Units, UR/cUR Recognized Window Size Catalog Number Current Rating VA 60 Hz VA 400 Hz Accuracy (inches) (without brackets) c (Amperes) (At Rated Current) 2NR500 2NR600 2NR750 2NR800 2NR101 2NR121 2NR1250 2NR151 2NR201 2NR251 2NR301 5NR101 5NR151 5NR201 5NR251 5NR301 5NR401 5NR501 5NR601 54R101 54R151 54R201 54R251 54R301 54R401 54R501 54R601 7RL500 7RL101 7RL151 7RL201 7RL251 7RL301 7RL401 7RL501 7RL601 7RL751 7RL801 7RL102 7RL122 7RL152 1-1/8 Model 54R D 0.20 Dia. Mtg. Hole (2) 1-9/16 H1 BEC A . 1-9/16 Model 2NR 5NR 54R 7RL Dimensions (inches) A 1.13 1.56 1.56 2.25 B 2.38 3.50 3.50 4.38 C — — 4.56 — D .94 1.06 1.06 1.38 E — — 4.00 — 2-1/4 c 6-8 50:5 60:5 75:5 80:5 100:5 120:5 125:5 150:5 200:5 250:5 300:5 100:5 150:5 200:5 250:5 300:5 400:5 500:5 600:5 100:5 150:5 200:5 250:5 300:5 400:5 500:5 600:5 50:5 100:5 150:5 200:5 250:5 300:5 400:5 500:5 600:5 750:5 800:5 1000:5 1200:5 1500:5 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.0 2.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 12.5 12.5 25.0 2.0 2.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 12.5 12.5 25.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.0 5.0 12.5 12.5 12.5 25.0 25.0 50.0 4.0 5.0 12.5 12.5 12.5 25.0 25.0 50.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 = 2% = 2% = 2% = 2% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% = 1% Rating Factor 30 oC Ambient 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 $ Price Each 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 123.00 123.00 123.00 120.00 120.00 120.00 120.00 120.00 134.00 134.00 134.00 137.00 137.00 137.00 137.00 137.00 137.00 137.00 137.00 137.00 137.00 137.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 For mounting brackets, see Supplemental Digest page 6-12. PA1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Instrument 600 Volt Class Current Transformers: Torroidal Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Torroidal Current Transformers Models 66R, 76R Models 100R, 110R, 120R, 140R A B B Dimensions (inches) Model 64R 66R 74R 76R 100R 110R 120R 140R C A B C 1-15/16 1-15/16 2-11/32 2-11/32 4 4 5-3/4 8-1/8 4-3/16 4-3/16 4-11/16 4-11/16 7 7 8-1/2 11 1-1/2 31/16 1-5/8 3-1/4 2-1/8 2-7/8 2-1/8 3 a © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Relay Class — — — — — — — — — — — C10 C10 C10 C10 C20 C20 C20 — — — — — — — — — — — C10 C10 C10 C10 C10 C20 C20 C20 C20 C20 C20 C10 C10 C20 C20 C20 C20 C50 C50 C50 C50 C50 C20 C20 C20 C50 C50 C50 C100 C100 C100 C100 C100 C10 C10 C20 C20 C20 C20 C50 C50 C50 C50 C50 C50 C50 — — — C20 C20 C20 C50 C50 C100 C100 C100 C100 C100 C100 C100 C100 ANSI Accuracy Classification—60 Hz Metering Class B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8 1.2 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 — 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.4 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — — — 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.6 — 2.4 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 — 1.2 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — — — — — — 1.2 0.6 — — — 2.4 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 — — — — 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.6 2.4 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — 2.4 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 For Ground Fault Sensing 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 Rating Factor 30 oC Ambient 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.00 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.00 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.00 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.00 1.00 $ Price 140.00 140.00 140.00 140.00 140.00 164.00 164.00 189.00 192.00 264.00 264.00 264.00 264.00 264.00 297.00 297.00 327.00 337.50 192.00 192.00 192.00 192.00 192.00 192.00 192.00 206.00 203.00 219.00 243.00 260.00 297.00 297.00 297.00 297.00 297.00 297.00 297.00 378.00 392.00 459.00 386.00 386.00 386.00 386.00 386.00 386.00 480.00 480.00 561.00 561.00 561.00 543.00 543.00 543.00 543.00 543.00 618.00 672.00 672.00 723.00 723.00 723.00 426.00 426.00 426.00 426.00 426.00 443.00 486.00 486.00 524.00 524.00 524.00 618.00 618.00 780.00 894.00 894.00 894.00 894.00 894.00 894.00 962.00 962.00 1131.00 1131.00 1131.00 1131.00 1202.00 1418.00 1691.00 For mounting brackets, see Supplemental Digest page 6-12. PA1 Discount Schedule 6-9 TRANSFORMERS Models 64R, 74R Torroidal Current Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized, 25–400 Hz Catalog Window Current Number Size Rating (without (inches) brackets)a (Amperes) 64R101 100:5 64R151 150:0 64R201 200:5 64R251 250:5 1-15/16 64R301 300:5 64R401 400:5 64R501 500:5 64R601 600:5 64R751 750:5 66R101 100:5 66R151 150:0 66R201 200:5 66R251 250:5 1-15/16 66R301 300:5 66R401 400:5 66R501 500:5 66R601 600:5 66R751 750:5 74R201 200:5 74R251 250:5 74R301 300:5 74R401 400:5 74R501 500:5 2-11/32 74R601 600:5 74R751 750:5 74R801 800:5 74R102 1000:5 74R122 1200:5 74R152 1500:5 76R201 200:5 76R251 250:5 76R301 300:5 76R401 400:5 76R501 500:5 2-11/32 76R601 600:5 76R751 750:5 76R801 800:5 76R102 1000:5 76R122 1200:5 76R152 1500:5 100R201 200:5 100R301 300:5 100R401 400:5 100R501 500:5 100R601 600:5 4 100R801 800:5 100R102 1000:5 100R122 1200:5 100R152 1500:5 100R162 1600:5 100R202 2000:5 110R201 200:5 110R301 300:5 110R401 400:5 110R501 500:5 110R601 600:5 4 110R801 800:5 110R102 1000:5 110R122 1200:5 110R152 1500:5 110R162 1600:5 110R202 2000:5 120R201 200:5 120R301 300:5 120R401 400:5 120R501 500:5 120R601 600:5 120R801 800:5 120R102 1000:5 5-3/4 120R122 1200:5 120R152 1500:5 120R162 1600:5 120R202 2000:5 120R252 2500:5 120R302 3000:5 120R402 4000:5 140R500 50:5 140R101 100:5 140R401 400:5 140R501 500:5 140R601 600:5 140R801 800:5 140R102 1000:5 8-1/8 140R122 1200:5 140R152 1500:5 140R202 2000:5 140R252 2500:5 140R302 3000:5 140R402 4000:5 140R502 5000:5 140R602 6000:5 6 Table 6.15: Instrument 600 Volt Class Current Transformers: Torroidal, Shorting Terminal Blocks Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Torroidal Current Transformers Table 6.16: Models 152R, 170R, 180R, 210R Window Size (inches) X1 A CL B HI 6-7/8 CL B C Dimensions (inches) Model A 6.88 4.25 2.50 6.25 6 152R 170R 180R 210R B 12.25 6.75 4.50 9.50 C 4.12 1.31 2.12 2.87 4-1/4 Models 200R, 201R, 202R, 203R TRANSFORMERS 8.50 1.0 1.0 3.25 X1 CL HI A 2-1/2 CL 4.62 2-1/2 8.50 Modelb 200R 201R 202R 203R Dimension A (Inches) 2.50 3.50 4.50 5.25 2-1/2 Shorting Terminal Blocks Catalog No. 3090TB4 3090TB6 a b Description Shorting terminal block (4-pole) Shorting terminal block (6-pole) $ Price 75.00 86.00 3-1/2 For mounting brackets, see Supplemental Digest page 6-12. Base is included. 4-1/2 5-1/4 6-10 Torroidal Current Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized, 25–400 Hz Catalog Number (without brackets)a 152R500 152R101 152R151 152R201 152R251 152R301 152R401 152R501 152R601 152R801 152R102 152R122 152R152 152R162 152R202 152R252 152R302 152R402 170R201 170R251 170R301 170R401 170R501 170R601 170R751 170R801 170R102 170R122 170R152 170R162 170R202 170R252 180R101 180R151 180R201 180R251 180R301 180R401 180R501 180R601 180R751 180R801 180R102 180R122 180R152 210R122 210R162 210R202 210R252 210R302 210R402 200R101 200R151 200R201 200R251 200R301 200R401 200R501 200R601 201R101 201R151 201R201 201R251 201R301 201R401 201R501 201R601 201R751 201R801 202R101 202R151 202R201 202R251 202R301 202R401 202R501 202R601 202R751 202R801 202R102 203R101 203R151 203R201 203R251 203R301 203R401 203R501 203R601 203R751 203R801 203R102 203R122 203R152 203R162 203R202 203R252 203R302 PA1 Current Rating (Amperes) Relay Class 50:5 100:5 150:5 200:5 250:5 300:5 400:5 500:5 600:5 800:5 1000:5 1200:5 1500:5 1600:5 2000:5 2500:5 3000:5 4000:5 200:5 250:5 300:5 400:5 500:5 600:5 750:5 800:5 1000:5 1200:5 1500:5 1600:5 2000:5 2500:5 100:5 150:5 200:5 250:5 300:5 400:5 500:5 600:5 750:5 800:5 1000:5 1200:5 1500:5 1200:5 1600:5 2000:5 2500:5 3000:5 4000:5 100:5 150:0 200:5 250:5 300:5 400:5 500:5 600:5 100:5 150:5 200:5 250:5 300:5 400:5 500:5 600:5 750:5 800:5 100:5 150:5 200:5 250:5 300:5 400:5 500:5 600:5 750:5 800:5 1000:5 100:5 150:5 200:5 250:5 300:5 400:5 500:5 600:5 750:5 800:5 1000:5 1200:5 1500:5 1600:5 2000:5 2500:5 3000:5 C10 C20 C50 C50 C50 C100 C100 C100 C200 C200 C200 C400 C400 C400 C400 C400 C400 C800 — — — — — — C10 C10 C10 C10 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — C100 C100 C100 C200 C200 C200 C50 C50 C100 C100 C100 C200 C200 C200 C20 C50 C50 C100 C100 C100 C200 C200 C200 C200 C20 C20 C50 C50 C50 C100 C100 C100 C200 C200 C200 C20 C20 C20 C20 C50 C50 C100 C100 C100 C100 C200 C200 C200 C200 C200 C200 C200 Discount Schedule ANSI Accuracy Classification—60 Hz Metering Class B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.2 1.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.4 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.4 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — 2.4 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.4 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — — 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — 2.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — — 2.4 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.4 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — 2.4 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — — 2.4 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — — — — 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 — — — — — 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 — 2.4 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.8 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — 2.4 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 Rating Factor 30 oC Ambient 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 $ Price 1461.00 1601.00 1722.00 1799.00 1857.00 1917.00 2019.00 2087.00 2163.00 2265.00 2373.00 2441.00 2528.00 2576.00 2660.00 2765.00 2862.00 3000.00 294.00 294.00 294.00 294.00 294.00 294.00 308.00 308.00 402.00 402.00 500.00 500.00 500.00 500.00 227.00 227.00 227.00 227.00 227.00 227.00 227.00 227.00 246.00 246.00 318.00 318.00 338.00 1131.00 1131.00 1131.00 1286.00 1286.00 1434.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1218.00 1218.00 1218.00 1218.00 1218.00 1256.00 1256.00 1256.00 1293.00 1361.00 1064.00 1064.00 1064.00 1094.00 1094.00 1115.00 1115.00 1128.00 1128.00 1155.00 1277.00 939.00 939.00 939.00 939.00 939.00 939.00 939.00 939.00 962.00 962.00 962.00 962.00 1002.00 1002.00 1002.00 1002.00 1002.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Instrument 600 Volt Class Current Transformers: Multi-Ratio, Rectangular, Split-Core Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Multi-Ratio Current Transformers Table 6.17: X4 X3 X2 Window Size (inches) X1 A 4-1•2 CL B HI 6-7•8 CL B Model 151R 312R C B 12.25 11.00 Window Size (inches) C 4.12 2.38 Multi-Ratio Taps (Models 151R, 312R, 781R, 786R) Nominal Ratio 600:5 1200:5 2000:5 3000:5 4000:5 c Current Ratioc (Amperes) 600/500/450/400/300/250/200/150/100/50:5 1200/1000/900/800/600/500/400/300/200/100:5 2000/1600/1500/1200/1100/800/500/400/300:5 3000/2500/2200/2000/1500/1200/1000/800/500/300:5 4000/3500/3000/2500/2000/1500/1000/500 2-1/8 x 4-1/4 Taps in accordance with ANSI C57.13 and NEMA SG-4. 3-3/4 x 7-7/16 B ANSI Accuracy Classification – 60 Hz Metering Class Currentb Rating (Amperes) Relay Class c B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8 600:5MR 1200:5MR 2000:5MR 3000:5MR 4000:5MR 600:5MR 1200:5MR 2000:5MR 3000:5MR 4000:5MR C100 C200 C400 C400 C400 C200 C400 C400 C400 C800 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Rating Factor 30 oC Ambient 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 $ Price 1628.00 1863.00 2123.00 2282.00 2420.00 2697.00 3149.00 3396.00 3534.00 3635.00 Rectangular Window Current Transformers Table 6.18: Dimensions (inches) A 6.88 4.50 Catalog Number (without brackets)a 312R601 312R122 312R202 312R302 312R402 151R601 151R122 151R202 151R302 151R402 E Rectangular Window Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized, 50–400 Hz Catalog Number (without brackets)a 260R101 260R151 260R201 260R301 260R401 260R601 260R801 260R122 260R162 260R202 260R252 260R302 260R402 560R401 560R501 560R601 560R751 560R801 560R102 560R122 560R152 560R162 560R202 560R252 560R302 560R322 560R402 560R502 ANSI Accuracy Classification—60 Hz Metering Class Current Rating (Amperes) B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8 100:5 150:5 200:5 300:5 400:5 600:5 800:5 1200:5 1600:5 2000:5 2500:5 3000:5 4000:5 400:5 500:5 600:5 750:5 800:5 1000:5 1200:5 1500:5 1600:5 2000:5 2500:5 3000:5 3200:5 4000:5 5000:5 1.2 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.4 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — — — — — — — — — — — — 2.4 2.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 2.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 2.4 2.4 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Rating Factor 30 oC Ambient 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 $ Price 621.00 621.00 621.00 621.00 621.00 621.00 713.00 821.00 821.00 894.00 894.00 894.00 1040.00 500.00 500.00 500.00 500.00 500.00 507.00 507.00 507.00 507.00 524.00 524.00 524.00 561.00 561.00 611.00 Split-Core Current Transformers Table 6.19: A C D Model 260R 270R 273 560R Dimensions (inches) A 2.13 3.56 3.50 3.75 B 4.25 8.81 6.25 7.45 C 2.12 3.00 3.27 1.13 D 4.88 9.25 9.25 5.53 E 7.25 13.06 11.28 11.19 Window Size (inches) Current Rating (Amperes) B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 3-9/16 x 8-3/16 270R401 270R501 270R601 400:5 500:5 600:5 — — — — — — — — — 270R801 270R102 270R122 270R152 270R162 270R202 270R252 270R302 270R402 270R502 273201 273251 273301 273401 273501 273601 273801 273102 273122 273162 273202 273252 273302 273402 800:5 1000:5 1200:5 1500:5 1600:5 2000:5 2500:5 3000:5 4000:5 5000:5 200:5 250:5 300:5 400:5 500:5 600:5 800:5 1000:5 1200:5 1600:5 2000:5 2500:5 3000:5 4000:5 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 — — 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 — — — — — 2.4 2.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 — 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 — — — — — — — 2.4 2.4 2.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 3-9/16 x 8-3/16 3-1/2 x 6-1/4 a b c © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Split-Core Transformers, Model 270R is UR/cUR Recognized, 60 Hz Catalog Number (without brackets)a ANSI Accuracy Classification — 60 Hz Metering Class $ Price B-1.8 Rating Factor 30 oC Ambient — — — — — — 1.33 1.33 1.33 1563.00 1563.00 1563.00 — — — — — 2.4 2.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 — — — — — — — — — — 2.4 2.4 1.2 1.2 — — — — — — — 2.4 1.2 1.2 — — — — — — — — — — — — 2.4 1.2 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.00 1.00 1353.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1596.00 1596.00 1674.00 1772.00 1971.00 1245.00 1245.00 1245.00 1245.00 1245.00 1509.00 1245.00 1245.00 1245.00 1245.00 1425.00 1425.00 1425.00 1604.00 For mounting brackets, see Supplemental Digest page 6-12. See chart at left for multi-ratio (MR) taps. Relay class applies to nominal ratio only. PA1 Discount Schedule 6-11 TRANSFORMERS X5 Multi-Ratio Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized 60 Hz-Model 312R, 25–400 Hz-Model 151R 6 Models 151R, 312R Instrument 600 Volt Class Current Transformers: Bushing, Auxiliary Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Bushing Current Transformers 50–400 Hz Table 6.21: Models 780R, 781R, 785R, 786R 9.88 T 251 6.5 H2 Window Size (inches) H1 9.88 251 6-1•2 Model 780R 781R 785R 786R T (inches) 3.38 3.38 6.75 6.75 6 Model 81X 10-32 Studs TRANSFORMERS 6-1•2 .75 19 6.38 162 5.88 Table 6.20: Model 2NR 5NR 7RL 54R 64R 66R 74R 76R 81X 100R 110R 120R 140R 151R 152R 170R 180R 200R 201R 202R 203R 210R 260R 270R 273 6-1•2 3.25 149 83 Mounting Brackets Bracket MB1 MB1 MB7 Included MB10 MB12 MB16 MB18 MB81 MB31 MB32 MB31 MB32 MB30 MB30 MB30 MB9 Included Included Included Included MB32 Not Available Not Available Not Available $ Price 9.00 9.00 11.70 — 9.00 13.10 13.10 13.10 27.20 27.20 27.20 27.20 27.20 27.20 27.20 27.20 16.40 — — — — 27.20 — — — 6-1•2 a Bushing Current Transformers Catalog Number Current a Rating (Amperes) Relay Class 780R500 780R750 780R101 780R151 780R201 780R251 780R301 780R401 780R501 780R601 780R751 780R801 780R102 780R122 780R152 780R162 780R202 780R252 780R302 780R402 781R601 781R122 781R202 781R302 781R402 785R500 785R750 785R101 785R151 785R201 785R251 785R301 785R401 785R501 785R601 785R751 785R801 785R102 785R122 785R152 785R162 785R202 785R252 785R302 785R402 786R601 786R122 786R202 786R302 786R402 50:5 75:5 100:5 150:5 200:5 250:5 300:5 400:5 500:5 600:5 750:5 800:5 1000:5 1200:5 1500:5 1600:5 2000:5 2500:5 3000:5 4000:5 600:5 MR 1200:5 MR 2000:5 MR 3000:5 MR 4000:5 MR 50:5 75:5 100:5 150:5 200:5 250:5 300:5 400:5 500:5 600:5 750:5 800:5 1000:5 1200:5 1500:5 1600:5 2000:5 2500:5 3000:5 4000:5 600:5 MR 1200:5 MR 2000:5 MR 3000:5 MR 4000:5 MR — C10 C10 C20 C20 C20 C50 C50 C50 C100 C100 C100 C100 C200 C200 C200 C200 C200 C200 C200 C100 C200 C200 C200 C200 C10 C20 C20 C50 C50 C50 C100 C100 C100 C200 C200 C200 C200 C400 C400 C400 C400 C400 C400 C400 C200 C400 C400 C400 C400 ANSI Accuracy Classification—60 Hz Metering Class B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8 Rating Factor 30oC Ambient — 1.2 2.4 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — 2.4 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — — — 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — 2.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — — — — 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — — 2.4 2.4 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — — — — — 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — — _ 2.4 2.4 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.5 $ Price 723.00 723.00 723.00 723.00 723.00 723.00 723.00 723.00 723.00 723.00 780.00 780.00 780.00 780.00 780.00 813.00 813.00 813.00 813.00 867.00 972.00 1023.00 1064.00 1083.00 1118.00 1317.00 1317.00 1317.00 1317.00 1317.00 1317.00 1317.00 1317.00 1317.00 1317.00 1317.00 1415.00 1415.00 1415.00 1415.00 1479.00 1479.00 1479.00 1479.00 1577.00 1566.00 1664.00 1722.00 1749.00 1823.00 See chart on 6-11 for multi-ratio (MR) taps. Auxiliary Current Transformers Table 6.22: Auxiliary Current Transformers Catalog Number (without brackets) 81X05000100 81X05000200 81X05000250 81X05000500 81X07500500 81X10000500 81X12500500 81X15000500 Ratio 5:1 5:2 5:2.5 5:5 7.5:5 10:5 12.5:5 15:5 $ Price 990.00 990.00 990.00 990.00 990.00 990.00 990.00 990.00 NOTE: Model 81X Accuracy 0.3B0.1, B0.2, B0.5@60 Hz, RF=1.5@30 oC 6-12 PA1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Table of Contents Section Listing Section 7 International Load Centers Circuit Breaker Load Centers International Miniature Circuit Breakers QO™ Plug-On and Bolt-On Circuit Breakers and Switches 7-2 Plug-On QOXD and Bolt-On QOBXD 7-3 Load Centers 7-4 7 INTERNATIONAL LOAD CENTERS IEC Certified QO™ Load Centers, Type 1 (Indoor) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 7-1 International Miniature Circuit Breakers QO™ Plug-On and Bolt-On Circuit Breakers and Switches www.schneider-electric.us General Description In 1955 Square D Company introduced the QO™ Plug-on System and revolutionized the way electrical contractors install miniature circuit breakers in the United States. Today as part of Schneider Electric™ we offer the same Plug-on System technology around the world. IEC certified QO products are available for residential, commercial and industrial applications. Table 7.1: International Miniature Circuit Breaker Description Circuit Breaker QOXD Description Branch circuit breaker 1Ø Consumer Units X 3Ø Distribution Boards X Characteristics • Circuit breakers are rated 240 Vac single phase and 415 Vac three phase, 50/60 Hz. • Circuit breakers are available in 1-, 2- or 3-pole construction. • Thermal trip elements are factory calibrated to 40°C (IEC 947-2) and 30°C (IEC 898) ambient temperature. • Trip-free handle ensures tripping even when the circuit breaker is held or locked in the ON position. • Circuit breakers are in compliance with international standards set by the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC). • The CE marking is located on each circuit breaker in accordance with the low voltage directive of the European Union. • The entire QO circuit breaker family provides the advantage of a plug-on connection. (Bolt-on connections also available) Accessories Table 7.2: Accessory Handle Tie Handle Lock-Off (Clamp) Handle Padlock Attachment Accessories Description Ties two 1P circuit breakers together Attaches to 1P circuit breaker handles Attaches to 1P, 2P, 3P circuit breaker handles Attaches to 1P, 2P, 3P circuit breaker handles Attaches to 1P circuit breaker handles Attaches to 1P circuit breaker escutcheon (fixed) Attaches to 1P circuit breaker handles (removable) Attaches to 2P, 3P circuit breaker handles (removable) Attaches to 2P circuit breaker handles (removable) Cat. No. QO1HT QO1LO HLO1 QOEPLA QOE1PL QO1PA QOHPL QO1HPL GFI2PA QOXD X X X — — X X X — Circuit Breaker Operating Characteristics Table 7.3: Branch Circuit Breakers Cat. No. Prefix 7 Plug-on Bolt-on QOXD QOBXD Cat. No. Prefix Plug-on Bolt-on INTERNATIONAL LOAD CENTERS QOXD QOBXD Number of Poles Continuous Ampere Rating 1, 2, 3 10–32 A Number of Poles Continuous Ampere Rating 1, 2, 3 1 2, 3 10–32 A 40–63 A 40–100 A IEC 898 Service Rating Icn 240 V 415 V 3000 3000 IEC 947-2 Service Rating Icu (Ics) 240 V 3000 (100%) 3000 (50%) — Tripping Characteristics Type D (10–20 In) — 415 V 3000 (100%) — 3000 (50%) — — — — Main Switches Table 7.4: QO-M Plug-On Main Incomer Switch 240 V Certified to IEC 947-3 Ampere Rating 100 A 125 A 125 A–4P 7-2 1P Cat. No. N/A N/A N/A 2P $ Price — — — DE2A Discount Schedule Cat. No. N/A N/A N/A 3P and 4P $ Price — — — Cat. No. N/A QO3100M QO4100M $ Price — 116.00 200.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved International Miniature Circuit Breakers Plug-On QOXD and Bolt-On QOBXD Class 738, 739 www.schneider-electric.us Table 7.5: Ampere Rating 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 45 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A Table 7.6: Ampere Rating 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 45 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A QOXD Thermal-Magnetic, Plug-On Miniature Circuit Breakers 240/415 V 10–32 A Certified to IEC 898 at 3 kA, 40–100 A Certified to IEC 947-2 at 3 kA 1P Cat. No. QOXD110 QOXD116 QOXD120 QOXD125 QOXD132 QOXD140 QOXD145 QOXD150 QOXD163 N/A N/A 2P $ Price 20.40 20.40 20.40 20.40 20.40 20.40 20.40 20.40 20.40 — — Cat. No. QOXD210 QOXD216 QOXD220 QOXD225 QOXD232 QOXD240 QOXD245 QOXD250 QOXD263 QOXD280 QOXD2100 3P $ Price 46.90 46.90 46.90 46.90 46.90 46.90 46.90 46.90 46.90 132.00 132.00 Cat. No. QOXD310 QOXD316 QOXD320 QOXD325 QOXD332 QOXD340 QOXD345 QOXD350 QOXD363 QOXD380 QOXD3100 $ Price 165.00 165.00 165.00 165.00 165.00 165.00 165.00 165.00 165.00 244.00 244.00 Terminal Capacity Range 2.5–6 mm2 2.5–6 mm2 2.5–6 mm2 2.5–6 mm2 2.5–6 mm2 10–25 mm2 10–25 mm2 10–25 mm2 10–25 mm2 25–50 mm2 25–50 mm2 QOBXD Thermal-Magnetic, Bolt-On Miniature Circuit Breakers 240/415 V 10–32 A Certified to IEC 898 at 3 kA, 40–100 A Certified to IEC 947-2 at 3 kA 1P Cat. No. QOBXD110 QOBXD116 QOBXD120 QOBXD125 QOBXD132 QOBXD140 QOBXD145 QOBXD150 QOBXD163 N/A N/A 2P $ Price 26.50 26.50 26.50 26.50 26.50 26.50 26.50 26.50 26.50 — — Cat. No. QOBXD210 QOBXD216 QOBXD220 QOBXD225 QOBXD232 QOBXD240 QOBXD245 QOBXD250 QOBXD263 QOBXD280 QOBXD2100 3P $ Price 59.00 59.00 59.00 59.00 59.00 59.00 59.00 59.00 59.00 160.00 160.00 Cat. No. QOBXD310 QOBXD316 QOBXD320 QOBXD325 QOBXD332 QOBXD340 QOBXD345 QOBXD350 QOBXD363 QOBXD380 QOBXD3100 $ Price 195.00 195.00 195.00 195.00 195.00 195.00 195.00 195.00 195.00 279.00 279.00 Terminal Capacity Range 2.5–6 mm2 2.5–6 mm2 2.5–6 mm2 2.5–6 mm2 2.5–6 mm2 10–25 mm2 1–25 mm2 10–25 mm2 10–25 mm2 25–50 mm2 25–50 mm2 7 INTERNATIONAL LOAD CENTERS Short circuit ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2A Discount Schedule 7-3 Load Centers IEC Certified QO™ Load Centers, Type 1 (Indoor) www.schneider-electric.us Application Data Square D™ QO™ Three-Phase Circuit Breaker Load Centers can be certified to IEC 60439-1 and 60439-3. Contact your local Field Sales office for more information. They are designed to meet residential, commercial, and industrial requirements to protect electrical systems and equipment. Features • • • • • • • • • • • • Three phase construction 100, 125, 150, 200 and 225 A mains ratings with main lugs or main circuit breaker 12-42 circuit indoor version Flush or surface mounting Straight-in wiring to minimize service cable installation Top or bottom feed Automatic flush adjustment cover to speed installation Covers sold separately Products are stocked in USA Bus on 12-42 circuit load centers is one piece, solid copper Order entry point is Lexington For more information, contact your local Field Sales office. Table 7.7: Load Centers Type 1 Mains Rating Ampere Spaces/ Max. Poles Box and Interior Cat. No. Main Lugs 240/415 Vac 3Ø4W 12 125 A 20 24 18 200 30 225 42 Cover With Door $ Price QO312L125G QO320L125G QO324L125G QO318L200G QO330L200G QO342L225G 221.00 314.00 360.00 295.00 413.00 561.00 Cat. No.a QOC16UF/Sb QOC24UF/Sb QOC24UF/Sb QOC30UF/Sb QOC30UF/Sb QOC42UF/Sb Main Circuit Breaker 240/415 Vac 3Ø4W 125 30 QO330MQ125 1226.00 QOC342MQF/S 30 QO330MQ150 1226.00 QOC342MQF/S 150 42 QO342MQ150 1351.00 QOC342MQF/S 30 QO330MQ200 1226.00 QOC342MQF/S 200 42 QO342MQ200 1351.00 QOC342MQF/S 225 42 QO342MQ225 1351.00 QOC342MQF/S a F/S at end of catalog number indicates to order F for flush device or S for surface device. b Discount Schedule DE3A $ Price 25.10 25.10 25.10 58.00 58.00 74.00 61.00 61.00 61.00 61.00 61.00 61.00 7 INTERNATIONAL LOAD CENTERS 7-4 DE3 DE3A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Table of Contents Section 8 Section Listing International Safety Switches General Duty Safety Switches CSA Certified General Duty—Fusible 240 Vac 8-2 Heavy Duty Safety Switches CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 240 Vac 8-3 CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 600 Vac 8-3 CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Non-Fusible 600 Vac 8-4 CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Special Applications 8-4 Double-Throw Safety Switches CSA Certified Double-Throw 8-5 Accessories 8-6 8 INTERNATIONAL SAFETY SWITCHES CSA Certified Switch Accessories © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 8-1 General Duty Safety Switches International Class 736, 1130 www.schneider-electric.us CSA Certified General Duty—Fusible 240 Vac • Switches have factory-installed ground bars. • Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6. Table 8.1: Ampere General Duty Single-Throw 120/240 Vac (Plug); 240 Vac (Cartridge) Type 1 Fuse Cat. No. Type 3R $ Price Cat. No. 2-Pole + S/N (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)—Suitable For Service Entrance Use 30 Plug CD211Na 104.00 — 30 Cartridge CD221Na 137.00 — 60 — CD222N 221.00 CD222NRB 100 — CD223N 485.00 CD223NRB 200 — CD224N 947.00 CD224NRB 400 — CD225N 2610.00 CD225NR 600 — CD226N 5166.00 CD226NR 3-Pole + S/N (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)—Suitable For Service Entrance Use 30 Cartridge CD321Na 146.00 CD321NRB 60 — CD322N 366.00 CD322NRB 100 — CD323N 485.00 CD323NRB 200 — CD324N 2019.00 CD324NRB 400 — CD325N 3113.00 CD325NR 600 — CD326N 5823.00 CD326NR a Not suitable for use as service entrance equipment. Table 8.2: Ampere b Field Installable Class R Fuse Kits $ Price Cat. No. $ Price — — 339.00 543.00 1200.00 — — — DRK30 RFK03H RFK10 HRK1020 DRK40 DRK600 — 25.70 25.50 47.70 47.70 111.00 111.00 494.00 743.00 1371.00 2454.00 — — DRK30 RFK03H RFK10 HRK1020 DRK40 DRK600 25.70 25.50 47.70 47.70 111.00 111.00 Light Duty Single-Throw 120 Vac Plug Type 1 Fuse 30 Plug Not suitable for use as service equipment. Cat. No. L111Nb $ Price 54.00 8 INTERNATIONAL SAFETY SWITCHES 8-2 DE1A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Heavy Duty Safety Switches International Class 736, 1130 www.schneider-electric.us CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 240 Vac • Switches have factory-installed ground bars. • Switches 30–200 A Type 4/4X and 3R/12 have viewing windows. • Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6. Table 8.3: Ampere Single-Throw 240 Vac, 250 Vdc Type 1 Cat. No. Type 3R Price Cat. No. Type 4/4X $ Price Cat. No. Type 12 $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 2P + S/N (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)—Suitable For Service Entrance Use 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A CH221N CH222N CH223N CH224N CH225N CH226N H227Na H228Na 251.00 504.00 807.00 1409.00 3246.00 6219.00 10067.00 12422.00 CH221NRB CH222NRB CH223NRB CH224NRB CH225NR CH226NR H227NRa H228NRa 480.00 893.00 1196.00 1695.00 4568.00 8061.00 12216.00 16665.00 Use 3P devices listed below. — — — — CH221NAWK CH222NAWK CH223NAWK CH224NAWK CH225NAWK CH226NAWK H227NAWKa H228NAWKa 620.00 791.00 1250.00 1964.00 4409.00 6936.00 12338.00 17184.00 CH321NAWK CH322NAWK CH323NAWK CH324NAWK CH325NAWK CH326NAWK H327NAWKa H328NAWKa 750.00 1007.00 1625.00 2249.00 4737.00 7863.00 15879.00 20015.00 3P + S/N (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)—Suitable For Service Entrance Use 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A a CH321N CH322N CH323N CH324N CH325N CH326N H327Na H328Na 339.00 569.00 941.00 1580.00 3977.00 6845.00 12189.00 15314.00 CH321NRB CH322NRB CH323NRB CH324NRB CH325NR CH326NR H327NRa H328NRa 596.00 947.00 1398.00 1896.00 4650.00 9164.00 15563.00 19709.00 CH321NDS CH322NDS CH323NDS CH324NDS CH325NDS CH326NDS — — 2201.00 2687.00 5651.00 7836.00 15321.00 21759.00 — — Dual UL Listed and CSA Certified device. CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 600 Vac • Switches have factory-installed ground bars. • Switches 30–200 A Type 4/4X and 3R/12 have viewing windows. • Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6. Table 8.4: Ampere Single-Throw 600 Vac, 600 Vdc Type 1 Cat. No. Type 3R $ Price Cat. No. Type 4/4X $ Price Cat. No. Type 12 $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 3-Pole (3 Blades and Fuseholders) 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A 400 A 600 A 800 A CH361 CH362 CH363 CH364 CH365 CH366 H367a 379.00 453.00 868.00 1233.00 3186.00 5354.00 8879.00 CH361RB CH362RB CH363RB CH364RB CH365R CH366R H367Ra 636.00 744.00 1191.00 1620.00 3872.00 7703.00 11000.00 CH361DS CH362DS CH363DS CH364DS CH365DS CH366DS — 1200 A H368a 11671.00 H368Ra 13339.00 — 1714.00 1881.00 3729.00 5184.00 10214.00 14601.0 — CH361AWK CH362AWK CH363AWK CH364AWK CH365AWK CH366AWK H367AWKa 667.00 686.00 1079.00 1649.00 3641.00 6135.00 10901.00 — H368AWKa 13137.00 — — — — — — H461AWKa H462AWKa H463AWKa H464AWKa CH465AWK — 743.00 838.00 1288.00 2218.00 4538.00 — 3-Pole + S/N (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)—Suitable For Service Entrance Use 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A For 3 pole switches 30 A–1200 A with solid neutral attachment, select switch from 3-Pole table above and add the Solid Neutral Assembly Kit from the Accessories -page 8-6 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A 400 A 600 A 609.00 710.00 1185.00 2008.00 4140.00 6736.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Dual UL Listed and CSA Certified device. 8 a H461a H462a H463a H464a CH465 CH466 INTERNATIONAL SAFETY SWITCHES 4-Pole (4 Blades and Fuseholders)—Not Suitable For Service Entrance Use © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE1 Discount Schedule 8-3 Heavy Duty Safety Switches International Class 736, 1130 www.schneider-electric.us CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Non-Fusible 600 Vac • Switches have factory-installed ground bars. • Switches 30–200 A Type 4/4X and 3R/12 have viewing windows. • Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6. Table 8.5: Single-Throw 600 Vac, 600 Vdc Type 1 Ampere Type 3R Type 4/4X Type 7/9 Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. CHU361 CHU362 CHU363 CHU364 CHU365 CHU366 HU367a HU368a 305.00 530.00 878.00 1325.00 3054.00 5352.00 9978.00 13421.00 CHU361RB CHU362RB CHU363RB CHU364RB CHU365RB CHU366R HU367Ra HU368Ra 530.00 932.00 1343.00 1616.00 6216.00 8180.00 13050.00 17867.00 CHU361DS CHU362DS CHU363DS CHU364DS CHU365DS CHU366DS — — 827.00 914.00 1647.00 2454.00 5201.00 9072.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Type 3R/12 $ Price Cat. No. $ Price CHU361AWK CHU362AWK CHU363AWK CHU364AWK CHU365AWK CHU366AWK HU367AWKa HU368AWKa 692.00 873.00 1281.00 1686.00 4127.00 6816.00 13097.00 17940.00 — — — — — — HU461AWKab HU462AWKab HU463AWKab HU464AWK CHU465AWK CHU466AWK 915.00 1008.00 1791.00 2937.00 5775.00 — 3P 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 2184.00 2568.00 5199.00 7055.00 14397.00 19358.00 — — — H60XFAa H100XFAa — — — — — — 2571.00 3045.00 — — — — — 4P, 600 Vac, 600 Vdc 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A 400 A 600 A HU461ab HU462ab HU463ab HU464a CHU465 CHU466 6P, 600 Vac 30 A 60 A 100 A — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — HU661AWKa HU662AWKa HU663AWKa 3357.00 3884.00 4793.00 200 A — — — — — — — — HU664AWK 10571.00 a b Dual UL Listed and CSA Certified devices. F Series devices. CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Special Applications • Switches have factory-installed ground bars. • Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6. Table 8.6: Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester NEMA 4X Enclosures Single-Throw 600 Vac, 600 Vdc Type 4X Amperes Cat. No. $ Price 3P Fusible 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A 3P Non-Fusible 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A a b 3570.00 3968.00 7613.00 9729.00 HU361DFba HU362DFba HU363DFba HU364DFb 3402.00 3782.00 7241.00 9695.00 F Series devices. Dual UL Listed and CSA Listed device. Table 8.7: Ampere 8 3P Fusible 30 A 60 A 100 A 3P Non-Fusible 30 A 60 A 100 A INTERNATIONAL SAFETY SWITCHES 8-4 H361DFba H362DFba H363DFba H364DFb Receptacle Switches—Single-Throw 600 Vac Stainless Steel Type 4/4X Cat. No. Type 12 $ Price Cat. No. Use With Plug $ Price Cat. No. $ Price CH361DSWC CH362DSWC CH363DSWC 4322.00 4581.00 8309.00 CH361AWC CH362AWC CH363AWC 2243.00 2459.00 3689.00 APJ3485 APJ6485 APJ10487 1235.00 1295.00 1928.00 CHU361DSWC CHU362DSWC CHU363DSWC 3927.00 4325.00 7863.00 CHU361AWC CHU362AWC CHU363AWC 2058.00 2310.00 3282.00 APJ3485 APJ6485 APJ10487 1235.00 1295.00 1928.00 DE1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Double-Throw Safety Switches International Class 736, 1130 www.schneider-electric.us CSA Certified Double-Throw • Switches have factory-installed ground bars. • Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6. Table 8.8: Ampere Double-Throw Type 1 Cat. No. Type 3R $ Price Type 4/4X Type 12 Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price — — — — — — — — — 2P 240 Vac—250 Vdc 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A 400 A C92251 615.00 For 2P switch applications, select 3P switch 60–600 A from 3P table below. 3P 600 Vac—250 Vdc 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A C92351a 716.00 — — — For 60–100 A, use US devices. C82344b 2813.00 C82344RBb C92451a 981.00 — 5898.00 C82344DSb 11444.00 CH82344b 7532.00 4P 600 Vac 30 A 60 A 100 A — — — — 240 Vac Maximum For isolation only, not Load-Make/Load-Break. 8 INTERNATIONAL SAFETY SWITCHES a b — For 60–100 A, use US devices. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE1 Discount Schedule 8-5 Double-Throw Safety Switch Accessories Class 736, 1130 www.schneider-electric.us CSA Certified Switch Accessories • Optional Table 8.9: Electrical Interlock Kits Single-Throw Ampere Cat. No. 30–100 A EIK-1 or -2 200 A-3P EIK-1 or -2b 200 A-4P EIK-1 or -2b 400 A EIK4060-1 or -2 600 A EIK4060-1 or -2 800 A EIK4060-1 or -2 1200 A EIK4060-1 or -2 a Not for C92251, C92351, C92451. b E-series uses EK1020-1 or -2. Requires 2 Table 8.10: Double-Throw Type 1 Only $ Price 311.00 311.00 311.00 533.00 533.00 533.00 533.00 Cat. No. FPK03 FPK0610 FPK0610 Ampere 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A 400 A 600 A 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A 400 A 600 A 240 Vac 600 Vac Cat. No. RFK03L RFK03H RFK10 HRK1020 HRK4060 HRK4060 RFK03H RFK06H RFK10 HRK1020 HRK4060 HRK4060 Single-Throw Type 1, 3R Cat. No. 30 A CSN03 60 A CSN0610 100 A CSN0610 200 A CSN20 400 A CH600SN 600 A CH600SN 800 A H800SNE4 1200 A H1200SNE4 c C92251, C92351, C92451 uses DT30SN. d Not Stocked—Order Only. $ Price 25.50 25.50 47.70 47.70 111.00 111.00 25.50 25.50 47.70 47.70 111.00 111.00 Single-Throw (Copper) Type 4, 4X $ Price 83.00 107.00 107.00 200.00 327.00 327.00 753.00 1034.00 Cat. No. CSN03C CSN0610C CSN0610C CSN20C CH600SNC CH600SNC — — $ Price 102.00 114.00 114.00 252.00 453.00 453.00 — — Double-Throw Type 1 Cat. No. SN0310c SN0310 SN0310 225SNA DT400N — — — $ Price 114.00 114.00 114.00 198.00 458.00 — — — Optional Table 8.13: Hubs Size 8 Inches 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 CAP INTERNATIONAL SAFETY SWITCHES 8-6 30.20 42.60 42.60 Solid Neutral Assembly Kitsd Ampere • $ Price Class R Fuse Kits Voltage Table 8.12: $ Price 311.00 389.00 389.00 389.00 — — — Fuse Puller Kitsd Ampere 30 A 60 A 100 A Table 8.11: Cat. No. EIK-1 or -2a EK200DTU2 EK100DTU2 EK400DTU2 — — — Type 4/4X/12 Type 3R Cat. No. — B075 B100 B125 B150 B200 B250 — BCAP Standard Zinc $ Price — 35.00 35.00 35.00 35.00 65.00 107.00 — 3.80 DE1 Discount Schedule Cat. No. H050 H075 H100 H125 H150 H200 H250 H300 — Chrome Plated Zinc $ Price 31.10 45.00 47.10 54.00 83.00 120.00 138.00 177.00 — Cat. No. H050CP H075CP H100CP H125CP H150CP H200CP — — — $ Price 40.70 57.00 65.00 67.00 96.00 137.00 — — — © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Table of Contents Section 9 Section Listing INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT BREAKERS International Circuit Breakers Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers SF and SL Circuit Breakers, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max. 9-2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved P-frame, 3P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated 9-3 R-frame, 3P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated 9-4 P-frame, 4P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated 9-5 R-frame, 4P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated 9-6 Breaking Capacities 9-7 Circuit Breaker Dimensions 9-8 9 Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers 9-1 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers SF and SL Circuit Breakers, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max. Class 600 9 • • • • • www.schneider-electric.us INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT BREAKERS CE marking. S-frame circuit breakers are CCC Certified. International products—for export use only. MCCBs in I-Line™ plug-on construction and a complete line of accessories are available. Contact your local Field Sales office. Order entry point is Cedar Rapids, Iowa. Table 9.1: SFAL, Individually-Mounted, IEC Rated Circuit Breakers, 415/240 Vac Max., 50/60 Hz, 1P, 2P, and 3P 1P Ampere Rating Cat. No. 2P $ Price Cat. No. 3P $ Price Cat. No. $ Price SFALb 16 A 20 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A Table 9.2: Frame Size 400 A a b 9-2 SFAL1016 SFAL1020 SFAL1032 SFAL1040 SFAL1050 SFAL1063 SFAL1080 SFAL1100 — — 450.00 450.00 450.00 450.00 450.00 450.00 510.00 510.00 — — SFAL2016 SFAL2020 SFAL2032 SFAL2040 SFAL2050 SFAL2063 SFAL2080 SFAL2100 SFAL2125 SFAL2160 704.00 704.00 704.00 704.00 704.00 704.00 890.00 890.00 1076.00 1259.00 SFAL3016 SFAL3020 SFAL3032 SFAL3040 SFAL3050 SFAL3063 SFAL3080 SFAL3100 SFAL3125 SFAL3160 906.00 906.00 906.00 906.00 906.00 906.00 1115.00 1115.00 1262.00 1449.00 SLAL Individually-Mounted, IEC Rated Circuit Breakers, 415/240 Vac Max., 50/60 Hz, 2P and 3P Circuit Breaker Type Ampere Rating SLALb 250 A 300 A 350 A 400 A 2P Cat. No. SLAL2250 SLAL2300 SLAL2350 SLAL2400 3P $ Price 3807.00 3807.00 3807.00 3807.00 Cat. No. SLAL3250 SLAL3300 SLAL3350 SLAL3400 $ Price 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 DE2A Discount Schedule Add suffix K for CCC label DE2 DE2A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers P-frame, 3P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated Class 612 www.schneider-electric.us P-frame—1600 A, Individually-Mounted, Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Unit, IEC Rated N Interrupting Sensor Rating Cat. No.a H Interrupting $ Price Terminal Wire Range (AWG–kcmil) Cat. No.a $ Price Cat. No.a $ Price NPHLE36063U32R NPHLE36080U32R NPHLE36100U32R NPHLE36125U32R NPHLE36160U32R 14792.00 14792.00 19985.00 19985.00 21384.00 NPLLE34063U32R NPLLE34080U32R NPLLE34100U32R — — 15626.00 15626.00 21128.00 — — (4) 3/0–500 Al/Cu NPHLE36063U33R NPHLE36080U33R NPHLE36100U33R NPHLE36125U33R NPHLE36160U33R 15114.00 15114.00 20309.00 20309.00 21731.00 NPLLE34063U33R NPLLE34080U33R NPLLE34100U33R — — 15947.00 15947.00 21450.00 — — (4) 3/0–500 Al/Cu NPHLE36063U42R NPHLE36080U42R NPHLE36100U42R NPHLE36125U42R NPHLE36160U42R 15600.00 15600.00 20795.00 20795.00 22250.00 NPLLE34063U42R NPLLE34080U42R NPLLE34100U42R — — 16434.00 16434.00 21936.00 — — (4) 3/0–500 Al/Cu NPHLE36063U43R NPHLE36080U43R NPHLE36100U43R NPHLE36125U43R NPHLE36160U43R 17024.00 17024.00 22218.00 22218.00 23774.00 NPLLE34063U43R NPLLE34080U43R NPLLE34100U43R — — 17858.00 17858.00 23360.00 — — (4) 3/0–500 Al/Cu NPHLE36063U44R NPHLE36080U44R NPHLE36100U44R NPHLE36125U44R NPHLE36160U44R 18798.00 18798.00 23993.00 23993.00 25671.00 NPLLE34063U44R NPLLE34080U44R NPLLE34100U44R — — 19631.00 19631.00 25134.00 — — (4) 3/0–500 Al/Cu 21216.00 21216.00 26409.00 26409.00 28257.00 NPLLE34063U63RE1 NPLLE34080U63RE1 NPLLE34100U63RE1 — — 22049.00 22049.00 27552.00 — — (4) 3/0–500 Al/Cu 22244.00 22244.00 27437.00 27437.00 29358.00 NPLLE34063U64RE1 NPLLE34080U64RE1 NPLLE34100U64RE1 — — 23078.00 23078.00 28578.00 — — (4) 3/0–500 Al/Cu 9 3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions 630 A NPNLE36063U32R 13958.00 800 A NPNLE36080U32R 13958.00 1000 A NPNLE36100U32R 18843.00 1250 A NPNLE36125U32R 18843.00 1600 A NPNLE36160U32R 20163.00 3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions 630 A NPNLE36063U33R 14280.00 800 A NPNLE36080U33R 14280.00 1000 A NPNLE36100U33R 19166.00 1250A NPNLE36125U33R 19166.00 1600A NPNLE36160U33R 20508.00 L Interrupting INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 9.3: Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit 3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions 630 A NPNLE36063U42R 14768.00 800 A NPNLE36080U42R 14768.00 1000 A NPNLE36100U42R 19653.00 1250 A NPNLE36125U42R 19653.00 1600 A NPNLE36160U42R 21030.00 3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions 630 A NPNLE36063U43R 16191.00 800 A NPNLE36080U43R 16191.00 1000 A NPNLE36100U43R 21077.00 1250 A NPNLE36125U43R 21077.00 1600 A NPNLE36160U43R 22551.00 3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions 630 A NPNLE36063U44R 17964.00 800 A NPNLE36080U44R 17964.00 1000 A NPNLE36100U44R 22850.00 1250 A NPNLE36125U44R 22850.00 1600 A NPNLE36160U44R 24450.00 Micrologic Power Trip Unit 3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions 630 A NPNLE36063U63RE1 20382.00 NPHLE36063U63RE1 800 A NPNLE36080U63RE1 20382.00 NPHLE36080U63RE1 1000 A NPNLE36100U63RE1 25268.00 NPHLE36100U63RE1 1250 A NPNLE36125U63RE1 25268.00 NPHLE36125U63RE1 1600 A NPNLE36160U63RE1 27036.00 NPHLE36160U63RE1 3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions 630 A NPNLE36063U64RE1 21410.00 NPHLE36063U64RE1 800 A NPNLE36080U64RE1 21410.00 NPHLE36080U64RE1 1000 A NPNLE36100U64RE1 26297.00 NPHLE36100U64RE1 1250 A NPNLE36125U64RE1 26297.00 NPHLE36125U64RE1 1600 A NPNLE36160U64RE1 28136.00 NPHLE36160U64RE1 Note: See Digest for accessories and other information. a New for P frame IEC only. Table 9.4: Interrupting Ratings N 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V 500/525 V 660/690 V © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Icu 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 40 kA 30 kA H Ics (%Icu) 75% DE2 Discount Schedule Icu 70 kA 70 kA 65 kA 50 kA 42 kA L Ics (%Icu) 50% Icu 150 kA 150 kA 130 kA 100 kA 25 kA Ics (%Icu) 100% 9-3 Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers R-frame, 3P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated Class 612 9 Table 9.5: R-frame—3200 A, Individually-Mounted, Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Unit, IEC Rated N Interrupting INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT BREAKERS Sensor Rating Cat. No. H Interrupting $ Price 3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions 1600 A RNFE36160U32R 2000 A RNFE36200U32R 2500 A RNFE36250U32R 3200 A RNFE36320U32R 3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions 1600 A RNFE36160U33R 2000 A RNFE36200U33R 2500 A RNFE36250U33R 3200 A RNFE36320U33R Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit 3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions 1600 A RNFE36160U42R 2000 A RNFE36200U42R 2500 A RNFE36250U42R 3200 A RNFE36320U42R 3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions 1600 A RNFE36160U43R 2000 A RNFE36200U43R 2500 A RNFE36250U43R 3200 A RNFE36320U43R 3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions 1600 A RNFE36160U44R 2000 A RNFE36200U44R 2500 A RNFE36250U44R 3200 A RNFE36320U44R Micrologic Power Trip Unit 3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions 1600 A RNFE36160U63RE1 2000 A RNFE36200U63RE1 2500 A RNFE36250U63RE1 3200 A RNFE36320U63RE1 3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions 1600 A RNFE36160U64RE1 2000 A RNFE36200U64RE1 2500 A RNFE36250U64RE1 3200 A RNFE36320U64RE1 Note: See Digest for accessories and other information. Table 9.6: Cat. No. RHFE34160U32R RHFE34200U32R RHFE34250U32R RHFE34320U32R 23120.00 23120.00 36384.00 36384.00 22326.00 22326.00 34929.00 34929.00 RHFE34160U33R RHFE34200U33R RHFE34250U33R RHFE34320U33R 23441.00 23441.00 36707.00 36707.00 22812.00 22812.00 35414.00 35414.00 RHFE34160U42R RHFE34200U42R RHFE34250U42R RHFE34320U42R 23928.00 23928.00 37194.00 37194.00 24234.00 24234.00 36837.00 36837.00 RHFE34160U43R RHFE34300U43R RHFE34350U43R RHFE34320U43R 25352.00 25352.00 38618.00 38618.00 26010.00 26010.00 38612.00 38612.00 RHFE34160U44R RHFE34200U44R RHFE34250U44R RHFE34320U44R 27126.00 27126.00 41199.00 41199.00 28425.00 28425.00 41030.00 41030.00 RHFE34160U63RE1 RHFE34200U63RE1 RHFE34250U63RE1 RHFE34320U63RE1 29543.00 29543.00 42809.00 42809.00 29454.00 29454.00 42057.00 42057.00 RHFE34160U64RE1 RHFE34200U64RE1 RHFE34250U64RE1 RHFE34320U64RE1 30572.00 30572.00 43836.00 48386.00 Interrupting Ratings Icu 85 kA 70 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V 500/525 V 660/690 V DE2 $ Price 22004.00 22004.00 34607.00 34607.00 N 9-4 www.schneider-electric.us Discount Schedule H Ics 75% 100% Icu 125 kA 85 kA 85 kA — — Ics (%Icu) 75% © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers P-frame, 4P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated Class 612 www.schneider-electric.us P-frame—1600 A, Individually-Mounted, Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Unit, IEC Rated N Interrupting Sensor Rating Cat. No.a H Interrupting $ Price Cat. No.a $ Price Cat. No.a Terminal Wire Range (AWG–kcmil) $ Price NPHLE46063U32R NPHLE46080U32R NPHLE46100U32R NPHLE46125U32R NPHLE46160U32R 18341.00 18341.00 24783.00 24783.00 26517.00 NPLLE44063U32R NPLLE44080U32R NPLLE44100U32R — — 19376.00 19376.00 26198.00 — — (4) 3/0–500 Al/Cu NPHLE46063U33R NPHLE46080U33R NPHLE46100U33R NPHLE46125U33R NPHLE46160U33R 18741.00 18741.00 25182.00 25182.00 26945.00 NPLLE44063U33R NPLLE44080U33R NPLLE44100U33R — — 19776.00 19776.00 26598.00 — — (4) 3/0–500 Al/Cu NPHLE46063U42R NPHLE46080U42R NPHLE46100U42R NPHLE46125U42R NPHLE46160U42R 19344.00 19344.00 25787.00 25787.00 27591.00 NPLLE44063U42R NPLLE44080U42R NPLLE44100U42R — — 20378.00 20378.00 27201.00 — — (4) 3/0–500 Al/Cu NPHLE46063U43R NPHLE46080U43R NPHLE46100U43R NPHLE46125U43R NPHLE46160U43R 21110.00 21110.00 27551.00 27551.00 29480.00 NPLLE44063U43R NPLLE44080U43R NPLLE44100U43R — — 22143.00 22143.00 28967.00 — — (4) 3/0–500 Al/Cu NPHLE46063U44R NPHLE46080U44R NPHLE46100U44R NPHLE46125U44R NPHLE46160U44R 23310.00 23310.00 29750.00 29750.00 31833.00 NPLLE44063U44R NPLLE44080U44R NPLLE44100U44R — — 24344.00 24344.00 31166.00 — — (4) 3/0–500 Al/Cu NPHLE46063U63RE1 NPHLE46080U63RE1 NPHLE46100U63RE1 NPHLE46125U63RE1 NPHLE46160U63RE1 26307.00 26307.00 32748.00 32748.00 35039.00 NPLLE44063U63RE1 NPLLE44080U63RE1 NPLLE44100U63RE1 — — 27341.00 27341.00 34164.00 — — (4) 3/0–500 Al/Cu NPHLE46063U64RE1 NPHLE46080U64RE1 NPHLE46100U64RE1 NPHLE46125U64RE1 NPHLE46160U64RE1 27582.00 27582.00 34022.00 34022.00 36404.00 NPLLE44063U64RE1 NPLLE44080U64RE1 NPLLE44100U64RE1 — — 28614.00 28614.00 35438.00 — — (4) 3/0–500 Al/Cu 9 4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions 630 A NPNLE46063U32R 17307.00 800 A NPNLE46080U32R 17307.00 1000 A NPNLE46100U32R 23367.00 1250 A NPNLE46125U32R 23367.00 1600 A NPNLE46160U32R 25002.00 4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions 630 A NPNLE46063U33R 17708.00 800 A NPNLE46080U33R 17708.00 1000 A NPNLE46100U33R 23768.00 1250 A NPNLE46125U33R 23768.00 1600 A NPNLE46160U33R 25430.00 L Interrupting Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit 4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions 630 A NPNLE46063U42R 18311.00 800 A NPNLE46080U42R 18311.00 1000 A NPNLE46100U42R 24371.00 1250 A NPNLE46125U42R 24371.00 1600 A NPNLE46160U42R 26076.00 4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions 630 A NPNLE46063U43R 20076.00 800 A NPNLE46080U43R 20076.00 1000 A NPNLE46100U43R 26135.00 1250 A NPNLE46125U43R 26135.00 1600 A NPNLE46160U43R 27964.00 4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions 630 A NPNLE46063U44R 22277.00 800 A NPNLE46080U44R 22277.00 1000 A NPNLE46100U44R 28335.00 1250 A NPNLE46125U44R 28335.00 1600 A NPNLE46160U44R 30317.00 Micrologic Power Trip Unit 4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions 630 A NPNLE46063U63RE1 25274.00 800 A NPNLE46080U63RE1 25274.00 1000 A NPNLE46100U63RE1 31332.00 1250 A NPNLE46125U63RE1 31332.00 1600 A NPNLE46160U63RE1 33525.00 4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions 630 A NPNLE46063U64RE1 26549.00 800 A NPNLE46080U64RE1 26549.00 1000 A NPNLE46100U64RE1 32606.00 1250 A NPNLE46125U64RE1 32606.00 1600 A NPNLE46160U64RE1 34890.00 Note: See Digest for accessories and other information. a New for P frame IEC only. Table 9.8: Interrupting Ratings N 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V 500/525 V 660/690 V © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Icu 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 40 kA 30 kA INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 9.7: H Ics (%Icu) 75% DE2 Discount Schedule Icu 70 kA 70 kA 65 kA 50 kA 42 kA L Ics (%Icu) 50% Icu 150 kA 150 kA 130 kA 100 kA 25 kA Ics (%Icu) 100% 9-5 Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers R-frame, 4P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated Class 612 9 Table 9.9: R-frame—3200 A, Individually-Mounted, Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Unit, IEC Rated N Interrupting INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT BREAKERS Sensor Rating Cat. No. H Interrupting $ Price 4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions 1600 A RNFE46160U32R 2000 A RNFE46200U32R 2500 A RNFE46250U32R 3200 A RNFE46320U32R 4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions 1600 A RNFE46160U33R 2000 A RNFE46200U33R 2500 A RNFE46250U33R 3200 A RNFE46320U33R Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit 4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions 1600 A RNFE46160U42R 2000 A RNFE46200U42R 2500 A RNFE46250U42R 3200A RNFE46320U42R 4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions 1600 A RNFE46160U43R 2000 A RNFE46200U43R 2500 A RNFE46250U43R 3200 A RNFE46320U43R 4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions 1600 A RNFE46160U44R 2000 A RNFE46200U44R 2500 A RNFE46250U44R 3200 A RNFE46320U44R Micrologic Power Trip Unit 4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions 1600 A RNFE46160U63RE1 2000 A RNFE46200U63RE1 2500 A RNFE46250U63RE1 3200 A RNFE46320U63RE1 4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions 1600 A RNFE46160U64RE1 2000 A RNFE46200U64RE1 2500 A RNFE46250U64RE1 3200 A RNFE46320U64RE1 Note: See Digest for accessories and other information. Table 9.10: Cat. No. RHFE44160U32R RHFE44200U32R RHFE44250U32R RHFE44320U32R 28667.00 28667.00 45117.00 45117.00 27684.00 27684.00 43311.00 43311.00 RHFE44160U33R RHFE44200U33R RHFE44250U33R RHFE44320U33R 29067.00 29067.00 45518.00 45518.00 28287.00 28287.00 43914.00 43914.00 RHFE44160U42R RHFE44200U42R RHFE44250U42R RHFE44320U42R 29670.00 29670.00 46119.00 46119.00 30051.00 30051.00 45678.00 45678.00 RHFE44160U43R RHFE44300U43R RHFE44350U43R RHFE44320U43R 31436.00 31436.00 47885.00 47885.00 32252.00 32252.00 47879.00 47879.00 RHFE44160U44R RHFE44200U44R RHFE44250U44R RHFE44320U44R 33636.00 33636.00 51087.00 51087.00 35249.00 35249.00 50876.00 50876.00 RHFE44160U63RE1 RHFE44200U63RE1 RHFE44250U63RE1 RHFE44320U63RE1 36633.00 36633.00 53082.00 53082.00 36522.00 36522.00 52152.00 52152.00 RHFE44160U64RE1 RHFE44200U64RE1 RHFE44250U64RE1 RHFE44320U64RE1 37907.00 37907.00 54357.00 54357.00 Interrupting Ratings Icu 85 kA 70 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V 500/525 V 660/690 V DE2 $ Price 27284.00 27284.00 42911.00 42911.00 N 9-6 www.schneider-electric.us Discount Schedule H Ics 75% 100% Icu 125 kA 85 kA 85 kA — — Ics (%Icu) 75% © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Breaking Capacities www.schneider-electric.us • • • • Circuit Breaker Breaking Capacities Circuit Breaker Cat. Prefix International North America — — SFA (1 pole)a SFAb — FA, FH FA, FH (1 pole)a SFH — — — SLA QBc LA — LC LC — a b c d © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved — FC Short-circuit Ratings (415 Vac) Current Rating (Amps) 15–100 A 15–100 A 16–100 A 16–160 A 15–100 A 16–63 A 80–100 A 70–250 Ad 125–400 A 250–400 A 300–400 A 450–630 A 125–400 A LH PG PJ — 250–1200 A PL PK RG RJ — 600–2500 A RL RK — PA 600–2000 A — PC, PH 600–2500 A PE, PX PE, PX 600–2500 A Single pole ratings are 240 V. SFA 2 & 3 pole marked Line and Load. IEC rating 415Y/240 Vac; NEMA/UL rating 240 Vac. 250 A lugs are suitable for copper conductors only. Ultimate Service Withstand lcu 10 kA 18 kA 25 kA 25 kA 10 kA 65 kA 65 kA 10 kA 20 kA 36 kA 65 kA 65 kA 20 kA 35 kA 50 kA 85 kA 50 kA 35 kA 50 kA 85 kA 70 kA 50 kA 70 kA 70 kA Ics 2.5 kA 9 kA 12.5 kA 12.5 kA 2.5 kA 50 kA 33 kA 5 kA 5 kA 18 kA 65 kA 50 kA 5 kA 17.5 kA 25 kA 42.5 kA 25 kA 17.5 kA 25 kA 42.5 kA 52.5 kA 38 kA 53 kA 53 kA Icw N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 25 kA 10 kA 10 kA 25 kA 32 kA 32 kA 32 kA 32 kA N/A N/A 12.5 Rating Insulation Isolator Rating Impulse Uimp (kV) Rating Ui (Vac) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 Yes 6 750 Yes 6 750 No No No 6 6 6 750 750 750 9 Table 9.11: INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT BREAKERS CE Marking International products—IEC 60947-2 rated. North American products are dual rated, UL 489 and IEC 60947-2. MCCBs in I-Line™ plug-on construction and a complete line of accessories are available. Contact your nearest Field Sales office. Order entry point is Cedar Rapids, Iowa. 9-7 Circuit Breaker Dimensions www.schneider-electric.us 9 B G H H E • • D C • INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT BREAKERS • A F CE Marking International products—IEC 60947-2 rated. North American products are dual rated, UL 489 and IEC 60947-2. MCCBs in I-Line™ plug-on construction and a complete line of accessories are available. Contact your nearest Field Sales office. Order entry point is Cedar Rapids, Iowa. Table 9.12: Circuit Breaker C/L E No. Poles Dimensions – mm Fig. No. A B C SFA, SFH/FS, FH 3 1 152 114 80 SLA/LA, LH 3 1 279 152 103 2 2 164 76 77 QB 3 3 164 114 77 PG, PJ, PL 2, 3 4 414 210 140 RG, RJ, RL 2, 3 5 381 420 160 a Dimensions E are 40 mm at ON end and 16 mm at OFF end. Figure 1 E Dimensions B C/L D 105 148 100 100 204 365 E 11 22 a a 106 222 F 130 235 108 108 200 362 G 38 51 38 200 390 H 19 25 — 19 — — A F E Figure 2 E B G HH B G D C D B G F C D C E C/L AF A F AE E E Figure 3 9-8 Figure 4 Figure 5 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Table of Contents Section 10 Section Listing International Panelboards NQX Panelboards 10-2 INTERNATIONAL PANELBOARDS Factory Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboards 10 NQX Panelboard © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 10-1 NQX Panelboards Factory Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboard www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: For export application only. Not UL Listed Panelboard Information 1Ø3W 110/220, 127/220, 115/230/ Vac 50 Hz, 60 Hz 3Ø4W 220/110, 220/127, 230/115, 380/220, 415Y/240, 400/230 Vac 50 Hz, 60 Hz Service Plug-on QOXD and Bolt-on QOBXD Branches 10–100 A QOXD and QOBXD 1-, 2-, and 3-pole (3000 AIR) Galvanized steel with removable endwalls with knockouts on one end. Two sizes: Boxes • NQB — 14 in. W x 5.75 in. D — 225 A interior maximum (availability to be announced) • MH — 20 in. W x 5.75 in. D — 600 A main lug interior maximum • Gray baked enamel finish (ANSI49) • Door with flush lock • Mono-Flat™ fronts on 100–225 A. Front mounts to the interior with trim screws. Fronts • Common Features (Both trim screws and door hinges are concealed.) Fronts for 400A–600 A interiors are louvered and mount to the enclosure with trim screws. (Door hinges are concealed.) Sub-Feed Lugs, Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker, Split Bus, Feed-Through Lugs 10 • • • • Neutrals • • • • Enclosures • Bus Bars Aluminum bus, standard — 100 A, 225 A, and 400 A interiors Copper bus, optional — 100 A, 225 A, and 400 A interiors Copper bus, standard — 600 A interiors INTERNATIONAL PANELBOARDS 100% Aluminum neutral, standard 100% Copper neutral, optional 200% Neutral, optional Type 1, standard Type 3R, 5, and 12, optional Type 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 Stainless Steel, optional NOTE: Price factory assembled NQX panelboard in the Quote to Cash Product Selector. Select "NQ" panelboard, then select the appropriate "International Voltage". Order Point Peru, IN Figure 10.1: a Mains Mains Rating Main Lugs Main Circuit Breaker 70 A — QOBXDa, QB, HD 100 A Yes QOBXDa, QB, HD 150 A — QB, HD 225 A Yes QB 250 A — JD 400 A Yes LA 600 A Yes — Available at 240 Vac maximum. Figure 10.2: Distributed Phase Bussing Main Lugs Main Circuit Breaker 100 A (1) #6-2/0 Al or Cu 100 A QOXD/QOBXD (1) #4-2/0 Al or Cu 225 A (1) #6-350 kcmil Al or Cu 150 A HD (1) #14-3/0 Al or Cu 400 A 600 A (1) 1/0-750 kcmil, or (2) 1/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu (2) 1/0-750 kcmil Al or Cu 225 A 250 A 400 A 10-2 QB (1) #4-300 kcmil Al or Cu, or JD (1) #3/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu JD LA (1) #3/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu (1) #1-600 kcmil, or (2) #1-250 kcmil Al or Cu © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Table of Contents Section 11 Section Listing Obsolescent and Obsolete Circuit Breakers Obsolescent and Obsolete Types Circuit Breaker Availability Pictorial and Dimensions 11-2 11-4—11-5 Obsolescent Circuit Breakers F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 11-6 K-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 11-7 Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector 11-8 11-9—11-10 UL Listed Marine Circuit Breakers 11-11 Circuit Breakers for NQO, NQOB and NQOD Panelboards, Branch Circuit Breakers and Mounting Assemblies for ML Panelboards 11-12 Rating Plugs For Obsolete Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers 11-13 EH/EHB Circuit Breakers 11-14 FJA Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 11-15 QE Metering Circuit Breakers 11-16 KD/KG Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 11-17 NHL Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breaker 11-18 SE Circuit Breaker with Full-Function Trip Unit 11-19 SE Circuit Breaker Accessories 11-20 M-frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 11-21 Field-Installable Accessories 11-22 Mechanical Lug Information 11-23 Micrologic™ Series 2/3/A/B Trip Unit Test Sets 11-24 Micrologic™ Add-On Ground-Fault Module (GFM) 11-25 Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breakers, UL 489/1066 Listed 11-26 Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Control Units OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Automatic Molded-Case Switches 11-27 11-28—11-29 Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Spare Parts 11-30 11 Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Accessories © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 11-1 Obsolescent and Obsolete Types Table 11.1: Circuit Breaker Availability Class 600 www.schneider-electric.us Circuit Breaker Availability Availability Series of Cat. No. Frame Size 115A–130A MO-1 (Add-on) Volts Poles Amperes Obsolete No Longer Available 120 Vac 1 15–30 Obsolescent X 215A–250A MO-2 (Add-on) 120/240 Vac 2 15–50 X 215B–250B MO-2B (Add-on) 120/240 Vac 2 S.P. 15–50 X 70000 Multi-Breaker 120 Vac 4 S.P. 15–50 X 111600 MO-2 120/240 Vac 2 15–30 X 131600 MO-2 120/240 Vac 2 15–30 X 151101 MO-1 120 Vac 1 15–30 X 151600 MO-2 120/240 Vac 2 15–30 X 161101 MO-1 120 Vac 1 With SN 15–30 X X 161600 MO-2 120/240 Vac 2 With SN 15–30 161700 MO-2 120/240 Vac 2 S.P. 15–30 X 260000 MB (Left-hand) 120 Vac 4 S.P. 15–50 X 270000 MB (Right-hand) 120 Vac 4 S.P. 15–50 X 460000 MO-8 120/240 Vac 4 S.P. 15–50 X 470000 MO-4 120/240 Vac 4 S.P. 15–40 X 480000 MO-4 (Plug-in) 120/240 Vac 4 S.P. 15–50 X 940000 LM 600 Vac 2-3 125–800 X 950000 50 A Form W 250 Vac 1, 2, 3 15–50 X 951000 50 A Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 15–50 X 952000 50 A Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 15–50 X 953000 Flip-on Form W 230 Vac 1, 2, 3 15–50 X 954000 100 A Form W (Trip Unit) 250 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X 955000 100 A Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X 956000 225 A Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 70–225 X 957000 400 A (KL) Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 125–400 X 958000 600 A (WL) Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 225–600 X 959000 KL Frame Only 600 Vac 2, 3 125–400 X 961000 50 A Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 15–50 X 962000 50 A Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 15–50 X 964000 100 A Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X 965000 100 A Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X 966000 225 A Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 70–225 X 11 967000 400 A (KL) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 125–400 X 968000 600 A (WL) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 225–600 X X OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 970000 Type L Form W 240 Vac 1, 2, 3 10–50 971000 Type L Form W (Flip-on) 240 Vac 1, 2, 3 10–50 X 972000 M1 (Bolt-on) 240 Vac 2, 3 15–70 X 973000 M2 (Bolt-on) 240 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X 974000 MM (M) (Bolt-on) 120/240 Vac 2 S.P. 15–50 X 975000 100 A Trip Unit 250 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X 976000 225 A Trip Unit 250 Vac 2, 3 70–225 X 977000 KL Trip Unit 600 Vac 2, 3 125–400 X 978000 LM Trip Unit 600 Vac 2, 3 225–800 X 979000 WL Frame 600 Vac 2, 3 225–600 X 982000 50 A Form W (Flip-on) 125/250 Vac 1, 2, 3 15–50 X 984000 ML-2 250 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X 985000 100 A (G) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X 986000 100 A (F) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 10–100 X 987000 ML-3 250 Vac 2, 3 125–225 X 988000 ML-1 250 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X 989000 ML-1 480 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X 991000 QB 120/240 Vac 1 15–50 X 992000 ML 120/240 Vac 1, 2, 3 10–50 X 992900 ML Form Y 277 Vac 1 10–20 X 994000 ML-2 600 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X 995000 100 A (G) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X 996000 100 A (F) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X 997000 ML-3 600 Vac 2, 3 50–225 X 998000 ML-1 600 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X 999000 ML-1 600 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X A1B 100 A 120/240 Vac 1, 2, 3 15–100 X EH, EHB 100 A 480Y/277 Vac 1, 2, 3 15–100 EH See page 11-14 FC 100 A 480 Vac 2, 3 15–100 FC See page 11-5 FD, FG, FJ 100 A 480Y/277 Vac 1, 2, 3 15–100 X GJL / NENL 100 A 480 Vac 3 15–100 X KA, KH, KC 250 A 480 Vac 2, 3 70–250 X See pgs. 11-6–11-8 Contact your local Sales Office for availability. 11-2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Obsolescent and Obsolete Types Circuit Breaker Availability Class 600 www.schneider-electric.us Circuit Breaker Availability. Continued Availability Series of Cat. No. Frame Size FI, FIL 100 A 480 Vac 2, 3 20–100 X KI, KIL 225 A 480 Vac 2, 3 110–225 X LI, LIL 400 A 480 Vac 2, 3 300–400 X KD, KG 250 A 240 Vac 2, 3 100–250 KG LA(JKL) 0000 400 A 600 Vac 2, 3 125–400 X X Volts Poles Amperes Obsolete No Longer Available MA-0000 1000 A 600 Vac 2, 3 125–1000 Masterpact M/MP/MC 6300 A 600 Vac 3, 4 800–6300 MEC 225 A 600 Vac 2, 3 100–225 Obsolescent See page 11-17 See pgs. 11-27–11-30 X MEC 400 A 600 Vac 2, 3 250–400 X MEC 800 A 600 Vac 2, 3 400–800 X MHAB, BC, CA MM (Plug-on) 120/240 Vac 2 S.P. 15–50 X MHAB, BC, CA M1 (Plug-on) 120/240 Vac 2, 3 15–70 X MHAB, BC, CA M2 (Plug-on) 120/240 Vac 2, 3 70–100 X NHL 1200 A 480 Vac 2, 3 800–1200 PEC 1200 A 600 Vac 2, 3 600–1200 See page 11-18 X PEC 1600 A 600 Vac 2, 3 1000–1600 X PEC 2000 A 600 Vac 2, 3 1000–2000 X QOT Series 1 120/240 Vac 1, 2 30 X Q1, Q1B 150 A 120/240 Vac 1, 2 15–100 X Q1, Q1B 150 A 240 Vac 3 15–100 X Q1-H, Q1B-H 100 A 240 Vac 2 15–100 X Q1-VH, Q1B-VH 125 A 120/240 Vac 2 15–30 X Q1-VH, Q1B-VH 100 A 240 Vac 3 15–30 X X Q2, Q2-H, Q2H 225 A 240 Vac 2, 3 100–225 QE 200 A 120/240 Vac 2, 3 70–200 SE 4000 A 600 Vac 3 200–4000 CK 1200 A 480 Vac 3 400–1200 CM 2000 A 480 Vac 3 1250–2000 X XO 50 A 120/240 Vac 1, 2 15–50 X See page 11-16 See pgs. 11-20 X Y1B 100 A 277 Vac 1 15–100 X ME, MEL 250 A, 400 A, 800 A 600 Vac 3 100–800 X MX, MXL 250 A, 400 A, 800 A 600 Vac 3 100–800 X NA, NAL 1200 A 600 Vac 3 600–1200 X NC, NCL 1200 A 600 Vac 3 600–1200 X NX, NXL 1200 A 600 Vac 3 600–1200 X NE, NEL 1200 A 600 Vac 3 600–1200 X PAF 2000 A 600 Vac 3 600–2000 X PHF 2000 A 600 Vac 2, 3 600–2000 X PCF 2500 A 600 Vac 2, 3 1600–2500 X PXF 2500 A 600 Vac 2, 3 600–2500 X PEF 2500 A 600 Vac 3 600–2500 X OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 11.2: 11 Contact your local Sales Office for availability. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 11-3 Obsolescent and Obsolete Types Pictorial and Dimensions Class 600 LIL LA (W) www.schneider-electric.us MA (W) ML-2 ML-1 Table 11.3: Circuit Breaker Dimensions Dimensions Circuit Breaker Type Cat. No. Prefix QB ML-1 ML-2 ML-3 LA (W) MA (W) KL 991 992 992 992 999 994 997 LA MA 967 LM FIL (4) KIL (4) LIL NHL 940 IFL IKL ILL NHL ML Number Poles A B C D E F G H 11 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. m m in. mm in. mm 1 1 2 3 2&3 2&3 2&3 2&3 2&3 2&3 3.75 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.50 9.56 10.38 10.75 16.00 22.00 95 152 152 152 165 243 264 273 406 559 1.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.47 4.47 5.97 8.25 8.25 8.25 25 25 51 76 113 113 152 209 209 209 2.50 3.09 3.09 3.09 3.06 3.75 3.88 4.31 4.06 5.50 63 78 78 78 78 95 98 109 103 140 3.06 3.91 3.91 3.91 3.94 4.88 5.31 5.50 6.06 7.00 78 99 99 99 100 124 135 140 154 178 — .88 .88 .88 .94 1.69 1.69 .63 .88 .63 — 22 22 22 24 43 43 16 22 16 — 4.25 4.25 4.25 4.25 6.50 6.63 9.50 14.25 20.75 — 108 108 108 108 165 168 241 362 527 — — — — 1.50 1.50 2.00 2.75 2.75 2.75 — — — — 38 38 51 70 70 70 — .33 .19 1.83 .75 .75 1.00 1.38 1.38 1.38 — 8 5 46 19 19 25 35 35 35 2&3 2&3 2&3 2&3 2&3 22.00 8.29 11.00 11.00 20.00 559 210 279 279 508 8.25 4.46 6.00 12.00 12.00 209 113 152 305 305 5.50 3.67 4.02 4.05 5.75 140 93 102 103 146 7.00 4.70 5.51 6.11 8.12 178 119 140 155 206 .63 .44 .88 .88 5.87 16 11 22 22 149 20.75 7.41 9.25 9.25 7.76 527 188 235 235 197 2.75 1.50 2.00 4.00 4.00 70 38 51 102 102 1.38 .75 1.00 2.00 2.00 35 19 25 51 51 B G E A 11-4 H D H C F © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Obsolescent and Obsolete Types Pictorial and Dimensions Class 600 www.schneider-electric.us Figure 1 Figure 3 EH, EHB Figure 4 D A A B E B E E C A G HH E B C/L C/L B E D C A F A F E E B Figure 6 B G HH E B E C/L A F A F E C D E Table 11.4: E B Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix Fig. No. A B C D E F G H 1 2 3 1 2, 3 2 3 1 2 3 1.00 2.00 3.00 3.50 3.50a 3.50a 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.44 2.44 2.44 — — — — — — — — — 4 5 6.44 6.44 3.00 4.50 3.16 3.16 2.97 2.97 2.97 Width 1.50 Width 3.00 3.92 3.92 b b 4.25 4.25 — 1.50 — 0.75 2, 3 2&3 6 7 4.12 14.75 7.35 9.00 3.20 4.37 4.17 6.50 3.34 1.66 — 11.43 — 3.00 — 1.50 2&3 8 12.12 14.98 6.40 8.07 1.69 8.75 5.00 — 1 9 6.00 1.50 3.16 3.16 FCL 2 10 6.00 3.00 c 3 11 6.00 4.50 3.16 MAL, MHL 2&3 8 14.00 9.00 4.53 NA, NC, NX, NE 2&3 8 12.12 14.98 6.40 PA, PH, PX, PE 2&3 12 20.06 13.70 7.25 PC, PX-25, PE-20-25 2 & 3 13 26.10 23.30 13.33 a 70–100 A is 4.00 in. b Dimensions E are 1.59 in at ON end and 0.63 in at OFF end. c FCL 2-pole circuit breaker dimension B is 4.50 as in Fig. 23. 4.13 4.13 4.13 6.50 8.07 10.47 16.55 0.44 0.44 0.44 1.66 1.69 14.00 14.10 5.13 5.13 5.13 10.69 8.75 12.00 12.00 1.50 — 1.50 3.00 5.0 12.75 — — — 0.75 1.50 — — — EH, EHB FDA, FGA, FJA E Q2L, Q2L-H B G HH E D C C/L A F E B G F D C KD, KG MXL, MEL NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL Table 11.5: A E B G F Dimensions—In. No. Poles C/L A F Circuit Breaker Dimensions D Frame Size Approx. Shipping Weight (Lbs.) MAL MHL PAF PHF PXF PEF 34 69 80 C E © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS A A D C 11 E B G D C 11-5 Obsolescent Circuit Breakers F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Class 650 www.schneider-electric.us FC circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations or replacement. Thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers shown on page 11-6 are permanent trip UL Listed, CSA® Certified, IEC rated, and also meet the requirements of Federal Specification W–C–375B/GEN as indicated on Digest pages 7-4 through 7-7. NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest Section 7 for more information. FAL/FHL 2P 15–100 A Table 11.6: F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 480 Vac Extra-High Interrupting Fixed AC Magnetic Trip Ampere Rating Hold 275 A 275 A 275 A 275 A 400 A 400 A 400 A 400 A 800 A 800 A 800 A 900 A 900 A 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 45 A 50 A 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A FAL/FHL 3P 15–100 A Table 11.7: Trip 600 A 600 A 600 A 600 A 850 A 850 A 850 A 850 A 1450 A 1450 A 1450 A 1700 A 1700 A 2P 3P Terminal 480 Vac, 250 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc Wire Range (AWG) Cat. No. Cat. No. — FCL34015 — FCL34020 CU30FA4 (1) 14–10 Cu — FCL34025 — FCL34030 — FCL34035 — FCL34040 — FCL34045 FCL24050 FCL34050 AL100FA4 FCL24060 FCL34060 (1) 14–3 Cu or (2) 12–1 Al FCL24070 FCL34070 FCL24080 FCL24090 FCL24100 FCL34080 FCL34090 FCL34100 Interrupting Ratings FAL Voltage 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 10 kA — — 18 kA (1P), 25 kA (2P, 3P) 18 kA — 25 kA 18 kA 14 kA Termination Option FHL FCL FIL 25 kA (1P) 65 kA (2P, 3P) 25 kA (2P, 3P) 18 kA (2P, 3P) 100 kA 65 kA — 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA For factory-installed termination, place 11 Termination Letter termination letter in the third block of the F = No Lugs circuit breaker catalog number. L = Lugs both ends FAL36100 P with MT Suffix = Lugs ON end Termination Letter P = Lugs OFF end FA 2P 3 in. (76 mm) Mounting Height OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 11.8: F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 480 Vac Extra-High Interruptingc Ampere Rating FA 3P 4.5 in. (114 mm) Mounting Height Table 11.9: 1P A B C FA14035A FA14035B FA14035C ABC CBA 2Pa 3P 480 Vac, 250 Vdcb 480 Vac, 250 Vdcc Terminal Wire Range (AWG) Hold Trip Cat. No. Cat. No. 15 A 275 A 600 A — FC34015 20 A 275 A 600 A — FC34020 CU30FA4 (1) 14–10 Cu 25 A 275 A 600 A — FC34025 30 A 275 A 600 A — FC34030 35 A 400 A 850 A — FC34035 40 A 400 A 850 A — FC34040 45 A 400 A 850 A — FC34045 50 A 400 A 850 A FC24050( ) FC34050 AL100FA4 60 A 800 A 1450 A FC24060( ) FC34060 (1) 14–3 Cu or (1) 12–1 Al 70 A 800 A 1450 A FC24070( ) FC34070 80 A 800 A 1450 A FC24080( ) FC34080 90 A 900 A 1700 A FC24090( ) FC34090 100 A 900 A 1700 A FC24100( ) FC34100 a 1P and 2P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table. b FCL 2P circuit breakers are built using 3P module. c FCL circuit breakers are not rated for 250 Vdc. Phase Options Phase Option Letter AB AC BC Fixed AC Magnetic Trip 2P Table 11.10: 3P Voltage 240 Vac 277 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac FA24030AB FA24030AC FA24030BC Interrupting Ratings FA 240 Vac 10 kA — — — 480 Vac 18 kA (1P), 25 kA (2P, 3P) 18 kA 18 kA — 600 Vac 25 kA — 18 kA 14 kA FH FC FI 25 kA (1P) 65 kA (2P, 3P) — 25 kA (2P, 3P) 18 kA (2P, 3P) 100 kA 65 kA 65 kA — 200 kA — 200 kA 100 kA FA34030 FA34030CBA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-28 OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-23 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-5 Enclosures: see Digest Section 7 11-6 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Obsolescent Circuit Breakers K-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Class 655, 825, 660 www.schneider-electric.us K-frame circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations or replacement. High Standard Interrupting Cat. No. High Interrupting Cat. No. Extra-High Interruptingb Cat. No. Terminal Wire Range 2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 70 350 A 80 400 A 90 450 A 100 500 A 110 550 A 125 625 A 150 750 A 175 875 A 200 1000 A 225 1125 A 250 1250 A 700 A 800 A 900 A 1000 A 1100 A 1250 A 1500 A 1750 A 2000 A 2250 A 2500 A KAL26070 KAL26080 KAL26090 KAL26100 KAL26110 KAL26125 KAL26150 KAL26175 KAL26200 KAL26225 KAL26250 KHL26070 KHL26080 KHL26090 KHL26100 KHL26110 KHL26125 KHL26150 KHL26175 KHL26200 KHL26225 KHL26250 — — — — KCL24110 KCL24125 KCL24150 KCL24175 KCL24200 KCL24225 KCL24250 AL250KA (1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al 3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 70 350 A 80 400 A 90 450 A 100 500 A 110 550 A 125 625 A 150 750 A 175 875 A 200 1000 A 225 1125 A 250 1250 A 700 A 800 A 900 A 1000 A 1100 A 1250 A 1500 A 1750 A 2000 A 2250 A 2500 A KAL36070 KAL36080 KAL36090 KAL36100 KAL36110 KAL36125 KAL36150 KAL36175 KAL36200 KAL36225 KAL36250 KHL36070 KHL36080 KHL36090 KHL36100 KHL36110 KHL36125 KHL36150 KHL36175 KHL36200 KHL36225 KHL36250 — — — — KCL34110 KCL34125 KCL34150 KCL34175 KCL34200 KCL34225 KCL34250 AL250KA (1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al Low Table 11.12: Ampere Rating K-Frame—250A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 600 Vac Adjustable AC Magnetic Tripa Low Standard Interrupting Cat. No. High High Interrupting Cat. No. Extra-High Interruptingb Cat. No. Terminal Wire Range 2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdcc 70 350 A 700 A KA26070( ) KH26070( ) — 80 400 A 800 A KA26080( ) KH26080( ) — 90 450 A 900 A KA26090( ) KH26090( ) — 100 500 A 1000 A KA26100( ) KH26100( ) — 110 550 A 1100 A KA26110( ) KH26110( ) KC24110( ) AL250KA 125 625 A 1250 A KA26125( ) KH26125( ) KC24125( ) (1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al 150 750 A 1500 A KA26150( ) KH26150( ) KC24150( ) 175 875 A 1750 A KA26175( ) KH26175( ) KC24175( ) 200 1000 A 2000 A KA26200( ) KH26200( ) KC24200( ) 225 1125 A 2250 A KA26225( ) KH26225( ) KC24225( ) 250 1250 A 2500 A KA26250( ) KH26250( ) KC24250( ) 3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 70 350 A 700 A KA36070 KH36070 — 80 400 A 800 A KA36080 KH36080 — 90 450 A 900 A KA36090 KH36090 — 100 500 A 1000 A KA36100 KH36100 — 110 550 A 1100 A KA36110 KH36110 KC34110 AL250KA 125 625 A 1250 A KA36125 KH36125 KC34125 (1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al 150 750 A 1500 A KA36150 KH36150 KH34150 175 875 A 1750 A KA36175 KH36175 KC34175 200 1000 A 2000 A KA36200 KH36200 KC34200 225 1125 A 2250 A KA36225 KH36225 KC34225 250 1250 A 2500 A KA36250 KH36250 KC34250 a UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal value shown. b KC circuit breakers are 480 Vac c 2P and 3P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table. Table 11.13: Voltage 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Interrupting Ratings KA, KAL 42 kA 25 kA 22 kA Table 11.14: KH, KHL 65 kA 35 kA 25 kA KC, KCL 100 kA 65 kA — KI, KIL 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA Phase Options Phase Option Letter 2P AB AC BC KA26250AB KA26250AC KA26250BC ABC CBA Table 11.15: 3P KA36250 KA36250CBA Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock Componentse Circuit Breaker Prefix Manually Operated Electrically Operated Operator Walking Beam Mounting Pan Cat. Operator Walking Beam Suffix Ass'y. Cat. No. No. Suffix Ass'y. Cat. No. Mounting Pan Cat. No. KAL WB KA4WB KAWBP4 WBMO KA9WB KAWBP9 d Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock requires 2 circuit breakers with WB suffix, 1 walking beam assembly and 1 mounting pan. e Fully enclosed interlocked units are available in Type 1 and Type 3R enclosures, with two neutrals provided in each enclosure. The completely enclosed assembly is not UL Listed. Consult your nearest Schneider Electric local sales office for more information. Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-28 OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-23 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-5 Enclosures: see Digest Section 7 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule 11-7 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Ampere Rating KA/KH/KC 2P and 3P 4.5 in. (114 mm) Mounting Height K-Frame—250 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 600 Vac Adjustable AC Magnetic Tripa 11 Table 11.11: Obsolescent Circuit Breakers Automatic Molded-Case Switches Class 680, 685 www.schneider-electric.us These automatic molded case switches are in obsolescence. Do not use on new applications. Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local Sales Office for product availability. Automatic Molded Case Switches Automatic molded case switches open instantaneously at a factory preset magnetic trip point, calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself, when it is subjected to high fault currents. The trip point is nonadjustable and provides no overload or low level fault protection. Molded case switches open when the handle is switched to the OFF position or in response to an auxiliary tripping device such as a shunt trip. Automatic switches will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers. Automatic molded case switches are UL Listed per UL 489 and are CSA® Certified. Table 11.16: Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac 2P 3P Withstand Ratingdc Trip Point (A)a Lug Kit Installed Cat. No. Availability Cat. No. Availability 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc AC DC 100 FHL26000Mb FHL36000Mb 65k 25k 18k 10k 1500 1725 AL100FA 150 — FHL3600015Mb 65k 25k 18k — 2500 — AL150FA 400 LHL26000M LHL36000M 65k 35k 25k 10k 8000 9600 AL400LA 250 KHL26000Mb Not Available KHL36000Mb Not Available 65k 35k 25k 10k 4500 5175 AL250KA 600 MHL260006M Not Available MHL360006M 65k 65k 25k 10k 9000 9900 AL900MA 800 MHL260008M Not Available MHL360008M 65k 65k 25k 10k 9000 9900 AL900MA a UL magnetic trip tolerances are -20% / +30% from the nominal values shown. b FHL and KHL automatic switches will not accept cylinder lock attachments. c The withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker with an equal continuous current rating. d The short circuit current rating is the fault current, at rated voltage, that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker with an equal continuous current rating. Ampere Rating Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-28 OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-23 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-5 11 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 11-8 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Obsolescent Circuit Breakers Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector Class 680, 685 www.schneider-electric.us These Mag-Gard™ motor circuit protectors are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations or replacement. Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector Instantaneous trip magnetic only circuit breakers have a single adjustment which simultaneously sets the magnetic trip level of each individual pole. Mag-Gard circuit breakers comply with NEC® requirements for providing motor circuit protection when installed as part of a UL Listed combination controller having motor overload protection. Interrupting ratings are established for these UL Recognized Components only when they are used in combination with motor starters with properly sized overload relays and contactors. Mag-Gard circuit breakers will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers. Mag-Gard circuit breakers are available with I-Line construction. H-construction Mag-Gard circuit breakers are also available. Table 11.17: Ampere Rating 150 A Magnetic Only 3–1200 A 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz Adjustablea Trip Range Cat. No. 3P only 750–1500 A 400–800 A 750–1500 A 1000–2000 A 1125–2250 A 1250–2500 A KAL3615026M KAL3625021M KAL3625026M KAL 250 A KAL3625030M KAL3625031M KAL3625032M 3A FAL3600311M 8–28 A 7A FAL3600712M 18–70 A 15 A FAL3601513M 50–180 A 30 A FAL3603013M FAL 50–180 A 30 A FAL3603015M 150–580 A 50 A FAL3605016M 150–580 A 100 A FAL3610016M 300–1100 A 100 A FAL3610018M a UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown. Adjustable instantaneous-trip circuit breakers are intended for use in combination with motor starters with overload relays for the protection of motor circuits from short circuits. Other specific applications include rectifiers and resistance welders. These circuit breakers contain a magnetic trip element in each pole with the trip point adjustable from the front. Interrupting ratings are determined by testing the instantaneous-trip circuit breakers in combination with a contactor and overload relay. Select instantaneous-trip circuit breakers as follows: Horsepower 1/2 or less 3/4 to 1-1/2 2 to 3 5 to 25 30 to 125 150 or more Motor Code Letters A–L A–K A–J A–H A–G A–F For other motors order a special thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with magnetic trip settings for the specific motor— specify motor horsepower, voltage, frequency, full-load current and code letter or locked rotor current. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Determine motor hp rating from the motor nameplate. Refer to the table at right and select an instantaneous-trip circuit breaker with an Ampere rating recommended for the hp and voltage involved. Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 800%, not to exceed 1300%, of the motor full-load Amperes. (FLA) for other than Design E motors. For Design E motors, select an adjustable trip setting of at least 1100% not to exceed 1700% of FLA. The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for instantaneous-trip circuit breakers to withstand current surges typical of the magnetization current of autotransformer type reduced voltage starters, or open transition wye-delta starters during transfer from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed motors, and motors labeled “high efficiency.” Select thermal-magnetic circuit breakers from Digest page 7-32 for those applications. Part-winding motors, per NEC® 430.3, should have two circuit breakers selected from the above at not more than one half the allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting means per NEC 430.103. Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-28 OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-23 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-5 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule 11-9 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Use selection table for motors, other than NEMA Design E, with locked-rotor indicating code letters per NEC® Table 430.7 (b) as follows: 11 1. Obsolescent Circuit Breakers Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector Class 680, 685 Table 11.18: Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers for Single Motor Circuit Protection Hp Ratings of Induction Type Squirrel-Cage and Wound Rotor Motors 3Ø 60 Hz ac 200 V 230 V 460 V Full Load Amperesa Mag-Gard Circuit Breaker Cat. No. 0.8 1 1.1 1.4 1.8 2 2.1 2.3 2.6 2.7 2.8 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.9 4.1 4.8 5.2 6 6.1 6.8 7.6 7.8 9 9.6 11 14 15.2 17 17.5 21 22 25.3 27 28 32 32.2 34 40 41 42 48.3 52 54 62 65 68 92 104 144 150 154 156 177.1 180 192 FAL3600311Ma FAL3600311Ma FAL3600311M FAL3600311M FAL3600311M FAL3600311M FAL3600311M FAL3600311M FAL3600712M FAL3600712M FAL3600712M FAL3600712M FAL3600712M FAL3600712M FAL3600712M FAL3600712M FAL3600712M FAL3600712M FAL3600712M FAL3600712M FAL3601513M FAL3601513M FAL3601513M FAL3601513M FAL3601513M FAL3601513M FAL3603015M FAL3603015M FAL3603015M FAL3603015M FAL3603015M FAL3605016M FAL3605016M FAL3605016M FAL3605016M FAL3605016M FAL3605016M FAL3605016M FAL3605016M FAL3610018M FAL3610018M FAL3610018M FAL3610018M FAL3610018M FAL3610018M FAL3610018M FAL3610018M KAL3625025M KAL3625026M KAL3625030M KAL3625030M KAL3625031M KAL3625031M KAL3625032M KAL3625032M KAL3625032M 575 V 1/2 1/2 3/4 1 3/4 1 1/2 1-1/2 1/2 1-1/2 2 3/4 3/4 2 1 3 1 3 1-1/2 1-1/2 5 2 5 2 7-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 10 10 5 15 5 15 7-1/2 20 7-1/2 20 25 10 30 10 25 30 40 15 15 11 40 50 20 20 60 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 50 25 30 40 150 50 60 125 60 150 75 a b www.schneider-electric.us 200 Magnetic Trip Settings b MIN MAX 1000% 800% 700% 600% 400% 400% 400% 300% 700% 700% 600% 600% 500% 500% 500% 400% 400% 300% 300% 300% 700% 700% 600% 600% 500% 500% 700% 700% 600% 600% 500% 700% 600% 600% 500% 500% 500% 400% 400% 700% 700% 600% 600% 600% 500% 500% 400% 700% 700% 700% 700% 700% 700% 700% 700% 700% 3500% 2800% 2500% 2000% 1600% 1400% 1300% 1200% 2700% 2600% 2500% 2200% 2100% 1900% 1800% 1700% 1500% 1300% 1200% 1100% 2600% 2400% 2300% 2000% 1900% 1600% 2500% 2300% 2100% 2000% 1700% 2600% 2300% 2100% 2100% 1800% 1800% 1700% 1500% 2700% 2600% 2300% 2100% 2000% 1800% 1700% 1600% 1400% 1400% 1400% 1300% 1500% 1400% 1400% 1400% 1300% Motor full-load currents are taken from NEC Table 430.150. Select wire and circuit breakers on basis of horsepower rather than nameplate full-load current per NEC 430.6 (A) for general motor applications. Do not use these values to select overload relay thermal units. See Digest Section 15 for selection of thermal units when actual full load current is not known. The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. Corresponding nominal system voltages are 200 to 208, 220 to 240, 440 to 480 and 550 to 600 volts. Only MIN and MAX settings are shown, intermediate settings are available on all circuit breakers. Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-28 OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-23 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-5 11-10 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Obsolescent Circuit Breakers UL Listed Marine Circuit Breakers Class 600 www.schneider-electric.us These marine circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations or replacement. A standard for molded case circuit breakers which are intended to be installed and used aboard a boat or vessel is included in Supplement SA to UL 489, “Standard for Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures’’ (also referred to as UL product category DKTY). This UL Standard was established in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations, applicable American Boat and Yacht Council Inc. publications, and NFPA® 302 “Standard for Motor Craft (Pleasure and Commercial)’’. In order to be UL Listed for marine use, circuit breakers must not use aluminum or aluminum alloys for terminal connections and must be calibrated at an ambient temperature of 40 oC. Standard circuit breakers should not be specified or used in place of marine circuit breakers. The following table lists those circuit breakers which are UL Marine Listed for use on vessels over 65 ft. (19.8 m) in length. (PowerPact H and J-frame circuit breakers can also be used in vessels under 65 ft. [19.8 m] in length.) Table 11.19: Cat. No. Prefix Poles Ampere Rating Application Cat. No. $ Price 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 15–100 A 70–250 A 70–250 A 110–250 A For use only on vessels over 65 feet (19.8 m) in length. Add the number “9’’ after the catalog number prefix of the standard circuit breaker catalog number. Example: Standard FAL36100 Marine FAL936100 There is a 20% adder to the price of the equivalent standard circuit breaker. All marine circuit breakers are supplied with copper lugs. 11 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FC, FCL KA, KAL KH, KHL KC, KCL CIrcuit Breakers for Marine Applications © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule 11-11 Obsolescent Circuit Breakers Circuit Breakers for NQO, NQOB and NQOD Panelboards, Branch Circuit Breakers and Mounting Assemblies for ML Panelboards www.schneider-electric.us NQO, NQOB, and NQOD circuit breakers and panelboards are obsolete. Do not use on new applications. Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local Sales Office for product availability. Replacing Obsolescent Q1 and Q1B Circuit Breakers In NQO, NQOB and NQOD Panelboards 2P QO Q1 and Q1B circuit breakers have been replaced by QO and QOB circuit breakers. Table 1 below is used for replacing 1P, 2P or 3P Q1 and Q1B circuit breakers with QO and QOB branch circuit breakers in NQO, NQOB and NQOD panelboards. Table 2 below is used for replacing Q1 and Q1B main circuit breakers in NQO and NQOB panelboards. Table 11.20: Replacing Q1 and Q1B Circuit Breakers with QO and QOB Branch Circuit Breakers Branch Circuit Breaker Panelboard Type Obsolete Available Mounting Assembly Requiredc Q1B QOB QO QOB SK5668 SKNQOD225b SKNQOD225b NQOB NQOD NQOD 2P QOB Table 11.21: a b c Replacing Q1 and Q1B Main Circuit Breakers in NQO and NQOB Panelboards Main Circuit Breaker Panelboard Type Obsolete Available Mounting Assembly Requiredc Retaining Kit Required NQOB Q1B QOB SK5668 — Mounting assembly SK5669 is used to mount both Q1 and QO circuit breakers. Not required for replacement purposes. 225 A maximum. For 400–600 ampere circuit breaker mounting assembly, see Class 1630 Service Bulletin. Discount Schedule PE1A. Branch Circuit Breakers and Mounting Assemblies for ML Panelboards Replacement circuit breakers for ML panelboards are determined by the manufacture date of the panel and the panel depth. (See chart below) 2P Q1 Table 11.22: Replacement Circuit Breakers in ML Panelboards Panel Depth Manufacture Date 1948–1956 1958–1961 1962–1968 in. mm 8.63 10.00 10.63 219 254 270 Availability of Replacement Circuit Breakers No Replacements Available No Replacements Available Refer to Tables Below 11 The tables below are used for replacing or adding circuit breakers to 10-5/8 inch deep ML panelboards manufactured from 1962–1968 and for switchboards manufactured from 1962–1968. OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 11.23: Ampere Rating in. mm Cat. No. Prefix Replacement Circuit Breaker Mounting Assembly Required ML-1 ML-3 LA (W) MA (W) FAL KAL LAL MAL MAL 15–100 A 100–225 A 225–400 125–1000 A 15–100 A 70–250 A 125–400 A 300–1000 A 125–250 A 4.50 6.00 8.25 8.25 4.50 4.50 6.00 9.00 9.00 114 152 210 210 114 114 152 229 229 989 or 999 997 LA MA FAL KAL LAL MAL MAL FAL KAL LAL MAL FAL KAL LAL MAL LAL SK4515d SK4516d SK4517 SK4578 Table 11.24: d 11-12 Replacement of Existing Circuit Breakers Existing Circuit Breaker Mounting Height No Mounting Assembly Required SK4517 Single or Twin Poles (Mounting Required Assembly) 3P 3P 3P 3P 3P 3P 3P 3P 3P Twin Twin Single Single Twin Twin Single Single Single Availability Not Available Adding New Circuit Breakers Mounting Height Cat. No. Prefix Ampere Rating Mounting Assembly Required in. mm Poles Required Single or Twin (Mounting Assembly) FAL KAL LAL MAL 15–100 A 70–250 A 125–400 A 300–1000 A SK4515 SK4516 SK4517 SK4578 4.50 4.50 6.00 9.00 114 114 152 229 3P 3P 3P 3P Twin Twin Single Single Mounting assemblies for twin-mounted circuit breakers will only accept the same family and configuration of circuit breakers, i.e., FAL and FAL. DE5A PE1A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Obsolescent Circuit Breakers Rating Plugs For Obsolete Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers Class 666, 671, 677 www.schneider-electric.us These rating plugs are for electronic circuit breakers which are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ circuit breakers for new installations or replacement. Replacement rating plugs for circuit breakers manufactured before Micrologic™. Replacement Rating Plugs for PreMicrologic Circuit Breakers Circuit Breakers Manufactured Before Micrologic Frame Size 225 A ME Circuit Breakers Manufactured before Micrologic ME 400 A 800 A 1200 A PE Micrologic Circuit Breakers PE-G/PEC-G Built before June 1, 1982 and all PE/PEC 1600 A 2000 A 1200 A PE Circuit Breakers Manufactured before Micrologic PE-G/PEC-G Built after June 1, 1982 1600 A 2000 A Table 11.26: SE Micrologic Circuit Breakers © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Cat. No. 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 250 A 350 A 450 A 500 A 700 A 600 A 700 A 800 A 900 A 1200 A 1000 A 1200 A 1400 A 1000 A 1200 A 1400 A 1800 A 2000 A 600 A 700 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 1000 A 1200 A 1400 A 1000 A 1200 A 1400 A 1800 A 2000 A ME2100 ME2110 ME2125 ME2150 ME2175 ME4250 ME4350 ME8450 ME8500 ME8700 PE120600 PE120700 PE120800 PE120900 PE121200 PE161000 PE161200 PE161400 PE161000 PE161200 PE161400 PE201800 PE202000 PEG120600 PEG120700 PEG120800 PEG121000 PEG121200 PEG161000 PEG161200 PEG161400 PEG161000 PEG161200 PEG161400 PEG201800 PEG202000 Interchangeable Rating Plug Kits for ME, NE, PE and SE Circuit Breakers with Full-Function Micrologic Trip System Manufactured Between December 1989 and September 1992 Old Cat. No. New Cat. No. Multiplier Value RP040 RP050 RP056 RP058 RP060 RP063 RP067 RP070 RP075 RP080 ARP040 ARP050 ARP056 ARP058 ARP060 ARP063 ARP067 ARP070 ARP075 ARP080 0.400 0.500 0.563 0.583 0.600 0.625 0.667 0.700 0.750 0.800 RP083 RP088 RP090 RP100 ARP083 ARP088 ARP090 ARP100 0.833 0.875 0.900 1.000 DE5A Table 11.27: DE2 Discount Schedule Replacement Rating Plugs for Micrologic Circuit Breakers Frame Size 225 A Micrologic ME Series 3 400 A 800 A Micrologic NE Series 1 1200 A 1200 A Micrologic PE Series 4 1600 A 2000 A 200 A 400 A Micrologic SE Series 2 800 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A e Ampere Rating Cat. No.e 100 A 110 A 150 A 175 A 250 A 450 A 500 A 700 A 600 A 630 A 700 A 800 A 900 A 1000 A 600 A 700 A 1000 A 1200 A 1000 A 1200 A 1000 A 1200 A 1400 A 1600 A 1800 A 100 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A 200 A 250 A 300A 350 A 450 A 500 A 700 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A ME2100RP ME2110RP ME2150RP ME2175RP ME4250RP ME8450RP ME8500RP ME8700RP NE120600RP NE120630RP NE120700RP NE120800RP NE120900RP NE121000RP PE120600RP PE120700RP PE121000RP PE121200RP PE161000RP PE161200RP PE201000RP PE201200RP PE201400RP PE201600RP PE201800RP S9020100RP S9020125RP S9020150RP S9020175RP S9020200RP S9040200RP S9040250RP S9040300RP S9040350RP S9080450RP S9080500RP S9080700RP S9120800RP S9121000RP S9121200RP S9161600RP S9202000RP Contact your nearest local sales office for availability. OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 11.25: 11 ME Micrologic Circuit Breakers 11-13 Obsolescent Circuit Breakers EH/EHB Circuit Breakers Class 590, 652 www.schneider-electric.us EH/EHB circuit breakers are obsolete. Do not use on new applications. Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local Sales Office for product availability. Table 11.28: E Frame—100 A, Thermal Magnetic (480Y/277 Vac) 1P 277 Vac—14 kA 120 Vac—65 kA Amp Rating Plug-On Cat. No. 2P 480Y/277 Vac—14 kA 120/240 Vac—65 kA 3P 480Y/277 Vac—14 kA 240 Vac—65 kA Bolt-On Bolt-On Bolt-On Availability Cat. No. Availability Cat. No. Requires 1 Space Requires 1 Space Availability Cat. No. Availability Wire Size (AWG) Al Cu Wire Temp. Requires 3 Spaces Requires 2 Spaces EH/EHB Circuit Breakers 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 45 A 11 50 A OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 100 A Not Available — — Not Available Not Available — — Not Available EHB14015 a — EHB140151082 EHB14020 a — — — Not Available — — — Not Available — Not Available — Not Available Not Available — — — Not Available Not Available — — Not Available Not Available — — — Not Available — — — — — — — Not Available — — — Not Available Not Available — — Not Available Not Available — — — Not Available — — — — — — — Not Available EHB140301082 — — Not Available Not Available — — Not Available Not Available — — — Not Available — — — — — — — EHB24015 — — Not Available — — Not Available EHB34015 EHB340151042 EHB340151082 EHB34020 — — — — (2) 14–10 (2) 14–10 (2) 14–10 (2) 14–10 60/75 oC 60/75 oC 60/75 oC 60/75 oC — Not Available — Not Available — Not Available Not Available Not Available — Not Available Not Available Not Available EHB340201042 EHB340201082 EHB340201212 Not Available — — — 12–8 (2) 14–10 (2) 14–10 (2) 14–10 14–8 60/75 oC 60/75 oC 60/75 oC 60/75 oC Not Available Not Available EHB240301042 EHB240301082 — Not Available Not Available — — Not Available EHB24050 — — — EHB24060 — — Not Available Not Available Not Available EHB24100b EHB241001082 Not Available EHB34030 EHB340301082 EHB340301212 EHB3403035 EHB34035 Not Available Not Available EHB340401212 Not Available Not Available EHB340501042 EHB340501082 Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available 12–8 12–8 12–8 12–8 12–2 12–2 12–2 12–2 12–2 12–2 12–2 12–2 12–2 12–2 12–2 12–2 4–2/0 4–2/0 4–2/0 4–2/0 4–2/0 14–8 14–8 14–8 14–8 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 4–2/0 4–2/0 4–2/0 4–2/0 4–2/0 60/75 oC 60/75 oC 60/75 oC 60/75 oC 75 oC 75 oC 75 oC 75 oC 75 oC 75 oC 75 oC 75 oC 75 oC 75 oC 75 oC 75 oC 75 oC 75 oC 75 oC 75 oC 75 oC Not Available — (2) 14–10 Not Available — 12–8 12–8 (2) 14–10 14–8 14–8 60/75 oC 60/75 oC 60/75 oC 60/75 oC — — — Not Available Not Available — — Not Available Not Available — — — Not Available — — — — — — — — Not Available Not Available — — Not Available — — — — — Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available EH/EHB HID Circuit Breakers — For Use on High Intensity Discharge Lighting Systems 15 A Not Available Not Available Not Available 20 A 25 A 30 A Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available EHB14020HIDa Not Available Not Available a b 11-14 Not Available EHB24015HID Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available EHB34020HID Not Available EHB34030HID UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. For use only in Series 3 or Series E1 panelboards. Contact your nearest local sales office for use in earlier series panelboards DE5A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Obsolescent Circuit Breakers FJA Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers www.schneider-electric.us FJ 3-pole circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations or replacement. Table 11.29: Mechanical Lug Kit Information Circuit Breaker Application Standard Ampere Rating Optional Ampere Rating Number of Wires Per Lug and Wire Range Kit Cat. No. Lugs Per Kit AL100FD 3 Al Lugs for Use with Al or Cu Wire FJ 35–125 A Table 11.30: FJ 15–30 A (1) 12–2/0 AWG Al or (1) 14–2/0 AWG Cu Handle Accessories Circuit Breaker Type No. of Poles Cat. No. HPAFD 11 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Handle Padlock Attachment (locks ON or OFF) FJ 1, 2 or 3 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule 11-15 Obsolescent Circuit Breakers QE Metering Circuit Breakers www.schneider-electric.us QE circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations or replacement. Table 11.31: Table 11.31: Branch Circuit Breakers Branch Device Branch Device System Type Branch Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Cat. No. System Type 200 A Max. QE270VH QE280VH QE290VH QE2100VH QE2125VH QE2150VH QE2175VH QE2200VH Branch Circuit Breaker Availability Ampere Rating Cat. No. Availability Not Available 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A QE370VH QE380VH QE390VH QE3100VH QE3125VH QE3150VH QE3175VH QE3200VH Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available 1Ø IN – 1Ø OUT or 3Ø IN – 1Ø3W OUT 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A Branch Circuit Breakers 200 A Max. Not Available Not Available 3Ø IN 3Ø OUT 11 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 11-16 DE5A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Obsolescent Circuit Breakers KD/KG Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Class 540 www.schneider-electric.us KD and KG circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations or replacement. Table 11.32: KDL and KGL Circuit Breaker 3P 100–250 A PowerPact™ K Frame—250 A, Thermal-Magnetic (240 Vac) Continuous Current Rating @ 40o C AC Magnetic Trip Settings D Interrupting Level G Interrupting Level Terminal Wire Range Hold Trip Cat. No. Availability Cat. No. Availability 1100 A 1100 A 1100 A 1100 A 1400 A 1400 A 1400 A 1400 A 1700 A 1700 A 1700 A 1700 A 2400 A 2400 A 2400 A 2400 A KDL22100 KDL22110 KDL22125 KDL22150 KDL22175 KDL22200 KDL22225 KDL22250 Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available KGL22100 KGL22110 KGL22125 KGL22150 KGL22175 KGL22200 KGL22225 KGL22250 Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available AL250KD 6 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu 1100 A 1100 A 1100 A 1100 A 1400 A 1400 A 1400 A 1400 A 1700 A 1700 A 1700 A 1700 A 2400 A 2400 A 2400 A 2400 A KDL32100 KDL32110 KDL32125 KDL32150 KDL32175 KDL32200 KDL32225 KDL32250 KGL32100 KGL32110 KGL32125 KGL32150 KGL32175 KGL32200 KGL32225 KGL32250 Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available AL250KD 6 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu 2P, 240 Vac 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A 225 A 250 A 3P, 240 Vac 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A 225 A 250 A Table 11.33: Kit Catalog Number Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Mechanical Lug Kit Information Circuit Breaker Application Standard Ampere Rating Number of Wires Per Lug and Wire Range Torque Lugs Per Kit Availability — (1) 6 AWG–350 kcmil 300 lb-in (34 N•m) 3 Not Available 100–250 (1) 6 AWG–350 kcmil 300 lb-in (34 N•m) 3 Optional Ampere Rating — KDL, KGL Al Lugs for Use with Al or Cu Wire AL250KD KDL, KGL 100–250 A Cu Lugs for Use with Cu Wire Only CU250KD Table 11.34: — — Handle Accessories Circuit Breaker Type Cat. No. Availability Handle Padlock Attachment (locks ON or OFF) HPAKD Not Available OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS KDL, KGL Table 11.35: Interrupting Ratings (kA) KDL 25 11 240 V © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE5A Discount Schedule 11-17 Obsolescent Circuit Breakers NHL Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breaker Class 670 www.schneider-electric.us NHL circuit breakers and related accessory products are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations or replacement. NHL Circuit Breaker 800–1200 A Table 11.36: Ampere Rating 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 1200 A 800 A 1000 A 1000 A 1200 A 1200 A Table 11.37: 2P 3P Standard Lug Kit Wire Range Low High Cat. No. Cat. No. 4000 A 5000 A 5000 A 5000 A 4000 A 5000 A 5000 A 5000 A 5000 A 8000 A 10000 A 10000 A 10000 A 8000 A 10000 A 10000 A 10000 A 10000 A — — — — — NHL261000 — NHL261200 — NHF368001021 NHF3610001021 NHF361200 NHF3612001021 NHL36800 NHL361000 NHL3610001021 NHL361200 NHL3612001021 AL1200NA (4) 350–750-kcmil Mechanical Lug Kit Kit Cat. No. Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Number of Wires Per Lug and Wire Rangea Lugs Per Kit AL1200NA NH 600–1200 (4) 350–750 kcmil 1 Table 11.38: a 11 b Compression Lug Kit Kit Cat. No. Circuit Breaker Number of Lugs Per Terminal and Wire Rangea Lugs Per Kit VC1200NA5 NH (1) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil 1 VC1200NA7 NH (1) 500–750 kcmil Al or 500 kcmil Cu 1 Unless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors. Table 11.39: Mechanical Accessories Cat. No. Circuit Breaker HPANAb NAHEX NH NH Description Handle Padlock Attachment Handle Extension No. of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 Use with NAHEX handle extension. OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 11.40: 11-18 NHL Circuit Breaker (1200 A, 480 Vac) AC Magnetic Trip Settings Amperes Control Wire Terminations Cat. No. Standard Package Quantity AL1200NAT 1 DE5A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Obsolescent Circuit Breakers SE Circuit Breaker with Full-Function Trip Unit Class 678 www.schneider-electric.us SE circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations or replacement. Table 11.41: SE Circuit Breaker Fixed-Mounted Circuit Breaker Sensor Size Ampere Rating Rating Plug Installed Drawout Circuit Breaker Cat. No.ab Cat. No.ab Long-Time Short-Time Instantaneous Long-Time Short-Time Instantaneous w/Ground Faultc Long-Time Short-Time Instantaneous Long-Time Short-Time Instantaneous w/Ground Faultc SEF361200LSMR SEF363000LS — SEF363000LSMR — SEF364000LSZ SEF364000LSMRZ — — — — SEF363000LSG — SEF363000LSGMR — — SEF364000LSGMRZ SEF364000LSAMRZ — SED363000LS — SED363000LSMR — — — — SED363000LSG — SED363000LSGMR — — — SED364000LSGMR — Standard Interrupting Rating 1200 A 1200 A 3000 A 3000 A ARP100 4000 A 4000 A High Interrupting Rating 11 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1200 A 1200 A — SEHF361200LSGMR — — ARP100 3000 A 3000 A SEHF363000LSMR — — — a “MR” (Motor Ready) indicates 120 Vac spring charging motor only already installed. Does not include shunt close or shunt trip option. b “Z” indicates circuit breaker supplied without terminal connector kit. c Substitute (A) in place of (G) for ground-fault alarm (pick-up indication only). © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE5A Discount Schedule 11-19 Obsolescent Circuit Breakers SE Circuit Breaker Accessories Class 678 www.schneider-electric.us SE circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations or replacement. Table 11.42: Field-Replaceable Electronic Trip Unit Kits (Replaceable by Field Services Only)a Trip Unit Function Cat. No. Long-Time Short-Time Instantaneous with Ground Fault Long-Time Short-Time Instantaneous Ampere Rating 400 A — 800 A SETU800LSB 800 A — 1200 A SETU1200LSB 1200 A — 1600 A — 2500 A — 3000 A SETU3000LSB 3000 A — 4000 A SETU4000LSB 4000 A — a Used only with SE circuit breaker Series 3B. Table 11.43: Long-Time Short-Time Instantaneous with Ground Fault Alarm SETU400LSGB — — — SETU800LSGB — — — SETU1200LSGB — SETU1600LSGB SETU1600LSAB SETU2500LSGB — — — SETU3000LSGB SETU3000LSAB — — SETU4000LSGB — c Fixed-mounted circuit breakers only. Does not include key interlock. SE Drawout Cell Keying Kit Table 11.46: Cell Key Positions Table Cell Keying Kit Cat. No. Frame Size SECK0400 SECK0800 400 A 800 A SECK1200 SECK1600 SECK2000 SECK2500 SECK3000 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3000 A Table 11.44: Drawout Carriage Cell Key Position Availability A B C D X X X X E X Not Available Not Available X X X X X X X X Kit Cat. No. Description 11 120 Vac 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 125 Vdc 120 Vac 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 125 Vdc 120 Vac 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 125 Vdc OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Shunt Close Replacement Kit Shunt Tripb Replacement Kit Undervoltage Tripb Replacement Kit Auxiliary Switchb Replacement Kit Sensor Where Used SE12NCT SE12NCT SE30NCT SE30NCT SE30NCT SE30NCT SE40NCT 800 1200 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 SE, SEH SE, SEH SE, SEH SE, SEH SE, SEH SE, SEH SE, SEH X Field-Replaceable Accessory Kits Spring Charging Motor Replacement Kit Neutral Current Transformers Cat. No. S3MOT120AC2 — — S3MOT125DC2 S3SC120AC2 S3SC024DC2 S3SC048DC2 S3SC125DC2 S3ST120AC2 S3ST024DC2 S3ST048DC2 S3ST125DC2 120 Vac — 4 ac/dc 4 ac/dc add on 4 ac only 8 ac only S34DCB2 S34DCT2 S34AC2 S38AC2 Electric Joint Compound SE drawout circuit breakers are supplied with factoryapplied joint compound on the plug-on connectors. The compound should not be removed because it contributes to the overall performance of the connection. Whenever one of these units is removed and reinstalled, the joint compound should be reapplied. PJC 8311 is a two-ounce container of compound specially formulated for the SE drawout connections. This compound MUST BE USED ON SE DRAWOUT CONNECTIONS. No other type of commercially available joint compound should be used. Table 11.47: Electric Joint Compound Used With SED Drawout Circuit Breakers Cat. No. PJC8311 Alarm Switchb 2 ac only S3AS2 Replacement Kit b Also field-installable on Series 3 and newer, and for Series 2 ground fault circuit breakers. Table 11.45: Field-Installable External Accessory Kits Kit Cat. No. Description Padlock Attachment Close Button Cover Key Interlock Bracketc Series 1 Primary Injection Test Plug Series 2 Primary Injection Test Plug SE Drawout Crank Fan Monitoring Switch Kit 11-20 SE2PA SE1CBC SE1KI SEPITK1 SEPITK2 SEDC SE40FAN DE5A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Molded Case Circuit Breakers M-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers www.schneider-electric.us M-frame thermal-magnetic circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations or replacement. . Table 11.48: MAL/MHL 2P and 3p 300–1000 A Ampere Rating M-Frame—Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac AC Magnetic Trip Settingsa Low Standard Interrupting High Interrupting High Cat. No. Availability Cat. No. Availability Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Terminal Wire Range 2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A 900 A 1000 A 1500 A 1750 A 2000 A 2250 A 2500 A 3000 A 3500 A 4000 A 4500 A 5000 A 3000 A 3500 A 4000 A 4500 A 5000 A 6000 A 7000 A 8000 A 9000 A 10000 A MAL26300 MAL26350 MAL26400 MAL26450 MAL26500 MAL26600 MAL26700 MAL26800 MAL26900 MAL261000 Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available MHL26300 MHL26350 MHL26400 MHL26450 MHL26500 MHL26600 MHL26700 MHL26800 MHL26900 MHL261000 1200 A 5000 A 10000 A MAL261200 Not Available MHL261200 Not Available AL900MA (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available AL1000MAb (4) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil 3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A 900 A 1000 A 1500 A 1750 A 2000 A 2250 A 2500 A 3000 A 3500 A 4000 A 4500 A 5000 A 3000 A 3500 A 4000 A 4500 A 5000 A 6000 A 7000 A 8000 A 9000 A 10000 A MAL36300 MAL36350 MAL36400 MAL36450 MAL36500 MAL36600 MAL36700 MAL36800 MAL36900 MAL361000 Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available MHL36300 MHL36350 MHL36400 MHL36450 MHL36500 MHL36600 MHL36700 MHL36800 MHL36900 MHL361000 1200 A 5000 A 10000 A MAL361200 Not Available MHL361200 a b Not Available Not Available Not Available AL900MA (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Not Available AL1000MAb (4) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal values shown. The AL100MA lug is the only lug available for the 1200 A MA and MH circuit breakers. Table 11.49: Ampere Rating M-Frame—Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac AC Magnetic Trip Settingsc Low Standard Interrupting High Cat. No. 3000 A 3500 A 4000 A 4500 A 5000 A 6000 A 7000 A 8000 A MA26300( ) MA26350( ) MA26400( ) MA26450( ) MA26500( ) MA26600( ) MA26700( ) MA26800( ) 3000 A 3500 A 4000 A 4500 A 5000 A 6000 A 7000 A 8000 A MA36300 MA36350 MA36400 MA36450 MA36500 MA36600 MA36700 MA36800 Availability High Interrupting Cat. No. Availability Terminal Wire Range 300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A 1500 A 1750 A 2000 A 2250 A 2500 A 3000 A 3500 A 4000 A Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available MH26300( ) MH26350( ) MH26400( ) MH26450( ) MH26500( ) MH26600( ) MH26700( ) MH26800( ) Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available AL900MA (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil 3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available MH36300 MH36350 MH36400 MH36450 MH36500 MH36600 MH36700 MH36800 Not Available Not Available Not Available AL900MA (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Not Available Not Available UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal values shown. 2P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding required phase connection letters as suffix to catalog numbers. See Phase Options table. Table 11.50: Voltage 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Interrupting Ratings MA/MAL 42 kA 30 kA 22 kA MH/MHL 65 kA 65 kA 25 kA 11 c d 1500 A 1750 A 2000 A 2250 A 2500 A 3000 A 3500 A 4000 A Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-28 OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-23 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-5 Enclosures: see Digest Section 7 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdcd 11-21 Circuit Breaker Accessories Field-Installable Accessories Field-Installable Electrical Accessories Complete field-installable accessory catalog number by inserting suffix from Digest page 736 between the parentheses in the catalog numbers shown in the table below. (Example: LA11212) See Digest page 7-36 for accessory pricing; add 20% to factory-install fieldinstallable devices. Auxiliary Switch Contact Configuration Color Code: "A" Contact - Yellow Leads "B" Contact - Blue Leads Common-Striped Leads Table 11.51: 1A/1B A Field-Installable Accessories for Thermal-Magnetic and Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers Circuit Breaker B B Circuit Breaker Open or Tripped 1A Alarm Switch Configuration 1B Alarm Switch Configuration Color Code: Red Leads Color Code: Red Leads Circuit Breaker Open or Closed Circuit Breaker Tripped Circuit Breaker Tripped Circuit Breaker Open or Closed Shunt Trip Ground-Fault Shunt Tripa Undervoltage Trip Auxiliary Switches MA, MH Series 2 MA1( ) MA1G MA1 ( ) MA1( ) ME, MX Factory-Installed Only Factory-Installed Only Factory-Installed Only Factory-Installed Only Circuit Breaker Closed A www.schneider-electric.us NA, NC, NE, NX NA1( ) NA1( ) NA1( ) NA1( ) Series 1, 2, 3 PA, PH, PC Factory-Installed PA1( ) PA11121 PA1( ) Series 4 Only PE, PX Factory-Installed PA11121 PA1( ) PA1( ) Series 4, 5, 6 Only a Used with obsolete GP Ground-Censor™ system or add-on ground-fault modules. Table 11.52: Alarm Switch Factory-Installed Only Center Pole Factory-Installed Only NA1( ) Factory-Installed Only Factory-Installed Only Accessory Mounting Locations MA, MH Series 2 circuit breakers or newer = Fieldinstallable accessories ME/MX circuit breakers = Not field-installable accessories L R Undervoltage Trip Wiring Diagram Brown Brown Wires To Be Connected To Control Power UVR Brown R2 11 Shunt Trip Wiring Diagram NA, NC, NE, NX circuit breakers - FIeld-installable accessories “L” port and “R” port will accept shunt trips, alarm switches and UVRs; “R2” port will accept auxiliary switches. Maximum of one device per port. OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Black L Black Wires To Be Connected To Control Power Shunt Trip R1 Black 11-22 PA, PH, PC, PE, PX Series 4 circuit breakers or newer = FIield-installable accessories. L1 R1 L2 R2 “L1” a nd “L2” or “R1” and “R2” port combinations are required to mount a single shunt trip. Both “L2” and “R2” ports will accept a UVR. Both “L1” and R1” ports will accept auxiliary switches. If alarm switch is factory installed in PA or PC circuit breaker, it will be installed in “R2” port. For a PE or PX circuit breaker, the alarm switch will be factory installed in “L2” port. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Circuit Breaker Accessories Mechanical Lug Information www.schneider-electric.us AL900MA Table 11.53: Mechanical Lug Kit Information Circuit Breaker Application Standard AL800MA7 AL1000MA Ampere Rating Optional Ampere Rating Cat. No. Lugs Per Kit Availability Per Kit AL600LI7 AL900MA AL800MA7 AL1000MA AL250ME AL400ME7 AL800MA7 AL900MA AL1000MA AL1200NE6 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 Not Available Not Available AL2500PA 2 CU1000MA CU250ME CU1000MA CU1200NE6 1 3 1 1 (Number of Wires Per Lug ) Wire Rangea Al Lugs for Use with Al or Cu Wire — — LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI — (1) 500–750 kcmil MA, MH 300–1000 A — — (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil — — MA, MH 300–1000 A (2) 500–750 kcmil — — MA, MH 300–1200 A (4) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil ME, MX 100–250 A — — (1) 6 AWG–350 kcmil — — ME, MX 250–400 A (1) 350–750 kcmil — — ME, MX 100–800 A (2) 500–750 kcmil ME, MX 300–800 A ME, MX 100–250 A (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil — — ME, MX 300–1200 A (4) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil NA, NC, NE, NX 600–1200 A — — (4) 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil PAF, PHF, PEF, PXF, — — 600–2500 A (1) 1/0 AWG–750 kcmil PCF Cu Lugs for Use with Cu Wire Only c — — MA, MH 300–1000 A (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu — — ME, MX 125–250 A (1) 4 AWG–250 kcmil Cu — — ME, MX 100–800 A (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu — — NA, NC, NE, NX 600–1200 A (4) 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil Cu a Unless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors. b For use in the OFF end only, when the OFF end is the load end. c Use suffix 8002 for factory-installed Cu lugs. (20% adder.) Not Available Not Available Not Available Compression Lug Kits Field-installable Compression Lug Kitsa AL2500PA Dimension A (In) Wire Rangeb Max. Lugs Per Terminal Aluminum Compression Lug Kits 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil 1.9 2 MA, MH 500–750 kcmil 2.1 2 4 AWG–300 kcmil 1.5 1 ME2, MX2 250–350 kcmil 1.5 1 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil 2.2 1 ME4, MX4 500–750 kcmil Al 2.5 1 or 500 kcmil Cu 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil 1.9 2 ME, MX, MA, MH 500–750 kcmil Al 2.1 2 or 500 kcmil Cu 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil 3.3 4 NA, NC, NE, NX 500–750 kcmil Al 3.6 4 or 500 kcmil Cu 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil c 6–8 PAF, PHF, PCF, PEF 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil c 6–8 Copper Compression Lug KitsNot Available ME4, MX4 250–500 kcmil Cu 2.6 1 ME, MX 250–500 kcmil Cu 2.4 2 250–500 kcmil Cu 3.3 4 NA, NC, NE, NX 500–750 kcmil Cu 3.6 4 a See instruction bulletins for recommended tools. b Unless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors. c All P-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type. Cat. No. Lug Qty. Per Kit VC600MA5 VC800MA7 VC250ME3 VC250ME35 VC400ME5 2 2 3 3 1 Availability Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available VC400ME7 1 Not Available VC600MA5 2 Not Available VC800MA7 2 Not Available VC1200NE5 4 Not Available VC1200NE7 4 Not Available VC2000PA5 VC2500PA7 4 4 Not Available Not Available CVC400ME5 CVC600MA5 CVC1200NE5 CVC1200NE7 1 2 4 4 Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Power Distribution Connectors (PDC) for Circuit Breakers—for Field Replacement of Mechanical Lugs Can be used for multiple load connections on one circuit breaker. Use in place of standard distribution blocks to save space and time. Field-installable kits, including tin-plated aluminum connectors and all necessary mounting hardware are available for Square D FA, LA and Q4-frame molded case circuit breakers. Connectors are UL Listed: • • • • For use on load end of circuit breaker only For use in UL508 Industrial Control applications only For use in UL 1995/CSA C22.2 No. 236 heating and cooling equipment For copper wire only Table 11.55: PDC Lugs Use With Circuit Breakerd MAL, MHL, MEL, MXL d e f © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Cicuit Breaker Ampere Rating Wires Per Terminal & Wire Rangee Cu Cat. No. Lug Quantity Per Kit Dimension A (i.) 125–1000 A (6) 12–2/0 AWG Cu (12) 14–4 AWG Cu PDC6MA20 PDC12MA4 1 1 0.0 0.0 Availability Not Available Not for use with I-Line circuit breakers. When using fine stranded wire, increased cross sectional area may cause maximum wire size to be reduced. OFF end only when OFF end is the load end. DE2 Discount Schedule 11-23 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Circuit Breaker Type 11 Table 11.54: Electronic Products Micrologic™ Series 2/3/A/B Trip Unit Test Sets Class 690 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: Listed below are the catalog numbers and the components required for testing the entire family of Micrologic trip systems. The listing includes obsolete series trip systems. Micrologic Series B Trip Systems Identified by label on front of trip unit (LE/LX/LXI, ME/MX, NE/NX and PE/PX circuit breaker 9/92 to present) (SE circuit breaker 10/92 to present) This is the latest series of standard (LX/LXI, MX, NX and PX) and full-function (LE, ME, NE, PE and SE) Micrologic trip systems. Table 11.56: Universal Test Set Description Cat. No. Universal Test Set includes the following: 1. Self-test module (CBTMT) 2. Standard and full-function Micrologic Series B module (CBTMB) includes rating plug adapter 3. Power cord 4. Ribbon cable for making the connection from the test set to the rating plug adapter 5. Instruction manual UTS3 For those customers who already own the Universal Test Set and want to test the latest standard and full-function (Series B) trip systems, all that is needed is Micrologic Series B module (CBTMB). Included is the rating plug adapter and instruction manual. CBTMB Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug adapter for CBTMB CBTMBRK Long-time and ground-fault memory reset module (Series B Electronics) MTMB Micrologic Series 3 and Series A Trip Systems Identified by two rows of rotary switches (ME/MX, NE/NX and PE/PX circuit breakers 11/89 to 9/92) (SE circuit breakers 5/90 to 10/92) For those customers who already own the Universal Test Set (CBTU1 or UTS3) and want to test these earlier series Micrologic trip systems, see the following chart. Table 11.57: Micrologic Series 3 and Series A Circuit Breaker Test Module Circuit Breaker Test Module Cat. No. Includes rating plug adapter and instruction manual CBTM4A Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug adapter for CBTM4A CBTM4RK 11 Micrologic Series 2 Trip Systems OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Identified by only one row of rotary switches Micrologic Series 2 Test Modules are obsolete and no longer available. Table 11.58: Micrologic Series 2 Circuit Breaker Test Module Circuit Breaker Test Modules SE (5/85-5/90) includes rating plug adapter and instruction pages Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug for CBTM1 Cat. No. Availability CBTM1 Not Available CBTM1A Not Available ME, PE (4/85-11/89) CBTM2 obsolete, no longer available CBTM2 Not Available ME, NE, PE (10/86-11/89) includes rating plug adapter and instruction manual CBTM3 Not Available CBTM3A Not Available Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug for CBTM3 Table 11.59: Micrologic Series 1 Trip Systems for Circuit Breakers Manufactured Before Micrologic Trip System Test Set ME/PE (8/78-4/85) Identified by slide type switches instead of rotary switches. The very first series ME and PE electronic trip circuit breakers offered by Square D. Test Set Not Available SE (7/83-5/85) The very first series of SE electronic trip circuit breakers had rotary switches and can be identified by a three-digit serial number. Test Set Not Available Note: For trip systems of this type that require testing, contact Technical Services toll free at 1-800-634-2003. Table 11.60: Neutral Current Transformers Cat. No. Availability ME25CT2 ME4CT2 ME8CT2 Not Available Not Available Not Available NE12CT2 PE12CT2 PE16CT2 PE20CT2 PE25CT2 11-24 DE2 Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Discount Schedule Sensor Where Used 250 A 400 A 800 A MXL,MEL 1200 A NXL,NEL 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A PXF, PEF © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Ground-Fault Protection Micrologic™ Add-On Ground-Fault Module (GFM) Class 931, 940, 960 www.schneider-electric.us • NOTE: Ground-fault modules cannot be reverse fed. Table 11.61: Output SE 2 (Ground Fault) 50 SE 2 (Short Time) ME 3, NE1, PE 4 50 ME 4, 5 & 5A, NE 2, 3 & 3A, PE 50 5, 6 & 6A, SE 3, 3A LE 1B, ME 5B, NE 3B, PE 6B, 50 SE 3B GC 100 R GFMa 50 RIM32 50 a GFM is an output device only. R R 15 R R 2 R R 13 R R 47 R 50 R 50 R 50 R R 1 1 7 R 14 R 10 1 R 26 R 44 R R 2 50 R 1 7 R 1 37 R 5 50 7 50 R 10 15 50 6 GC100 1 R RIM 32 Inputs Module/Enclosure Selection Chart Companion Enclosure Space Required Ground-Fault Circuit Pickup Cat. No. I-Line Individual Adjustment Availability Breaker Switchboard Enclosure a Prefix Range FAL, FHL, FCL, FA, GFM100FA LA KA 20–100 A FH, FC Not FI GFM100FI LA — 20–100 A Available KAL, KHL, KI, KA, GFM250 LA LA 40–200 A KH, KC a Use NEMA 1 or 3R enclosures only. See page 11-5 for dimensions. # Maximum inputs without RIM32. Self-restraint counts as one input. R RIM32(s) required to restrain any devices. Note: Note: Present design. Invalid combination. The RIM32 Restraint Interface Module is used to interface the restraint signals between various Square D Micrologic™ circuit breakers, Micrologic ground-fault modules, and GC-100 ground-fault protection systems. The restraint interface module operates on either 120 or 240 Vac, 50/60 Hz. The module is protected by a 1/4 A fuse. Allowable ZSI combinations are shown in Table 11.62. (Series numbers for current design circuit breakers end in B, for example NE Series 3B.) For double-ended or larger systems, or systems which contain devices from different columns in Table 11.62, contact your local Sales Office for combination information. If more inputs or outputs are needed, another restraint interface module is necessary. Contact your local Sales Office for information on multiple module installations. NOTE: The maximum distance between devices is 1000 ft. (305 m). Table 11.63: RIM32 OUT GND No. 4 Ground Fault Restraint OUT GND No. 5 Short Time Restraint 11 Cat. No. RIM32 OUT GND No. 6 Restraint OUT GND COM GC-100 Ground Fault Restraint 240 Vac OUTPUTS CAT. NO. RIM32 PUSH TO TEST INPUTS No. 1 Ground Fault Restraint IN © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 DE5A Discount Schedule GND No. 2 Short Time Restraint IN GND OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS • Circuit Breaker Series LE 1B, ME 5B, NE 3B, PE 6B, SE 3B • ZSI Combinations (Where All Inputs Driven Are Same Column) ME 5A, NE 3A, PE 6A, SE 3A • ZSI Combinations ME 3, NE1, PE 4 • • • Used in combination with the FA, KA, FC, KC, FI, and KI type circuit breakers with a ground-fault shunt trip factory installed (add the suffix “G” to the circuit breaker) Adjustable ground-fault pickup levels Adjustable ground-fault time delays Integral ground fault push-to-test feature and ground-fault indicator All GFMs supplied for I-Line™ mounting, easily convertible to unit mount by removing the I-Line brackets Neutral current transformer is supplied for 3-phase 4-wire applications. Refer to instructions for proper installation Zone-selective interlocking capability is standard with upstream Micrologic trip system circuit breakers. The GFM can also be zone interlocked with the GC ground-fault system by using a restraint interface module.See Supplementary Digest 120 Vac control power is required for integral test feature. Meets NEC 230-95(c) Table 11.62: ME 4 & 5, NE 2 & 3 PE 5 & 6, SE 3 • RIM32 Restraint Interface Module SE 2 (Short Time) The Micrologic ground-fault module (GFM) is a UL Listed circuit breaker accessory for equipment protection. It is a combination ground-fault relay and ground-fault sensing device. Micrologic Add-On Ground-Fault Module Features: SE 2 (Ground Fault) GFM250 No. 3 Restraint IN GND GC-100 Ground Fault Restraint IN GND 1/4 AMPERE 120 Vac COM 11-25 Obsolescent Circuit Breakers Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breakers, UL 489/1066 Listed www.schneider-electric.us Masterpact™ M/MP/MC circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Use Masterpact NT/NW for new applications. See DIgest 176. Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local sales office for product availability. To order a complete circuit breaker, order: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Circuit breaker fixed or drawout frame..........................page 11-26 or cradle only................................................................page 11-32 or circuit breaker without cradle....................................page 11-26 Connections..................................................................page 11-23 Control unit....................................................................page 11-27 Rating plug....................................................................page 11-27 Accessories...................................................................page 11-28 Fixed and Drawout breakers listed below are complete with STR58U Trip unit which includes Long time, short time, instantaneous and ground fault as well as options T (residual) and I (ammeter). Table 11.64: UL Listed Masterpact MP Circuit Breaker Frame Rating AIR/ 480 V Fixed 3P Drawout without Cradle 3P Cradle Only 3P $ Price 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA MP100135 MP100137 MP100139 MP100136 MP100138 MP100140 MP100141 MP100133 MP100132 Contact Schneider Electric Cedar Rapids Plant Customer Service Group for current pricing and availability. High Interrupting (H2) MP16 to MP30— UL 489/NEMA AB1 Standards b MP16H2 MP20H2 MP30H2 1600 A 2000 A 3000 A Not UL Listed Additional information: Catalog 0631CT9501, Data Sheet 0631HO9701 11 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 11-26 DE2G Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Obsolescent Circuit Breakers Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Control Units www.schneider-electric.us Masterpact™ M/MP/MC circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Use Masterpact NT/NW for new applications. See DIgest 176. Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local sales office for product availability. Table 11.65: Control Units Control Unit Ground-Fault Protectiona Without Ground-Fault Protectiona STR 58U (long-time, short-time and instantaneous protection) Table 11.66: Sensor Rating 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 2500 A 5000 A Rating Plug (RL) Plug Rating Cat. No. 150 A 200 A 250 A 200 A 250 A 300 A 400 A 300 A 400 A 500 A 600 A 400 A 500 A 600 A 800 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 1200 A 3000 A 4000 A 5000 A 54732 54733 54734 54735 54736 54737 54738 54739 54740 54741 54742 54743 54744 54745 54746 54747 54748 54750 54759 54772 54773 54774 For pricing contact your local Schneider Electric distributor. OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS a b STR58U (long-time = 0.4x1 sensor rating) Includes Residual Type T — and Ammeter — I External neutral sensor (TCE) b– see page 11-28 M1008H2 M1008H2NG M10H2 M10H2NG M1612H2 M1612H2NG M16H2 M16H2NG M20H2 M20H2NG M25H2 M25H2NG M3230H2 M3230H2NG M32H2 M32H2NG M6340H2 M6340H2NG M6350H2 M6350H2NG M63H2 M63H2NG External neutral sensor not included. External AD module (see page 11-28) is required if load is below 20% or if setting is red zone. 11 NOTE: Mandatory for UL Listed Masterpact MP circuit breakers with STR 28D, STR 38S and STR 58U control units. Not required on IEC Rated Masterpact circuit breakers. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2G Discount Schedule 11-27 Obsolescent Circuit Breakers Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Accessories www.schneider-electric.us Masterpact™ M/MP/MC circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Use Masterpact NT/NW for new applications. See DIgest 175. Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local sales office for product availability. Table 11.67: Neutral Sensor for 3ØH4W Systems (TCE) NOTE: External neutral transformer (TCE) must have the same rating as the circuit breaker current sensor. a Rating Cat. No. 800 A 54422 1250 A 54426 2000 A 54427 For pricing contact your local Schneider Electric distributor. Discount Schedule DE2G. Table 11.68: Accessories (Must be ordered as separate items) Accessory Description Power Supply Module (AD) Discount Schedule Cat. No. Input voltage 24/30 Vdc For STR 18M to STR 58U control units Output voltage: 24 Vdc 54440 48/60 Vdc 10 Vac 50/60 Hz 54441 DE2F 54443 220 Vac 50/60 Hz 54444 380 Vac 50/60 Hz 54446 Battery Module (BAT) Battery back-up power supply for AD module Table 11.69: DE2F 54446 Accessories for Cradle Accessory Cat. No. Position Switches 11 Four SPDT connected position switches (CE) 54590 Two SPDT disconnected position switches (CD) 54591 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Door Escutcheon Can be used with fixed or drawout circuit breakers b 11-28 54594b Discount Schedule DE2F DE2F DE2G DE2 DE5A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Obsolescent Circuit Breakers Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Accessories www.schneider-electric.us Masterpact™ M/MP/MC circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Use Masterpact NT/NW for new applications. See DIgest 175. Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local sales office for product availability. Table 11.70: Accessories for Circuit Breaker Frame Cat. No. (XF) Cat. No. (MX) 110/127 54449 54449 220/250 54503 54503 277 a 54504 54504 24 54495 54495 48 54497 54497 100/110 a 54449 54449 200/220 a 54503 54503 250 54504a 54504 Volts (V) • Maximum 2 shunt trips or 1 shunt trip + 1 undervoltage trip. Closing Coil (XF)/Shunt Trip (MX) AC 50/60 Hz DC Undervoltage Trip (MN) AC 50/60 Hz DC 440/480 54481 24 54470 100/110 a 54474 200/220a 54478 110/127 54486 220/250 54488 100/127 54512 Time Delayed Undervoltage Trip (MNR) – Not UL Listed AC 50/60 Hz AC 50/60 Hz DC 200/240 54513 480a 54518 48/60 54511 Two Standard (2a+2b) Auxiliary Switches OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Spring Charging Motor (MCH)—Includes Spring Charged Switch Standard Four Auxiliary Switches (OF) Four changeovers (SPDT) 54525 One Ready to Close Switch (PF) One ready to close switch 54528 Not available on switch version 11 One Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE) Standard “OFF” Position Lock by Key Lock Provision for KIRK key lock Ronis (1 key lock) with provision a VKA 54536 VSRA1 54533 Not UL Listed. For pricing contact your local Schneider Electric distributor. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2G Discount Schedule 11-29 Obsolescent Circuit Breakers Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Spare Parts www.schneider-electric.us Masterpact™ M/MP/MC circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Use Masterpact NT/NW for new applications. See DIgest 175. Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local sales office for product availability. Table 11.71: Spare Parts Spare Parts Cat. No. Clusters for Cradle (Set of 2) MP25–MP30 3P MP25–MP30 4P M20–M25L 3P M20–M25L 4P M32H 3P M32H 4P M50H 3P M50H 4P MP40–MP50 3P 54063 (3) 54063 (4) 54063 (3) 54063 (4) 54063 (6) 54063 (7) Charging Handle One piece 685713 One piece 685631 Racking Handle Vertical UL 489—UL 1066 Connectors MP25–MP30 3P (set of three top or bottom connectors) 54107 (2) For pricing contact your local Schneider Electric distributor. 11 OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 11-30 DE2F DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Table of Contents Section 12 Section Listing Obsolete Motor Control Centers Model 4 Branch Feeder Units 12-2 Circuit Breaker Type Combination Starter Units 12-3 Fusible Switch Type Combination Starter Units 12-4 Series 5600 12-5 Branch Feeder Units 12-6 Circuit Breaker Type Combination Starter Units 12-6 12 OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS General Information © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 12-1 Obsolete Motor Control Centers Model 4 Branch Feeder Units Class 8998 This section covers Model 4 Motor Control Center (MCC) unit availability during product obsolescence. All Model 4 orders can be completely defined by price, catalog type, and modifications. Layout sheets and data sheets are not required for order entry. All unit prices are shown as NEMA 1. If a NEMA 12 unit is required, multiply the base price by 1.06. Note the standard features of the unit. Please refer to footnotes for important information. Model 4 structures are no longer available. Transition sections can be provided to match an existing Model 4 MCC to a Model 6 MCC. Model 4 to Model 6 Transition 1/2 S.F. Blank Plate K402b 1 S.F. Blank Plate 68.00 K404b 2 S.F. Blank Plate 106.00 Circuit Breaker Branch Feeder Units a $ Price Space Factor 2150.00 1 2376.00 Price $ 68.00 Unit support pan included. Table 12.4: Fusible Switch Branch Feeder Units— 3-pole c Max. Fuse Size Unit Type No. 250 600 $ Price Space Factor 30 KW408 1214.00 1 60 KX409 1214.00 1 100 KY409 1714.00 1 200 KZ409 2046.00 2-1/2 30 KW409 1214.00 1 60 KX410 1214.00 1 100 KY410 1714.00 1 200 KZ410 2046.00 2-1/2 NOTE: Fusible branch feeders 30-200 amp using Class H fuse clips have a short circuit rating of 10,000 AIR @ 600 V. If Class R fuse clips are required, order field installabe kit from Digest. c Fuses not included. Starter Unit Options Description Start-Stop PB with 1 Pilot light — Red (On)d Forward-Reverse-Stop PB with 2 Pilot Lightse High-Low-Stop PB with 2 Pilot Lightsf Hand-Off-Auto SS with 1 Pilot Light — Red (On)d 1 Pilot Light only — Red (On)d 2 Pilot Lights — Red (On)e d e f Form No. AP A1PP A2PP CP P PP Price $284.00 616.00 616.00 284.00 151.00 384.00 Full Voltage Non-Reversing units only. Reversing units only. Two-Speed units only. Table 12.6: Miscellaneous Units MT Units (Undrilled Panel and Hinged Door) 6336.00 Unit Type No. Space Factors Panel Dimensionsg MT414 1 11-3/4 in. H x 13-5/8 in. W $450.00 MT415 2 22-1/3 in. H x 13-5/8 in. W 908.00 1-1/2 g a Description K401b Table 12.5: Branch Feeder Units and Modifications Breaker Unit Type No. of Poles Trip Rating Frame Type No. 15 BW423 20 BW424 30 FH BW425 40 BW429 50 BW428 60 BW426 70 BW450 3 80 FH BW451 90 BW452 100 BW427 125 BY405 150 BY406 175 KH BY409 200 BY407 225 BY408 b Miscellaneous Items Unit Voltage Provides transition from a Model 4 to a Model 6 MCC. The transition requires a 12-inch extension on the first section of the Model 6 lineup. The transition section must be ordered with at least one Model 6 section and cannot ship separately. THE MODEL 6 BUS MUST BE OF EQUAL OR GREATER AMPACITY THAN THE MODEL 4 BUS. The transition section includes all required splice bars. (Reference the Model 6 Motor Control Center Pricing Guide.) Please supply original Model 4 factory order number, basic configuration, and Model 4 bus amperage, material, and plating at time of order. Compatible structure depths include: • 15-inch deep Model 6 to 14-inch deep Model 4 • 20-inch deep Model 6 to 20-inch deep Model 4 Table 12.1: Table 12.3: www.schneider-electric.us Price Dimensions are in inches — Depth from door to panel is 7.50 inches. All branch circuit breakers are thermal magnetic with high interrupting Form Y532. Table 12.2: Dual Mounted Units No. of Poles Trip Rating 3 12 15/15 20/20 30/30 50/50 60/60 100/100 Breaker Unit Type Frame Type No. BW453 BW454 FH/FH BW455 BW456 BW457 FH/FH BW458 $ Price Space Factor 3908.00 1-1/2 3988.00 OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS 12-2 PE4 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Obsolete Motor Control Centers Model 4 Circuit Breaker Type Combination Starters 1B Wiring and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Auxiliary Interlock (Standard) www.schneider-electric.us Table 12.7: Full Voltage Non-Reversing Maximum Horsepower At C/B Amp Unit Type No. 1/4–1 3 EC403 1-1/2–3 7 EC404 15 EC405 208 V 240 V 480 V 1/4–1/3 1/3 1 1/2–1 1 3 1-1/2–3 3 7-1/2 5–10 NEMA Starter Size 600 V 1 5 7-1/2 10 — 30 EC406 1-1/2–3 3 7-1/2 5–10 15 EC409 5 7-1/2 10 — 30 EC410 30 ED402 5 7-1/2 15 15–20 7-1/2–10 10 25 25 — 15 — — 5 7-1/2 15 15–20 7-1/2–10 10 25 25 — 15 — — 10 10 25 25–30 15–25 30 50 40–50 30 40 — — 40 — 75 100 — 50 100 — Table 12.8: 1 2 2 3 4 50 ED403 100 ED404 30 ED405 50 ED406 100 ED407 50 EE404 100 EE405 225 EF406 225 EF407 225 EF408 C/B Amp Unit Type No. $ Price With FTa $ Price With SY74 No. of Thermal Units Requiredc 1 3480.00 3190.00 3 1-1/2b 4772.00 4475.00 3 1 4695.00 4297.00 3 1-1/2b 5718.00 4884.00 3 1-1/2 6490.00 5884.00 3 2 11615.00 10798.00 3 Full Voltage Reversing Maximum Horsepower At 480 V NEMA Starter Size 208 V 240 V 1/4–1/3 1/3 1 1/4–1 3 FC408 1/2–1 1 3 1-1/2–3 7 FC409 1-1/2–3 3 7-1/2 5–10 15 FC410 600 V 1 5 7-1/2 10 — 30 FC411 5 7-1/2 15 15–20 30 FD402 7-1/2–10 10 25 25 50 FD403 — 15 — — 100 FD404 Table 12.9: 2 Space Factor $ Price With FTa $ Price With SY74 No. of Thermal Units Requiredc 1-1/2 4877.00 4480.00 3 2 6251.00 5851.00 3 Two-Speed, Constant Hp, Full Voltage Non-Reversing Maximum Horsepower At 240 V 480 V 600 V NEMA Starter Size C/B Amp One Winding (Consequent Pole) Unit Type No. Space Factor $ Price w/ Ta Two Winding (Separate Winding) $ Price w/ SY74 Unit Type No. — — 1/2 1/4–3/4 3 HC415 HC419 1/4–3/4 3/4 2 1–2 7 HC416 HC420 1–2 2 5 3–5 15 HC417 3–5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 30 HC418 — — 10 10–15 30 HC411 7-1/2 10 20 20 50 HC412 Table 12.10: 1 2 2 4301.00 3846.00 HC421 Space Factor $ Price w/ FTa $ Price w/ SY74 No. of Thermal Units Requiredc 2 7068.00 6240.00 6 2 9489.00 8328.00 6 HC422 2 5947.00 5309.00 HD413 HD414 Two-Speed, Constant or Variable Torque, Full Voltage Non-Reversing Maximum Horsepower At 480 V 600 V NEMA Starter Size C/B Amp One Winding (Consequent Pole) Unit Type No. 208 V 240 V 1/4–1/3 1/3 1 1/4–1 3 HC407 1/2–1 1 3 1-1/2–3 7 HC408 1-1/2–3 3 7-1/2 5–10 15 HC409 1 5 7-1/2 10 — 30 HC410 5 7-1/2 15 15–20 30 HD405 7-1/2–10 10 25 25 50 HD406 — 15 — — 100 HD407 a b c 2 Space Factor $ Price w/ FTa Two Winding (Separate Winding) $ Price w/ SY74 Unit Type No. Space Factor $ Price w/ FTa $ Price w/ SY74 No. of Thermal Units Requiredc HC411 2 4301.00 3846.00 HC412 HC413 2 7068.00 6240.00 6 2 9489.00 8328.00 6 HC414 HD408 2 5947.00 5309.00 HD409 HD410 Units are wired for 480 V unless 240 V is stated on order. The 480 V contol circuit transformer is reconnectable for 240 V. For other voltages, form SY74 must be used. Includes extra 1/2 space factor (additional space only). Melting alloy overload relay included; thermal units must be priced and ordered separately. If ambient compensated bimetallic overload is required add form B to unit, price adder is 170.00 NOTE: To get NEMA 12, multiply base price by 1.06 and add form N12 to unit. 12 Mag-Gard™ circuit breaker combination starter units through Size 4 are UL Listed for 22,000 AIR @ 600 V. Exception: NEMA Size 3 and 4 when bimetallic overloads are used are UL Listed for 10,000 AIR @ 600 V. OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS 208 V Space Factor © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE4 Discount Schedule 12-3 Obsolete Motor Control Centers Model 4 Fusible Switch Combination Starter Units 1B Wiring and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Auxiliary Interlock (Standard) www.schneider-electric.us Table 12.11: Full Voltage Non-Reversing Maximum Horsepower At 208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V 5 5 — — — — 10 10 7-1/2 7-1/2 — — 7-1/2 7-1/2 — — — — 10 10 10 15 — — — — 25 25 10 15 — — — — 25 25 20 25 — — 25 30 — — — — 50 50 40 50 — — — — 100 100 Table 12.12: NEMA Starter Size Unit Type No. 30 NC413 30 NC414 60 NC415 60 NC416 30 NC417 60 ND411 60 ND412 60 ND413 60 ND414 100 NE416 200 NE417 3 100 NE418 1-1/2 1 1 2 2 3 $ Price With FTa $ Price With SY74 No. of Thermal Units Requiredc 1 3345.00 3055.00 3 1-1/2b 4479.00 4029.00 3 1 4509.00 4102.00 3 1-1/2b 5197.00 4715.00 3 6228.00 5618.00 3 10192.00 9369.00 3 1-1/2 200 NF409 200 NF410 NEMA Starter Size Switch Ampere Rating Unit Type No. 30 OC417 1 60 OC418 30 OC419 60 OD409 60 OD410 4 Space Factor 3-1/2 Full Voltage Reversing Maximum Horsepower At 208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V 5 5 — — 7-1/2 7-1/2 — — — — 10 10 10 10 — — — — 25 25 Table 12.13: 2 Space Factor $ Price With FTa $ Price With SY74 No. of Thermal Units Requiredc 1-1/2 4744.00 4349.00 3 2 6069.00 5669.00 3 Two-Speed, Constant Hp, Full Voltage Non-Reversing Maximum Horsepower At 208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V 5 5 — — 5 5 — — — — 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 — — — — 20 20 Table 12.14: Switch Amp Rating NEMA Starter Size 1 2 One Winding (Consequent Pole) Switch Amp Rating Unit Type No. 30 QC447 60 QC448 30 QC449 60 QD437 60 QD438 Space Factor $ Price w/ FTa Two Winding (Separate Winding) $ Price w/ SY74 Unit Type No. Space Factor $ Price w/ FTa $ Price w/ SY74 No. of Thermal Units Requiredc QC450 2 4016.00 3559.00 QC450 2 6541.00 5712.00 6 2 9016.00 7849.00 6 QC452 2 5712.00 QD439 5074.00 QD440 Two-Speed, Constant or Variable Torque, Full Voltage Non-Reversing Maximum Horsepower At 208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V 7-1/2 7-1/2 — — 7-1/2 7-1/2 — — — — 10 10 10 15 — — — — 25 25 a 12 b c One Winding (Consequent Pole) NEMA Starter Size Switch Amp Rating 30 QC441 1 60 QC442 30 QC443 60 QD433 60 QD434 2 Unit Type No. Space Factor $ Price w/ FTa Two Winding (Separate Winding) $ Price w/ SY74 Unit Type No. Space Factor $ Price w/ FTa $ Price w/ SY74 No. of Thermal Units Requiredc QC444 2 4016.00 3559.00 QC445 2 6541.00 5712.00 6 2 9016.00 8749.00 6 QC446 2 5712.00 5074.00 QD435 QD436 Units are wired for 480 V unless 240 V is stated on order. The 480 V control circuit transformer is reconnectable for 240 V. For other voltages, form SY74 must be used. Includes extra 1/2 space factor (additional spaces only). Melting alloy overload relay included; thermal units must be priced and ordered separately. If ambient compensated bimetallic overload is required add form B to unit, price adder is 170.00 NOTE: Refer to catalog to get NEMA 12, multiply base price by 1.06 and add form N12 to unit. OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS Fusible starters Sizes 1–3 using Class H fuse clips have a short circuit rating of 5,000 AIR @ 600 V. Size 4 starters using Class H are rated 10 kAIR @ 600 V. If Class R fuse clips are required, order field installable kit from Digest. Fuses are not included. 12-4 PE4 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Obsolete Motor Control Centers Series 5600 General Information www.schneider-electric.us This section covers Series 5600 Motor Control Center availability during product obsolescence. All Series 5600 orders can be completely defined by price, catalog type, and modifications. Layout sheets and data sheets are not required for order entry. All unit prices are shown as NEMA 1. Note the standard features of the unit. Please refer to footnotes for important information. Notes: 1. All units are circuit breaker type. 2. All starter units use Square D™ brand Type S starters and contactors. Telemecanique™ Series 5600 History The Series 5600 MCC was in production for more than 20 years. In 1970 it was first sold under the ITE Circuit Breaker/ITE Imperial name. In 1976 ITE Imperial merged with Gould Inc. The MCC was then sold with the Gould ITE name and later the Gould name. In 1985 the Industrial Controls Division of Gould Inc. was sold to Telemecanique Inc., and the MCC was renamed the Telemecanique Series 5600 MCC. Telemecanique, Inc., was acquired by Groupe Schneider in 1988, and in 1991 Square D Company was purchased by Groupe Schneider. Transition Sections From Telemecanique Series 5600 To Square D™ Brand Model 6 Provides transition from Telemecanique Series 5600 MCC to Square D™ brand Model 6 MCC. The transition requires an extension on the first section of the Model 6 lineup. The transition section must be ordered with at least one Model 6 section, and cannot ship separately. The ampacity of the Model 6 bus will be equal to or greater than that of the Series 5600 bus. 20 in. deep Model 6 can be spliced to 20 in. deep Series 5600. 15 in. deep Model 6 can be spliced to 15 in. deep Series 5600. 20 in. deep Model 6 can be spliced to 20 in. deep back-to-back Series 5600 (units mounted both front and back), with front only unit mounting on the Model 6 section(s). The transition section includes all required splice bars. (Reference Model 6 Motor Control Center Pricing Guide.) NOTE: Not Available In NEMA Type 3R Construction. The Model 6 to Series 5600 transition section is available in two basic configurations: 1. Model 6 on right spliced to Series 5600 on left 2. Model 6 on left spliced to Series 5600 on right The following information must be provided when ordering a Model 6 to Series 5600 transition section: 1. 2. 3. 4. Basic configuration (Model 6 Right/Series 5600 Left or Model 6 Left/Series 5600 Right) Series 5600 bus amperage, material, plating, and dimensions Model 6 bus amperage, material, and plating Original Series 5600 factory order number 12 OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS Please contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for price and availability of transition sections. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 12-5 Obsolete Motor Control Centers Series 5600 Branch Feeder and Circuit Breaker Type Combination Starter Units www.schneider-electric.us Notes: 1. Bimetallic overload relay included; thermal units must be priced and ordered separately for NEMA Sizes 1 and 2. 2. On starter units, the last digits of the unit catalog number represent the horsepower. 3. All units are NEMA 1 enclosure. Table 12.15: 4. All units include a control power transformer and are wired for 120 V control. 5. All starter units are rated for 100 k AIR at 480 V. 6. All starter units are supplied with 1B wiring, 1 N.O. auxiliary interlock, and 1 N.C. auxiliary interlock. Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters Unit Catalog No. 208 V 1TA.33 1TA1 1TA3 1TA5 1TA10 1TA25 240 V 2TA.33 2TA1 2TA3 2TA7.5 2TA10 2TA30 Table 12.16: 480 V TA1 TA3 TA7.5 TA10 TA25 TA50 NEMA Size 600 V 6TA1 6TA3 6TA10 — 6TA25 6TA50 2 3 3 7 15 30 50 100 NEMA Size C/B Amps 1 Unit Catalog No. 240 V 2TC.33 2TC1 2TC3 2TC7.5 2TC10 480 V TC1 TC3 TC7.5 TC10 TC25 600 V 6TC1 6TC3 6TC7.5 6TC10 6TC25 2 240 V — 2TH.75 2TH2 2TH5 2TH10 480 V TH.5 TH2 TH5 TH7.5 TH20 600 V 6TH.75 6TH2 6TH5 6TH7.5 6TH20 208 V 1TE.33 1TE1 1TE3 1TE5 1TE10 240 V 2TE.33 2TE1 2TE3 2TE7.5 2TE10 480 V TE1 TE3 TE7.5 TE10 TE25 240 V — 2TI.75 2TI2 2TI5 2TI10 12 OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS Table 12.20: 1 2 Space Factor 4816.00 1.5 5796.00 1.5 NEMA Size C/B Amps 3 7 15 30 50 1 2 $ Price 6572. Space Factor 2 2 Constant or Variable Torque 480 V TI.5 TI2 TI5 TI7.5 TI20 600 V 6TI.75 6TI2 6TI5 6TI7.5 6TI20 208 V 1TG.33 1TG1 1TG3 1TG5 1TG10 240 V 2TG.33 2TG1 2TG3 2TG7.5 2TG10 Single Branch Circuit Breaker Feeder Units Trip Rating 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Frame Type $ Price 480 V TG1 TG3 TG7.5 TG10 TG25 600 V 6TG1 6TG3 6TG7.5 6TG10 6TG25 Table 12.21: Space Factor FD 2934.00 1 FD 6040.00 1.5 JD 6408.00 1.5 JD 8102.00 1.5 Dual Mounted Branch Circuit Breaker Feeder Units Unit Type Trip Rating Frame Type List $ Price Space Factor TW415 15/15 TW420 20/20 TW430 30/30 FD/FD 5310.00 1 TW450 50/50 TW460 60/60 TW4100 100/100 NOTE: All circuit breaker branch feeder units are rated for 25 k AIR at 480 V. PE4 Discount Schedule NEMA Size C/B Amps 1 2 3 7 15 30 50 $ Price Space Factor 6082.00 2 7510.00 2 Starter Unit Options Descriptiona Form No. List $ Price bStart-Stop PB with 1 Pilot Light—Red (On) AP 540. cForward-Reverse-Stop PB with 2 Pilot Lights A1PP 1164. dHigh-Low-Stop PB with 2 Pilot Lights A2PP 1164. bHand-Off-Auto SS with 1 Pilot Light—Red (On) CP 540. b1 Pilot Light Only—Red (On) P 286. cd2 Pilot Lights—Red (On) PP 722. a To order a unit with any of the options listed, add the form number as a suffix to the unit type number. Only listed combinations of options are available. Choose only one form number option per starter unit. b Full Voltage Non-Reversing units only. c Reversing units only. d Two-speed units only. Table 12.22: NOTE: All units are 3 Phase, 3 Wire 12-6 600 V 6TE1 6TE3 6TE7.5 6TE10 6TE25 Unit Catalog No. NOTE: All units are 3 Phase, 3 Wire Unit Type TW15 TW20 TW30 TW40 TW50 TW60 TW70 TW80 TW90 TW100 TW125 TW150 TW175 TW200 TW225 TW250 4326.00 5632.00 2 Speed 2 Winding Starters Constant Hp Table 12.19: 1 Constant or Variable Torque Unit Catalog No. Unit Catalog No. 208 V — 1TI.75 1TI2 1TI5 1TI7.5 3600.00 2 Speed 1 Winding Starters Unit Catalog No. Table 12.18: Space Factor $ Price 3 7 15 30 50 1 Constant Hp 208 V — 1TH.75 1TH2 1TH5 1TH7.5 $ Price Full Voltage Reversing Starters 208 V 1TC.33 1TC1 1TC3 1TC5 1TC10 Table 12.17: C/B Amps Misc. Units—Empty Mounting Units Description 1 Space Factor 2 Space Factor NOTE: (Undrilled Panel and Hinged Door) Table 12.23: $ Price 702.00 1020.00 Unit Type TBD.5 TBD1 TBD2 TGSK TGAS12 TGAS18 TGAS24 $ Price 282.00 302.00 502.00 152.00 50.00 76.00 100.00 Miscellaneous Items Description 1• Space Factor Blank Door 2 1 Space Factor Blank Door 2 Space Factor Blank Door Ground Stab Kit 1 Space Factor Unit Gasketing Kit 1.5 Space Factor Unit Gasketing Kit 2 Space Factor Unit Gasketing Kit NOTE: • • • • Unit Type TMT1 TMT2 All units are NEMA 1 enclosure. All operators and pilot lights are 22 mm. 1 space factor = 12 inches The ground stab kit is field installed and available for all units. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Obsolescent Panelboards QMB Fusible Panelboards Ready-to-Install (RTI)—600 Vac, 250 Vdc 13-2 Main Switch Replacement Units 13-3 Branch Switch Replacement 13-4 Obsolescent Branch Switch Replacement Units 13-5 Series E1 Motor Starter Replacement Units 13-6 Replacement Parts Trim Clamps and Screws 13-7 Circuit ID Numbers 13-7 Locks 13-7 NQOD Lighting and Appliance Panelboards Series Rated/Fully Rated Tables Lighting and Appliance Panelboard Pricing Procedures © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 13-8 13-9 Merchandised 20-Inch Wide Main Lugs Only Panelboards 13-10 Merchandised Accessories 13-11 Merchandised 20-Inch Wide Main Circuit Breaker Panelboards 13-11 NQOD 14-Inch Wide Enclosures 13-12 Merchandised Non-Linear Panel (200% rated neutral) 13-13 Terminal Data 13-14 13-1 13 Section Listing OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS Section 13 Table of Contents QMB Fusible Panelboards Ready-to-Install (RTI)—600 Vac, 250 Vdc Class 4620 13 Table 13.1: www.schneider-electric.us QMB Main Lugs Interiors, Boxes and Fronts OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS Component Selection $ Price Interior, Front and Box (less units) Total Branch Unit Mounting Space (Inches) Ampere Rating of Mains 60 225 3478.00 QMB60902 2631.00 QM38902TS 590.00 QM3890B 45 400 3954.00 QMB45754 2894.00 QM38756TS 803.00 QM3875B 45 600 4484.00 QMB45756 3540.00 QM38756TS 687.00 QM3875B 45 800 5448.00 QMB45908 4304.00 QM38908TS 45 1200 6313.00 QMB459012 5169.00 QM389012TS 60 600 6093.00 QMB60906 4949.00 QM38906TS Interior Assembly—3-pole with Main Lugs Catalog No. Table 13.2: Front (4-piece Standard) $ Price Catalog No. Box Height (inches) Box $ Price Catalog No. Box Width (inches) $ Price 90 257.00 38 75 QM3890B 887.00 QM3890B 257.00 90 38 QM3890B QMB Main Switch Interiors, Boxes and Fronts Component Selection Total Branch Unit Mounting Space (inches) 51 45 51 45 $ Price Ampere Maximum Interior, Front Interior Assembly—3-pole with Main Rating of Voltage (ac) and Box Switch Mains (less units) Catalog No. $ Price 200 400 240 600 4551.00 QMB5190324M 10173.00 12118.00 200 400 600 600 Front (4-Piece Standard) Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. 3704.00 QM38902TS 590.00 QM3890B QMB4590325M 9029.00 QM38906TS 10974.00 887.00 QM3890B QMB4590326M 590.00 QM3890B 887.00 QM3890B 5332.00 QMB5190364M 4485.00 QM38902TS 10834.00 QMB4590365M 9690.00 QM38906TS 12940.00 QMB4590366M 11796.00 Box Height Box Width (inches) (inches) Box $ Price 257.00 90 38 257.00 90 38 0 Table 13.3: Accessories Blanks QMB Layout Information Solid Neutral Assembly Height Catalog No. 1.5 QMB1BLW $ Price 75.00 Ampere Rating Catalog No. 225 QMB2SN $ Price 380.00 3 QMB3BLW 80.00 400 QMB4SN 477.00 6 QMB6BLW 87.00 600 QMB6SN 599.00 15 QMB15BLW 120.00 800 QMB8SN 969.00 — — — 1200 QMB12SN 1545.00 Branch Unit Mounting Space Note: Equipment Ground Bar—PK32DGTA, price: $104.00 Table 13.4: Unit Height (Inches) Catalog No. 15 –150 6 QMBHW ab (1) or (2) 3-pole 1965.00 Mounts HDL circuit breakers 150 –225 6 QMBJW ac (1) 3-Pole JDL 2099.00 Mounts circuit breaker 400 7.5 QMB3400LAW d (1) 3-Pole LAL 5445.00 Includes circuit breaker 13-2 $ Price 60 A twin QMB 6 in. H @ 600 V 30/30 @ 240 V or 600 V or 60/60 @ 240 V are 4.5 in. high Wiring Gutter 100 A twin QMB 7.5 in. H @ 600 V 100 A twin QMJ 6 in. H @ 600 V 200 A QMB 9 in. mounting height, 200 A twin QMJ 7.5 in. mounting height QMB Branch Circuit Breaker Units 600 Vac Unit Ampere Rating a b c d 100 A twin QMB 6 in. H @ 240 V Description 400 A QMJ 9 in. H, 400 A Class T 9 in. H, 400, 600 or 800 A QMB all require 15 in. H 38 in. Circuit breakers not included. Order HDL or JDL circuit breakers from Digest page 7-22. Order one catalog number S37444 for each circuit breaker. Order catalog number S37445 with QMBJW. For trip ratings other than 400 A, contact the nearest Schneider Electric sales office. PE1A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QMB Fusible Panelboards Main Switch Replacement Units Class 4620 www.schneider-electric.us Ampere Rating Standard—Class H, R, K Fuse Spacing Catalog No. Class T Fuse Spacing $ Price Catalog No. Class J Fuse Spacing $ Price Catalog No. $ Price 3-Pole, 240 Vac 100 QMB323MW 2208.00 — — — — 200 QMB324MW 2208.00 — — — — 400 QMB325MW 6923.00 — — — — 600 QMB326MW 8561.00 — — — — 800 — — — — — — — 3-Pole, 600 Vac 100 QMB363MW 2891.00 — — — 200 QMB364MW 2891.00 — — — 400 QMB365MW 600 QMB366MW 800 a QMB367MW 7616.00 9417.00 16974.00 { { { QMB365MWa 7616. QMB400T6 275. QMB366MWa 9416. QMB600T6 291. QMB367MWa QMB800T6 { 16974. 701. — 7616.00 QMB400J 530.00 QMB366MWa 9416.00 QMB600J 591.00 — — Both catalog numbers are required for a complete device. { Example: Table 13.6: QMB365MW QMB400T6 constitutes a complete device. Main Switch Interior Lug Data Mechanical Lugs Mains Ampere Rating 200 400 VCEL Compression Lugs Conductors Wire Range Per Wire Bending Space per Phase NEC Table 373-6 (1) (2) #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu Lug Wire Range #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu Conductors Wire Range Per Wire Bending Space per Phase NEC Table 373-6 (1) (2) #4–300 kcmil Al or Cu 2/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu Catalog No. Lug Wire Range VCEL030516H1 #4–300 kcmil Al or Cu VCEL05012H1 2/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu VCEL06012H1 400–600 kcmil Al or Cu VCEL07512H1 500–750 kcmil Al 600 (2) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu (2) 2/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu VCEL05012H1 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu 800b (3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu (3) 2/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu VCEL05012H1 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu b © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved { QMB365MWa Factory assembled only. PE1A Discount Schedule 13-3 OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS Main Switch Replacement Units (Replaces Series E1) 13 Table 13.5: QMB Fusible Panelboards Branch Switch Replacement Class 4620 www.schneider-electric.us 13 Guidelines OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS STEP 1: Determine the panelboard interior type. If the date of manufacture is not known, compare your switch with the pictures below to determine the mounting rail direction. Only mounting rails that face outward will accept the Series D2 switch and its required mounting rail extension bracket. STEP 2: Order a replacement switch from page 13-5. Table 13.7: Panelboard Interiors Illustration No. Interior Catalog No. Prefix Designed For Switch Type Switch Availability/Order Information 1. Type QM in 31-inch wide box built before 1961. Series 1-4 30–200 A Maximum NOT AVAILABLE Series D2 switches are not compatible replacements for this application. 2. Type QM in 31-inch wide box built after 1961 and before 1984. Series 1-4 30–200 A Maximum NOT AVAILABLE Order Series D2 switch from page 13-5. Series D2 30–200 A Maximum Order Series D2 switch from page 13-5. (Many still stocked in DS.) Series 1-4 30–200 A Maximum NOT AVAILABLE Order Series D2 switch and plug-on extension assembly from page 13-5. Series 1-4 400–600 A NOT AVAILABLE QMB3400LA available order only from Lexington. Series D2 30–200 A Maximum Order Series D2 switch and plug-on extension assembly from page 13-5. Series E1 or E2 30–800 A Order from Digest page 9-34. 3. Type QW in 38-inch wide box built before 1984. Type QMB in 35-inch or 38-inch wide box built after 1984. 4. Rail extension Mounting rail Mounting rail Type QM (31-inch Wide) Manufactured Before 1961 Type QM (31-inch Wide) Manufactured After 1961 But Before October 1984 Panelboards manufactured before 1961 have the interior mounting rails facing inward (toward the bus). Switches and circuit breakers that fit in this interior type are obsolete. Panelboards manufactured after 1961 have the interior mounting rails facing outward (away from the bus). This interior accepts Series 1-4 switches and Series D2 switches (shown above with required rail extensions). Order the Series D2 switch (includes mounting rail extensions) from page 13-5. Plug-on extension Rail extension Mounting rail Type QW (38-inch Wide) Manufactured Before 1984 Type QW panelboards were built to accept bolt-on 400 A and 600 A Series 1-4 switches. 30-200 A Series D2 switches may be installed as shown using the plug-on extension assembly from page 13-5. 13-4 Type QMB Manufactured After October 1984 Series E1 panelboards will accept only Series E1 or E2 switches. Order from Digest page 9-34. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QMB Fusible Panelboards Obsolescent Branch Switch Replacement Units Class 4620 www.schneider-electric.us 30–200 A Obsolescent Switch Units—Series D2 Table 13.8: Branch Units—Three Pole Unit Height (inches) Obsolescent a Series 1–4 Catalog No. Replaced By Series D2 Catalog No. 30-30 4.50 QMB3203T QMB321Tb 1139.00 2 HRK30 26.00 60-60 4.50 QMB306T QMB322TD 1187.00 1 QMB36R 49.00 100-100 6.00 QMB310T QMB323TD 1808.00 1 QMB100R 95.00 200 9.00 QMB3220 QMB324 2393.00 1 HRK1020 48.00 30-30 4.50 QMB3603T QMB361Tb 30-30 6.00 1763.00 1 QMB36R 49.00 QMB60R 49.00 HRK1020 48.00 Ampere Rating Class R Fuse Kits $ Price No. Kits Req’d. Catalog No. $ Price 240 Vac 600 Vac a b QMB362T1 60-60 6.00 QMB3606T QMB362T 1763.00 1 100-100 7.50 QMB3610T QMB363T 2795.00 2 200 9.00 QMB3620 QMB364 3297.00 1 These switch units are no longer available; the catalog number is provided only for cross referencing to Series D2 units. When this Series D2 switch is used as a replacement for a Series 1-4 3-inch switch, a blank filler plate is also required. Purchase the blank filler plate from a local sheet-metal fabricator. Table 13.9: Obsolescent Circuit Breaker Units a Catalog No. $ Price QMB3400LAb a b Circuit breaker units are designed for use in all QMB interior types manufactured between 1961 and October 1984. Includes a 3-pole, LA type circuit breaker. For other ampere ratings, contact the Schneider Electric Customer Information Center. Table 13.10: Plug-On Extension Assembly 7097.00 Plug-On Extension Assemblies a Ampere Rating Switch Mounting Height (inches) Catalog No. 30-30 Switch 3 QMB303LEX $ Price 203.00 30-30 Switch 4.5 QMB306LEX 207.00 30-30 Switch 6 QMB306EX 239.00 60-60 Switch 4.5 QMB306LEX 207.00 60-60 Switch 6 QMB306EX 239.00 100-100 Switch 6 QMB310LEX 239.00 100-100 Switch 7.5 QMB310EX 567.00 200 Switch 9 QMB320EX LA Circuit Breaker 7.5 QMB310EX 567.00 a Bus extensions are required on all 30–200 A switches. They are also required on all circuit breaker units used in switchboards or in QW type panelboards with a 38-inch wide box. Table 13.11: Obsolescent Main Switch Units a Ampere Rating Unit Height (inches) Catalog No. Replaces Series 4 Unit Catalog No. $ Price 3-pole 240 Vac 100 200 QMB323Mb 9 QMB324M 2303.00 QMB3210M QMB3220M 3-pole 600 Vac a b © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 100 9 200 9 QMB363Mb 3017.00 QMB3610M QMB363MJb 3213.00 QMB3610MJ QMB364M 3792.00 QMB3620M QMB364MJb 4038.00 QMB3620MJ Replace Series 4 Units Order only from the Lexington plant. PE1A Discount Schedule 13-5 13 All Series D2 switches require that rail extension assemblies be attached to the interior side rails in order to mount the switch. These rail extension assemblies are packaged with every Series D2 switch. If a rail extension is lost or missing, contact the nearest Schneider Electric™ sales office to order a replacement. Plug-on extension assemblies must also be ordered when installing 30–200 A plug-on units in blank spaces of a QW interior in the 38-inch wide box. These plug-on extension assemblies (which extend the bus) are NOT the same as the rail extension assemblies packaged with every Series D2 switch (which extend only the mounting rails). OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS Available In DS Stock, except where noted. QMB Fusible Panelboards Series E1 Motor Starter Replacement Units Class 2320 www.schneider-electric.us 13 Application For use on three-phase ac systems—208, 240, or 480 volts. UL® Listed. OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS Starters Line Voltage Type • Non-Reversing—Twin Units — Sizes 0 through 3—Class 8536, Types SB, SC, SD and SE. Reversing—Single Units — Sizes 0 through 3—Class 8736, Types SB, SC, SD and SE. • QMB Motor Starter Panelboard Table 13.12: NEMA Size Starter Units—Not stocked in DS. Order only from the Peru plant. Coil Voltage c Unit Height (Inches) 120 c Catalog No. Unit Height (Inches) Single-Starter Unit (One Reversing Starter) QMBS873610120W QMBS8536100208W 1931.00 QMBS8536100240W QMBS873610208W 9 QMBS873610240W QMBS8536100480W QMBS873610480W QMBS8536111120W QMBS873611120W 9 QMBS8536111208W 2435.00 QMBS8536111240W QMBS873611208W 9 QMBS873611240W 480 QMBS8536111480W QMBS873611480W 120 QMBS8536222120W QMBS873622120W 208 10-1/2 240 QMBS8536222208W 3813.00 QMBS8536222240W 10-1/2 QMBS873622208W QMBS873622240W 480 QMBS8536222480W QMBS873622480W 120 QMBS8536333120W QMBS873633120W 208 18 240 $ Price b Catalog No. 120 240 3 $ Price b 480 208 2 a b 9 240 1 Twin-Starter Unit (Two Non-Reversing Starters) QMBS8536100120W 208 0 Class 8736—Types SB, SC, SD and SE a Reversing (see Digest page 16-51 Class 8536—Types SB, SC, SD and SEq Type S—Non-Reversing (see Digest page 16-16) QMBS8536333208W 5930.00 QMBS8536333240W 18 QMBS873633208W QMBS873633240W 2115.00 2295.00 3732.00 6797.00 480 QMBS8536333480W QMBS873633480W Space and drilling are provided for field addition of control voltage transformer and fuse base. Prices include starters, but do not include overload relay thermal units. See Digest page 16-129 for selection procedure (ac magnetic starters—small enclosure), and order thermal units separately. See Digest page 16-21 for maximum motor starter ratings. Table 13.13: UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings @ 600 V Maximum Starter Size Fusible Switch (with Class R or J fuse) RMS Sym. Amperes Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker RMS Sym. Amperes 0 1 2 3 100,000 5,000 Selection of Components 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. List required motor starter units (reversing or non-reversing) from the tables above. Specify the HP, voltage, phase, frequency and full load current rating of the motor. Specify the unit mounting space. Determine the circuit breaker or fusible switch rating for motor branch circuits from the selection tables on Digest page 9-34. For motor starter voltages other than standard voltages of 120, 208, 240 and 480 volts, contact the nearest Schneider Electric sales office. Starter Data • • • • • Line voltage coils are furnished as standard on all starters. Twistouts are provided in starter covers for start-stop push buttons, selector switches and pilot lights. See accessories table below. Starter door interlocks are furnished with motor starter enclosures. Type S starter enclosures include drillings for the next smaller size. All Type S starters have provisions for three overload relay thermal units, as required by NEC® Table 430.37 for three phase ac motor circuits. Accessories Accessories listed below are available for field installation on all units. Go to the sections shown for prices. Table 13.14: Field Installable Accessories Description Push Buttons and Selector Switches: Class 9001, Type K Pilot Lights: Class 9001, Type KP Electrical Interlocks: Class 9999, Types SX6, SX7 Industrial Control Transformers: Class 9070 Type EO1; Starter Size: 0 and 1, Non-Reversing Type EO2; Starter Size: 0, 1 and 2, Reversing Type EO3; Starter Size: 3 Type EO4; Starter Size: 4 Control Circuit Fuse Block: Class 9080, Type PF1 13-6 PE1A Digest Section Pushbuttons and Operator Interface NEMA-Definite Purpose Type Contactors and Starters Supplemental Digest, Transformers Terminal Blocks Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Replacement Parts Trim Clamps and Screws; Circuit I.D. Numbers; Locks Class 1600 www.schneider-electric.us Table 13.15: Trim Clamps and Screws Application Catalog No. NEHB Panelboards: All fronts up through 400 A Table 13.16: PK3TC $ Price OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS Catalog No. PK3TC 44.00 Circuit I.D. Numbers NEHB and NEHB Column Width Catalog No. 1 through 54 8004332501 $ Price 14.00 13 Circuit Number Description Table 13.17: Locks—Type 1 Enclosures Application Catalog No. $ Price NEHB Panelboards All main lug fronts and all main circuit breaker fronts up to 225 A Lock only PK4FL Complete assembly PK7FL 90.00 PK5FL 165.00 All 400 A main circuit breaker fronts 90.00 Telephone Cabinets PK4FL (Before November 1997) Fronts on boxes up to 30 inches wide 90.00 PK22FL (After November 1997) Fronts on boxes 36 inches or wider Catalog No. PK4FL © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PK5FL 165.00 Catalog No. PK5FL PE1A Discount Schedule 13-7 Series Ratings NQOD Panelboards Class 1630 / Refer to Catalog 1630CT0701 13 This page contains UL Tested and Certified series combination ratings for panelboards. These ratings apply to either an integral main located in the same Table 13.18: NQOD Series Ratings OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS Maximum System Maximum Short Circuit Integral or Remote Main Circuit Breakers Voltage AC c Current Rating (RMS Sym.) and Remote Main Fuses 22k MG 42k HD, JD 120/240 1Ø 65k HG, JG 100k HJ, JJ 125k HL, JL DJ 400 A 120/240 1Ø 208Y/120 100k QJ 208Y/120 a b c d e f 13-8 www.schneider-electric.us enclosure or a remote main located in a separate enclosure. NOTE: Where QO(B) GFI circuit breakers are shown above, QO (B) EPD circuit breakers may also be used. 18k LA/LH (L) 34200MC, LA/LH (L) 34225MC, LA/LH (L) 34250MC, LA/LH (L) 34400MC Branch Circuit Breaker Designations and Allowable Ampere Ranges a b Type 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole QO (B) 15–30 A — — QO (B) PL 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–30 A QO (B) QO (B) GFI QO (B) VH QO (B) AFI QO (B) QO (B) AS QO (B) GFI QO (B) PL QO (B) VH QO (B) AFI 15–70 A 15–30 A — 15–20 A 15–70 A 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A — 15–20 A 15–125 A 40–60 A 150 A — 15–125 A 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–60 A 150 A — — — 15–150 A — 15–30 A 15–30 A — 15–30 A 35–150 A — QO (B) 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A QO (B) AS 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A QO (B) VH QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A — QO (B) PL 15–30 A 15–30 A — 240 22k QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — — QO (B) 15–70 A 15–100 A 15–30 A Q2-Hf QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–30 A — QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — — QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–30 A QO (B) AS 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A — QD QO (B) PL 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–30 A QO (B) VH — 150 A 35–150 A QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — — QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A ED, FDf QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A — QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — — 240 25k QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A QO (B) AS 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A KDf QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A — QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — — QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A QO (B) VH — — 35–150 A QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A — HD, JD QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — — QO (B) H — 15–100 A — QOB2150VH — 150 A — Q2L-Hf — 110–225 A 110–225 A LA, MA QDL — 70–225 A 70–225 A MG QO (B) VH 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A HD, JD QO (B) PL 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–30 A 240 42k QO (B) 15–70 Ad — — LC QO (B) VH 15–30 A 15–125 A 15–100 A (3P 208 V Max.) 600 A Maximum QO (B) GFI 15–30 Ae 15–60 A — QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — — QO (B) VH 15–30 A 15–125 A 15–100 A (3P 208 V Max.) LC QO (B) GFI 15–30 Ae — — 600 A Maximum QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — — QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A — DJ 400 A QO (B) VH — 150 A 15–150 A QO (B) H — 15–100 A — QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A EG, FGf, KGf QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A — QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — — 15–125 A 15–30 A QO (B) 15–70 A QO (B) AS 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A QG QO (B) VH — — 35–150 A QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A — 240 65k QG, HG, JG QO (B) PL 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–30 A QO (B) AFI 15–30 A — — QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A QO (B) VH — — 35–150 A HG, JG QO (B) H — 15–100 A — QOB2150VH — 150 A — FC22__ QO (B) 15–70 A 15–100 A 15–100 A KC22__ QO (B) AS 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A FC32__ QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–30 A — KC32__ QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — — QO (B) VH 15–30 A 15–125 A 15–100 A 400 A Max. Class J or T6 Fuses QOB-VH — 150 A — QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — — FC24__ QO (B) 15–70 A 15–100 A 15–100 A KC24__ QO (B) AS 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A FC34__ QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–30 A — KC34__ QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — — 200 A Max. Class T3 Fuses QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — — 240 100k QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A EJ, FJf QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A — QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — — QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A HJ, JJ QO (B) VH — — 35–150 A QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A — QO (B) PL 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–30 A QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — — 240 125k HL. JL QO (B) H — 15–100 A — QOB2150VH — 150 A — QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A QO (B) AS 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A FI, KI QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A — QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — — 240 200k QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A Maximum Fuses 200 A QO (B) AS 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A Class J or T6 400 A Class T3 QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A — Suffixes HID, SWD and SWN may also be applied to the applicable branch circuit breakers shown above, except suffix SWN may NOT be applied in combination with LC main circuit breakers. Where QO (B) circuit breakers are shown above, QO (B) H, QO (B) VH, and QH (B) circuit breakers may also be used. For shown circuit breakers rated less than this maximum voltage, the indicated short circuit current rating also applies, but at the voltage rating of the circuit breaker. Only 15–30 A circuit breakers may be used when the LC circuit breaker is rated 450, 500 or 600 A. Circuit breakers may not be used when the LC circuit breaker is rated 450, 500 or 600 A. Obsolescent. Contact the Schneider Electric local Field Sales Office for the replacement circuit breaker. One-pole FJ circuit breakers are still available. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved NQOD Panelboards Pricing Procedure Examples Class 1630 Refer to Catalog 1630CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. List circuit breakers required, either plug-on or bolt-on. See appropriate pages for catalog numbers. Determine equivalent number of pole spaces required. Select proper main lugs interior or main lugs interior and main circuit breaker adapter kit based on equivalent number of poles and ampere rating from appropriate page. Interiors include solid neutral and are field convertible to top feed. Select enclosure from appropriate page. Type 1—Select box and front catalog number corresponding to interior catalog number. Types 3R, 5, 12—Select enclosure, front included. For complete price, add the component prices. Include panelboard accessories. Apply appropriate discount schedule. Table 13.19: a © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 13 NQOD Merchandised Example: 208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W, 10 kAIR, 225 A, MLO, Type 1 surface mount, bolt-on branch circuit breakers, main sub-feed lugs. a Branches Page No. Catalog Number Spaces 225 A MLO Interior 13-10 NQOD430L225CU 30 Box 13-10 MH32 — 113.00 Cover 13-10 MHC32S — 497.00 Main Sub-Feed Lugs 13-10 NQOD225SFL $ Price 1292.00 — 203.00 Total Price 2105.00 Price branch circuit breakers from page 9-10 of the current Digest. Example pricing only Discount Schedule OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS NQOD Merchandised Pricing Procedure 13-9 NQOD Merchandised Panelboards 13 Table 13.20: OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS Max. No. of Single Pole QO™/QOB Circuit Breakers NQOD 20-inch Wide Enclosures—240 Vac, 48 Vdc Class 1630 / Refer to Catalog 1630CT0701 Main Lug Interiors—Accepts plug-on and bolt-on circuit breakers Mains Rating Total Price Interior Front and Enclosure Type 1 Interior Only (Order Branch Circuit Breakers Separately) Types 3R, 5, 12 20" Wide Cabinet—Single Phase 3-Wire 20 100 1417.00 3050.00 30 1789.00 3383.00 42 2037.00 3623.00 225 42 2464.00 4021.00 54 2278.00 3835.00 30 2483.00 4346.00 42 400 2671.00 4512.00 54 2894.00 4737.00 30 2638.00 4605.00 42 2807.00 4767.00 600d 42 3768.00 5699.00 54 2991.00 4922.00 20" Wide Cabinet —Three Phase 4-Wire 24 1615.00 3248.00 100 30 1769.00 3383.00 30 1902.00 3496.00 42 2170.00 3756.00 225 42 2567.00 4124.00 54 2378.00 3935.00 30 2726.00 4589.00 42 400 2908.00 4749.00 54 3091.00 4934.00 4883.00 30 2916.00 42 3062.00 5022.00 600d 42 4050.00 5981.00 54 3279.00 5210.00 a b c d e f g www.schneider-electric.us Type 1 Enclosure Box 20"W x 5.75"Db Catalog No.a Price Catalog No. NQOD20L100CU NQOD30L225CU NQOD42L225CU NQOD42L225CUTFe NQOD54L225CU NQOD30L400CU NQOD42L400CU NQOD54L400CU NQOD30L600 NQOD42L600 NQOD42L600TFLe NQOD54L600 864.00 1179.00 1418.00 1799.00 1613.00 1737.00 1896.00 2085.00 1863.00 2019.00 2942.00 2165.00 NQOD424L100CU NQOD430L100CU NQOD430L225CU NQOD442L225CU NQOD442L225CUTFe NQOD454L225CU NQOD430L400CU NQOD442L400CU NQOD454L400CU NQOD430L600 NQOD442L600 NQOD442L600TFLe NQOD454L600 1062.00 1191.00 1292.00 1551.00 1902.00 1713.00 1980.00 2133.00 2282.00 2141.00 2274.00 3224.00 2453.00 Types 3R, 5, 12 Enclosures Mono-Flat™ Frontb Price Catalog No. Price MH23 MH32 MH35 MH41 MH41 MH50 MH53 MH59 MH53 MH56 MH62 MH62 113.00 113.00 113.00 113.00 113.00 113.00 113.00 113.00 113.00 113.00 113.00 113.00 MHC23 ( MHC32 ( MHC35 ( MHC41 ( MHC41 ( MHC50V ( MHC53V ( MHC59V ( MHC53V ( MHC56V ( MHC62V ( MHC62V ( ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) 440.00 497.00 506.00 552.00 552.00 633.00 662.00 696.00 662.00 675.00 713.00 713.00 MH23 MH26 MH23 MH35 MH41 MH41 MH50 MH53 MH59 MH53 MH56 MH62 MH62 113.00 113.00 113.00 113.00 113.00 113.00 113.00 113.00 113.00 113.00 113.00 113.00 113.00 MHC23 ( MHC26 ( MHC32 ( MHC35 ( MHC41 ( MHC41 ( MHC50V ( MHC53V ( MHC59V ( MHC53V ( MHC56V ( MHC62V ( MHC62V ( ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) 440.00 465.00 497.00 506.00 552.00 552.00 633.00 662.00 696.00 662.00 675.00 713.00 713.00 Enclosure 20"W x 6.5"D Price Height (In.) MH23WP MH32WP MH35WP MH41WP MH41WP MH50WP MH53WP MH59WP MH656WP MH686WP MH746WP MH746WP 2186.00 2204.00 2205.00 2222.00 2222.00 2609.00 2616.00 2652.00 2742.00 2748.00 2757.00 2757.00 23 32 35 41 41 50 53 59 53/65 56/68 62/74 62/74 MH23WP MH26WP MH32WP MH35WP MH41WP MH41WP MH50WP MH53WP MH59WP MH656WP MH686WP MH746WP MH746WP 2186.00 2192.00 2204.00 2205.00 2222.00 2222.00 2609.00 2616.00 2652.00 2742.00 2748.00 2757.00 2757.00 23 26 32 35 41 41 50 53 59 53/65 56/68 62/74 62/74 Catalog No. “CU” suffix indicates copper bussing. NQOD RTI interiors with aluminum bus are no longer available. Order the copper bussed equivalent with a “CU” suffix when ordering a replacement interior. Embossed mounting holes add a 0.25 inch standoff to back of MH box. Add “F” for flush, “S” for surface. Copper bus standard on 600 A interiors. Feed-thru lug interior. Enclosure includes trim kit. 42 circuit MLO panelboard requires MH38 box, 54 circuit panelboard requires MH44 box. Table 13.21: NQOD Accessories Description Catalog No. Sub-feed lug kits—main lugs only—1Ø or 3Øg • 100 A • 225 A Sub-feed: Bolt-on: 2-pole • 3-pole Equipment ground bars: 12 circuit 225 A max. • 20 circuit 225 A max. • 24 circuit 225 A max. • 30 circuit 225 A max. • 54 circuit 225 A max. • 54 circuit 600 A max. • PK15GTA with #1 to 4/0 Al/Cu lug • PK18GTA with #1 to 4/0 Al/Cu lug • PK23GTA with #1 to 4/0 Al/Cu lug Ground bar insulator kit NQOD100SFL NQOD225SFL QOB2125SL QOB3125SL PK9GTA PK12GTA PK15GTA PK18GTA PK23GTA PK27GTA PK15GTAL PK18GTAL PK23GTAL PKGTAB Filler plate Circuit I.D. number strips 1-102 odd/even (left side numbered 1,3,5 ...101) 103-204 odd/even (left side numbered 103,105,107 ... 203) 1-102 sequential (left side numbered 1,2,3 ... 102) 103-204 sequential (left side numbered 103,104,105 ... 204) Directory cards Plastic stick-on directory pouch Lock - for Mono-Flat fronts Key—NSR-251 (for all locks) Touch-up paint USAS #49 Gray (Aerosol can) Handle attachments—branch circuit breakers: • Handle lock-off • Handle tie - (QO and QOB only) • Handle padlock attachment - 1-pole • 2- and 3-pole • Combination handle tie and lock-off for three 1-pole (QO, QOB) Neutral or Ground Lugs: #10 to #2 Al or #14 to #4 Cu • #4 to #1/0 Al/Cu • #1 to #4/0 Al/Cu Endwalls for MH Boxes • Blank • With Knockouts Elevating Nuts (4 required) $ Price Schedule 155.00 203.00 176.00 176.00 13.00 16.00 17.00 19.00 21.00 34.00 35.00 38.00 41.00 44.00 PE1A PE1A DE2 DE2 DE3A DE3A DE3A DE3A DE3A DE3A DE3A DE3A DE3A DE3A QOFP 3.60 DE2A NQ102OE NQ204OE NQ102S NQ204S 8003115801 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 5.00 PE1A PE1A PE1A PE1A PE1A 8003115901 PK22FL LP9618 PK49SP 14.00 93.00 29.00 39.00 PE1A PE1A PE1A DE1 HLO1 QO1HT QO1PA QO1PL QO3HT QO70AN Q1100AN Q1150AN 9.90 3.80 10.70 10.70 13.40 9.90 11.10 32.40 DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2E 8011010501 8011010401 2322000003 41.00 41.00 1.30 PE1A PE1A PE1A NOTE: For Door-in-door (hinged) trim see the Supplemental & Obsolescence Digest, Section 4. 13-10 PE1A DE2A DE3A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved NQOD Merchandised Panelboards NQOD 20-inch Wide Enclosures—240 Vac, 48 Vdc Class 1630 / Refer to Catalog 1630CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us Main Circuit Breaker Interiors—Accepts plug-on and bolt-on circuit breakers Total Price Interior, Front, Box and Adapter Kit Type 1 Main Circuit Breaker Adapter Kit Types 3R, 5, 12 Catalog No. Price Types 3R, 5, 12 Enclosures d Type 1 Enclosure Interior Only (Order Branch Circuit Breakers Separately) Box 20"W x 5.75"D b Mono-Flat™ Front b Price Catalog No. NQOD20M100CU 1446.00 MH26 113.00 MHC26 ( ) 465.00 MH26WP 2192.00 26 NQOD30L225CU 1179.00 MH44 113.00 MHC44 ( ) 590.00 MH44WP 2603.00 44 NQOD42L225CU 1418.00 MH50 113.00 MHC50 ( ) 633.00 MH50WP 2609.00 50 NQOD42L225CUTFf 1799.00 MH56 113.00 MHC56 ( ) 675.00 MH56WP 2652.00 56 NQOD54L225CU 1613.00 MH56 113.00 MHC56 ( ) 675.00 MH56WP 2652.00 56 NQOD30L400CU 1737.00 MH65 113.00 MHC65V ( ) 732.00 MH65WP 2742.00 65 NQOD42L400CU 1896.00 MH68 113.00 MHC68V ( ) 756.00 MH68WP 2742.00 68 NQOD42L600TFLf 2942.00 MH77 113.00 MHC77V ( ) 777.00 MH77WP 2757.00 77 NQOD54L400CU 2085.00 MH74 113.00 MHC74V ( ) 768.00 MH74WP 2757.00 74 NQOD424M100CU 1859.00 MH26 113.00 MHC26 ( ) 465.00 MH26WP 2192.00 26 NQOD430M100CU 1985.00 MH29 113.00 MHC29 ( ) 477.00 MH29WP 2193.00 29 NQOD430L225CU 1292.00 MH44 113.00 MHC44 ( ) 590.00 MH44WP 2603.00 44 NQOD442L225CU 1551.00 MH50 113.00 MHC50 ( ) 633.00 MH50WP 2609.00 50 NQOD442L225CUTFf 1902.00 MH56 113.00 MHC56 ( ) 675.00 MH56WP 2652.00 56 Price Catalog No. Height (In.) Catalog No. a $ Price Catalog No. Enclosure 20"W x 6.5"D $ Price 20" Wide Cabinet—Single Phase 3-Wire 54 3181.00 Factory Installed 3638.00 Backfed QOB Main Circuit Breaker 4562.00 NQODQBe 4807.00 or NQODJKe 5231.00 $780. 5045.00 30 3362.00 5259.00 42 3545.00 5418.00 4612.00 6479.00 3746.00 5622.00 20 100 2024.00 30 2662.00 42 2944.00 42 42 225 400 54 3367.00 NQOD4e $780. 20" Wide Cabinet—Three Phase 4-Wire 24 2437.00 4051.00 2575.00 4178.00 2775.00 4675.00 3077.00 4940.00 3470.00 5334.00 54 3281.00 5145.00 NQOD454L225CU 1713.00 MH56 113.00 MHC56 ( ) 675.00 MH56WP 2652.00 56 30 3605.00 5502.00 NQOD430L400CU 1980.00 MH65 113.00 MHC65V ( ) 732.00 MH65WP 2742.00 65 3782.00 5655.00 NQOD442L400CU 2133.00 MH68 113.00 MHC68V ( ) 756.00 MH68WP 2742.00 68 4894.00 6761.00 NQOD442L600TFLf 3224.00 MH77 113.00 MHC77V ( ) 777.00 MH77WP 2757.00 77 3943.00 5819.00 NQOD454L400CU 2282.00 MH74 113.00 MHC74V ( ) 768.00 MH74WP 2757.00 74 30 100 30 42 42 42 42 225 400 54 a b c d e f b NQODQBe or NQODJKe $780. NQOD4e $780. “CU” suffix indicates copper bussing. NQOD RTI interiors with aluminum bus are no longer available. Order the copper bussed equivalent with a “CU” suffix when ordering a replacement interior. Embossed mounting holes add a 0.25 inch standoff to back of MH box. Add “F” for flush, “S” for surface. Enclosure includes trim kit. Select the appropriate main circuit breaker from tables starting on Digest page 7-22 and add the circuit breaker price to the total price of the panelboard. Feed-thru lug interior. Table 13.23: a Factory Installed Backfed QOB Main Circuit Breaker Main Circuit Breaker Adapter Kits (Less Circuit Breaker) a Circuit Breaker Frameb Amperes Catalog Number $ Price 225 NQODQB QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL 225 NQODJK JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL, KIL 400 NQOD4 LAL, LHL, Q4L 780.00 Select the appropriate main circuit breaker from tables starting on Digest page 7-22 and add the circuit breaker price to the total price of the panelboard. Circuit breaker interrupting ratings, see tables starting on Digest page 7-22. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE1A Discount Schedule 13-11 OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS Max. No. of One-pole Mains QO™/ Rating QOB Circuit Breakers 13 Table 13.22: NQOD Merchandised Panelboards NQOD 14-inch Wide Enclosures—240 Vac, 48 Vdc Class 1630 / Refer to Catalog 1630CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us 13 OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS Table 13.24: Max. No. of Single Pole QO™/QOB Circuit Breakers Main Lug Interiors—Accepts plug-on and bolt-on circuit breakers Total $ Price Interior, Front and Enclosure Mains Rating Box 14 in. W x 5.75 in. Db Types 3R, 5, 12 Enclosures Mono-Flat™ Front c Enclosure 20 in. W x 6.5 in. D Height (In.) NEMA Types 3R, 5, 12 NEMA Type 1 Type 1 Enclosure Interior Only (Order Branch Circuit Breakers Separately) Catalog No. a $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price 14-inch Wide Cabinet—Single Phase 3-Wire 12 100 20 30 42 225 54 1132.00 — NQOD12L100CU 734.00 NQB520 117.00 NQC20 ( ) 281.00 1271.00 — NQOD20L100CU 864.00 NQB523 117.00 NQC23 ( ) 290.00 1634.00 — NQOD30L225CU 1179.00 NQB532 117.00 NQC32 ( ) 338.00 1882.00 — NQOD42L225CU 1418.00 NQB535 117.00 NQC35 ( ) 347.00 2099.00 — NQOD54L225CU 1613.00 NQB541 117.00 NQC41 ( ) 369.00 Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure for Types 3R, 5, 12 20 23 32 Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure for Types 3R, 5, 12 35 41 14-inch Wide Cabinet—Three Phase 4-Wire 12 1267.00 — NQOD412L100CU 869.00 NQB520 117.00 NQC20 ( ) 281.00 1469.00 — NQOD424L100CU 1062.00 NQB523 117.00 NQC23 ( ) 290.00 30 1616.00 — NQOD430L100CU 1191.00 NQB526 117.00 NQC26 ( ) 308.00 30 1747.00 — NQOD430L225CU 1292.00 NQB532 117.00 NQC32 ( ) 338.00 2015.00 — NQOD442L225CU 1551.00 NQB535 117.00 NQC35 ( ) 347.00 2199.00 — NQOD454L225CU 1713.00 NQB541 117.00 NQC41 ( ) 369.00 24 100 42 225 54 a b c 20 Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure for Types 3R, 5, 12 23 26 32 Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure for Types 3R, 5, 12 35 41 “CU” suffix indicates copper bussing. NQOD RTI interiors with aluminum bus are no longer available. Order the copper bussed equivalent with a “CU” suffix when ordering a replacement interior. 14-inch wide cabinets accept 100 A max. branch circuit breakers. Through feed lugs are not available in 14-in. wide enclosures. Add “F” for flush, “S” for surface. Table 13.25: Main Circuit Breaker Interiors—Accepts Plug-On and Bolt-On Circuit Breakers Max. Total $ Price No. of Interior, Front, Box One and Adapter Kit Pole Mains QO Rating QOB NEMA NEMA Circuit Types Type 1 3R, Breakers 5, 12 Interior Only (Order Branch Circuit Breakers Separately) Main Circuit Breaker Adapter Kit Type 1 Enclosure Box 14 in. W x 5.75 in. Dd Types 3R, 5, 12 Enclosure Mono-Flat Front b Enclosure 20 in. W x 6.5 in. D Height (In.) Catalog No. Catalog No. a $ Price Catalog No. NQOD12M100CU 1281.00 NQB523 117.00 NQC23 ( ) 290.00 NQOD20M100CU 1446.00 NQB526 117.00 NQC26 ( ) 308.00 NQOD30L225CU 1179.00 NQB544 117.00 NQC44 ( ) 405.00 NQOD42L225CU 1418.00 NQB550 117.00 NQC50 ( ) 419.00 NQOD54L225CU 1613.00 NQB556 117.00 NQC56 ( ) 474.00 NQOD412M100CU 1625.00 NQB523 117.00 NQC23 ( ) 290.00 NQOD424M100CU 1859.00 NQB526 117.00 NQC26 ( ) 308.00 NQOD430M100CU 1985.00 NQB529 117.00 NQC29 ( ) 329.00 NQOD430L225CU 1292.00 NQB544 117.00 NQC44 ( ) 405.00 NQOD442L225CU 1551.00 NQB550 117.00 NQC50 ( ) 419.00 NQOD454L225CU 1713.00 NQB556 117.00 NQC56 ( ) 474.00 $ Price $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price 14-inch Wide Cabinet—Single Phase 3-Wire 12 100 20 30 1688.00 — 1871.00 — Factory Installed QOB Main Circuit Breaker 2481.00 42 225 54 2734.00 — 2984.00 — NQODJKc or NQODQBc — 780.00 23 Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure for Types 3R, 5, 12 26 Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure for Types 3R, 5, 12 50 44 56 14-inch Wide Cabinet—Three Phase 4-Wire 12 2032.00 — 2284.00 — 30 2431.00 — 30 2594.00 — 2867.00 — 3084.00 — 24 100 42 225 54 a b c d b NQODJKc or NQODQBc — 780.00 23 Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure for Types 3R, 5, 12 26 29 44 Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure for Types 3R, 5, 12 50 56 “CU” suffix indicates copper bussing. NQOD RTI interiors with aluminum bus are no longer available. Order the copper bussed equivalent with a “CU” suffix when ordering a replacement interior. Add “F” for flush, “S” for surface. Select the appropriate main circuit breaker from pages 7-24, 7-31, 7-48 and 7-49, and add the circuit breaker price to the total price of the panelboard. 14-inch wide cabinets accept 100 A max. branch circuit breakers. Table 13.26: a Factory Installed QOB Main Circuit Breaker Main Circuit Breaker Adapter Kits (Less Circuit Breaker a) Amperes Catalog No. Circuit Breaker Frame b 225 NQODQB QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL 225 NQODJK JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL, KIL $ Price 780.00 Select the appropriate main circuit breaker from pages 7-24, 7-31, 7-48 and 7-49, and add the circuit breaker price to the total price of the panelboard. Circuit breaker interrupting ratings, see pages 7-2 through 7-9. 13-12 PE1A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved NQOD Merchandised Panelboards For Non-Linear Loads (200% Rated Neutral) Class 1630 / Refer to Catalog 1630CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us Max. No. of Single Pole QO/QOB Circuit Breakers Main Lug Interiors—Accepts plug-on and bolt-on circuit breakers Total Price Interior, Front and Enclosure Mains Rating Type 1 Types 3R, 5, 12 Enclosures d Type 1 Enclosure Main Lugs Interior Only (Order Branch Circuit Breakers Separately) Types 3R, 5, 12 Catalog No. a $ Price Box 20"W x 5.75"D b MONO-FLAT® Catalog No. Catalog No. $ Price Enclosure 20"W x 6.5"D Front c $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Height (In.) 20" Wide Cabinet—3 Phase 4-Wire 30 100 2096.00 3699.00 NQOD430L100CUNL 1506.00 MH29 113.00 MHC29 ( ) 477.00 MH29WP 2193.00 29 42 225 2620.00 4193.00 NQOD442L225CUNL 1977.00 MH38 113.00 MHC38 ( ) 530.00 MH38WP 2216.00 38 400 3547.00 5388.00 NQOD442L400CUNL 2772.00 MH53 113.00 MHC53V ( ) 662.00 MH53WP 2616.00 53 42 a b c d “CU” suffix indicates copper bussing. NQOD RTI interiors with aluminum bus are no longer available. Order the copper bussed equivalent with a “CU” suffix when ordering a replacement interior. Embossed mounting holes add a 0.25 inch standoff to back of MH box. Add “F” for flush, “S” for surface. Enclosure includes trim kit. Table 13.28: Max. No. of Single Pole QO/QOB Circuit Breakers Main Circuit Breaker Interiors Mains Rating Total Price Interior, Front, Box and Adapter Kit Type 1 Types 3R, 5, 12 Main Circuit Breaker Adapter Kit a Types 3R, 5, 12 Enclosures d Type 1 Enclosure Main Lugs Interior Only (Order Branch Circuit Breakers Separately) Box 20"W x 5.75"D Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. b $ Price Catalog No. QOB Main Circuit Breaker Enclosure 20"W x 6.5"D MONO-FLAT Front c $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. Height (In.) $ Price 20" Wide Cabinet—3 Phase 4-Wire 30 a b c d 100 2877.00 4471.00 NQOD430M100CUNL 2267.00 MH32 113.00 MHC32 ( ) 497.00 MH32WP 2204.00 32 1977.00 MH50 113.00 MHC50 ( ) 633.00 MH50WP 2609.00 50 2772.00 MH68 113.00 MHC68V ( ) 756.00 MH68WP 2742.00 68 42 225 3503.00 5366.00 NQODJK NQODQB NQOD442L225CUNL 780.00 42 400 4421.00 6294.00 NQOD4 780.00 NQOD442L400CUNL Order main circuit breaker separately “CU” suffix indicates copper bussing. NQOD RTI interiors with aluminum bus are no longer available. Order the copper bussed equivalent with a “CU” suffix when ordering a replacement interior. Add “F” for flush, “S” for surface. Enclosure includes trim kit. Table 13.29: a b Main Circuit Breaker Adapter Kits (Less Circuit Breaker) a Amperes Catalog Number Circuit Breaker Frame b 225 NQODQB QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL 225 NQODJK JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL, KIL 400 NQOD4 LAL, LHL NQOD Main Neutral Conductors—Required Size and Quantity a Panelboard Ampacity Neutral Conductors Requiredb Actual Lug Wire Range (2) 1/0 Cu or Al (2) #4–300 kcmil 225 (2) 4/0 Cu or (2) 300 kcmil Al (2) #4–300 kcmil 400 (4) 3/0 Cu or (4) 250 kcmil Al (2) 600 kcmil Cu (2) 750 kcmil Al (2) 1/0–300 kcmil or (1) 750 kcmil 100/125 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 780. 00 Order main circuit breaker separately Main neutral conductors must be copper or aluminum conductors of minimum size and quantity shown to maintain Table 13.30: a b $ Price Neutral conductors must be of size and quantity per table above. Main neutral conductors must be copper or aluminum conductors of minimum size and quantity shown to maintain UL Listing. Requirement is based on heat rise testing. PE1A Discount Schedule 13-13 13 Table 13.27: OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS NQOD 240 Vac Max. NQOD Panelboards Terminal Data Class 1630 / Refer to Catalog 1630CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us 13 OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS Table 13.31: Panel Type Ampere Rating NQOD a Panel Type NQOD 13-14 Wire Range Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6a Lug Wire Rangea 100 (1) #10–#2/0 Cu or (1) #6–#2/0 Al (1) #10–#1 Cu or (1) #6–#1 Al 225 (1) #6–300 kcmil Al/Cu (1) #6–300 kcmil Al/Cu 400 (2) #1/0–300 kcmil Al/Cu or (1) #1/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (2) #1/0–300 kcmil Al/Cu or (1) #1/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu 600 (2) #4-600 kcmil (2) #4-500 kcmil (#) = Number of conductors per phase. Table 13.32: b Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Lugs Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Circuit Breaker Type Lug Wire Rangeb Wire Range Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6b 100 QOB (1) #4–#2/0 Al/Cu 100 FA, FH, FI (1) #14–#1/0 Al/Cu (1) #14–#1 Al/Cu 150 HD, HG, HJ, HL (1) #14–#3/0 Al/Cu (1) #14–#3/0 Al/Cu 225 QB, QD, QG, QJ (1) #4–300 kcmil Al/Cu 225 KI 250 400 600 MA (1) #4–#1 Al/Cu (1) #4–300 kcmil Al/Cu (1) #6–350 kcmil Al/Cu (1) #4–300 kcmil Al/Cu JD, JG, JJ, JL (1) #1/0–#4/0 Al/Cu or (1) #3/0–350 kcmil Al/Cu (1) #1/0–300 kcmil Al/Cu LA, LH (1) #1–600 kcmil Al/Cu or (2) #1–250 kcmil Al/Cu (1) #4–500 kcmil Al/Cu or (2) #1–250 kcmil Al/Cu (3) #3/0–500 kcmil (3) #3/0–500 kcmil (#) = Number of conductors per phase. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 14 Table of Contents Section Listing Busway Busway Special Purpose Plug-In Units APD and SD Busway Plug-In Units (Not I-Line™ Busway) 14-2 Capacitor and Transformer Units 14-2 Combination Switches and Contactors (For I-Line™ Busway) 14-2 Ground Indicator and Neutralizer Plugs 14-2 BUSWAY Plug-In Style Feeder Style 14 I-Line II Busway 800–5000 A pp. 14-2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 14-1 I-Line™ Busway Special Purpose Plug-In Units Class 5600 www.schneider-electric.us APD and SD Busway Plug-In Units (Not I-Line™ Busway) Table 14.1: Circuit Breaker Plug-In Units Breaker Frame Trip Rating Amps FA 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 100 Table 14.2: 600 Vac 3Ø4W for use on both 3-Pole and 3Ø4W Busway Catalog Number SD75415 SD75420 SD75430 SD75440 SD75450 SD75460 SD75470 SD75416 $ Price 2966.00 2966.00 2966.00 2966.00 2966.00 2966.00 3186.00 3186.00 Breaker Frame Trip Rating Amps LA 250 300 350 400 600 Vac 3Ø4W for use on both 3-Pole and 3Ø4W Busway Catalog Number SD67428 SD67436 SD67438 SD67446 $ Price 13846.00 13846.00 13846.00 13846.00 100 A Busway Plug-In Unit Circuit Breaker Enclosures and Accessories 1Ø3W & 3Ø4W a Enclosure Only (Price Circuit Breaker Separately) Ground Kit Floor Operator Attachment 14 Catalog No. $ Pricec Catalog No. $ Pricec Catalog No. $ Pricec QO Breaker–70 A Enclosure PINQO 208.00 PGKQO2 66.00 PI1QO 144.00 QO Breaker/Recpt.–70 A Enclosureb PINQOR 324.00 PGKQOR 66.00 PI1QO 144.00 FA Breaker–15-100 A Enclosure PIN100FA 690.00 PGKFA2 66.00 PI1FA 144.00 a With PIN-QO, use circuit breakers QO215H, QO220H, and QO230H. For higher ratings, use FA enclosures and circuit breakers. b Enclosure with space for three QO circuit breaker poles and provisions for three duplex receptacles. c Discount Schedule PE8 Capacitor and Transformer Units Table 14.3: 3Ø Capacitor Units (Order plug-in units separately) 240 Vac 3Ø kVAR BUSWAY Catalog Number — PC3205 PC3207 PC3210 PC3215 — — — 2.5 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 Table 14.4: 480 Vac $ Price — 5804.00 7276.00 8470.00 10328.00 — — — Catalog Number PC3402 PC3405 PC3407 PC3410 PC3415 PC3420 PC3425 PC3430 $ Price 2510.00 3752.00 4566.00 5080.00 6098.00 7620.00 9478.00 11206.00 1Ø Transformer Units (Order plug-in units separately) Primary Voltage 1Ø kVA 240 Vac 480 Vac Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number $ Price 1 PT2200 2394.00 PT2400 2394.00 1.5 PT2201 2574.00 PT2401 2574.00 2 PT2202 2796.00 PT2402 2796.00 3 PT2203 3312.00 PT2403 3312.00 5 PT2205 4590.00 PT2405 4590.00 7.5 PT2207 5528.00 PT2407 5528.00 10 PT2210 6370.00 PT2410 6370.00 Note: Transformer units do not plug into busway and must be used with plug-in switch, circuit breaker or cable tap box. Standard secondary voltage terminals are provided for 120 V or 240 V 1Ø2W, or 120/240, 1Ø3W connection. Specify secondary voltage if other than standard. Note: Capacitor units do not plug into busway and must be used with plug-in switch or circuit breaker. Combination Switches and Contactors (For I-Line Busway) Table 14.5: Combination Fusible Switch (3Ø4W) and Lighting Contactord Ampere Ratinge d e Electrically Held — 240 V Mechanically Held — 80 V $ Price $ Price 30 2802.00 60 3564.00 100 4990.00 Order this device by description. Lighting contactors do not include holding circuit interlock. Table 14.6: 3014.00 4252.00 5840.00 Combination Starter/Contactor—Line Voltage—Single Speed— Non-Reversing a Ampere Fusible Switch (3-Pole) + G Rating Starterb Contactor Rating Circuit Breaker (3-Pole) + G Add for Amperes Control Starter b Contactor Trip Transformer 1 30 2872.00 2778.00 15–20 2950.00 2854.00 448.00 0 30 3042.00 — — — — 448.00 1 60 — 2950.00 15–20 3060.00 2968.00 448.00 2 60 3828.00 — — — — 636.00 2 100 — 3640.00 35–80 4396.00 4088.00 636.00 a Order this device by description. Special control features also available. Consult your nearest Schneider Electric sales office. b Price does not include overload relay thermal units. NEMA Size Ground Indicator and Neutralizer Plugs Table 14.7: Ground Indicator and Neutralizer Plugs 240 Vac—3-Pole Catalog Number PGD3200G 14-2 PE8 PE7 $ Price 1566.00 Discount Schedule 600 Vac—3-Pole Catalog Number PGD3600G $ Price 1566.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Table of Contents Section Listing www.schneider-electric.us Section 15 Limit Switches Obsolete Reed Limit Switches Miniature Enclosed Reed 9007XA 15-1 Heavy Duty, Industrial Reed Contact 9007C 15-2 Heavy Duty, Industrial Precision and Oiltight Type XA Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 Miniature Enclosed Reed Type XA is designed for use in applications where contact reliability, environmental immunity, small size, or low cost are required. Sealed construction keeps contaminants out of the contact area, making it the ideal choice for low voltage, low current circuits such as Programmable Controllers. a NOTE: Because reed switches are magnet operated, they should not be installed where strong magnetic fields may be present. The devices should always be checked for proper operation after installation. Table 15.1: Class 9007 Type XA File 42259 CCN NKCR File LR25490 Class 3211 03 Roller Plunger Cross Roller Plunger N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. Type Type Type Type Type Type 3 ft XA7303E XA7503E XA7303D XA7503D XA7303DC XA7503DC 6 ft XA7306E XA7506E XA7306D XA7506D XA7306DC XA7506DC 9 ft XA7309E XA7509E XA7309D XA7509D XA7309DC XA7509DC a b LIMIT SWITCHES Straight Plunger Cable Lengthb See the current ratings table in Section 21 of Digest 176 for contact specifications. Other cable lengths are available. Order by changing the last two digits of the type number to the length desired. Example: An XA7303E with 15 ft of cable would become an XA7315E. F (Differential) E (Pretravel) Initial Position C D A B Contacts Reset Contacts Trip Final Position Top Push Rod (Type E) Roller Plunger (Types D, DC) Initial position (D) 0.690 in. 1.190 in. Trip position (B) 0.620 in. 1.120 in. Pretravel (E) 0.07 in. 0.07 in. Reset position (C) max. 0.655 in. 1.155 in. Differential (F) 0.015 in. 0.015 in. Final position (A) 0.492 in. 0.992 in. Total stroke 0.198 in. 0.198 in. 2.75 lb 2.75 lb Operating force (max.) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Contacts: The contact is a fully encapsulated hermetically sealed reed, suitable for controlling solid state loads as well as industrial relays. Switches can also be used as inputs to intrinsically safe systems. Use of a transient suppressor will extend life of the switch when using on heavy electrical loads. Type XA cannot be used in Division 2 locations as the Type C Reed switches can, since the National Electrical Code (NEC) requires provisions for conduit connection. The Type C Reed switches have this provision for conduit and the Type XA does not. Enclosure Construction: Die cast zinc-baked gray enamel finish. Meets NEMA Type 2, 4, 4X, 6P, 12 and 13 requirements. Oiltight, dusttight, watertight, and submersible. Cable: SJTOWA jacketed cable with 18 gauge wire. Ambient Temperature Range: –20 to + 140 °F (–28.9 to 60 °C). NOTE: The XA switch is available with 3 ft of cable and 3 pin Brad Harrison male connector No. 40904 (or equivalent): Form Y190. 15-1 15 Operating Data Heavy Duty, Industrial Reed Contact Type C Class 9007/ Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Heavy Duty Precision Turret Head Type These switches can be used with standard industrial relays and starters. UL Listed for Class I, II and III Division 2 Groups B, C, D, F and G hazardous locations. They can also be used as inputs to intrinsically safe systems. NOTE: Because reed switches are operated by a magnet, they should not be installed in areas where strong magnetic fields may be present. The devices should always be checked for proper operation after installation. Table 15.2: All 9007C Switches Are Rated NEMA 6P and UL Type 6P Lever Arm Type Side Plunger Type Extra Light Standard Low Operating Maintained Pre-travel Differential Torque Contact Spring Return Spring Return Spring Return CW & CCWa CW & CCWa CW & CCWa CW (Trip) CCW (Reset) Plug-in Side RollerSide PushSide PushSide PushPlug-in Plunger Rod Plunger Plug-in Unit Receptacle Spring Return Rod Plunger Rod Plunger Maintained without Head Spring Return Adjustabled Only Verticalb Spring Return Contact Roller Type Select Turret Head Select Basic Switch Standard Box Plug-in Contacts Type Type C84A2 C86A2 C84N2 C86N2 C84C C86C C84F C86F C84G C86G C84GD C86GD C84H C86H e e CT54 f CT54 f A 7° 90° 4° 90° 4 lb-in (0.45 N•m) N 13° 90° 7° 90° 25 in-oz (0.08 N•m) C 45° 90° — — 3 lb-in (0.34 N•m) F G 0.110" (2.8 mm) 0.25" (6.3 mm) 0.07" (1.8 mm) — GD — — — — — 4 lb (0.45 N•m) H 0.14" (3.6 mm) 0.25" (6.3 mm) — — 7 lb (0.80 N•m) — — — — — Operating Torque/Force B 13° 90° 7° 90° 4 lb-in (0.45 N•m) — — Repeat Accuracy— Linear travel of cam 1-1/2" (38 mm) lever arm ± 0.006" (0.15 mm) ± 0.003" (0.07 mm) ± 0.006" (0.15 mm) ± 0.006" (0.15 mm) ± 0.003" (0.07 mm) — — — Reed Head Only f Nominal Operating Data Type C84B2 C86B2 1 N.O. 1 N.C. Pre-travel Total Travel Differential Reverse Overtravel Top Plunger Type Wobble Stick Type 15 Top Push-Rod Top RollerTop Push-Rod Wobble Stick Wobble Stick Plunger Palm Plunger Plunger Universal g DELRIN Wire Adjustable d Operatedc Spring Return Spring Return Extensiong Extension g Spring Return Wobble Stick Coil Cat Whisker Spring Extensiong Plug-in Unit Plug-in without Receptacle Head Only LIMIT SWITCHES Select Turret Head Select Basic Switch Standard Box Plug-in Contacts Reed 1 N.O. 1 N.C. Head Only f Nominal Operating Data Type C84D C86D D Pre-travel Total Travel Differential Operating Torque/Force Repeat Accuracy— Linear travel of cam C84E C86E Type C84ED C86ED E ED 0.100" (2.5 mm) 0.25" (6.3 mm) 0.05" (1.3 mm) C84Rc C86Rc C84JKC C86JKC Rc JKC C84J C86J C84K C86K J K 13° (Any Direction) 90° 11° Type C84KC C86KC C84L C86L e e CT54 f CT54 f KC L 25° 90° 18° — — — — — — — — 4 lb 3 lb-in 7 in-oz — — ± 0.003" — — — — To order basic switch and head less the plug-in receptacle base, substitute the letters “CO” for the first “C” in the type number. ePlug-in Replacement Units Example: Open type replacement for Type C84B2 is Type CO84B2. a These devices are factory set to operate the contacts in both the CW and CCW directions. Mode of operation is field convertible to CW only or CCW only. To order factory converted devices—for CCW only operation, change the “2” at the end of the type number to “1” (Example: C84B2 becomes C84B1); for CW only operation, delete the “2” at the end of the type number (Example: C84B2 becomes C84B). b Can be converted to horizontal roller type in the field. To order horizontal roller version, add the letter “H” at the end of the equivalent vertical roller version type number (Example: C84F would become C84FH). c Price does not include mushroom button. Must be ordered separately from Section 21 of Digest 176. d To lock the nut in the desired position, crimp the slot near the bottom of the nut. e Plug-in units less head are not available as separate units. Order complete plug-in replacement units instead. Plug-in replacement units include the plug-in unit and head. f These products are currently available. g Wobble stick extensions are available separately for the universal head or as replacements for complete devices. See Section 21 of Digest 176. File CCN 15-2 E10054 NOIV Acceptable Wire Sizes: 12–22 AWG Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque: 7 lb-in (0.80 N•m) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 16 Table of Contents Section Listing Medical Products Isolated Power Panels Operating Room Panels Surgical Facility Panel, see page 16-4 16-2 ICU/CCU Panels 16-2 Controlled Isolation Power Panels (For X-ray and Laser Receptacles) 16-2 Duplex Panels Duplex Isolation Power Panel, see page 16-3 16-2 16-3 Duplex Power Panels 16-3 Power/Ground Modules 16-3 Surgical Facility Panels 16-4 Surgical Facility Panels 16-4 Isolation Transformers 16-4 Dual Output Voltage Panels 16-5 Accessories 16-6 Accessories Panels 16-6 X-ray and Laser Receptacles 16-6 Supervisory Modules 16-6 Nurses’ Station Indicator-Alarm Annunciator 16-6 Digital Clock/Timers 16-6 Remote Alarm Indicators 16-6 All Square D™ brand Isolation Power Panels meet or exceed UL 1022 and 1047 and are cUL Listed. All products listed in this section are available through standard ordering procedures from authorized Schneider Electric distributors. For more information, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office or distributor. Call 1-888-Square D (778-2733) or visit www.schneider-electric.us. 16 MEDICAL PRODUCTS NOTE: The National Electrical Code® (NEC®) requires audible and visual alarm indication where isolation power is used (NEC 517-160). © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-1 Medical Products Isolated Power Panels Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us OR, ICU/CCU, and Controlled Isolation Power Panels—UL Listed NOTE: The NEC requires audible and visual alarm indication where isolation power is used (NEC 517-160). The catalog number creates all components needed for a complete panel including eight circuits. All standard panels are field expandable to 16 circuits for the OR and ICU panels by adding QO™ circuit breakers. All panels come with a main circuit breaker. All panels are 5 mA and field adjustable. All panels include a remote alarm indicator for panel or wall mounting. A backbox (single gang) is provided by others. Other options are available for each design. Six-inch panels are not available for all kVA ratings. For more information, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office or distributor. Table 16.1: Catalog Number Matrix (refer to Table 16.2 for the available options for each field) Basic OR Panel ICU/CCU Panels Transformer kVA Panel Mounting Primary Voltage Secondary Voltage Panel Type 1 2 3 4 5 Table 16.2: 1 2 3-4 5 6 7 Total No. of Circuits 7 No. of 120 V Receptacles 8 Type of 120 V Receptacles 9 10 Controlled Panels No. of Ground Jacks 11 Type of Control 8 No. of Total No. of 'ON' Circuits Circuits 9 Output Amperes 10 11 Options Basic OR Panel Transformer kVA 3 3 (maximum 277 volt primary) 5 5 7 7.5 10 10 15 15 25 25 Panel mounting F Flush S Surface Main circuit breaker Primary and secondary voltage 5 kVA 7.5 kVA 10 kVA 1 120 60 A 80 A 100 A 2 208 30 A 45 A 60 A 3 240 30 A 40 A 60 A 4 277 25 A 35 A 45 A 5 480 15 A 20 A 30 A Type of panel A Low profile transformer (6 in.) T Standard transformer (8 in. or 12 in.) Type of panel circuit breakers S Plug-in QO B Bolt-on QOB Total number of circuits # 8 standard—16 maximum Table 16.3: Circuit Breaker Type 6 ICU/CCU Panels Controlled Panels Add these options to the basic OR panel for power / ground outputs. 8 9-10 11 Add these Control options to the basic OR panel. Number of 120 volt receptacles 8 maximum Type of 120 volt receptacles DR Duplex red DW Duplex white DI Duplex ivory SR Single red SW Single white SI Single ivory HR Hospital-only (Hubbell 23000) TL L5-20 twist lock Number of ground jacks 6 Maximum Options for this section include a Music Center. The Music Center consists of an AM/FM radio with cassette, CD single player, or CD changer. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for this option. 8 9 Schneider Electric has a variety of designs for Controlled Panels with more than 8 circuits. For more information, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office. 10 11 For Chicago-code ground for ALL panels, add “C” as the Catalog No. suffix. Type of control M Mechanical interlock P PLC interlock K Interposing contact (limit of four circuits) N Non-interposing contact D No controls or contactors Total number of circuits in the panel Enter 1 thru 8 Total number of circuits HOT at one time 1 Minimum Note: Recommended four maximum Output ampere 20 to 60 A maximum International and special voltage codes available. For other options including “IN USE” Light Control Panels, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office. Catalog Numbering Example Basic Panel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5 F 2 1 T S 12 5 kVA flush-mount, 208 V primary, 120 V secondary, standard transformer, snap-in, 12 circuits ICU/CCU Options 8 4 9 10 11 D R 4 4 duplex red receptacles, 4 grounds Controlled Panel Options 8 P 9 10 8 4 PLC, 8 circuit, 4 of 8 active, 30 A 11 30 16 MEDICAL PRODUCTS 16-2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Medical Products Duplex Panels Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us The Duplex Isolation Power Panel is a single enclosure containing two complete 120 V secondary hospital isolation systems. A divider in the unit’s backbox separates the systems from top-to-bottom and front-to-back. Each system has its own set of equipment: • • • • • Primary circuit breaker Square D™ brand isolation transformer Reference ground bus bar Square D brand Iso-Gard™ line isolation monitor (LIM) Load center Duplex Power Panel—UL Listed NOTE: The NEC requires audible and visual alarm indication where isolation power is used (NEC 517-160). The catalog number creates all components needed for a complete panel, including 8 circuits. All OR panels can be field expanded to 16 circuits by adding QO circuit breakers. All panels include a main circuit breaker. All panels are 5 mA and field adjustable. All panels include a remote alarm indicator for panel or wall mounting. Single-gang backboxes can be provided by others. Other options are available for each design. For more information, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office or distributor. Table 16.4: Catalog Number Matrix (refer to Table 16.5 for the available options for each field) Transformer kVA Left Side Right Side 1 2 Table 16.5: 1&2 3 4, 5, 6, & 7 8 Panel Mounting 3 Primary Voltage Secondary Voltage Left Side 4 5 Primary Voltage Secondary Voltage Right Side 6 7 Chicago Ground 8 Options Transformer kVA 5 7 10 Panel mounting F S Primary and secondary voltage 1 2 3 4 5 Chicago-type ground C 5 7.5 10 120 208 240 277 480 5 kVA 60 A 30 A 30 A 25 A 15 A Flush Surface Main circuit breaker 7.5 kVA 80 A 45 A 40 A 35 A 20 A 10 kVA 100 A 60 A 60 A 45 A 30 A Leave blank for standard ground Power/Ground Modulea—UL Listed Table 16.6: Ordering Information Description Duplex/Ground Module RMDR1204NI Catalog No. MEDICAL PRODUCTS Powerlock/Ground Module RM1204NI Dimensions 16 gauge stainless steel trim 4 “Powerlock” / 4 ground receptacle Trim 9.5 in. x 13.5 in. RM1204NI 4 ivory duplex / 4 ground receptacle Trim 9.5 in. x 13.5 in. RMDI1204NI 4 red duplex / 4 ground receptacle Trim 9.5 in. x 13.5 in. RMDR1204NI 4 ground receptacle Trim 9.5 in. x 13.5 in. GS1204NI Backbox 8 in. H x 12 in. W x 4 in. D 53007BB 8 gang stainless steel trim—box not provided 4 “Hubbellock” / 4 ground receptacle Trim 4.5 in. x 15.43 in. RM504NI 4 ivory duplex / 4 ground receptacle Trim 4.5 in. x 15.43 in. RMDI504NI 4 red duplex / 4 ground receptacle Trim 4.5 in. x 15.43 in. RMDR504NI 4 ground receptacle (4-gang outlet box) Trim 4.5 in. x 8.19 in. GS504NI Master ground module18-point ground bus—16 gauge stainless steel trim 18-point terminal bus Trim 9.5 in. x 13 in. GS1200I Backbox 8 in. H x 12 in. W x 4 in. D 53007BB Ground cord assembly for power/ground modules 15 ft. w/ lug — P751N 15 ft. w/ insulated clip — P753N a Schneider Electric Medical Products offers many options for power/ground modules. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office. 16 Ground Module GS1204NI Ground Cord Assembly P753N © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-3 Medical Products Surgical Facility Panels Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us Square D™ brand surgical facility panels combine several required operating room components in an economical, UL Listed package. Isolated power centers, power outlets, time clocks and controls, and X-ray film viewers are grouped together in one enclosure that can be easily installed and maintained. When installed separately, these items require expensive labor and take up valuable surgical suite space. Standard Equipment • • • • Square D brand Iso-Gard™ line isolation monitor (LIM) Primary main circuit breaker Secondary branch circuit breakers—(16) 20 A, 2-pole Ground bar Optional Equipment Typical Surgical Facility Panel • • • • • • • • • 5 kVA, 7.5 kVA, or 10 kVA isolation transformer AM/FM/cassette stereo system AM/FM/CD (single or multi-play) stereo system Twin X-ray film illuminator Portable X-ray film illuminator Portable X-ray receptacle Digital or dial clocks and timers Power receptacles–single, duplex, or locking type “Hospital Use Only” Ground jacks Surgical Facility Panel—UL Listed NOTE: The NEC requires audible and visual alarm indication where isolation power is used (NEC 517-160). Table 16.7: Some items CANNOT be sold separately. Surgical facility panels are priced, ordered, and shipped as three separate parts: the front cover, the isolation transformer, and the backbox. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for custom pricing. Description Electrical system—Position #1 SF5 5.0 kVA isolation transformer provision (specify primary voltage) SF7 7.5 kVA isolation transformer provision (specify primary voltage) SF10 10.0 kVA isolation transformer provision (specify primary voltage) Primary and secondary voltage codes a 1 2 3 4 5 120 208 240 277 480 Electrical components Base Price includes Electrical System, Transformer, Backbox, and Remote Alarm Indicator with PUSH-TO-TEST LIM, Trim, Main Circuit Breaker, 16 (QO220) Secondary Breakers, Ground Bus, and all mounting provisions for mounting transformer. Receptacles and switches—Position #2 Snb Single 20 A, hospital grade; specify color when ordering (each) Dnb Duplex, 20 A, hospital grade; specify color when ordering (each) Pnb Power-Lock 20 A, hospital-only, available in black only (each) Hnb X-ray (Hubbell IN16494) 60 A, with LIM indicator/alarm Gnb Ground Jacks 30 A (each) Tnb Toggle Switch 20 A, 2-pole, specify color when ordering (each) Clocks, clock/timers—Position #3 1 MCT12B dual display digital clock/timer 2 MCTCT remote control for MCT12B, includes battery pack 3 MCT14B surgical chronometer 4 MCT4RC remote control for MCT14B, includes battery pack 5 Dial type elapsed time indicator and control 6 Dial type clock, manual adjustment 7 Simplex Celestra digital elapsed time indicator and control—2 in. high digits 8 Simplex Celestra digital clock Miscellaneous components—Position #4 DX Double size film illuminator—for x-ray viewing CA AM/FM/cassette stereo with speakers—antenna not supplied CD AM/FM/single play CD stereo with speakers—antenna not supplied MP AM/FM/cassette/multi-play CD stereo with speakers—antenna not supplied 16 a b Table 16.8: Catalog Numbering Example SF521 D4G4 12 DXCD c MEDICAL PRODUCTS Position Qty. Description 1 1 5XR21 isolation transformer (5.0 kVA, 208–120 V) 2 4 Duplex receptacles (specify color when ordering) 2 4 Ground jacks 3 1 MCT12B dual display digital clock/timer 3 1 MCTCT remote control 4 1 Double size film illuminator 4 1 AM/FM/CD single player c Note use of spacing and position numbering to complete the catalog number. 16-4 Ordering Information Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for international and special voltage codes. “n” indicates number of devices. Maximum of six receptacles and ground jacks (depending on available space). Table 16.9: Isolation Transformers Description 5XR11, 5.0 kVA, 120–120 V 5XR21, 5.0 kVA, 208–120 V 5XR31, 5.0 kVA, 240–120 V 5XR41, 5.0 kVA, 277–120 V 5XR51, 5.0 kVA, 480–120 V 53040BB Backbox (42 in. H x 56 in. W x 8 in. D) 7XR11, 7.5 kVA, 120–120 V 7XR21, 7.5 kVA, 208–120 V 7XR31, 7.5 kVA, 240–120 V 7XR41, 7.5 kVA, 277–120 V 7XR51, 7.5 kVA, 480–120 V 53032BB Backbox (42 in. H x 56 in. W x 12 in. D) 10XR11, 10.0 kVA, 120–120 V 10XR21, 10.0 kVA, 208–120 V 10XR31, 10.0 kVA, 240–120 V 10XR41, 10.0 kVA, 277–120 V 10XR51, 10.0 kVA, 480–120 V 53059BB Backbox (42 in. H x 56 in. W x 12 in. D) Main Circuit Breaker 60 A 30 A 30 A 25 A 15 A 80 A 45 A 40 A 35 A 20 A 100 A 60 A 60 A 45 A 30 A © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Medical Products Dual Output Voltage Panels Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us The dual output voltage hospital isolation panel is a single ungrounded hospital isolation panel that can supply two different output voltages simultaneously. Similar to a standard distribution panel or load center, it can supply either 208/120 or 240/120 volts of ungrounded, isolated, Table 16.10: single phase power using only one isolation transformer. Other hospital isolation panels can supply only one output voltage. The panel is ideally suited for renovation or surgical center projects. Table 16.11: Interior Description (1) Primary voltage 2 = 208 V 3 = 240 V 4 = 277 V 5 = 480 V (2) Output voltage A = 120/208 V B = 120/240 V (3) Size rating of 120 V secondary winding (kVA)a 5 = 5.0 kVA 7 = 7.5 kVA 1 = 10.0 kVA (4) Number of 30 A green ground receptacles 0 = None 1 = One 2 = Two 3 = Three 4 = Four 5 = Five 6 = Six (5) Number of 120 V power receptacles 0 = None 1 = One 2 = Two 3 = Three 4 = Four 5 = Five 6 = Six (6) Type of 120 V power receptacles 0 = No 120 V receptacles R = 20 A, red hospital grade duplex I = 20 A, ivory hospital grade duplex B = 20 A, black hospital grade duplex T = 20 A, brown hospital grade duplex L = 20 A, black hospital-only locking type receptacle (Hubbell #23000HG or equivalent) (7) Configuration of 208 or 240 V receptacle #1b 0 = No 208 or 240 V receptacle X = Hubbell #IN16 494 (equivalent to Hubbell #25603) A = NEMA Type #6-15R B = NEMA Type #6-20R C = NEMA Type #6-30R D = NEMA Type #6-50R E = NEMA Type #L6-15R F = NEMA Type #L6-20R G = NEMA Type #L6-30R (8) Configuration of 208 or 240 V receptacle #2b 0 = No 208 or 240 V receptacle X = Hubbell #IN16494 (equivalent to Hubbell #25603) A = NEMA Type #6-15R B = NEMA Type #6-20R C = NEMA Type #6-30R D = NEMA Type #6-50R E = NEMA Type #L6-15R F = NEMA Type #L6-20R G = NEMA Type #L6-30R a 120 V section of panel interior will be factory loaded with 8-20/2 branch breakers. This panel section is field expandable to 16 branch breakers by ordering additional circuit breaker catalog numbers QO220. b 208 V or 240 V section of panel interior will be factory loaded with the correct circuit breaker to match the selected receptacle. If no receptacle is selected, this section of the panel interior is field expandable to 2 branch breakers by ordering catalog number QO220 through QO260. Note: Total transformer kVA rating is the sum of the 120 V winding and the 208 V (or 240 V) winding. 120 V Winding Rating (kVA) 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 Table 16.12: Transformer Primary Voltage 208 208 240 240 277 277 480 480 208 208 240 240 277 277 480 480 208 208 240 240 277 277 480 480 Secondary Voltages 208/120 240/120 208/120 240/120 208/120 240/120 208/120 240/120 208/120 240/120 208/120 240/120 208/120 240/120 208/120 240/120 208/120 240/120 208/120 240/120 208/120 240/120 208/120 240/120 Catalog No. DVT522 DVT523 DVT532 DVT533 DVT542 DVT543 DVT552 DVT553 DVT722 DVT723 DVT732 DVT733 DVT742 DVT743 DVT752 DVT753 DVT122 DVT123 DVT132 DVT133 DVT142 DVT143 DVT152 DVT153 Trim Catalog No. DVC Table 16.13: Catalog No. DVBF DVBS Backbox Description flush mount surface mount Dimensions 62 in. H x 34 in. W x 12 in. D 64 in. H x 36 in. W x 12 in. D NOTE: The NEC requires audible and visual alarm indication where isolation power is used (NEC 517-160). Catalog Numbering System Notes and Pricing Catalog # DVP (1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8) Fill-in parenthesis from selections listed above. Interior Code Numbers Interior Catalog Number DVP (1) 2 (2) B (3) 7 (4) 6 (5) 6 (6) R (7) X (8) D MEDICAL PRODUCTS 208/240 V receptacle #2 is NEMA Type 6-50R 208/240 V receptacle #1 is Hubbell IN16494 120 V power receptacles are red in color Six 120 V power receptacles 16 Six 30 A green ground receptacles Size rating of 120 V transformer secondary is 7.5 Output voltage is 120 V and 240 V Primary voltage is 208 V © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-5 Medical Products Accessories Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT9801 Accessories Panel Table 16.16: The Accessories Panel accommodates options typically found in the operating room environment, including receptacles, clock/timers, and music centers. Other options include relays for controlling “IN USE” lights for laser and X-ray. Table 16.14: Ordering Information Unit Part Number Base Price Catalog Number AP Receptacle and Indicator Module XRIAI–XRIADI Remote Push Button Station and Alarm 8CIIAI Dual Display Digital Clock Timer MCT12B Component Number Clock/timer CT MCT12B CR MCTCT CB MCTBP ST MCT14B SR MCT4RC Remote alarm indicator IA IA1C MA M5IAI MM MMIAI RA RA1 Music center RC AM/FM cassette RP AM/FM/CD single play CD player RM AM/FM/CD multi-play CD player Receptacles (Maximum of 8) A-# 5–20R (duplex red) B-# 5–20R (single red) C-# 6–20R D-# L6–20R E-# 6–30R F-# L6–30R G-# Hubbellock X-# X-ray S-# Special Ground jacks N-# 1–8 Relay (For use with controlled power panels only) R-# Ice cube relay (1–16) Instructions: Combine the unit part numbers to build the desired panel. The catalog number must begin with “AP” and corresponding number to follow. For example, APCTCRMARMA4N4 will produce a panel containing a MCT12B clock/timer with a MCTCT remote control, a M5IAI remote alarm indicator, a AM/FM/CD multi-play music center, four HBL8310R receptacles, and four SLR3 ground jacks. The purchase price includes the appropriate backbox. Some components may not be able to be installed with others, and may be considered as special items. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for all special item pricing. Table 16.15: X-ray Indicator/Receptacle Module Supervisory Module for Controlled Panels 16 Description Receptacle & indicator module Receptacle & indicator module w/ switch Backbox Remote push button station and alarm c Backbox Surgical Chronometer MCT14B Receptacles quoted include a Hubbell 50/60 A, X-ray type 25000. For other receptacles, indicate the NEMA configuration after the Catalog Number. For example, XRIADINEMAL630R MEDICAL PRODUCTS Table 16.16: Catalog No. IA2CI IA3CI IA4CI IA5CI IA6CI IA7CI IA8CI IA9CI IA10CI IA11CI IA12CI 16-6 Dimensions Catalog No. 13 in. H x 9.5 in. W Trim XRIAI 13 in. H x 9.5 in. W Trim XRIADI 12 in. H x 8 in. W x 4 in. D 53007BB 13 in. H x 11 in. W Trim 8CIIAI 12 in. H x 10 in. W x 6 in. D 53004BB Nurses’ Station Indicator/Alarm Annunciator Backbox Application Backbox Dimensions 53008BB 12 in. H X 4 in. W X 4 in. D 53007BB 12 in. H X 8 in. W X 4 in. D 53005BB 12 in. H X 12 in. W X 4 in. D Catalog No. IA13C IA14CI IA15CI IA16CI IA17CI IA18CI IA19CI IA20CI IA21CI IA22CI IA23CI IA24CI Table 16.17: www.schneider-electric.us Nurses’ Station Indicator/Alarm Annunciator (continued) Backbox Application Backbox Dimensions 53006BB 15 in. H X 12 in. W X 4 in. D 53021BB 18 in. H X 4 in. W X 6 in. D 53011BB 12 in. H X 20 in. W X 6 in. D Accessories and Replacement Parts Description 1/4 A fuse (Wickman TR5T) 2 mA meter 5 mA meter Fuseholder/cap (black) 1/4 A fuse (glass fuse) Green LED Red LED Yellow LED Interior only for 1A-1C (no trim) SAFE/SILENCE assembly for remote alarm HAZARD/PUSH-TO-TEST assembly for remote alarm HAZARD assembly for remote alarm SAFE/SILENCE replacement lens HAZARD/PUSH-TO-TEST replacement lens HAZARD replacement lens Buzzer only for remote alarm Accessory –E booster power supply for three or more remote indicator alarms. Table 16.18: Catalog No. TR5 6301002350 6301060250 2549909510 4319900406 GLED RLED YLED IANC SSPB HPPB HPB SSLEN HPLEN HLEN 4319950001 EXR Digital Clock/Timers—UL Listed Description Catalog No. Dual display clock/timer Clock/timer with separate displays MCT12B Rechargeable battery pack for MCT12B (Optional) MCTBP Remote control unit w/ rechargeable battery pack for MCTCT MCT12B (Optional) Stainless steel trim plate MCTS95135 Backbox to be used with MCT95135 53007BB Clock/timer complete with backbox and trim MCT12BC Note: A complete clock/timer can be ordered using the catalog number MCT12BC. This includes the clock/timer, stainless steel trim and backbox. Remote control or battery pack must be ordered separately. Note: The battery pack and remote control do not work together. Surgical Chronometer Clock and three timers MCT14B Backbox 53006BB Auxiliary control MCT4RC Backbox 53008BB Chronometer complete MCT14BC Note: A complete surgical chronometer can be ordered using catalog number MCT14BC. This includes the chronometer, Remote control and both backboxes. All of these items are required for one complete unit. Table 16.19: Remote Alarm Indicators Description Single gang remote with meter display Included with all new panels Where Remote Alarm is Catalog No. REQUIRED Panel- or wallmounted; no face RA1 plate Panel-mounted; RA1PM includes face plate Wall-mounted; RA1WM includes face plate Panel-mounted ORICA in the room Green, amber, and red indicating lights and audible alarm mounted on front trim Green, amber, and red indicating lights, PUSH-TO-TEST button, audible alarm, and Panel-mounted ORICA5C in the room milliammeter mounted on front trim c Wall-mounted backbox not supplied. Panel-mounted IA1C Fits standard 2 gang box (3.5 in. deep) outside the room Wall-mounted 53008BB backbox required Panel-mounted M5IAI (backbox 4 in. H x 12 in. W x 4 in. D) c outside the room Wall mounted backbox not supplied. Panel-mounted M5IAI50 Fits standard 4 gang box (3.5 in. deep) c outside the room Note: PUSH-TO-TEST option for any of the above remotes—add PTT after the catalog number. c Includes meter for 5 mA LIM. For 2 mA LIM applications, change to catalog number ORICAC. 2 mA analog meter available. Contact Schneider Electric. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents NEMA Contactors and Starters IEC Style Disconnect Switches GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, UL98 Tested GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, Dimensions 17-2 17-5 UL508 Motor Disconnect Switches Mini-Vario and Vario™ Switches 17-8 NEMA Style Disconnect Switches NEMA Style Door-Mounted Disconnect Switches 17-9 Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starter (p. 17-18) For Square D™ Circuit Breakers Approximate Dimensions 17-10 17-12 Bracket-Mounted Disconnect Devices Type T Disconnect Switches 17-13 Flexible Cable Mechanisms For Circuit Breakers 17-14 Disconnect Switch Accessories Flange Mounted, Variable Depth 17-15 Reversing Drum Switches Type A and B 17-17 Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters Description of All Types How to Order Autotransformer Starters Wye-Delta Starters (Open Transition) Wye-Delta Starters (Closed Transition) Part Winding Starters Approximate Dimensions 17-18 17-18 17-19 17-20 17-21 17-22 17-23 Multispeed Magnetic Starters Application Data Two-Speed Combination Starters Reversing Two-Speed Magnetic Starters Two-Speed Magnetic Starters Approximate Dimensions 17-24 17-26 17-27 17-28 17-29 Lighting Contactors Panelboard Lighting Contactors, Type PB 17-30 Well-Guard™ Pump Panel Reduced Voltage Type 17-31 Factory Modifications (Forms) Reduced Voltage Starters 17-32 Definite Purpose Contactors Reversing/Hoist, Type R 17-35 Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Style Solid-State Overload Relay, Motor Logic™ Plus © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 17-36 17-1 17 Section Listing NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Section 17 Table of Contents IEC Style Disconnect Switches GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, UL98 Tested Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301 17 The GS1 part numbers can be identified as follows. See Catalog 9421CT0301 for specific applications. NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 17.1: www.schneider-electric.us Identification System GS1 D U 3 Model GS1 Fusible (Class J fuse unless noted), LK3 Nonfusible Current Range, Operator Type (front operator unless noted), Accessory Type D 30 A front and side operation T 800 A (Class L if fused) DD 30 A Class CC front and side operation U 1000 A E 30 A W 1200 A EE 30 A Class CC AH handle G 60 A AHT handle with test J 100 A AE extension shaft M 200 A AD auxiliary contact holder Q 400 A AM auxiliary contact S 600 A UL Certification Poles—Number of Poles, 2 or 3 Note: All fusible switches through 400 A and nonfused switches through 200 A are equipped with a feature to test optional auxiliary contacts without energizing the load when the appropriate GS1AHT•••• handle is used. Table 17.2: Catalog No. 200 A Switch GS1MU3 Table 17.4: $ Price Compact GS1 Fusible IEC Style Disconnect Switches GS1DDU3 30 A, 3-pole, Class CC, use 5x5 shaft GS1DU3 30 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 5x5 shaft GS1 Fusible IEC Style Disconnect Switches GS1EEU3 30 A, 3-pole, Class CC , use 10x10 shaft GS1EU3 30 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 10x10 shaft GS1GU3 60 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 10x10 shaft GS1JU3ab 100 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 10x10 shaft GS1MU3ab 200 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 10x10 shaft GS1QU3ab 400 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 10x10 shaft GS1SU3ab 600 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 15x15 shaft GS1TU3ab 800 A, 3-pole, Class L, use 15x15 shaft Table 17.3: Catalog No. 30 A Side Handle GS1EERU30 Fusible Switches Description 237.00 260.00 237.00 260.00 336.00 536.00 1181.00 2252.00 3377.00 5061.00 Description $ Price 30 A, 2-pole, Class CC 204.00 GS1EERU30 30 A, 3-pole, Class CC 242.00 GS1AH01 Right side handle for GS1EERU20 & GS1EERU30 b Nonfusible Switches Description $ Price Compact LK3 Nonfusible IEC Style Disconnect Switches LK3DU3 30 A, 3-pole, 5x5 shaft LK3 Nonfusible IEC Style Disconnect Switches LK3GU3 60 A, 3-pole, use 10x10 shaft LK3JU3 100 A, 3-pole, use 10x10 shaft LK3MU3ab 200 A, 3-pole, use 10x10 shaft LK3QU3ab 400 A, 3-pole, use 15x15 shaft LK3SU3ab 600 A, 3-pole, use 15x15 shaft LK3TU3ab 800 A, 3-pole, use 15x15 shaft LK3UU3ab 1000 A, 3-pole, use 15x15 shaft LK3WU3ab 1200 A, 3-pole, use 15x15 shaft 218.00 263.00 458.00 1010.00 1910.00 2873.00 4301.00 5372.00 6450.00 Fusible Switches with Direct Mount Side Handle GS1EERU20 a Catalog No. 46.40 Shipped with line side terminal shrouds; for additional shrouds, see page 17-4. Terminal lug must be ordered separately—see page 17-4. Compact 30 A Switch LK3DU3 Example of the parts to order to build a complete GS or LK switch: Choose a Switch 600 A, LK3SU3 + Shaft + Shaft 200 mm, GS1AE6 Handle Assembly Black Handle, LK3AH150 + Lugs, if needed Lugs Kit, GS1AW503 For example: LK3SU3 (600 A nonfusible switch, use 15x15 shaft) + GS1AE6 (15x15 200 mm Type H shaft) + LK3AH150 (black/black, lockable) To add auxiliary contacts: For front-mounted contacts order GS1AD30 (front-mounted auxiliary contact holder) + GS1AM110 (NO contact for GS1AD10, 20, and 30) 17-2 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved IEC Style Disconnect Switches GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, UL98 Tested Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301 www.schneider-electric.us Pistol Handles for Compact GS1 and LK3 for Use with Shaft Type D Type NEMA/UL IEC 1, 12 GS1AH101 GS1AH102 Type D—alternate handles for compact switches only IP54 Table 17.6: Yes Padlockable Color Yes Black Red/Yellow IEC Defeatable Padlockable 1, 3R, 12 IP54 Yes Yes 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 IP65 Yes Yes Compact Shaft Kits GS1AE7/AE71 Shafts 5 mm x 5 mm Table 17.7: Catalog Number $ Price Off/On (O/I) GS1AH101 GS1AH102 51.00 Color Operation Catalog Number $ Price Black Red/Yellow Black Red/Yellow Black Red/Yellow Black Red/Yellow Off/On (O/I) Off/On (O/I) Test/Off/On (T/O/I) Test/Off/On (T/O/I) Off/On (O/I) Off/On (O/I) Test/Off/On (T/O/I) Test/Off/On (T/O/I) GS1AH110 GS1AH120 GS1AHT110 GS1AHT120 GS1AH410 GS1AH420 GS1AHT410 GS1AHT420 62.00 62.00 117.00 117.00 46.60 46.60 78.00 78.00 Pistol Handles for Standard GS1 and LK3 Type NEMA/UL Operation Pistol Handles for Compact GS1 and LK3 for Use with Shaft Type G Type NEMA/UL Defeatable IEC Defeatable Padlockable Color Operation Catalog Number $ Price Black Red/Yellow Black Red/Yellow Black Red/Yellow Black Red/Yellow Off/On (O/I) Off/On (O/I) Test/Off/On (T/O/I) Test/Off/On (T/O/I) Off/On (O/I) Off/On (O/I) Test/Off/On (T/O/I) Test/Off/On (T/O/I) GS1AH110 GS1AH120 GS1AHT110 GS1AHT120 GS1AH410 GS1AH420 GS1AHT410 GS1AHT420 62.00 62.00 117.00 117.00 70.00 70.00 117.00 117.00 Black Red/Yellow Black Red/Yellow Black Red/Yellow Off/On (O/I) Off/On (O/I) Test/Off/On (T/O/I) Test/Off/On (T/O/I) Off/On (O/I) Off/On (O/I) GS1AH130 GS1AH140 GS1AHT130 GS1AHT140 GS1AH430 GS1AH440 70.00 70.00 125.00 125.00 78.00 78.00 $ Price GS1 30–100 A and LK3 60–100 A (3 in. handles) 1, 3R, 12 IP54 Yes Yes 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 IP65 Yes Yes GS1 200–400 A and LK3 200 A (5 in. handles) GS1AH110 GS1AH120 Type G—Standard Handle Design 1, 3R, 12 IP54 Yes Yes 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 IP65 Yes Yes Use these shaft kits when using compact switches: Table 17.8: Pistol Handles for Use with Shaft Type H Type NEMA/UL IEC Defeatable Padlockable Color Operation Catalog Number No No Yes Yes Yes Black Red/Yellow Black Red/Yellow Off/On (O/I) LK3AH150 LK3AH160 LK3AH170 LK3AH180 233.00 233.00 386.00 386.00 Off/On (O/I) LK3AH150 LK3AH160 GS1AH170 GS1AH180 233.00 233.00 386.00 386.00 For LK3 400–1200 A GS1AE8/AE81 Shafts 5 mm x 5 mm 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 IP65 For GS1 600–800 A No Black No Red/Yellow Yes Yes Black Yes Red/Yellow Note: Now UL approved for indoor or outdoor applications. 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 Table 17.9: IP65 Shafts Length in. LK3AH160 GS1AE2/AE21 Shafts © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved GS1AE6 mm Catalog No. Shaft 5 mm x 5 mm—For use with Pistol Handles, Type D 12.6 320 GS1AE7 15.7 400 GS1AE71 Shaft 5 mm x 5 mm—For use with Pistol Handles, Type G 12.6 320 GS1AE8 15.7 400 GS1AE81 Shaft 10 mm x 10 mm—For Standard GS1 and LK3 12.6 320 GS1AE2 15.7 400 GS1AE21 $ Price 18.60 23.30 18.60 23.30 20.30 24.90 Shaft 15 mm x 15 mm—For use with Pistol Handles, Type H 7.9 200 GS1AE6 32.60 15.7 400 GS1AE61 40.40 CP1 Discount Schedule 17-3 17 Table 17.5: NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Handles IEC Style Disconnect Switches GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, UL98 Tested Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301 www.schneider-electric.us 17 Accessories Table 17.10: Auxiliary Contacts NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Type GS1AD20 + GS1AM110 GS1AD10 + GS1AM110 Description For Compact LK3 / GS1 U = Upper or Standard products allow up to 4 auxiliary contacts without any extra Top mounted contact holders. Contact holder (for 5 to 8 auxiliary contacts) 10 A 1 N.O. Contact Block 600 Vac 1 N.C. Contact Block For LK3 60–200 A, GS1 30–400 A U = Upper or Contact holder required (for 1 to 8 upper auxiliary contacts) Top mounted 10 A 1 N.O. Contact Block 600 Vac 1 N.C. Contact Block 1 N.O. & N.C. Contact Block (max of two blocks—any mix) S = Side mounted a 2 N.O. & N.C. Contact Block (max of two blocks—any mix) 1 N.O. & N.C. Contact Block w/ Test (max of two blocks—any mix) S = Side mounted a 2 N.O. & N.C. Contact Block w/ Test (max of two blocks—any mix) For LK3 400–1200 A U = Upper or Contact holder (for 1 to 4 auxiliary contacts) Top mounted 10 A 1 N.O. Contact Block 600 Vac 1 N.C. Contact Block Catalog No. $ Price GS1AD10 46.70 GS1AM110 GS1AM101 14.70 14.70 GS1AD20 46.70 GS1AM110 GS1AM101 GS1AN11 GS1AN22 GS1ANT11 GS1ANT22 14.70 14.70 78.00 140.00 93.00 156.00 LK3AD30 46.70 GS1AM110 GS1AM101 14.70 14.70 For GS1 600–800 A 1 N.O./N.C. Contact GS1AMU3 57.00 Micro-switch (top mounted) 2 N.O./N.C. Contact GS1AMU4 83.00 a Cannot be mixed. A single switch must use all GS1AN11/GS1AN22 contact blocks or all GS1ANT11/GS1ANT22 contact blocks. A GS1AN• • contact block may not be used on the same switch as a GS1ANT• •. GS1AD30 + GS1AM110 Table 17.11: Terminal Lugs For Use On Wire Size Compact GS1/LK3 GS1 30 A CC GS1 30 A J GS1/LK3 60 A J LK3 100 A GS1 100 A GS1/LK3 200 A GS1/LK3 400–600 A b GS1/LK3 800 A / LK3 1000 A b LK3 1250 A b b Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Lugs per Kit — — — — — 6 6 6 6 12 Catalog No. $ Price Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard GS1AW303 GS1AW403 GS1AW503 GS1AW803 GS1AW903 — — — — — 59.00 98.00 197.00 246.00 395.00 Terminal Shrouds For Use On Terminal Shrouds Wire Type GS1 600–800 A and LK3 800–1250 A can receive 1 lug for 3 cables per terminal or 2 lugs for 2 cables per terminal. Table 17.12: Terminal Lugs #14–#10 #14–#10 #14–#10 #10–#3 #14–#2/0 #14–2/0 #6–3/0 2 x 2–2 x 600 3 x 2–3 x 600 4 x 2–4 x 600 # of Wires per Lug 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 Catalog No. $ Price For Line or Load Side c Compact GS1/LK3 Standard — All GS1/LK3 30 A Standard — All GS1/LK3 60 A Standard — LK3 100 A Standard — GS1 100 A d GS1AP33 101.00 GS1/LK3 200 A d GS1AP43 132.00 GS1 400 A GS1AP63 213.00 LK3 400–600 A LK3AP63 86.00 GS1 600–800 A GS1AP83 140.00 LK3 800–1250 A LK3AP83 101.00 c All GS1 and LK3 switches supplied with line side shrouding. d Three-piece kit for either line or load side. Table 17.13: For Use On Shorting Links Shorting Links per Kit Catalog No. $ Price 3 GS1AU203 GS1AU303 GS1AU403 GS1AU503 GS1AU803 29.60 41.90 62.10 93.00 156.00 GS1 60 A GS1 100 A GS1 200 A GS1 400 A GS1 600–800 A Table 17.14: Shaft Padlocking Kit For Use On Compact GS1/LK3 LK3 60–200 A GS1 30–400 A LK3 400–1250 A Catalog No. Standard $ Price — Shorting Links 17-4 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved IEC Style Disconnect Switches GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, Dimensions Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301 www.schneider-electric.us GS1DDU3 Compact CC 30 A 1.83 Door Drilling 3.75 0.125 96.5 2 ø 4.5 0.59 1.47 2.5 65 1 -OFF 2 63 25.6 2.48 ø 31 90° -ON 2.75 2.0 0.13 70 65° o -OFF 50 2.0 3.0 76.2 18.3 0.72 3 ø M165 FIX Test Position 50 4 ø 4.5 17 45 1.78 79.5 FIX 3.125 116 4.56 1.25 50 15 37.3 3.25 1.25 83.8 ø 31 90° -ON GS1AH/AHT110, 120, 410, or 420 1.83 4.13 Door Drilling 46.5 105.5 1.47 2.5 65 0.059 37.3 15 0.13 2 ø 4.5 1.25 OFF 90° GS1AH110 or 120 3.38 84 4.56 116 28 1.0 63 2.48 2.0 ø 31 50 GS1DU3 Compact J 30 A -ON 2.75 2.0 0.13 70 65° o -OFF 50 3.88 2.0 0.63 15.8 FIX 2 ø 4.5 FIX ø 0.19 Test Position 50 3.0 7.62 99 90° 1.25 ø 31 -ON GS1AH/AHT110, 120, 410, or 420 GS1EEU3, GS1 CC 30 A 5.69 2.75 144 1.13 29 70 Fix Door Drilling 0.13 4 Ø 4.5 2.00 50 5.88 133 2.00 149 3.00 67 90° 1.25 76.2 Ø 31 -ON 3.88 2.44 99 62 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 0-OFF 50 2.63 Test Position 65° Fix 5.25 CP1 Discount Schedule Dimensions: NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Dimensions in. mm 17-5 IEC Style Disconnect Switches GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, Dimensions Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301 17 NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS GS1EU3/GS1GU3, GS1 30 A/60 A J 5.63 2.75 143 70 1.50 3.50 38 Door Drilling 89 .13 2.00 4 Ø 4.5 Fix 5.25 133 5.88 Test Position 65° 90° 1.25 76.2 Mounting Hole Dimension: 0.19 in. (4.8 mm) 0-OFF 50 3.00 67 50 2.00 149 2.63 www.schneider-electric.us Ø 31 -ON 2.75 70 6.75 171 GS1JU3, GS1 100 A J 2.75 5.63 70 2.06 52 143 87 0.13 183 3.31 50 Ø 31 16 .88 90° 1.25 76.2 Mounting Hole Dimension: 0.19 in. (4.8 mm) .63 0-OFF 50 22 .75 19 -ON 3.31 8.25 .25 Ø6.9 Test Position 65° 2.00 3.00 84 2.00 4 Ø 4.5 Fix 6.56 167 7.19 Terminal Lugs 2/0 Max. Door Drilling 3.44 84 210 GS1MU3, GS1 200 A J 6.00 2.75 Fix 2.44 62 152 70 3.44 Door Drilling 87 .13 Fix 7.50 191 8.13 207 Terminal Lugs 3/0 Max. .44 11 Ø1 1.6 Test Position 65° 2.00 1.00 25 0-OFF 50 127 95 50 4 Ø 4.5 5.00 3.75 2.00 1.50 90° 1.25 Ø 31 38 -ON 1.13 29 3.69 9.44 Mounting Hole Dimension: 0.19 in. (4.8 mm) 94 240 GS1QU3, GS1 400 A J 2.81 Fix 2.81 72 141 70 3.44 2.00 4.44 11.94 303 0-OFF 50 1.25 127 .38 10 Ø 10.2 Test Position 65° 2.00 5.00 112 50 4 Ø 4.5 Fix 8.81 224 363 Terminal Lugs 2 x 600 MCM Max. Door Drilling 87 0.13 14.31 GS1SU3/GS1TU3, GS1 600 A J and 800 A L 5.56 2.75 72 Ø 31 1.50 3.13 90° 38 80 Mounting Hole Dimension: 0.25 in. (6.3 mm) -ON Ø .25 6 2.06 2.88 73 52 Door Drilling Ø 9.38 2.50 64 19.38 492 Fix 13.63 346 Fix 9.88 251 362 1.50 3.13 80 7.13 38 181 152 4.13 .25 106 7 7.50 190 2.38 59 4.75 4.75 120 120 20.38 98 100 517 51 Ø 1.25 31 0.13 Ø 4.5 Terminal Lugs 2X600 MCM Max. 3X600 MCM Max. Ø 44 Ø .38 2.75 11 10 69 2.50 3.88 4.00 2.00 51 Locking 55˚ 9.88 250 6.00 14.25 2.00 .50 13 7.50 190 3.13 80 64 1.50 3.56 38 1.56 2.88 3.00 91 73 Mounting Hole Dimension: 0.38 in. (9.6 mm) 40 76 Dimensions: 17-6 CP1 Discount Schedule in. mm © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved IEC Style Disconnect Switches GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, Dimensions Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301 www.schneider-electric.us 96 66 0.59 15 1.94 37 25 19 1.00 25 1.00 0.75 Door Drilling 0.13 1.83 2.00 2 Ø 4.5 116 1.78 Fix 3.13 45 80 1.25 3.84 0-OFF Ø 31 98 0.56 14 0.72 LK3GU3/LK3JU3, LK3 60 A/100 A 90° -ON 2.48 63 Fix Ø .19 M5 18 2.75 ø 0.19 3.88 70 FIX 1.50 5 99 Door Drilling 3.50 38 89 2.00 .13 50 4 Ø 4.5 FIX 5.25 5.88 2.63 65° 90° 1.25 76.2 Mounting Hole Dimension: 0.19 in. (4.8 mm) 0-OFF 50 3.00 67 Test Position 2.00 133 149 Mounting Hole Dimension: 0.19 in. (4.8 mm) 51 46 4.56 Ø 31 -ON 2.75 6.69 70 170 LK3MU3, LK3 200 A 3.44 2.75 2.44 Ø .19 5 87 70 62 Door Drilling 0.13 Fix 7.50 191 8.13 206 .44 11 Ø11.6 Test Position 65° 0-OFF 50 127 95 50 Terminal Lugs 3/0 Max. 2.00 5.00 3.75 2.00 4 Ø 4.5 Ø 31 1.00 1.50 90° 1.25 25 38 -ON 9.50 Mounting Hole Dimension: 0.19 in. (4.8 mm) 1.13 29 3.69 94 241 LK3QU3/LK3SU3, LK3 400 A/600 A 166 80 40 5.00 6.56 3.13 1.56 Terminal Lugs 2 x 600 MCM Max. Fix 6.88 175 2.31 2.00 20 11.00 279 3.13 1.25 80 1.50 38 Mounting Hole Dimension: 0.25 in. (6.3 mm) .13 4 Ø 4.5 98 0.56 14 51 Ø 31 191 3.88 0.81 2.00 51 7.50 59 10 Ø 10.2 Door Drilling 41 Fix 12.63 320 127 LK3TU3/LK3UU3/ LK3WU3, LK3 800 A/1000 A/1250 A .38 1.63 2.88 73 Fix 10.06 255 Door Drilling 6.56 6.81 2.50 173 166 4.75 Fix 6.88 175 0.81 7.50 20 0.81 20 14.63 372 191 2.50 3.88 1.56 40 Ø 1.25 31 Ø 4.5 Terminal Lugs 2X600 MCM Max. 3X600 MCM Max. Ø 44 Ø .38 11 10 330 59 51 0.13 13.00 2.31 2.00 51 1.56 40 121 64 2.00 98 Fix 13.69 347 3.13 80 64 1.50 3.56 38 1.56 2.88 3.00 91 73 Mounting Hole Dimension: 0.38 in. (9.6 mm) 40 76 Dimensions: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 2.59 3.78 17 LK3DU3, Compact LK3 30 A in. mm 17-7 UL508 Motor Disconnect Switches Mini-Vario and Vario™ Switches Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301 www.schneider-electric.us 17 Vario NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS The Vario Motor Disconnect Switch is also offered as an enclosed switch made of corrosion resistant material. The 3-pole version makes the Vario switch ideal for manual motor control applications. The switches are compact, easy to wire and connect, and come undrilled to allow variable cable entry positions. NOTE: VCGUN enclosures are UL approved. Table 17.15: Non-Metallic Enclosed Switches a Ampere Size IEC Catalog No. $ Price 20 32 VC1GUN 239.00 25 40 VC2GUN 287.00 45 63 VC3GUN 345.00 63 80 VC4GUN 381.00 100 125 VC5GUN 548.00 115 175 VC6GUN Assembled, includes switches mounted in enclosure with handle. 845.00 Non-Metallic Enclosure a Table 17.16: .25 Ø 6.2 IP55-PVC 3-Pole, NEMA Type 1 & 12 UL Non-Metallic Enclosed Switch Dimensions a Dimensions No. of Poles Catalog No. a Legend Plate Holder d a VC1GU–VC6GU 17-8 c d e f mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm 6.7 170 4.1 105 3.2 82 4.8 122 2.1 53 5.0 128 6.7 170 5.3 135 3.3 85 5.1 130 3.7 95 5.2 131 VC5GU–VC6GU 11.0 a UL Rated, NEMA Type 1, 12, IP55. 280 8.6 220 5.0 126 7.9 201 7.5 190 8.6 203 VC1GU–VC2GU c b in. VC3GU–VC4GU e b a 3 f Table 17.17: Vario Manual Motor Control Switches, IEC kW Rating 3-Pole Switch Body Rating (A) IEC 230 V 240 V 400 V 415 V 500 V 20 4 4 5.5 5.5 7.5 11 25 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 11 15 690 V 32 5.5 5.5 11 11 11 15 40 7.5 7.5 15 15 18.5 15 22 63 15 15 22 22 30 80 18.5 18.5 30 30 37 30 125 22 22 37 37 45 37 175 30 30 45 45 55 45 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved NEMA Style Disconnect Switches NEMA Style Door-Mounted Disconnect Switches Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 17.18: Disconnect Switches (without fuse clips or shorting straps) Table 17.22: Max. Horsepower Ratinga Rating (A) 120 V 0–1 2 3 4 30 60 100 200 5 10 15 25 200– 240 V 10 20 30 50 480 V 600 V Catalog Number 20 40 60 100 25 50 75 100 D10S1 D10S2 D10S3 D10S4 $ Price 270.00 292.00 452.00 860.00 a Rating (A) Max. Horsepower Rating a 200– 240 V 10 20 30 50 120 V 0–1 30 5 2 60 10 3 100 15 4 200 25 a Nonfused ratings. Line Shield Table 17.19: Rating (A) 480 V 600 V Catalog Number 20 40 60 100 25 50 75 100 D10S1H D10S2H D10S3H D10S4H B F Complete Kit with Handle, Shaft, and Actuator A E Centerline of Switch Operating Shaft I J D C Enclosure Interior Depth—Inches 5–6 6–10 10–16 6 12 30, 60, 100, 200 Shaft only Table 17.20: $ Price 320.00 352.00 544.00 1154.00 Catalog Number D11SF4 D11SF10 D11SF16 D11SH10 D11SH16 $ Price 106.00 118.00 130.00 26.20 32.80 Auxiliary Electrical Interlock (for mounting on 30–200 A disconnect switch a) Block Description (with switch contacts open) Catalog Number D11N0 D11NC D11N0C D11N00 D11N0C2 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. 2 N.O. 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. a One block per switch. Table 17.21: Wire Type #14–#8 #14–#4 #14–#1/0 #6–250 kcmil Cu Cu Al–Cu Al–Cu Fuse Clip Kits Fuse Clip Rating a Catalog Number Amperes AC Volts Type No Fuse D12C01 0–30 250 H, K D12C21 0–30 250 R D12CR21 0–30 600 H, K D12C61 0–30 600 R D12CR61 30 A 0–30 600 J D12CJ1 31–60 250 H, K D12C22 31–60 600 H, K D12C62 31–60 600 R D12CR62 31–60 600 J D12CJ2 61–100 250 H, K D12C23 No Fuse D12D02 0–30 250 R D12DR21 0–30 600 H, K D12D61 0–30 600 R D12DR61 31–60 250 H, K D12D22 31–60 250 R D12DR22 60 A 31–60 600 H, K D12D62 31–60 600 R D12DR62 31–60 600 J D12DJ2 61–100 250 H, K D12D23 61–100 600 H, K D12D63 61–100 600 J D12DJ3 61–100 600 R D12DR63 No Fuse D12E03 31–60 250 H, K D12E22 31–60 600 H, K D12E62 61–100 250 H, K D12E23 61–100 250 R D12ER23 100 A 61–100 600 H, K D12F63 61–100 600 R D12FR63 61–100 600 J D12EJ3 101–200 250 H, K D12F24 600 H, K D12F64 101–200 101–200 600 J D12FJ4 No Fuse D12F04 61–100 600 H, K D12F63 101–200 250 H, K D12F24 200 A 101–200 250 R D12FR24 101–200 600 H, K D12F64 101–200 600 R D12FR64 101–200 600 J D12FJ4 a Continuous current should not exceed switch rating (size). Fuse clip kits should be sized to accommodate inrush. Rotary Handle Operator Kits and Shafts Description Wire Range a D10 Switch Size Kits include: Handle, Shaft, and Actuator NEMA Type 1, 3, 3R, 4, and 12 G H 30 60 1 100 200 One conductor per lug. Table 17.23: 600 V—With Service Entrance Rating Starter NEMA Size Number Per Pole Rating (A) 600 V—Without Service Entrance Rating Starter NEMA Size Lug Data $ Price 79.00 79.00 116.00 116.00 130.00 Interrupting and Withstandability Ratings Rating (A) Interrupting Rating Amperes Symmetrical 600 Vac, 3Ø Withstandability I2T (Amperes2 seconds) 30 1,200 0.38 x 106 60 1,800 1.28 x 106 100 2.000 2.62 x 106 200 3,600 5.25 x 106 $ Price 8.30 16.30 65.00 24.50 65.00 49.30 24.50 49.30 82.50 57.50 65.00 24.50 65.00 24.50 65.00 23.80 82.50 41.00 82.50 57.50 65.00 115.00 106.30 113.80 49.30 41.00 41.00 32.50 115.00 90.00 115.00 115.00 106.30 122.50 140.00 82.50 90.00 106.30 140.00 122.50 135.00 140.00 Note: These switches are for motor circuit applications. Table 17.24: Width Mounting Hole Dimensions Depth A B C D E F G H I J Ka lb 30 7-5/16 4-15/32 5-7/8 3-15/32 6 3-15/32 1-7/8 13/32 5-7/16 3-1/4 4-3/32 4-11/32 60 7-5/16 4-15/32 5-7/8 3-15/32 6 3-15/32 1-7/8 13/32 5-7/16 3-1/4 4-11/32 4-11/32 100 9-27/32 5-11/32 8-3/16 4-5/8 5-13/16 3-13/16 2-11/16 51/64 7-5/16 4-3/16 5-23/32 4-27/32 12-3/16 7-7/32 8-3/16 4-5/8 5-13/16 3-13/16 2-11/16 51/64 7-5/16 4-3/16 5-23/32 4-27/32 200 a b © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Switch Dimensions (in inches) Length Rating (A) Maximum depth with largest fuse. Depth including insulating barrier on service entrance switches. CP1 Discount Schedule 17-9 17 The D10 disconnect switch features high I2T rating, longer contact life, visible contact indication, fuse-mounting flexibility, dead-front construction, and auxiliary interlocks. A complete installation includes a D10 disconnect switch, D11 handle operator, and D12 fuse clip kit. The D10 accepts Class H, K, J, or R fuses, or can be used for nonfusible applications. The D10 disconnect switch is operated by a cast metal handle operator that is lockable in the “Off” position and defeatable in the “On” position. NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS File D10 Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms For Square D™ Circuit Breakers Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 17 Type L Circuit Breaker Mechanisms NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Type L door-mounted, variable-depth operating mechanisms feature heavy duty, all metal construction with trip indication. All can be padlocked in the “Off” position when the enclosure door is open. Further, the handle assemblies can be locked “Off” with up to three padlocks, which also locks the enclosure when the door is closed. (The 3” handle accepts one padlock.) Complete kits are rated for NEMA Type 1, 3R, and 12 enclosures. They include a handle assembly, operating mechanism, and shaft assembly. Table 17.25: Complete Kits Complete Kit Does Not Include Circuit Breaker No. of Poles Frame Size (A) Includes: Operating Mechanism Standard 6 in. Handle Standard Shaft Kit Mounting Type $ Price Depth a Min. – Max. Use With Operating Mechanism Circuit Breaker or Interrupter Type GJL Includes: Operating Mechanism Short 3 in. Handle Long Shaft Kit Mounting Type $ Price Depth a Min. – Max. 3 75, 100 LG1 140.00 5-1/2–10-1/4 LG4 158.00 5-1/2–20-7/8 LG3 FAL, FCL, FHL 2–3 100 LN1 140.00 5-1/2–10-7/16 LN4 158.00 5-1/2–21 LN3 198.00 KAL, KCL, KHL 2–3 250 LP1 171.00 6-1/4–11-3/16 LP4 189.00 6-1/4–21-3/4 LP3 230.00 6-1/4–21-3/4 LJ3 230.00 5-1/2–21-3/8 LALc, LHLc, Q4L 2–3 400 LR1 242.00 6-5/16–10-7/8 LR4 255.00 6-5/16–21-1/2 MEL, MXL 2–3 800 LT1b 242.00 7-3/16–11-5/8 LT4b 255.00 7-3/16–22-1/4 MAL, MHL 2–3 1200 LT1b 242.00 7-3/16–11-5/8 LT4b 255.00 7-3/16–22-1/4 NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL 2–3 1200 LX1b 242.00 8-1/4–12-3/4 LX4b 255.00 8-1/4–23-3/8 Table 17.26: 198.00 5-1/2–20-7/8 5-1/2–21 3 in. handles are not recommended for use with these circuit breakers. Component Parts Circuit Breaker or Interrupter Type GJL Standard Handle Assemblies Type 1, 3R, 12 3 in. Handle Assemblies Type 1, 3R, 12 Use With No. of Poles Frame Size (A) Type $ Price Type Operating Mechanism (Lockout Included) $ Price Type $ Price Standard Shaft (Support Bracket Not Required) Mounting Depth a Min. – Max. Long Shaft (Support Bracket Included) Type $ Price Mounting Depth a Min. – Max. Type $ Price 3 75, 100 LH3 90.00 LH6 50.00 LG7 68.00 5-1/2–10-7/16 LS8 21.50 5-1/2–21 LS13 35.60 FAL, FCL, FHL 2–3 100 LH3 90.00 LH6 50.00 LF1 71.00 5-1/2–10-7/16 LS8 21.50 5-1/2–21 LS12 35.60 KAL, KCL, KHL 2–3 250 LH3 90.00 LH6 50.00 LK1 105.00 6-1/4–11-3/16 LS8 21.50 6-1/4–21-3/4 LS12 35.60 3 in. handles LH6 50.00 LL1 170.00 6-5/16–10-7/8 LS8 21.50 6-5/16–21-1/2 are not MEL, MXL 2–3 800 50.00 LM1 170.00 7-3/16–11-5/8 LS8 21.50 7-3/16–22-1/4 recommended LH8 MAL, MHL 2–3 1200 for use with LH8 50.00 LM1 170.00 7-3/16–11-5/8 LS8 21.50 7-3/16–22-1/4 these circuit NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL 2–3 1200 breakers. LH8 50.00 LX7 170.00 8-1/4–12-3/4 LS8 21.50 8-1/4–23-3/8 a Mounting depth in inches, measured from circuit breaker mounting surface (control panel) to outside of enclosure door. b Types LT1, LT4, LX1, and LX4 include an 8 in. handle rather than a 6 in. handle. c These operating mechanisms cannot be used with any LA/LH circuit breaker with an MB or MT suffix. LS10 35.60 LS10 35.60 LS10 35.60 LS10 35.60 LALc, LHLc, Q4L Table 17.27: 2–3 400 NEMA Type 4 and 4X Handle Assemblies a Use With 3 in. Handle Assembly Circuit Breaker or Interrupter Type GJL Standard Handle Assembly Includes: Operating Mechanism Standard 6 in. Handle Long Shaft Kit Mounting Type $ Price Depth a Min. – Max. Standard Handle Assemblies NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 12 (Painted) 3 in. Handle Version NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 (Chrome Plated) NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 12 (Painted) NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 (Chrome Plated) No. of Poles Frame Size (A) Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price 3 75 LH46 90.00 LC46 149.00 LH43 165.00 LC43 233.00 FAL, FCL, FHL 2–3 100 LH46 90.00 LC46 149.00 LH43 165.00 LC43 233.00 KAL, KCL, KHL 2–3 250 LH46 90.00 LC46 149.00 LH43 165.00 LC43 233.00 LAL, LHL, Q4L 2–3 400 LH46 90.00 LC46 149.00 MEL, MXL 2–3 800 LH48 90.00 LC48 149.00 MAL, MHL 2–3 1000 LH48 90.00 LC48 149.00 NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL 2–3 1200 LH48 90.00 LC48 a Due to gasketing, NEMA Type 3 and 4 handle assemblies are not trip indicating. 149.00 Table 17.28: IEC Style Operating Mechanisms a Color Red/Yellow Black Contains support bracket. Table 17.29: Operating Mechanism (Lockout Included) Type 1, 4, 4X, 12 Circuit Breaker or Interrupter Type GJL 3 in. handles are not recommended for use with these circuit breakers. Type NW3 $ Price 90.00 NW3B 90.00 Type LG8 $ Price 71.00 Extension Shafts Mounting Depth Type $ Price Min. 6-1/8 Max. 10-3/4 NS16 28.70 6-1/8 17-7/8 NS336a 35.60 Electrical Interlock Kits—Class 9999 a Description Class Type $ Price Single-Pole, Double-Throw 9999 R47 131.00 Double-Pole, Double-Throw 9999 R48 221.00 a Optional accessory for use with 9421L operating mechanisms. Not used with GJL, NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL, NSF, NSJ, PowerPact™ C, D, H, and J circuit breakers; use field-installed circuit breaker interlocks instead. 17-10 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Approximate Dimensions Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms 3.50 Min. 1.38 Refer to NEC Article 430-10 for minimum dimension from top mounting hole to wall or barrier X to ensure adequate wire bending space. 45 1.18 30 .50 13 NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 35 L 4.72 1.77 45 120 CLHandle Mechanism 3.94 100 Screw Driver Interlock Pin Location .45 7 Door Thickness CLHandle Mechanism (2) #8-32 Tap 17 .28 Maximum 12 2.38 60 H Mounting Depth a Panel drilling for GJL circuit breaker and operating mechanism Table 17.30: Shaft Cutting Dimensions Class a L = Overall shaft length H = Distance from inside of enclosure door to circuit breaker mounting surface Type Shaft Length Formula H = Standard Shaft H = Long Shaft Min. Max. L = H–2.50 5.50 10.25 9421 LG7, LG1, LG4, LG3 64 140 260 L = H–2.88 5.50 10.44 9421 LF1, LN1, LN3, LN4 73 140 265 L = H–3.63 6.25 11.19 9421 LK1, LP1, LP3, LP4 92 159 284 L= H–3.13 6.31 10.88 9421 LL1, LR1, LR4 79 160 276 L= H–4.00 7.18 11.63 9421 LM1, LT1, LT4 102 182 295 L= H–5.17 8.25 12.75 9421 LX7, LX1, LX4 131 210 324 Mounting depth measured from circuit breaker mounting surface (control panel) to outside of enclosure door. 3.25 Minimum 83 (Both Sides) 7.00 4.50 2.25 114 Hinge Point of Door 1.50 38 57 .75 19 1.63 R 41 1.56 40 178 Minimum to wall or barrier to ensure adequate wire bending space to lug surface when maximum wire size is used with standard lugs. Refer to NEC Article 430-10. CL Handle Mechanism Min. 5.50 140 5.50 140 6.25 159 6.31 160 7.18 182 8.25 210 Max. 20.85 530 21.00 533 21.75 552 21.50 546 22.25 565 23.38 594 3.25 Minimum 83 13.50 (Both Sides) 4.50 2.25 114 Hinge Point of Door 1.50 38 57 .75 19 1.81 46 343 Minimum to wall or barrier to ensure adequate wire bending space to lug surface when maximum wire size is used with standard lugs. Refer to NEC Article 430-10. 5.13 7.13 6.00 152 181 CL Handle & Ckt. Bkr. T oggle (4) #8-32 Tap CL Handle & Ckt. Bkr. T oggle 130 1.63 R 41 6.00 152 (4) #10-24 Tap C30080-120 Panel drilling for FAL, FCL, and FHL circuit breakers and operating mechanisms Panel drilling for KAL, KCL, and KHL circuit breakers and operating mechanisms Dimensions: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved in. mm 17-11 Approximate Dimensions Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 17 NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 6.00 Minimum 152 (Both Sides) Hinge 6.00 Point 3.00 152 of Door 76 487 2.00 2.00 51 .88 22 Minimum to wall or barrier to ensure adequate wire bending space to lug surface when maximum wire size is used with standard lugs. Refer to NEC Article 430-10. 51 1.00 8.00 Minimum 203 (Both Sides) Hinge 4.50 Point 114 of Door 19.19 25 CL Circuit Breaker 1.63R 119 CL Handle (4) #12-24 Tap 76 1.50 3.09 79 (4) 1/4-20 Tap 1.03 26 9.25 4.68 3.00 CL Circuit Breaker (4) 1/4-20 Tap A 14 CL Handle 51 (4) 5/16-18 Tap .56 41 235 X Minimum to wall or barrier to ensure adequate wire bending space to lug surface when maximum wire size is used. Refer to NEC Article 430-10. 2.00 38 125 40 229 42 4.937 116 9.00 1.66 1.59 4.57 www.schneider-electric.us CL Handle 3.50 89 2.68 68 .38 CL Handle B 10 .44 11 203 11 .38 .44 8.00 10 1.63R 6.00 41 152 5.09 .88 10.19 7.19 22 129 259 183 Panel drilling for LAL, LHL, and Q4L circuit breakers and operating mechanisms Panel drilling for MAL, MEL, MHL, and MXL circuit breakers and operating mechanisms Dimensions = in. (mm) Circuit Breaker Type A B MAL, MHL 10.69 (272) 14.00 (356) MEL, MXL 11.47 (291) 14.75 (375) C L 9.00 Minimum (Both Sides) Handle Mechanism 229 15.00 381 Hinge 3.16 7.50 Point 80 191 of Door 5.00 1.66 127 42 (4) 1/4-20 Tap 2.50 64 12.13 308 9.50 241 CL Handle Mechanism 8.75 222 1.63R 41 8.00 203 CL Circuit Breaker 8.50 216 Panel drilling for NAL, NCL, NEL, and NXL circuit breakers and operating mechanisms Dimensions: 17-12 in. mm © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Bracket-Mounted Disconnect Devices Type T Disconnect Switches www.schneider-electric.us Table 17.31: Bracket-Mounted Operating Mechanisms for Use With Square D™ Circuit Breakers The circuit breaker operating mechanisms listed below are shipped with the external operating handle assembled to a bracket. Circuit breakers are not included and must be ordered separately. A trim plate is provided with each kit to prevent any mounting screws from being accessible from the front and also to provide an attractive installation.The operating handle is Type A1. These switches can be used with Class 9423 door closing mechanisms. Operating Mechanism Use With Circuit Breaker or Interrupter Type No. of Poles Right Hand Flange Mounting Frame Size (A) Cat. No. $ Price FAL, FHL 2–3 100 BN1 257.00 KAL, KHL 2–3 250 BP1 270.00 LALa, LHLa, Q4L 2–3 400 BR1 543.00 a These operating mechanisms cannot be used with any LA/LH circuit breaker with an MB or MT suffix. Table 17.32: Electrical Interlock Kits—Class 9999 Optional accessory for use with circuit breaker operating mechanisms listed to the left and the flexible cable mechanisms listed below, except GJL. Description Single Pole, Double Throw Double Pole, Double Throw Class Type $ Price 9999 9999 R26 R27 131.00 243.00 Note: Not used with GJL; use field installed circuit breaker interlocks. 0.38 17 Note: Some enclosures may not accept the listed bracket-mounted operating mechanisms; contact the enclosure manufacturer. F 10 Table 17.33: Dimensions C A C D Min. Enclosure Deptha F in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) BG1, BN1 8.75 (222) 7.13 (181) 1.13 (29) 6.50 (165) 8.00 (203) BP1 9.13 (232) 7.38 (187) a The minimum enclosure depth is greater than Dimension D since additional space is needed when mounting the mechanism. Note: Back panel support is recommended for Types TFB1, 2, and 3. Other devices may also require support if the flange is not sufficiently rigid. Type D Disconnect Device 0.38 10 Disconnect Device ON A E OFF 0.38 10 Non Fused and Circuit Breaker Fused (2) 0.38 Dia. Mounting Holes 10 (For back panel support if necessary.) For use with Square D circuit breakers and Class 9422 A handle operators. Especially designed for tall, deep enclosures where placement flexibility is required. See Digest 176 page 8-24 for dimensions. Table 17.34: Class 9422—Flexible Cable Mechanisms for Use With Square D Circuit Breakers Cable Mechanism Cable Length Catalog No. 36 in. CGJ30 48 in. CGJ40 GJL 3 100 60 in. CGJ50 120 in. CGJ10 36 in. CFA30 FAL, FHL 2, 3 100 60 in. CFA50 120 in. CFA10 36 in. CKA30 KAL, KHL 2, 3 250 60 in. CKA50 120 in. CKA10 36 in. CLA30 LALa, LHLa, Q4L 2, 3 400 60 in. CLA50 120 in. CLA10 a These operating mechanisms cannot be used with any LA/LH circuit breaker with an MB or MT suffix. Circuit Breaker Type Table 17.35: No. of Poles Frame Size (A) $ Price 273.00 291.00 291.00 333.00 273.00 291.00 333.00 288.00 305.00 347.00 486.00 504.00 548.00 Cable Mechanisms with A1 Handle Catalog No. $ Price CGJ31 417.00 CGJ41 432.00 CGJ51 432.00 CGJ11 476.00 CFA31 417.00 CFA51 432.00 CFA11 476.00 CKA31 431.00 CKA51 446.00 CKA11 489.00 CLA31 630.00 CLA51 647.00 CLA11 689.00 Class 9999 Auxiliary Contact Kits for Disconnect Switches and Circuit Breakers SPDT Class DPDT Type Type $ Price Type $ Price R8 87.00 R9 243.00 Disconnect Switches 9422 TF Circuit Breaker Operating Mechanisms 9421 LF, LK, LL, LM, LN, LP, LR, LT R47 131.00 R48 221.00 9422 RM, RN, RP, RR, RT R26 131.00 R27 243.00 9422 CFA, CKA, CLA, CSF R26 131.00 R27 243.00 Note: No external auxiliary contacts are available for the following circuit breakers: GJL circuit breakers must use internal auxiliary contacts, catalog number AAC. PowerPact D circuit breakers must use internal auxiliary contacts, catalog number AAC. Note: For additional variations, contact the Customer Care Center (CCC) at 1-888-778-2733. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 17-13 Flexible Cable Mechanisms For Circuit Breakers Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 17 Dual Cable Operating Mechanisms for Square D™ Circuit Breakers NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Dual cable operator mechanisms are designed for use with Square D GJL circuit breakers. The cable mechanisms allow for a single handle operator, Class 9422A1, to operate both circuit breakers. The cable mechanism is designed especially for tall, deep enclosures where placement flexibility is required. There are numerous cable arrangements to choose from to accommodate many applications. Features • • • • • Separate cables for each circuit breaker Rugged metal flange handle operator Maximized flexibility of circuit breaker placement for existing and new applications Control panel can be fed from two separate supply voltages (if required) Dual mechanism allows both separate supply voltages to be controlled by a single handle to improve security features Table 17.36: Dual Cable Operating Mechanisms Selection Circuit Breaker Type GJL Table 17.37: FAL CP1 Catalog Number Frame Size (max.) $ Price 36 in. / 914 mm (2) 9422CGJD3 48 in. / 1219 mm (2) 9422CGJD4 585.00 608.00 60 in. / 1524 mm (2) 9422CGJD5 675.00 120 in. / 3048 mm (2) 9422CGJD1 36 in. / 914 mm (1) 60 in. / 1524 mm (1) 9422CGJD8 642.00 60 in. / 1524 mm (1) 120 in. / 3048 mm (1) 9422CGJD9 720.00 100 A 788.00 Special Left-hand Mounted Single Cable Operating Mechanisms Circuit Breaker Type 17-14 Cable Length in. / mm (quantity) Discount Schedule Cable Length in. / mm (quantity) Catalog Number 120 in. / 3048 mm (1) 9422CFAL10 36 in. / 914 mm (1) 9422CFAL30 60 in. / 1524 mm (1) 9422CFAL50 Frame Size (max.) $ Price 350.00 100 A 287.00 318.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Disconnect Switch Accessories Flange Mounted, Variable Depth Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Variable-Depth Mechanisms for Use with Square D™ Circuit Breakers and Schneider Electric™ (formerly Merlin Gerin™) Circuit Breakers Use With Circuit Breaker Frame Size No. of Poles Operating Mechanism Variable-Depth Mtg. Range Min.-Max.a (Inches) Frame Size A Operating Mechanism Only—Does Not Include Handle Mechanism Type $ Price Operating Mechanism and Handle Mechanism Includes Type A1 Handle Mechanism Type Includes Type A2 Handle Mechanism $ Price Type $ Price Square D Circuit Breakers GJL 3 100 6.00–17.75 RG1 116.00 ARG11 257.00 ARG21 FAL, FHL 2–3 100 5.38–17.75 RN1 116.00 ARN11 257.00 ARN21 372.00 KAL, KHL 2–3 250 6.38–17.88 RP1 129.00 ARP11 270.00 ARP21 386.00 LALc, LHLc, Q4L 2–3 400 7.44–18.25 RR1 329.00 ARR11 471.00 ARR21 585.00 MEL, MXL 2–3 800 9.00–18.38 RT1 449.00 ART11 593.00 ART21 705.00 MAL, MHL 2–3 1200 9.00–18.38 RT1 449.00 ART11 593.00 ART21 705.00 NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL 2–3 1200 11.00–18.37 a Class 9422 Type R2 will extend mounting depth 7 in. RX1 513.00 — Table 17.39: Class Type — 131.00 243.00 Dimensions Width (A) Height (B) Distance to Enclosure Flangea (C) Bracket Depth (D) Circuit Breaker Frame Size Type in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. GJL RG1 5.00 127 4.75 121 6.00 152 17.75 451 4.00 102 FAL, FHL RN1 6.75 171 8.50 216 5.51 140 17.75 451 4.26 108 125 Minimum Maximum mm KAL, KHL RP1 7.13 181 10.13 257 6.51 165 17.88 454 4.94 LALc, LHLc, Q4L RR1 10.19 259 11.00 279 7.44 189 18.25 464 6.00 152 MEL, MXL RT1 13.38 340 14.00 356 9.00 229 18.38 467 9.69 246 MAL, MHLb RT1 13.38 340 14.00 356 9.00 229 18.38 467 9.69 246 NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL RX1 19.63 499 13.50 343 11.00 279 18.37 467 9.00 229 a b — $ Price Single Pole, Double Throw 9999 R26a Double Pole, Double Throw 9999 R27a a Not for use with the GJL operating mechanism. Table 17.40: — Electrical Interlocks—Class 9999 Description 9422R2 will extend the dimension by 7 in. Two required. Minimum mounting depth when using MAL or MHL circuit breakers can be decreased to 7.63 inches by using the Class 9422 Type RT1B conversion kit. $23.00 Warning: These operating mechanisms cannot be used with any LA / LH circuit breaker with an MB or MT suffix. c C = Distance from Outside of Flange to Circuit Breaker Mounting Surface Enclosure Door Enclosure Flange D CL R.H. Handle CL L.H. Handle A © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 372.00 CP1 Minimum to wall or barrier. Right- or left-hand mounting to ensure adequate wire bending space to lug surface when maximum wire size is used. Refer to NEC Article 430-10. Discount Schedule B 17-15 17 Table 17.38: NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Designed for installation in custom built control enclosures where main or branch circuit protective devices are required. All circuit breaker operating mechanisms are suitable for either right- or left-hand flange mounting, convertible on the job. Disconnect Switch Accessories Flange Mounted, Variable Depth Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 17 Remote or Dual Adapter Kit Switch NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS or Breaker For the remote or dual operation of GJL, FAL, FHL, KAL, KHL, LAL, LHL, Q4L, MAL, MHL, MEL, and MXL circuit breakers. Remote Operation—permits mounting the Class 9422 Type A9 or A10 handle mechanism at a lower level than the disconnect device it controls. This arrangement is often required where the disconnect device is mounted too high for personnel to easily reach a conventional operator. Dual Operation—permits controlling two disconnect devices, one in line with, and one remote from, a single Class 9422 Type A9 or A10 handle mechanism. NOTE: A Class 9422 Type A9 or A10 handle (see Digest 176 page 8-15) and the preferred mounting method must be used. Table 17.41: Disconnect Device Enclosure Mounting Depth Remote operation shown (handle mechanism not included in kit) Disconnect Device Type Min. $ Price Max. Circuit Breaker GJL 10.50 19.50 FAL, FHL 10.66 19.50 KAL, KHL 11.13 19.50 LAL, LHL, Q4L 12.13 19.88 MAL, MHL,MEL, MXL 13.75 20.25 Table 17.42: D2 251.00 Air Valve Interlock Note: Air valve interlocks only accept the specific three-way air valves, manufactured by Parker, listed in the table below. Parker Valve Model Numbera Air valve interlock mounted on enclosure a Air Valve Size Knob Operated 0.50 NPT 13 M04841885 0.75 NPT 19 M04861885 M08541848 M08561848 Class 9422 Air Valve Interlock Type $ Price G1 513.00 G2 513.00 1.00 NPT M00080004 G1 513.00 25 Prices do not include air valves or handle mechanism. For more information on the air valves listed above, contact Parker at c-parker@parker.com, or call 1-800-272-7537. Table 17.43: Accessory Other Accessories Description Auxiliary kit recommended for use with 30 A and 60 A disconnect switches Channel/Flange and FAL, FCL, FHL, KAL KHL, NSF, and NSJ circuit breaker mechanisms when these devices are to be mounted on the center channel of a multi-door Support Kit enclosure or when extra rigidity for the flange is required. Supplied as Class Type $ Price 9422 C1 42.80 Channel/Flange Support Kit Alternate Mounting Kit Auxiliary Lock Plate 17-16 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Reversing Drum Switches Type A and B Class 2601 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Class 2601 reversing drum switches may be used for across-the-line starting and reversing of AC polyphase, AC single phase or DC motors, where overload protection is not required or is provided separately. They are compact and inexpensive but ruggedly constructed. Drum switches are field convertible from maintained-only to momentary-only operation. This conversion consists of removing the handle screw and handle, turning the shaft 180 degrees, then replacing the handle and handle screw. Reversing Drum Switches 600 Vac Maximum Class 2601 Ratings NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Enclosure Maximum Horsepower Voltage Type AG2 360 Vdc Maximum NEMA Type 4 Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Maintained & Momentary a NEMA Type 13 Oiltight Flush Mounting $ Price Type $ Price 158.00 AF2 131.00 AC Single Phase AC PolyPhase DC Type $ Price Type $ Price Type 115200/230 230 460/575 1-1/2 — 2 — — 2 — 2 1/4 — 1/4 — AG2 158.00 AW2 428.00 AG2S2 115200/230 230 460/575 1-1/2 — 3 5 — 5 — 7-1/2 2 — 2 — BG1 428.00 BW1 590.00 — a — — 17 Table 17.44: — Maintained – “Forward”; Momentary – “Reverse”; (not field convertible) File E42243 CCN NLRV File LR25490 Class 3211-05 Approximate Dimensions—Class 2601 Reversing Drum Switches 6.89 5.58 3.38 175 142 86 3.81 97 5.50 5.20 132 3.19 2.77 3.70 81 70 94 (2) 1/2" NPT Pipe Thread 140 1.82 46 2.38 .20 2.87 (4) .17 Mounting Holes 60 Type AW2 3.20 5 73 .60 81 15 Types AW and BW Type AF2 5.38 4.00 6.62 5.18 2.68 2.91 3.26 3.53 4.61 4.86 (2) K.O. For 1/ 2" Conduits dimensions (inches) = AG/AH BG Types AG, BG Dimensions: Table 17.45: • • © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved in. mm How to Order To Order Specify: Catalog Number Class Number Type Number Class Type 2601 AG2 CP1 Discount Schedule NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS NEMA Types 1, 3R, 4, and 13 Without Overload 17-17 Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters 17 NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Reduced Voltage Starting of Squirrel Cage Motors Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters Table 17.46: Description of All Types Class 8600 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601 www.schneider-electric.us A squirrel cage motor draws high starting current (inrush) and produces high starting torque when started at full voltage. While these values differ for different motor designs, for a typical NEMA design B motor, the inrush will be approximately 600% of the motor full load amperage (FLA) rating, and the starting torque will be approximately 150% of full load torque at full voltage. High current inrush and starting torque can cause problems in the electrical and mechanical systems, or may even damage the materials being processed. When a motor is started at reduced voltage, the current at the motor terminals is reduced in direct proportion to the voltage reduction, while the torque is reduced by the square of the voltage reduction. If the “typical” NEMA B motor is started at 70% of line voltage, the starting current would be 70% of the full voltage value (that is, 0.70 x 600% = 420% FLA). The torque would then be (0.70)2 or 49% of the normal starting torque (that is, 0.49 x 150% = 74% full load torque). Therefore, reduced voltage starting provides an effective means of reducing both inrush current and starting torque. If the motor has a high inertia or if the motor rating is marginal for the applied load, reducing the starting torque may prevent the motor from reaching full speed before the thermal overload relays trip. Applications that require high starting torque should be reviewed to determine if reduced voltage starting is suitable. Square D™ offers several types of electromechanical as well as solid-state reduced voltage starters that provide different starting characteristics. The following describes the 8600 series of reduced voltage starters. Class 8606—Autotransformer Starter: Autotransformer starters provide reduced voltage to the motor terminals during starting through the use of a tapped, three phase autotransformer. Taps on the autotransformer allow for selection of the motor with 50%, 65%, or 80% of line voltage values supplying 50%, 65%, or 80% of the current inrush seen during a full voltage start. The resulting starting torque will be 25%, 42%, or 64% of full voltage values, as will be the current draw on the line. Thus, the autotransformer provides the maximum torque with minimum line current. Class 8630—Wye-Delta Starter: Wye-delta starters can only be used on wye-delta motors which have six leads that allow for motor winding to be connected in either a wye or delta configuration. During start up, the windings are connected in the wye, resulting in 58% of line voltage applied across two windings. This reduces both inrush and starting torque to 33% of the delta connected values. After a set time delay, the motor leads are switched to the delta connection. The wye-delta starter is available in both open and closed transition configurations. Closed transition starters are supplied with an additional contactor and resistor bank used to keep the motor windings energized for a few cycles until the transition from wye to delta is complete. Class 8640—Part Winding Starter: Part winding starters can be used only with part winding motors. During a part winding start, only one winding is energized, reducing the inrush current to 60–70% (depending on the motor design) and starting torque to 50% of normal starting values with both windings energized. Most (but not all) dual voltage 230/460 volt motors are suitable for part winding starts at 230 volts. Starter Characteristics Characteristic Full Voltage Autotransformer, Class 8606 Wye-Delta Class, 8630 Part Winding, Class 8640 Voltage at Motor 100% 50% / 65% / 80% (tap setting) 100% 100% Ramped Up Line Current (% Full Load Current) 600% 150% / 250% / 380% 200% 390% 150% to 700% (adjustable) Starting Torque (% Rated Torque) 150% 40% / 60% / 100% 50% 70% 0% to 100% (adjustable) Start Time (Factory Setting) — 6–7 seconds 10 seconds / 15 seconds (open/closed transition) 1–1.5 seconds 10 seconds (adjustable 1–60 seconds) Advantages • • • Simple Economical High Starting Torque • • • High torque/amperage High inertial loads Flexibility • • • High inertial loads Long acceleration loads Good torque/amperage Disadvantages • • Abrupt starts Large current inrush • Large size • • Low torque No flexibility Motor Standard How to Order Note: Tables 17.47 and 17.48 are for 60 Hz; see Table 17.51 for 50 Hz codes. Table 17.47: 1. 2. 3. Standard Special Table 17.48: Coil Voltage Codes Greatest flexibility Smooth ramp Solid-state overload relay Diagnostics SCR heat dissipation Ambient limitations Standard Table 17.49: Control Code Line Control Code 208 240 380 480 600 208 240 380 480 600 V08 V03 V05 V06 V07 208 240 240 480 480 480 600 380 other 120 24 120 24 120 240 120 110/50 specify V84 V82 V80 V83 V81 V87 V86 V95 V99 17-18 • • • • • • Specify the Class Number and the Type Number. If all coils are at the line voltage, and not Sizes 6 or 7, select the voltage code from Table 17.47 (Sizes 6 and 7 are supplied with a fused transformer with 120 Vac as standard). If the coils are at a different voltage than line supply, or Size 6 or 7, select a voltage code from Table 17.48 and also select a Form code from Table 17.49 (note that a Form code may be used with any voltage code, except as noted). Line Voltage Codes 50 Hz Control Voltage Simple Small size Not suitable for: • High inertial loads • Frequent starting Special Line 380 Vac, 50 Hz Starters • • Solid-State ATS46 Table 17.50: Form Codes Form Description Fused CPT for timing relay only Fused CPT for all coils Separate control of timing relay only Separate control for all coils b c Form Code F4T F4T40 S Y195 See Table 17.50 for sizing of 380 V starters. 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. 380 Vac, 50 Hz Starters, Maxiumum Horsepower Rating Autotransformer, Class 8606 Wye-Delta, Class 8630 Part Winding, Class 8640 Max. hp NEMA Size Max. hp NEMA Size Max. hp NEMA Size — 25 50 75 150 300 — 2 3 4 5 6 15 40 75 150 250 500 1YD 2YD 3YD 4YD 5YD 6YD 15 40 75 125 250 500 1PW 2PW 3PW 4PW 5PW 6PW Table 17.51: Hz Voltage 60 50 120 110 The Class 8600 starters are available for 380 Vac, 50 Hz applications. Table 17.50 provides maximum horsepower ratings. To determine the Type Number, select the second digit based on NEMA size. Select the fifth digit based on the horsepower requirement. Specify V05 voltage code. List prices for the same NEMA size starter apply. Coil Voltages Code Voltage V02 240 220 Code Voltage V03 480 440 Code Voltage Code V06 600 550 V07 The starters in this section can also be operated at 50 Hz at the coil voltages listed in Table 17.51. For additional coil voltage availability, contact the Customer Care Center (CCC) at 1-888-778-2733. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters Autotransformer Starters NOTE: Prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176 page 16-116 for selection information. Table 17.52: Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Maximum, 50–60 Hz NEMA Type 4a Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure NEMA Type 12/3Rd Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure O.E.M. Kit c Open Type NEMA Size 10 2 SDG1C 8076.00 SDW1C 12491.00 SDA1C 10641.00 SDO1C 7734.00 SDK1C 6786.00 15 20 25 3 SEG1D SEG1E SEG1F 9500.00 SEW1D SEW1E SEW1F 13914.00 SEA1D SEA1E SEA1F 13707.00 SEO1D SEO1E SEO1F 8418.00 SEK1D SEK1E SEK1F 7493.00 30 40 4 SFG1G SFG1H 18417.00 SFW1G SFW1H 26535.00 SFA1G SFA1H 21834.00 SFO1G SFO1H 16848.00 SFK1G SFK1H 13181.00 23223.00 Typeb 200 (208) 50 75 230 (240) $ Price Typeb $ Price Typeb $ Price Typeb $ Price Typeb $ Price 5 SGG1J SGG1L 30330.00 SGW1J SGW1L 38448.00 SGA1J SGA1L 34176.00 SGO1J SGO1L 27167.00 SGK1J SGK1L 100 125 150 6 SHG1M SHG1N SHG1P 56507.00 SHW1M SHW1N SHW1P 67190.00 SHA1M SHA1N SHA1P 61848.00 SHO1M SHO1N SHO1P 51438.00 SHK1M SHK1N SHK1P 41481.00 10 15 2 SDG1C SDG1D 8076.00 SDW1C SDW1D 12491.00 SDA1C SDA1D 10641.00 SDO1C SDO1D 7734.00 SDK1C SDK1D 6786.00 20 25 30 3 SEG1E SEG1F SEG1G 9500.00 SEW1E SEW1F SEW1G 13914.00 SEA1E SEA1F SEA1G 12207.00 SEO1E SEO1F SEO1G 8418.00 SEK1E SEK1F SEK1G 7493.00 40 50 4 SFG1H SFG1J 18417.00 SFW1H SFW1J 26535.00 SFA1H SFA1J 21834.00 SFO1H SFO1J 16848.00 SFK1H SFK1J 13181.00 27167.00 SGK1L SGK1M 23223.00 51438.00 SHK1N SHK1P SHK1Q 41481.00 75 100 460 (480) / 575 (600) a b c d NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Enclosure Max. HP 5 SGG1L SGG1M 30330.00 SGW1L SGW1M 38448.00 SGA1L SGA1M 34176.00 SGO1L SGO1M 125 150 200 6 SHG1N SHG1P SHG1Q 56507.00 SHW1N SHW1P SHW1Q 67190.00 SHA1N SHA1P SHA1Q 61848.00 SHO1N SHO1P SHO1Q 250 300 7 SJG1R SJG1S 96786.00 SJW1R SJW1S 107468.00 SJA1R SJA1S 102126.00 — 10 15 20 25 2 SDG1C SDG1D SDG1E SDG1F 8076.00 SDW1C SDW1D SDW1E SDW1F 12491.00 SDA1C SDA1D SDA1E SDA1F 10641.00 SDO1C SDO1D SDO1E SDO1F 30 40 50 3 SEG1G SEG1H SEG1J 9500.00 SEW1G SEW1H SEW1J 13914.00 SEA1G SEA1H SEA1J 12207.00 60 75 100 4 SFG1K SFG1L SFG1M 18417.00 SFW1K SFW1L SFW1M 26535.00 SFA1K SFA1L SFA1M 125 150 200 5 SGG1N SGG1P SGG1Q 30330.00 SGW1N SGW1P SGW1Q 38448.00 250 300 400 6 SHG1R SHG1S SHG1T 56507.00 SHW1R SHW1S SHW1T 500 600 7 SJG1U SJG1W 96786.00 SJW1U SJW1W — — — 7734.00 SDK1C SDK1D SDK1E SDK1F 6786.00 SEO1G SEO1H SEO1J 8418.00 SEK1G SEK1H SEK1J 7493.00 21834.00 SFO1K SFO1L SFO1M 16848.00 SFK1K SFK1L SFK1M 13181.00 SGA1N SGA1P SGA1Q 34176.00 SGO1N SGO1P SGO1Q 27167.00 SGK1N SGK1P SGK1Q 23223.00 67190.00 SHA1R SHA1S SHA1T 61848.00 SHO1R SHO1S SHO1T 51438.00 SHK1R SHK1S SHK1T 41481.00 107468.00 SJA1U SJA1W 102126.00 SJO1W 88250.00 — — NEMA Type 4 enclosures are painted sheet steel. Where required, stainless steel enclosures are available at extra cost.Specify as Form G17. See “Modifications & Forms” for price adder. Both line and control voltage must be specified to order this product. See page 17-18 for the necessary codes and instructions for ordering. No factory modifications (Forms) are available with O.E.M. Kit. NEMA Type 12 enclosures can be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. Note: Class 8606 starters are supplied with a NEMA style medium duty autotransformer. Medium duty service includes applications to motors which drive loads such as fans, pumps, compressors, and line shafts. NEMA Sizes 2–5: Autotransformer is rated for fifteen 15-second starts per hour. NEMA Sizes 6–7: Autotransformer is rated for three 30-second starts per hour. Contact the Customer Care Center (CCC) at 1-888-778-2733 for applications which require frequent starting or jogging, or have extremely high inertia. OL 2S L1 OL T2 OL T3 2S 100 80 65 50 0 2S L3 R 1S Motor • • • • TR 1S R Catalog Number Class Number Type Number Voltage Code Form(s)e Class Type Voltage Code Form(s) 8606 SFG1M V81 S Description: 100 hp, 480 V line, 120 V separate control, 60 Hz e TR How to Order To Order Specify: 1S R L2 Table 17.53: T1 100 80 65 50 0 R Forms need to be specified only if any of the coils are at a different voltage than line supply (V8•). See page 17-18 for a fuller explanation of how to order; this page also provides the necessary coil voltage and Form codes as well as codes for 380 V starters and 50 Hz applications. R 1S 1S 2S 2S To 2 Wire Control Separate Device (If used) Control Stop 2 Start 3 1 TR TR OL Typical Autotransformer Starter Sizes 2–5 Separate Control (Form S) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 17-19 17 www.schneider-electric.us NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Class 8606 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601 Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters Wye-Delta Starters (Open Transition) Class 8630 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601 www.schneider-electric.us 17 NOTE: Prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176 page 16-116 for selection information. NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 17.54: 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Maximum, 50–60 Hz Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) Max. HP NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Size NEMA Type 4a Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure (Stainless Steel 1YD-4YD) NEMA Type 12/3Rd Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure Open Type O.E.M. Kit c Typeb $ Price Typeb $ Price Typeb $ Price Typeb $ Price Typeb 10 1YD SCG1C 4892.00 SCW1C 6602.00 SCA1C 6317.00 SCO1C 4806.00 — 15 SDG1D SDW1D SDA1D SDO1D 2YD 5790.00 7713.00 7569.00 5562.00 — 20 SDG1E SDW1E SDA1E SDO1E 25 SEG1F SEW1F SEA1F SEO1F SEK1F 30 3YD SEG1G 8424.00 SEW1G 11204.00 SEA1G 10562.00 SEO1G 7542.00 SEK1G 40 SEG1H SEW1H SEA1H SEO1H SEK1H 50 SFG1J SFW1J SFA1J SFO1J SFK1J 200 4YD 17568.00 21941.00 20417.00 15987.00 60 SFG1K SFW1K SFA1K SFO1K SFK1K (208) 75 SGG1L SGW1L SGA1L SGO1L SGK1L 100 SGG1M SGW1M SGA1M SGO1M SGK1M 5YD 31584.00 39702.00 35429.00 28422.00 125 SGG1N SGW1N SGA1N SGO1N SGK1N 150 SGG1P SGW1P SGA1P SGO1P SGK1P 200 SHG1Q SHW1Q SHA1Q SHO1Q SHK1Q 250 6YD SHG1R 67589.00 SHW1R 78272.00 SHA1R 72930.00 SHO1R 62519.00 SHK1R 300 SHG1S SHW1S SHA1S SHO1S SHK1S 10 1YD SCG1C 4892.00 SCW1C 6602.00 SCA1C 6317.00 SCO1C 4806.00 — 15 SDG1D SDW1D SDA1D SDO1D 20 2YD SDG1E 5790.00 SDW1E 7713.00 SDA1E 7569.00 SDO1E 5562.00 — 25 SDG1F SDW1F SDA1F SDO1F 30 SEG1G SEW1G SEA1G SEO1G SEK1G 40 3YD SEG1H 8424.00 SEW1H 11204.00 SEA1H 10562.00 SEO1H 7542.00 SEK1H 50 SEG1J SEW1J SEA1J SEO1J SEK1J 60 SFG1K SFW1K SFA1K SFO1K SFK1K 230 4YD 17568.00 21941.00 20417.00 15987.00 75 SFG1L SFW1L SFA1L SFO1L SFK1L (240) 100 SGG1M SGW1M SGA1M SGO1M SGK1M 125 5YD SGG1N 31584.00 SGW1N 39702.00 SGA1N 35429.00 SGO1N 28422.00 SGK1N 150 SGG1P SGW1P SGA1P SGO1P SGK1P 200 SHG1Q SHW1Q SHA1Q SHO1Q SHK1Q 250 6YD SHG1R 67589.00 SHW1R 78272.00 SHA1R 72930.00 SHO1R 62519.00 SHK1R 300 SHG1S SHW1S SHA1S SHO1S SHK1S 400 SJG1T SJW1T SJA1T SJO1T 7YD 91160.00 101843.00 96501.00 86090.00 — 500 SJG1U SJW1U SJA1U SJO1U 10 SCG1C SCW1C SCA1C SCO1C 1YD 4892.00 6602.00 6317.00 4806.00 — 15 SCG1D SCW1D SCA1D SCO1D 20 SDG1E SDW1E SDA1E SDO1E 25 SDG1F SDW1F SDA1F SDO1F 2YD 5790.00 7713.00 7569.00 5562.00 — 30 SDG1G SDW1G SDA1G SDO1G 40 SDG1H SDW1H SDA1H SDO1H SEA1J SEO1J SEK1J 50 SEG1J SEW1J SEW1K 11204.00 SEA1K 10562.00 SEO1K 7542.00 SEK1K 60 3YD SEG1K 8424.00 460 SEW1L SEA1L SEO1L SEK1L 75 SEG1L (480) 100 SFG1M SFW1M SFA1M SFO1M SFK1M / 125 4YD SFG1N 17568.00 SFW1N 21941.00 SFA1N 20417.00 SFO1N 15987.00 SFK1N 575 150 SFG1P SFW1P SFA1P SFO1P SFK1P (600) 200 SGG1Q SGW1Q SGA1Q SGO1Q SGK1Q 250 5YD SGG1R 31584.00 SGW1R 39702.00 SGA1R 35429.00 SGO1R 28422.00 SGK1R 300 SGG1S SGW1S SGA1S SGO1S SGK1S 400 SHG1T SHW1T SHA1T SHO1T SHK1T 500 6YD SHG1U 67589.00 SHW1U 78272.00 SHA1U 72930.00 SHO1U 62519.00 SHK1U 600 SHG1W SHW1W SHA1W SHO1W SHK1W 800 SJG1Y SJW1Y SJA1Y SJO1Y 7YD 91160.00 101843.00 96501.00 86090.00 — 1000 SJG1Z SJW1Z SJA1Z SJO1Z a NEMA Type 4 enclosures are painted sheet steel. Where required, stainless steel enclosures are available at extra cost. Specify as Form G17. See page 17-32 for price adder. b Both line and control voltage must be specified to order this product. See page 17-18 for the necessary codes and instructions for ordering. c No Factory Modifications (Forms) available with O.E.M. Kit. d NEMA Type 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See Digest 176 page 16-95 for more information. L1 L2 L3 1M OL T1 1M OL T2 1M OL T3 Table 17.55: T2 Motor T1 T5 2M T5 2M S T4 2M S T6 TR TR 2M S 1M T6 T3 • • • • 6596.00 9300.00 18530.00 39347.00 — — 6596.00 9300.00 18530.00 39347.00 — — — 6596.00 9300.00 18530.00 39347.00 — Catalog Number Class Number Type Number Voltage Code Form(s)e e — How to Order To Order Specify: T4 $ Price — Class Type Voltage Code 8630 SFG1M V06 Form(s) Description: 100 hp, 480 V line, 480 V common control, 60 Hz Forms need to be specified only if any of the coils are at a different voltage than line supply (V8•). See page 17-18 for a fuller explanation of how to order; this page also provides the necessary coil voltage and Form codes as well as codes for 380 V starters and 50 Hz applications. Refer to page 17-32 for other factory modifications (Forms). S 1M S 2 Wire Control Device (If used) Start 1 Stop 2 3 2M TR OL TR Typical Wye-Delta Starter Sizes 1–4 (Open Transition) Common Control (Standard) 17-20 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters Wye-Delta Starters (Closed Transition) NOTE: Prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176 page 16-116 for selection information. Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Maximum, 50–60 Hz Max. HP NEMA Type 4d Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure (Stainless Steel 1YD-4YD) NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Size NEMA Type 12/3Rc Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure Open Type O.E.M. Kit b Typea $ Price Typea $ Price Typea $ Price Typea $ Price Typea 10 1YD SCG2C 7470.00 SCW2C 9180.00 SCA2C 8895.00 SCO2C 7385.00 — 15 SDG2D SDW2D SDA2D SDO2D 2YD 8454.00 10376.00 10233.00 8226.00 — 20 SDG2E SDW2E SDA2E SDO2E 25 SEG2F SEW2F SEA2F SEO2F SEK2F 30 3YD SEG2G 11672.00 SEW2G 14450.00 SEA2G 13809.00 SEO2G 10790.00 SEK2G 40 SEG2H SEW2H SEA2H SEO2H SEK2H 50 SFG2J SFW2J SFA2J SFO2J SFK2J 200 4YD 22995.00 27368.00 25844.00 21414.00 60 SFG2K SFW2K SFA2K SFO2K SFK2K (208) 75 SGG2L SGW2L SGA2L SGO2L SGK2L 100 SGG2M SGW2M SGA2M SGO2M SGK2M 5YD 38363.00 46481.00 42209.00 35202.00 125 SGG2N SGW2N SGA2N SGO2N SGK2N 150 SGG2P SGW2P SGA2P SGO2P SGK2P 200 SHG2Q SHW2Q SHA2Q SHO2Q SHK2Q 250 6YD SHG2R 85022.00 SHW2R 95702.00 SHA2R 90363.00 SHO2R 79950.00 SHK2R 300 SHG2S SHW2S SHA2S SHO2S SHK2S 10 1YD SCG2C 7470.00 SCW2C 9180.00 SCA2C 8895.00 SCO2C 7385.00 — 15 SDG2D SDW2D SDA2D SDO2D — 20 2YD SDG2E 8454.00 SDW2E 10376.00 SDA2E 10233.00 SDO2E 8226.00 — 25 SDG2F SDW2F SDA2F SDO2F — 30 SEG2G SEW2G SEA2G SEO2G SEK2G 40 3YD SEG2H 11672.00 SEW2H 14450.00 SEA2H 13809.00 SEO2H 10790.00 SEK2H 50 SEG2J SEW2J SEA2J SEO2J SEK2J 60 SFG2K SFW2K SFA2K SFO2K SFK2K 230 4YD 22995.00 27368.00 25844.00 21414.00 75 SFG2L SFW2L SFA2L SFO2L SFK2L (240) 100 SGG2M SGW2M SGA2M SGO2M SGK2M 125 5YD SGG2N 38363.00 SGW2N 46481.00 SGA2N 42209.00 SGO2N 35202.00 SGK2N 150 SGG2P SGW2P SGA2P SGO2P SGK2P 200 SHG2Q SHW2Q SHA2Q SHO2Q SHK2Q 250 6YD SHG2R 85022.00 SHW2R 95702.00 SHA2R 90363.00 SHO2R 79950.00 SHK2R 300 SHG2S SHW2S SHA2S SHO2S SHK2S 400 SJG2T SJW2T SJA2T SJO2T — 7YD 118206.00 128888.00 123548.00 113135.00 500 SJG2U SJW2U SJA2U SJO2U — 10 SCG2C SCW2C SCA2C SCO2C — 1YD 7470.00 9180.00 8895.00 7385.00 15 SCG2D SCW2D SCA2D SCO2D — 20 SDG2E SDW2E SDA2E SDO2E — 25 SDG2F SDW2F SDA2F SDO2F — 2YD 8454.00 10376.00 10233.00 8226.00 30 SDG2G SDW2G SDA2G SDO2G — 40 SDG2H SDW2H SDA2H SDO2H — 50 SEG2J SEW2J SEA2J SEO2J SEK2J 60 3YD SEG2K 11672.00 SEW2K 14450.00 SEA2K 13809.00 SEO2K 10790.00 SEK2K 460 75 SEG2L SEW2L SEA2L SEO2L SEK2L (480) 100 SFG2M SFW2M SFA2M SFO2M SFK2M / 125 4YD SFG2N 22995.00 SFW2N 27368.00 SFA2N 25844.00 SFO2N 21414.00 SFK2N 575 150 SFG2P SFW2P SFA2P SFO2P SFK2P (600) 200 SGG2Q SGW2Q SGA2Q SGO2Q SGK2Q 250 5YD SGG2R 38363.00 SGW2R 46481.00 SGA2R 42209.00 SGO2R 35202.00 SGK2R 300 SGG2S SGW2S SGA2S SGO2S SGK2S 400 SHG2T SHW2T SHA2T SHO2T SHK2T 500 6YD SHG2U 85022.00 SHW2U 95702.00 SHA2U 90363.00 SHO2U 79950.00 SHK2U 700 SHG2W SHW2W SHA2W SHO2W SHK2W 800 SJG2Y SJW2Y SJA2Y SJO2Y — 7YD 118206.00 128888.00 123548.00 113135.00 1000 SJG2Z SJW2Z SJA2Z SJO2Z — a Both line and control voltage must be specified to order this product. See page 17-18 for the necessary codes and instructions for ordering. b No Factory Modifications (Forms) available with O.E.M. Kit. c NEMA Type 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See Digest 176 page 16-95 for more information. d NEMA Type 4 enclosures are painted sheet steel. Where required, stainless steel enclosures are available at extra cost. Specify as Form G17. See page 17-32 for price adder. 1M L1 OL OL 1M L2 1M L3 2 Wire Control Device (If used) T2 T4 T2 T3 Motor R E S R E S T1 T5 R E S T6 2M 1S T4 2M 1S T5 T6 • • • • e (HI) PRI PT (X1) SEC (X2) GND (If used) Start OL 3 1 Stop 2 10142.00 13931.00 25181.00 50319.00 — — 10142.00 13931.00 25181.00 50319.00 — — — 10142.00 13931.00 25181.00 50319.00 — Catalog Number Class Number Type Number Voltage Code Form(s)e T3 — How to Order To Order Specify: 2S 2S 2M OL 2S Table 17.57: T1 $ Price — 17 Table 17.56: Class Type Voltage Code Form(s) 8630 SFG1M V81 F4T40 Description: 100 hp, 480 V line, 120 V separate control, 60 Hz Forms need to be specified only if any of the coils are at a different voltage than line supply (V8 •). See page 17-18 for a fuller explanation of how to order; this page also provides the necessary coil voltage and Form codes as well as codes for 380 V starters and 50 Hz applications. Refer to page 17-32 for other factory modifications (Forms). TR 2S TR TR 2M 1S 1M TR 1S 2S 1M 1S 2M Typical Wye-Delta Starter Sizes 1–4 (Closed Transition) Fused Control Transformer (Form F4T40) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Class 8630 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601 www.schneider-electric.us 17-21 Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters Part Winding Starters Class 8640 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601 www.schneider-electric.us 17 NOTE: Prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176 page 16-116 for selection information. NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 17.58: Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Max. HP Typeb a b c d Typeb $ Price Typeb O.E.M. Kit c Open Type $ Price Typeb $ Price Typeb $ Price 1PW SCG1C 3119.00 SCW1C 4829.00 SCA1C 4544.00 SCO1C 3033.00 — 15 20 2PW SDG1D SDG1E 4445.00 SDW1D SDW1E 6368.00 SDA1D SDA1E 6224.00 SDO1D SDO1E 4217.00 SDK1D SDK1E 2685.00 25 30 40 3PW SEG1F SEG1G SEG1H 6267.00 SEW1F SEW1G SEW1H 9045.00 SEA1F SEA1G SEA1H 8405.00 SEO1F SEO1G SEO1H 5868.00 SEK1F SEK1G SEK1H 4359.00 50 60 75 4PW SFG1J SFG1K SFG1L 13404.00 SFW1J SFW1K SFW1L 17775.00 SFA1J SFA1K SFA1L 16253.00 SFO1J SFO1K SFO1L 12662.00 SFK1J SFK1K SFK1L 8217.00 100 125 150 5PW SGG1M SGG1N SGG1P 28071.00 SGW1M SGW1N SGW1P 36192.00 SGA1M SGA1N SGA1P 31919.00 SGO1M SGO1N SGO1P 26505.00 SGK1M SGK1N SGK1P 18621.00 10 — 1PW SCG1C 3119.00 SCW1C 4829.00 SCA1C 4544.00 SCO1C 3033.00 — 15 20 25 2PW SDG1D SDG1E SDG1F 4445.00 SDW1D SDW1E SDW1F 6368.00 SDA1D SDA1E SDA1F 6224.00 SDO1D SDO1E SDO1F 4217.00 SDK1D SDK1E SDK1F 2685.00 30 40 50 3PW SEG1G SEG1H SEG1J 6267.00 SEW1G SEW1H SEW1J 9045.00 SEA1G SEA1H SEA1J 8405.00 SEO1G SEO1H SEO1J 5868.00 SEK1G SEK1H SEK1J 4359.00 60 75 4PW SFG1K SFG1L 13404.00 SFW1K SFW1L 17775.00 SFA1K SFA1L 16253.00 SFO1K SFO1L 12662.00 SFK1K SFK1L 8217.00 100 125 150 5PW SGG1M SGG1N SGG1P 28071.00 SGW1M SGW1N SGW1P 36192.00 SGA1M SGA1N SGA1P 31919.00 SGO1M SGO1N SGO1P 26505.00 SGK1M SGK1N SGK1P 18621.00 200 250 300 6PW SHG1Q SHG1R SHG1S 58694.00 SHW1Q SHW1R SHW1S 67338.00 SHA1Q SHA1R SHA1S 65816.00 SHO1Q SHO1R SHO1S 53622.00 — — 400 7PW SJG1T 89672.00 SJW1T 98865.00 SJA1T 98217.00 SJO1T 80699.00 — — 10 15 1PW SCG1C SCG1D 3119.00 SCW1C SCW1D 4829.00 SCA1C SCA1D 4544.00 SCO1C SCO1D 3033.00 — — — 20 25 30 40 2PW SDG1E SDG1F SDG1G SDG1H 4445.00 SDW1E SDW1F SDW1G SDW1H 6368.00 SDA1E SDA1F SDA1G SDA1H 6224.00 SDO1E SDO1F SDO1G SDO1H 4217.00 SDK1E SDK1F SDK1G SDK1H 2685.00 50 60 75 3PW SEG1J SEG1K SEG1L 6267.00 SEW1J SEW1K SEW1L 9045.00 SEA1J SEA1K SEA1L 8405.00 SEO1J SEO1K SEO1L 5868.00 SEK1J SEK1K SEK1L 4359.00 100 125 150 4PW SFG1M SFG1N SFG1P 13404.00 SFW1M SFW1N SFW1P 17775.00 SFA1M SFA1N SFA1P 16253.00 SFO1M SFO1N SFO1P 12662.00 SFK1M SFK1N SFK1P 8217.00 200 250 350 5PW SGG1Q SGG1R SGG1S 28071.00 SGW1Q SGW1R SGW1S 36192.00 SGA1Q SGA1R SGA1S 31919.00 SGO1Q SGO1R SGO1S 26505.00 SGK1Q SGK1R SGK1S 18621.00 400 500 600 6PW SHG1T SHG1U SHG1W 58694.00 SHW1T SHW1U SHW1W 67338.00 SHA1T SHA1U SHA1W 65816.00 SHO1T SHO1U SHO1W 53622.00 — — 700 800 7PW SJG1X SJG1Y 89672.00 SJW1X SJW1Y 98865.00 SJA1X SJA1Y 98217.00 SJO1X SJO1Y 80699.00 — — — 230 (240) 460 (480) / 575 (600) $ Price NEMA Type 12/3Rd Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure 10 200 (208) 460 (480) / 575 (600) NEMA Type 4a Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure (Stainless Steel 1PW–4PW) NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Size — NEMA Type 4 enclosures are painted sheet steel. Where required, stainless steel enclosures are available at extra cost. Specifiy as Form G17. See page 17-32 for price adder. Both line and control voltage must be specified to order this product. See page 17-18 for the necessary codes and instructions for ordering. No Factory Modifications (Forms) available with O.E.M. Kit. NEMA Type 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See Digest 176 page 16-95 for more information. Table 17.59: L1 L2 L3 S OL2 S OL2 S OL2 S OL1 R OL1 R OL1 TR Stop 2 Start B C To Motor • • • • E F Catalog Number Class Number Type Number Voltage Code Form(s)e e Class Type Voltage Code Form(s) 8640 SFG1M V06 C Description: 100 hp, 480 V line, 480 V common control, 60 Hz Forms need to be specified only if any of the coils are at a different voltage than line supply (V8•). See page 17-18 for a fuller explanation of how to order; this page also provides the necessary coil voltage and Form codes as well as codes for 380 V starters and 50 Hz applications. Refer to page 17-32 for other factory modifications (Forms). S 2 Wire Control Device (If used) 1 To Order Specify: A D How to Order TR 3 S R TR OL1 OL2 TR Typical Part Winding Sizes 1–4 Common Control (Standard) 17-22 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters Approximate Dimensions Class 8606, 8630, 8640 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601 www.schneider-electric.us Approximate Dimensions—Not for Construction Class 8606—Autotransformer NEMA Type 1 / 12 Enclosure NEMA Size 2 3 or 4 5 Class 8606 Autotransformer 6 Table 17.61: NEMA Size 1YD or 2YD 3YD or 4YD 5YD or 6YD Class 8630 Wye-Delta Table 17.62: NEMA Size 1YD or 2YD 3YD or 4YD 5YD or 6YD Table 17.63: Open Dim. H W D H W D H W D H W D in. mm 43 22 8 63 28 9 63 28 9 56 30 14 1092 559 203 1600 711 229 1600 711 229 1422 762 354 Non-Combo or Combo with Circuit Breaker in. mm 52 25 10 70b 32 16 70b 32 16 90b 34 20 1320 635 254 1778 813 406 1778 813 406 2286 864 508 NEMA Type 4 Enclosure Combo with Disconnect Switch in. mm 52 25 10 70b 32 16 90b 36 16 90b 64 24 1320 635 254 1778 813 406 2286 914 406 2286 1626 610 Non-Combo or Combo with Circuit Breaker in. mm 52 25 10 75b 32 16 75b 32 16 98b 34 20 1320 635 254 1778 813 406 1778 813 406 2489 864 508 Combo with Disconnect Switch in. mm 52 25 10 75b 32 16 95b 36 16 98b 64 24 1320 635 254 1778 813 406 2413 914 406 2489 1626 610 Class 8630—Wye-Delta, Open Transition NEMA Type 1 / 12 Enclosure Open Dim. Non-Combo NEMA Type 4 Enclosure Combo Non-Combo Combo in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm H W D H W D H 21 21 7 42 25 7 62 553 553 178 1067 635 178 1576 25 23 8 48 28 8 90b 635 584 203 1219 712 203 2286 25 23 8 49 30 11 90b 635 584 203 1245 762 279 2286 25 23 8 48 28 8 98b 635 584 203 1219 712 203 2489 — — — 49 30 11 98b — — — 1245 762 279 2489 W D 29 10 737 254 36 16 914 406 36 16 914 406 36 16 914 406 36 16 914 406 Class 8630—Wye-Delta, Closed Transition NEMA Type 1 / 12 Enclosure Open Dim. H W D H W D H W D Non-Combo NEMA Type 4 Enclosure Combo Non-Combo Combo in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm 21 21 14 42 25 14 80 30 12 553 553 354 1067 635 354 2032 762 305 25 23 16 48 28 16 90b 36 16 635 584 406 1219 712 406 2286 914 406 25 23 16 49 30 18 90b 36 16 635 584 406 1245 762 457 2286 914 406 25 23 16 48 28 16 98b 36 16 635 584 406 1219 712 406 2489 914 406 — — — 49 30 18 98b 36 16 — — — 1245 762 457 2489 914 406 Class 8640—Part Winding Enclosed—NEMA Type 1 / 4 / 12 NEMA Size 1PW or 2PW 3PW 4PW Class 8640 Part Winding 5PW 6PW a b Open Dim. H W D H W D H W D H W D H W D Non-Combo Combo with Circuit Breaker in. mm in. mm in. mm 21 21 6 42 26 7 42 26 7 35 22 10 49 24 11 553 553 152 1067 660 178 1067 660 178 889 559 254 1245 610 279 25 23 8 48 28 8 48 28 8 44 24 12 64 28 16 635 584 203 1219 712 203 1219 712 203 1118 610 305 1626 712 406 34 19 11 44 30 12 44 30 12 78ba 36 16 — — — 853 483 279 1118 762 305 1118 762 305 1981 914 406 — — — Subtract 8 in. from height for Type 1 or 12 enclosure. Free standing enclosure. Combo with Disconnect Switch in. mm 25 23 8 52 25 11 78b 32 16 78ba 36 16 90b 64 24 635 584 203 1321 635 279 1981 813 406 1981 914 406 2286 1626 406 Combination Starter Form Reference Circuit Breaker: Y791, Y7911 Nonfusible Disconnect Switch: Y792, Y7910 Fusible Disconnect Switch: Y793-Y799 Refer to page 17-32 for a complete listing of Forms for combination devices. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 17-23 17 Table 17.60: NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Note: H = Height, W = Width, D = Depth Multispeed Magnetic Starters Application Data Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 17 Multispeed motors are available in two basic versions: 1) separate winding, and 2) consequent pole. A separate winding motor has a winding for each speed while a consequent pole motor has a winding for every two speeds (three-speed motors have two windings). The motor connections (and thus the types of controllers) for two speed starters are exemplified by the schematic diagrams shown below. Note that consequent pole two-speed controllers involve a 5-pole and a 3-pole starter, while separate winding controllers have two 3-pole starters. Verify the type of motor before ordering. Field modification of starters to match the motor may not be possible. Separate winding motors are usually chosen when flexibility is important, since the speeds of a consequent pole motor are usually limited to a 2/1 ratio; a broad range of speeds can be obtained on a separate winding motor. NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 17.65: Table 17.64: Typical Applications Constant HP Constant Torque Variable Torque A. Spindles B. Cutting Tools 1. Lathes 2. Saws A. Conveyors B. Mills C. Dough Mixers D. Reciprocating Pumps A. Fans B. Centrifugal Pumps Typical Schematic Diagrams HIGH 4 1 STOP LOW L 5 H OL OL HIGH 4 1 STOP LOW L H L1 L2 L3 L2 L3 L OL OL OL HIGH 4 1 STOP H H OL OL L H H T2 T3 T6 L OL L OL OL H H H H L2 L3 H L OL OL OL T2 T3 T6 T4 L L OL OL 1 STOP HIGH 4 L HIGH 3 L H LOW 5 H L OL OL 1 STOP HIGH 4 L H 2 HIGH 3 L H H ON L H 17-24 L T2 T3 H H H OL OL OL T11 T12 T13 2-Speed Separate Winding Constant HP, Constant Torque and Variable Torque NEMA Size 0–4 Sizes 5, 6, & 7 Use Special Circuitry The stop button must be pressed before it is possible to change from a higher to a lower speed. (Not available with Form R1.) Form R3 Decelerating Relay/Timer. This is similar in action to Form R2 accelerating relays, except that they function to prevent immediate transfer from a higher to a lower speed. A definite time interval, preset on the timer, must elapse between each speed change. Form R10 Antiplugging Relays/Timers. This Form imposes a time delay when transferring from the forward to the reverse direction or reverse to forward, for reversing multispeed starters. This provides up to a 60 second delay in the transfer of the direction of the motor, and can help prevent damage which could result from plugging. Form Y81 (Low Speed) Overload Relay Modification. For NEMA size 3 and 4, when the low speed full load current does not appear on the appropriate thermal unit selection tables, include Form Y81 (low speed) (no charge for this Form). This Form modifies the overload relay block to accept Type B thermal units. For assistance on thermal unit selection, contact the Customer Care Center (CCC) at 1-888-778-2733. Special Pilot Lighting HIGH 4 LOW 5 H 2 L OL OL OL 2-Speed Consequent Pole Constant or Variable Torque NEMA Size 0–4 Sizes 5, 6, & 7 Use Special Circuitry General. Some applications require special relays to control the speed change and/or starting of the motor. The descriptions that follow cover the four common relay schemes for these applications. Form R1 Compelling Relay. This relay requires the motor to be started at low speed before any higher speed can be selected. This arrangement ensures that the motor will always start the load at low speed. The stop button must be pressed before it is possible to change from a higher to a lower speed. (Not available with Form R2.) Form R2 Accelerating Relay/Timer. With Form R2 accelerating relays, the ultimate speed is determined by the button which is pressed, but the starter will start the motor at low speed and automatically accelerate it through successive steps until the selected speed is reached. Definite time intervals must elapse between each speed change. Individual adjustable timing relays are provided for each interval. L H T5 Additional Features—Special Relays for Non-Reversing and Reversing Multispeed Starters Table 17.66: HIGH L 3 OLOL H L OL T1 T5 2-Speed Consequent Pole Constant Horsepower NEMA Size 0–4 Sizes 5, 6, & 7 Use Special Circuitry L L1 L T4 H 5 2 T1 T1 LOW H L1 L OL OL L HIGH 3 L 2 H L L 5 H L HIGH 3 L 2 1 STOP www.schneider-electric.us Both separate winding and consequent pole motors are available in three types: 1) constant horsepower, 2) constant torque, and 3) variable torque. Table 17.64 shows typical applications for these different types of motors. NOTE: For detailed information involving the technical aspects of flexibility of the starters used in the multispeed controllers, see Classes 8702, 8736, and 8810 application data. H 2 LOW 5 H L L H HIGH 3 L H H OFF 1 STOP HIGH 4 OL OL LOW L 5 H L 1 STOP L 2 L H L HIGH 3 L H H OL OL HIGH 4 LOW 5 H L H 2 ON OFF HIGH 3 L L OL OL H H H L H OFF To Power Circuit To Power Circuit To Power Circuit To Power Circuit To Power Circuit One pilot light “On” One pilot light “Off” Two pilot lights “L” and “H'” Two pilot lights “On” and “Off” Three pilot lights “L”, “H”, and “Off” “L”, “H” and “Off” © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Multispeed Magnetic Starters Application Data Multispeed motors are available in two basic versions: 1) consequent pole, and 2) separate winding. A separate winding motor has a winding for each speed while a consequent pole motor has a winding for every two speeds (three-speed motors have two windings). 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Maximum, 50–60 Hz Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units (Sizes 0–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176 page 16-116 for selection information. Table 17.67: Class 8810—Non-Combination Type Maximum Polyphase Horsepower Ratings Type of Motor Constant Horsepower Motors NEMA Size 200 V Constant HP Constant Torque or Variable Torque Constant HP b Constant Torque or Variable Torque b Constant Torque or Variable Torque Constant HP b Constant Torque or Variable Torque b 460– 575 V 200 V 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 5 7-1/2 20 30 60 100 — — — — — — — 2 5 10 25 40 75 150 — — — — — — — 3 7-1/2 20 40 75 150 300 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 5 7-1/2 20 30 60 100 — — — — — — — — — 2 5 10 25 40 75 150 225 — — — — — — — — 3 7-1/2 20 40 75 150 300 450 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 — Table 17.68: Constant HP 230 V NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Enclosure Constant Torque or Variable Torque Motors 230 V 460– 575 V Type $ Price NEMA Type 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure (Stainless Steel) (304) (Sizes 0—5) Sheet Steel (Size 6) Type $ Price Single Winding (Consequent Pole) 5-Pole–3-Pole — — SBG1c 2199. SBW1c 3567. — — SCG1c 2370. SCW1c 3708. — — SDG1c 4307. SDW1c 5958. — — SEG1c 6501. SEW1c 8837. — — SFG1c 17352. SFW1c 22365. — — SGG1c 34286. SGW1c 46008. — — SHG1c 77286. SHW1c 93308. 3 5 SBG2c 2199. SBW2c 3567. 7-1/2 10 SCG2c 2370. SCW2c 3708. 15 25 SDG2c 4307. SDW2c 5958. 30 50 SEG2c 6501. SEW2c 8837. 50 100 SFG2c 17352. SFW2c 22365. 100 200 SGG2c 34286. SGW2c 46008. 200 400 SHG2c 77286. SHW2c 93308. Two Winding (Separate Winding) 3-Pole–3-Poleb — — SBG3c 1571. SBW3c 2939. — — SCG3c 1772. SCW3c 3110. — — SDG3c 3167. SDW3c 3231. — — SEG3c 4962. SEW3c 7412. — — SFG3c 12168. SFW3c 17181. — — SGG3c 28718. SGW3c 40440. — — SHG3c 58755. SHW3c 66090. — — SJG3c 76032. — — 3 5 SBG4c 1571. SBW4c 2939. 7-1/2 10 SCG4c 1772. SCW4c 3110. 15 25 SDG4c 3167. SDW4c 3231. 30 50 SEG4c 4962. SEW4c 7412. 50 100 SFG4c 12168. SFW4c 17181. 100 200 SGG4c 28718. SGW4c 40440. 200 400 SHG4c 58755. SHW4c 66090. 300 600 SJG4c 76032. — — NEMA Type 4Xd Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Enclosure NEMA Type 12/3Rf Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure Open Type Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price SBW51c SCW51c SDW51c — — — — SBW52c SCW52c SDW52c — — — — 4100. 4278. 6557. — — — — 4100. 4278. 6557. — — — — SBA1c SCA1c SDA1c SEA1c SFA1c SGA1c SHA1c SBA2c SCA2c SDA2c SEA2c SFA2c SGA2c SHA2c 2640. 2811. 4932. 7925. 20172. 46008. 83753. 2640. 2811. 4932. 7925. 20172. 46008. 83753. SBO1c SCO1c SDO1c SEO1c SFO1c SGO1c SHO1c SBO2c SCO2c SDO2c SEO2c SFO2c SGO2c SHO2c 2142. 2285. 4050. 6101. 15786. 31197. 70799. 2142. 2285. 4050. 6101. 15786. 31197. 70799. SBW53c SCW53c SDW53c — — — — — SBW54c SCW54c SDW54c — — — — — 3384. 3567. 3564. — — — — — 3384. 3567. 3564. — — — — — SBA3c SCA3c SDA3c SEA3c SFA3c SGA3c SHA3c SJA3c SBA4c SCA4c SDA4c SEA4c SFA4c SGA4c SHA4c SJA4c 2015. 2213. 2529. 6386. 14988. 40440. 65195. 82826. 2015. 2213. 2529. 6386. 14988. 40440. 65195. 82826. SBO3c SCO3c SDO3c SEO3c SFO3c SGO3c SHO3c SJO3c SBO4c SCO4c SDO4c SEO4c SFO4c SGO4c SHO4c SJO4c 1515. 1686. 1956. 4590. 11429. 26994. 51848. 69195. 1515. 1686. 1956. 4590. 11429. 26994. 51848. 69195. Class 8810—Combination Circuit Breaker Type (Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers)ae 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 5 7-1/2 20 30 60 100 — — — — — — — 2 5 10 25 40 75 150 — — — — — — — 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 5 7-1/2 20 30 60 100 — — — — — — — — — 2 5 10 25 40 75 150 225 — — — — — — — — a b c d e f © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Single Winding (Consequent Pole) 5-Pole–3-Pole — — CBG1c 4206. CBW1c 6429. CBW51c 6962. CBA1c 4676. — — — CCG1c 4377. CCW1c 6566. CCW51c 7140. CCA1c 4867. — — — CDG1c 6758. CDW1c 10089. CDW51c 10089. CDA1c 7497. — — — CEG1c 9162. CEW1c 13836. — — CEA1c 10787. — — — CFG1c 22224. CFW1c 29460. — — CFA1c 26753. — — — CGG1c 43758. CGW1c 57816. — — CGA1c 56847. — — — CHG1c 91229. CHW1c 68843. — — CHA1c 65841. — 5 CBG2c 4206. CBW2c 6429. CBW52c 6962. CBA2c 4676. — 3 10 CCG2c 4377. CCW2c 6566. CCW52c 7140. CCA2c 4867. — 7-1/2 25 CDG2c 6758. CDW2c 10089. CDW52c 10089. CDA2c 7497. — 15 50 CEG2c 9162. CEW2c 13836. — — CEA2c 10787. — 30 100 CFG2c 22224. CFW2c 29460. — — CFA2c 26753. — 50 200 CGG2c 43758. CGW2c 57816. — — CGA2c 56847. — 100 200 400 CHG2c 91229. CHW2c 68843. — — CHA2c 65841. — Two Winding (Separate Winding) 3-Pole–3-Poleb 3 — — — CBG3c 3581. CBW3c 5801. CBW53c 6251. CBA3c 4050. — 7-1/2 — — — CCG3c 3780. CCW3c 5972. CCW53c 6429. CCA3c 4248. — 20 — — — CDG3c 5616. CDW3c 8379. CDW53c 8879. CDA3c 6357. — 40 — — — CEG3c 7626. CEW3c 12297. — — CEA3c 9248. — 75 — — — CFG3c 17040. CFW3c 16182. — — CFA3c 14379. — 150 — — — CGG3c 38190. CGW3c 52248. — — CGA3c 51278. — 300 — — — CHG3c 72629. CHW3c 84306. — — CHA3c 80199. — 450 — — — CJG3c 95358. — — — — CJA3c 103217. — 3 3 5 CBG4c 3581. CBW4c 5801. CBW54c 6251. CBA4c 4050. — — 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 CCG4c 3780. CCW4c 5972. CCW54c 6429. CCA4c 4248. — — 10 15 25 CDG4c 5616. CDW4c 8379. CDW54c 8879. CDA4c 6357. — — 25 30 50 CEG4c 7626. CEW4c 12297. — — CEA4c 9248. — — 40 50 100 CFG4c 17040. CFW4c 16182. — — CFA4c 14379. — — 75 100 200 CGG4c 38190. CGW4c 52248. — — CGA4c 51278. — — 150 200 400 CHG4c 72629. CHW4c 84306. — — CHA4c 80199. — — — 300 600 CJG4c 95358. — — — — CJA4c 103217. The NEC 1300% maximum setting for instantaneous trip circuit breakers may be inadequate for multispeed motors. Prices and type numbers shown for three phase, separate-winding motor starters apply only when motor windings are wye connected. When motor windings are connected open delta, use the prices shown for three phase consequent pole motor starters. Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown on page 17-18. NEMA Type 4X hubs are included with each starter at no additional cost. Not available in Mag-Gard versions. NEMA Type 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See Digest 176 page 16-95 for more information. 3 7-1/2 20 40 75 150 300 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 CP1 Discount Schedule — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 17-25 17 www.schneider-electric.us NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 Multispeed Magnetic Starters Two-Speed Combination Starters Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 17 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max., 50–60 Hz Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units (Sizes 0–6). NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 17.69: Class 8810—Combination Disconnect Switch Type (Class H Fuse Clips) Maximum Polyphase Horsepower Ratings Type of Motor Constant Horsepower Motors NEMA Size 200 V 0 1 2 Constant Horsepower 3 4 5 6 0 1 Constant Torque or Variable Torque 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 Constant Horsepower a 3 4 5 6 0 1 Constant Torque or Variable Torque a 2 3 4 5 6 230 V Constant Torque or Variable Torque Motors 460– 575 V 200 V 230 V Fuse Clip Size A 460– 575 V NEMA Type 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) (Sizes 0–5) Sheet Steel (Size 6 not 4X) NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Enclosure Type $ Price Type $ Price NEMA Type 12/3Rc Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure Type Single Winding (Consequent Pole) 5-Pole–3-Pole None UBG1b 3537.00 UBW1b 5759.00 UBA1b 2 2 3 — — — 30d DBG1b 3765.00 DBW1b 5988.00 DBA1b None UCG1b 3708.00 UCW1b 5903.00 UCA1b 5 5 7-1/2 — — — 30d DCG1b 3936.00 DCW1b 6129.00 DCA1b None UDG1b 6015.00 UDW1b 8751.00 UDA1b 7-1/2 10 20 — — — 60 DDG1b 6129.00 DDW1b 8864.00 DDA1b None UEG1b 8666.00 UEW1b 13337.00 UEA1b 20 25 40 — — — 100 DEG1b 8837.00 DEW1b 13508.00 DEA1b None UFG1b 19517.00 UFW1b 27693.00 UFA1b 30 40 75 — — — 200 DFG1b 20970.00 DFW1b 25964.00 DFA1b None UGG1b 39644.00 UGW1b 35799.00 UGA1b 60 75 150 — — — 400 DGG1b 40154.00 DGW1b 54212.00 DGA1b None UHG1b 87789.00 UHW1b 99824.00 UHA1b 100 150 300 — — — 600 DHG1b 91085.00 DHW1b 103121.00 DHA1b None UBG2b 3537.00 UBW2b 5759.00 UBA2b — — — 3 3 5 30d DBG2b 3765.00 DBW2b 5988.00 DBA2b None UCG2b 3708.00 UCW2b 5903.00 UCA2b — — — 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 30d DCG2b 3936.00 DCW2b 6129.00 DCA2b UDW2b 8751.00 UDA2b None UDG2b 6015.00 — — — 10 15 25 DDW2b 8864.00 DDA2b 60 DDG2b 6129.00 None UEG2b 8666.00 UEW2b 13337.00 UEA2b — — — 25 30 50 100 DEG2b 8837.00 DEW2b 13508.00 DEA2b None UFG2b 19517.00 UFW2b 27693.00 UFA2b — — — 40 50 100 200 DFG2b 20970.00 DFW2b 25964.00 DFA2b None UGG2b 39644.00 UGW2b 35799.00 UGA2b — — — 75 100 200 400 DGG2b 40154.00 DGW2b 54212.00 DGA2b None UHG2b 87789.00 UHW2b 99824.00 UHA2b — — — 150 200 400 600 DHG2b 91085.00 DHW2b 103121.00 DHA2b Two Winding (Separate Winding) 3-Pole–3-Pole None UBG3b 2910.00 UBW3b 5133.00 UBA3b 2 2 3 — — — 30d DBG3b 3140.00 DBW3b 5360.00 DBA3b None UCG3b 3110.00 UCW3b 5304.00 UCA3b 5 5 7-1/2 — — — 30d DCG3b 3338.00 DCW3b 5531.00 DCA3b None UDG3b 4877.00 UDW3b 7640.00 UDA3b 7-1/2 10 20 — — — 60 DDG3b 4991.00 DDW3b 7754.00 DDA3b None UEG3b 7127.00 UEW3b 11798.00 UEA3b 20 25 40 — — — 100 DEG3b 7866.00 DEW3b 11969.00 DEA3b None UFG3b 15159.00 UFW3b 22509.00 UFA3b 30 40 75 — — — 200 DFG3b 17324.00 DFW3b 23021.00 DFA3b None UGG3b 34073.00 UGW3b 48131.00 UGA3b 60 75 150 — — — 400 DGG3b 34586.00 DGW3b 48644.00 DGA3b None UHG3b 69188.00 UHW3b 80868.00 UHA3b 100 150 300 — — — 600 DHG3b 72485.00 DHW3b 84164.00 DHA3b None UBG4b 2910.00 UBW4b 5133.00 UBA4b — — — 3 3 5 30d DBG4b 3140.00 DBW4b 5360.00 DBA4b None UCG4b 3110.00 UCW4b 5304.00 UCA4b — — — 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 30d DCG4b 3338.00 DCW4b 5531.00 DCA4b None UDG4b 4877.00 UDW4b 7640.00 UDA4b — 10 15 25 — — 60 DDG4b 4991.00 DDW4b 7754.00 DDA4b None UEG4b 7127.00 UEW4b 11798.00 UEA4b — — — 25 30 50 100 DEG4b 7866.00 DEW4b 11969.00 DEA4b None UFG4b 15159.00 UFW4b 22509.00 UFA4b — — — 40 50 100 200 DFG4b 17324.00 DFW4b 23021.00 DFA4b None UGG4b 34073.00 UGW4b 48131.00 UGA4b — — — 75 100 200 400 DGG4b 34586.00 DGW4b 48644.00 DGA4b None UHG4b 69188.00 UHW4b 80868.00 UHA4b — — — 150 200 400 600 DHG4b 72485.00 DHW4b 84164.00 DHA4b a Prices and type numbers shown for three phase, separate-winding Table 17.70: Coil Voltage Codes motor starters apply only when motor windings are wye connected. When motor windings are connected open delta, use the prices shown Voltage for three phase consequent pole motor starters. Code b Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard 60 Hz 50 Hz voltage codes shown below. 24fe — V01 c NEMA Type 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor 120f 110 V02 non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See 208 — V08 Digest 176 page 16-95 for more information. 240 220 V03 d When separate control is specified, use V8x (see page 32) voltage — 380 V05 codes to specify motor and control voltages. 480 440 V06 600 550 V07 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 17-28 Specify Specify V99 Refer to the following Digest 176 pages for: Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-109 17-26 www.schneider-electric.us Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176 page 16-116 for selection information. CP1 Discount Schedule $ Price 4008.00 4235.00 4179.00 4406.00 6758.00 6870.00 10287.00 10458.00 24987.00 22500.00 34622.00 52446.00 95324.00 98621.00 4008.00 4235.00 4179.00 4406.00 6758.00 6870.00 10287.00 10458.00 24987.00 22500.00 34622.00 52446.00 95324.00 98621.00 3380.00 3609.00 3581.00 3807.00 5616.00 5732.00 8751.00 9491.00 19803.00 21852.00 50439.00 50952.00 76766.00 80063.00 3380.00 3609.00 3581.00 3807.00 5616.00 5732.00 8751.00 9491.00 19803.00 21852.00 50439.00 50952.00 76766.00 80063.00 $ Price Adder No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 35.60 e 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (for example, order as 8810UBG1V01S). f These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (for example, order as 8810UCG1V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 17-32. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Multispeed Magnetic Starters Reversing Two-Speed Magnetic Starters Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 17.71: Class 8810—Reversing Maximum Polyphase Ratings Type of Motor Constant Horsepower Motors NEMA Size Single Winding Constant Horsepower Single Winding Constant Torque or Variable Torque Two Winding Constanta Horsepower Two Winding Constanta Torque or Variable Torque 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 200 V 230 V 2 5 7-1/2 20 30 60 — — — — — — 2 5 7-1/2 20 30 60 — — — — — — 2 5 10 25 40 75 — — — — — — 2 5 10 25 40 75 — — — — — — Reversing In One Speed Only (Specify High or Low)b NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Enclosure Constant Torque or Variable Torque Motors 460– 575 V 3 7-1/2 20 40 75 150 — — — — — — 3 7-1/2 20 40 75 150 — — — — — — 200 V 230 V — — — — — — 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 — — — — — — 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 — — — — — — 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 — — — — — — 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 460– 575 V — — — — — — 5 10 25 50 100 200 — — — — — — 5 10 25 50 100 200 Type SBG21c SCG21c SDG21c SEG21c SFG21c SGG21c SBG22c SCG22c SDG22c SEG22c SFG22c SGG22c SBG23c SCG23c SDG23c SEG23c SFG23c SGG23c SBG24c SCG24c SDG24c SEG24c SFG24c SGG24c $ Price 3936. 4248. 6984. 10260. 20457. 46449. 3936. 4248. 6984. 10260. 20457. 46449. 3252. 3452. 5817. 9005. 15929. 37335. 3252. 3452. 5817. 9005. 15929. 37335. NEMA Type 12 Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure Open Type Type $ Price Type SBA21c SCA21c SDA21c SEA21c SFA21c SGA21c SBA22c SCA22c SDA22c SEA22c SFA22c SGA22c SBA23c SCA23c SDA23c SEA23c SFA23c SGA23c SBA24c SCA24c SDA24c SEA24c SFA24c SGA24c 5261. 5574. 8522. 13892. 28290. 58172. 5261. 5574. 8522. 13892. 28290. 58172. 4577. 4778. 7353. 12639. 22338. 49058. 4577. 4778. 7353. 12639. 22338. 49058. SBO21c SCO21c SDO21c SEO21c SFO21c SGO21c SBO22c SCO22c SDO22c SEO22c SFO22c SGO22c SBO23c SCO23c SDO23c SEO23c SFO23c SGO23c SBO24c SCO24c SDO24c SEO24c SFO24c SGO24c Reversing In Both Speeds NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 12/3Rf Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure Open Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type 3851. 4121. 6501. 9662. 19718. 42164. 3851. 4121. 6501. 9662. 19718. 42164. 3167. 3324. 5432. 8267. 15188. 33048. 3167. 3324. 5432. 8267. 15188. 33048. 4563. 4926. 8522. 13508. 26810. 56946. 4563. 4926. 8522. 13508. 26810. 56946. 4193. 4620. 8067. 12027. 21284. 49455. 4193. 4620. 8067. 12027. 21284. 49455. 6330. 6728. 10517. 17139. 33390. 68679. 6330. 6728. 10517. 17139. 33390. 68679. 5958. 6386. 10061. 15885. 27693. 59396. 5958. 6386. 10061. 15885. 27693. 59396. SBO31c SCO31c SDO31c SEO31c SFO31c SGO31c SBO32c SCO32c SDO32c SEO32c SFO32c SGO32c SBO33c SCO33c SDO33c SEO33c SFO33c SGO33c SBO34c SCO34c SDO34c SEO34c SFO34c SGO34c SBG31c SCG31c SDG31c SEG31c SFG31c SGG31c SBG32c SCG32c SDG32c SEG32c SFG32c SGG32c SBG33c SCG33c SDG33c SEG33c SFG33c SGG33c SBG34c SCG34c SDG34c SEG34c SFG34c SGG34c SBA31c SCA31c SDA31c SEA31c SFA31c SGA31c SBA32c SCA32c SDA32c SEA32c SFA32c SGA32c SBA33c SCA33c SDA33c SEA33c SFA33c SGA33c SBA34c SCA34c SDA34c SEA34c SFA34c SGA34c $ Price 4449. 4791. 8010. 11997. 24930. 52659. 4449. 4791. 8010. 11997. 24930. 52659. 4077. 4449. 7554. 11228. 20487. 43388. 4077. 4449. 7554. 11228. 20487. 43388. 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max., 50–60 Hz Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units (Sizes 0–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176 page 16-116 for selection information. Table 17.72: Type of Motor Class 8810—Non-Reversing, Vertically Arranged, Open Type, Two-Speed Starters Maximum HP Ratings NEMA Size Constant Horsepower Constant Torque or Variable Torque 200 V 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 a b c 230 V 380 V For Consequent Pole Motors 460-575 V Type $ Price For Separate Winding Motors Type $ Price 2 2 3 3 SBO11c 2142.00 SBO13c 1515.00 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 SCO11c 2282.00 SCO13c 1686.00 7-1/2 10 20 20 SDO11c 4050.00 SDO13c 2939.00 20 25 40 40 SEO11c 6101.00 SEO13c 4563.00 30 40 60 75 SFO11c 15786.00 SFO13c 11429.00 3 3 5 5 SBO12c 2142.00 SBO14c 1515.00 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 SCO12c 2282.00 SCO14c 1686.00 10 15 25 25 SDO12c 4050.00 SDO14c 2939.00 25 30 50 50 SEO12c 6101.00 SEO14c 4563.00 40 50 75 100 SFO12c 15786.00 SFO14c 11429.00 Prices and type numbers shown for three phase, separate winding motor starters apply only when motor windings are wye connected. When motor windings are connected open delta, use the prices shown for consequent pole motor starters. Specify the speed which requires reversing by adding an L (low) or an H (high) after the type number, e.g., a Class 8810 Type SBG21 with reversing in low only would be ordered as a Class 8810 Type SBG21L. Voltage codes must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below. Table 17.73: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz 50 Hz 24ed 120e 208 240 — 480 600 Specify — 110 — 220 380 440 550 Specify Code V01 V02 V08 V03 V05 V06 V07 V99 $ Price Adder No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 35.60 d 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (for example, order as 8810SCG21V01S). These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (for example, order as 8810SDG21V02S). NEMA Type 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See Digest 176 page 16-95 for more information. Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 17-18. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. e f Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 17-28 Refer to the following Digest 176 pages for: Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100 Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105 Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-109 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 17-27 17 Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units (Sizes 0–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176 page 16-116 for selection information. NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max., 50–60 Hz Multispeed Magnetic Starters 17 Table 17.74: NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS SBG and SCG Two-Speed Magnetic Starters Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 NEMA Type 1 Enclosure (see Figure 1) Type A D A B C D E F G H 11-7/8 11-7/8 7-17/32 9-3/4 1-1/16 1-1/16 9-3/4 5/16 SDG 14-7/8 14-1/8 7-21/32 12-3/4 1-1/16 1-1/16 12 5/16 SEG3 & 4 and SFG3 & 4 18-5/32 29-5/32 9-15/64 15-1/2 1-11/32 1-11/32 26-1/2 7/16 SEG1 & 2 and SFG1 & 2 22-5/32 39-5/32 10-15/64 19-1/2 1-11/32 1-11/32 36-1/2 7/16 SGG1, 2, 3, 4 20-7/32 65-3/4 16-29/64 31 2-1/8 2-1/8 42 9/16 SHG1, 2, 3, 4 36-7/32 62-7/32 19-15/32 SJG3 & 4 A B D 7-13/16 4-1/4 4-3/16 19/32 8-1/4 4-1/4 5-5/16 SEW3 & 4 and SFW3 & 4 18-5/32 32-7/32 8-19/64 12 SEW1 & 2 and SFW1 & 2 22-5/32 42-7/32 9-49/64 SGW1, 2, 3, 4 12-1/8 SBW and SCW 12-5/8 14-11/16 14-7/8 15-3/4 35-7/32 49-7/32 RESET J C SDW C Floor Mount NEMA Type 4 Enclosure (see Figure 1) Type E GB RESET Consult Square D Table 17.75: www.schneider-electric.us E F Figure 1: NEMA Type 1, 4, and 12 Enclosures G H I J 13-1/2 5/16 1-21/32 2-5/16 15 5/16 2-1/32 2-5/8 3-5/64 55/64 30-1/2 7/16 2-37/64 3-3/16 16 3-5/64 55/64 40-1/2 7/16 2-21/64 2-57/64 27 4-3/32 39/64 48 9/16 2-63/64 3-1/2 3/8 I F (4) H Dia. Mtg. Holes A Table 17.76: Type A B C D E F G 11-7/8 13-1/2 7-3/4 4-1/4 3-13/16 3/8 12-3/4 5/16 14-7/8 15-3/4 7-7/8 4-1/4 5-5/16 3/8 15 5/16 SEA3 & 4 and SFA3 & 4 18-5/32 31-1/2 9-19/32 16 3-3/32 1/2 30-1/2 7/16 SEA1 & 2 and SFA1 & 2 22-5/3 41-1/2 10-19/32 16 3-3/32 1/2 40-1/2 7/16 SGA1, 2, 3, 4 35-7/32 49 13-7/64 27 4-7/64 1/2 48 9/16 SHA1, 2, 3, 4 36-7/32 62-7/32 19-15/32 I H RESET RESET Consult Square D NEMA Size 0 and 1 2 B N P L K Floor Mount Fig. No. C H SDA Table 17.77: G F SBA and SCA SJA3 & 4 E D NEMA Type 12/3R Enclosure (see Figure 1) Travel M J Figure 2: Class 8810 NEMA Sizes 0, 1, and 2 Non-Reversing, Open Type Mtg. Holes A B C D E F G H I J K L M N SBO1, 2 SCO1, 2 4 9-5/8 7-11/32 5-5/16 8 5/8 — 7/32 6-29/32 — 7/32 4-3/4 2-1/4 5-1/16 19/32 SBO3, 4 SCO3, 4 3 7-1/8 6-29/32 5-5/16 — — 3-13/32 15/32 6-7/32 — 7/32 3-9/16 1-5/8 5-1/16 19/32 SDO1, 2 6 12-1/32 8-17/32 6-1/32 10-3/8 1/2 — 1/4 8-1/8 6-1/4 5/32 5-3/4 2-13/16 5-5/32 25/32 SDO3, 4 3 9 8-1/16 6-1/32 — — 4-1/2 3/8 7-1/2 — 3/16 4-11/32 2-5/32 5-5/32 25/32 SEO1, 2 4 18 14-7/16 17 12-1/4 1-1/2 11/16 1/2 6-7/16 7-3/8 1-21/32 2-5/32 — — — SEO3, 4 4 12-3/4 12-9/32 11-3/4 10-3/4 1-1/32 1/2 1/2 2-1/2 6-3/4 1-5/32 1-5/32 — — — SFO1, 2 4 18-5/8 15-19/32 17 12-1/4 1-27/32 1-1/2 1-1/8 6-7/16 7-21/32 1-21/32 1-21/32 — — — Type 2 3 3 4 4 SFO3, 4 4 14-1/4 14-19/32 13-1/4 12-1/4 1-27/32 1/2 1/2 2-15/16 7-3/8 1-21/32 1-21/32 — — — SGO1, 2a 4 29-9/32 20-9/32 9-3/8 5-13/32 1-9/32 28 5/8 12-9/16 19 5/8 22-17/32 1/2 2-13/32 6-5/8 5 4 6b — 7c SGO3, 4 4 19-9/32 20-9/32 9-3/8 5-13/32 1-9/32 18 5/8 2-5/8 19 5/8 12-17/32 1/2 2-13/32 6-5/8 SHO1, 2a 4 29-17/32 22-7/16 9-17/32 6-31/32 3-13/16 28 3/4 11-5/8 21-3/16 5/8 9-7/8 9/16 3-1/32 9-5/16 4 19-17/32 22-7/16 9-17/32 6-31/32 3-13/16 18 3/4 21-3/16 1-11/16 5/8 9-7/8 9/16 3-1/32 9-5/16 SHO3, 4 SJO3, 4 Consult the Customer Care Center (CCC) at 1-888-778-2733. a Consequent pole type starters consist of two 3-pole starters as pictured in Figure 4 and an additional 2-pole shorting contactor (not shown), all on a common baseplate, horizontally mounted. b Current transformers used with Size 1 overload relay blocks. c Solid-state overload relays and special current transformers. A C A F E 7.00 178 .50 13 E G C .50 13 D B I B K RESET RESET J NOTE: Illustrations are intended for dimensional information only and may not represent the actual enclosure. Dimensions are shown in inches. 17-28 G H I .50 F Prov. for (4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Screws 13 8 .56 14 Reset Travel 6.25 159 Figure 3: Class 8810 NEMA Sizes 3 and 4 D H M M K M M N J (4) L Dia. Mtg. Holes Figure 4: Class 8810 NEMA Size 5 and 6 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Multispeed Magnetic Starters Approximate Dimensions Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us NEMA Size NEMA Type 1 Enclosure, Figure 1 Dimensions (in inches)—see Figure 1 Class Top & Bottom Sides Type A B C 13-7/8 23-1/8 D E F 21 G H I J K L M N O W X Y 1-1/4 7/8 1/2–3/4–1 1/2–3/4–1 1/2 1–1-1/4 1/2–3/4 1/2 0–1 8810 CBG UBG DBG CCG UCG DCG 19-9/32 1-7/8 1-7/8 2 8810 CDG UDG DDG 15-5/32 28-29/32 9-9/16 11-5/8 26-1/4 21-13/16 2-3/16 2 4 2-5/8 3a 8810 CEG UEG DEG 22-1/8 42-5/8 2-11/32 2-1/8 4-1/4 2-5/8 1-1/4 3-19/64 2-1/4 7/8 3/4 1–1-1/4–1-1/2 1/2–3/4 1/2 4a 8810 CFG UFG DFG 22-1/8 50-1/8 10-3/16 18-5/8 47-1/2 29-3/16 2-29/32 2-11/16 5-3/8 2-5/8 1-5/16 3-19/64 2-1/4 7/8 3/4 1/2 Table 17.79: 8-1/4 10-5/8 10-1/8 18-5/8 40 29-1/8 3-3/4 2-5/16 1-1/16 3-19/64 2-3/16 1-21/64 3-19/64 2-7/32 1-17/64 29/32 2-1/2 1/2–3/4 NEMA Type 4 Enclosure, Figure 2 Dimensions (in inches)—see Figure 2 NEMA Size Class Type 0–1 8810 CBW UBW DBW CCW UCW DCW Top & Bottom Bottom A B C D E F G H I J K L W X 13-7/8 8-21/64 25-3/16 3-19/64 2-9/16 8-3/4 24 19/32 3-61/64 1-5/8 2-5/16 18-17/32 3/4 Hub 1 Hub 1-1/2 Hub 2 8810 CDW UDW DDW 15-1/8 9-37/64 30-15/16 3-19/64 2-9/16 10 29-3/4 19/32 3-61/64 2 2-5/8 21-11/32 3/4 Hub 3a 8810 CEW UEW DEW 22-1/8 10-1/8 46-1/4 3-19/64 3 16 44 5/8 3-15/16 1-3/4 2-5/8 29-1/8 3/4 Hub 2 Hub 4a 8810 CFW UFW DFW 22-1/8 10-3/16 53-3/4 3-19/64 3 16 51-1/2 5/8 3-15/16 2-9/32 3-3/16 29-3/16 3/4 Hub 2-1/2 Hub Table 17.80: NEMA Type 12 Enclosure, Figure 3 Dimensions (in inches)—see Figure 3 NEMA Size Class 0–1 8810 Type A B C D E F G H I J CBA UBA DBA CCA UCA DCA 13-7/8 10-3/32 24-3/4 3-19/64 2-9/16 8-3/4 24 3/8 3-61/64 20-9/32 23-7/16 2 8810 CDA UDA DDA 15-5/32 10-31/32 31-1/4 3-19/64 3-5/64 9 30-1/4 1/2 4-53/64 3a 8810 CEA UEA DEA 22-1/8 10-1/8 45 3-19/64 3 16 44 5/8 3-15/16 29-1/8 4a 8810 CFA UFA DFA 22-1/8 10-3/16 52-1/2 3-19/64 3 16 51-1/2 5/8 3-15/16 29-3/16 a Size 3 (5-Pole–3-Pole) with FA, KA circuit breaker or 100 A disconnect switch. Size 4 (5-Pole–3-Pole) with KA circuit breaker or 200 A disconnect switch. Size 3 & 4 (3-Pole–3-Pole) enclosures may be smaller. Consult the Customer Care Center (CCC) at 1-888-778-2733 for additional dimensional information. HANDLE SWING L A D M HANDLE SWING HANDLE SWING C A F N K D E A F B H D E B H O Y E B G C G C (4) .31 DIA. MTG.HOLES 8 (for Size 0, 1, & 2) (4) .31 DIA. MTG.HOLES 8 (for Size 0, 1, & 2) Y COVER OPEN 90° (4) .31 DIA. MTG.HOLES 8 (for Size 0, 1, & 2) COVER OPEN 90° F J L X W W W G J X J I I H I Figure 1: NEMA Type 1 Enclosure K Figure 2: NEMA Type 4 Enclosure Figure 3: NEMA Type 12 Enclosure NOTE: Illustrations are intended for dimensional information only and may not represent the actual enclosure. Dimensions are shown in inches. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 17-29 17 Table 17.78: NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Disconnect Switch or Circuit Breaker Type Lighting Contactors Panelboard Lighting Contactors, Type PB Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 17 General Information NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Panelboard lighting contactors, sometimes called remote control switches, are designed for use with lighting panelboards and motor control centers where either panel or bus mounting is desired. Type PB lighting contactors can be used in a retrofit or new project without increasing the panelboard depth. They can be used to directly replace many inoperative existing switches. Table 17.81: Class 8903 Type PB Lighting Contactors Description Bus Mount Panel Mount (Includes Lugs) Size (A) Poles Type 30 2 3 PBM 10Ba PBM 11Ba 2129.00 2403.00 PBM 10a PBM 11a 2640.00 2973.00 60 2 3 PBP 10Ba PBP 11Ba 2237.00 2573.00 PBP 10a PBP 11a 2762.00 3185.00 75 2 3 PBN 10Ba PBN 11Ba 2237.00 2573.00 PBN 10a PBN 11a 2762.00 3185.00 100 2 3 PBQ 10Ba PBQ 11Ba 2541.00 2978.00 PBQ 10a PBQ 11a 3119.00 3546.00 150 2 3 PBR 10Ba PBR 11Ba 3162.00 4055.00 PBR 10a PBR 11a 3897.00 4787.00 200 2 3 PBV 10Ba PBV 11Ba 3551.00 4496.00 PBV 10a PBV 11a 4409.00 5360.00 3909.00 4958.00 PBW 10a PBW 11a 4964.00 5990.00 Panel Mount File E78427 CCN NRNT The features include: mechanically held; compatible with Square D panelboards; short-circuit ratings to 100 kA; compact arc suppression; bus or panel mounted; fits in standard-depth lighting panelboards; easy manual operation; standard coil clearing contacts; and operates in any position. $ Price 2 PBW 10Ba 3 PBW 11Ba Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below. 225 a Table 17.82: AC Coil Voltage Codes Table 17.86: 60 Hz Voltage Code 120 208 240/277 480 V02 V08 V39 V28 Table 17.83: Class 8903—Auxiliary Contacts Type Description PBX1 PBX2 X11 X22 Description $ Price 158.00 314.00 Dimensions (Panel Mount) 240 V 277 V 480 V #14 #12 #10 550 900 1425 1650 2700 4275 2200 3600 5700 2925 4700 7550 8800 14400 22800 Max. Volts 100,000 22,000 65,000 600 600 240 Table 17.88: 30–100 A 150–225 A #1/0 Max. 350 MCM Max. #18–#10 #18–#10 2.25 57 7.38 187 2.25 57 9.25 235 8.31 2.88 73 8.50 216 3.00 76 10.50 267 150– 225 C E in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm b A Dimensions (Bus Mount) Dimensions 150– 14.50 368 7.50 191 3.88 98 225 B Maximum Wire Size (AWG) Control Wire (Cu Only) 30– 100 A Class J Fuses Circuit Breaker—Square D—Type LHL Circuit Breaker—Square D—Type LHL Power Wire (Cu/Al) 30– 11.75 298 7.50 191 3.88 98 100 D Short Circuit Protection Device Recommended Current Range in. W Short-Circuit Ratings RMS Sym. Current (A) Amperes Amperes 208 V Table 17.89: Dimensions H Maximum Distance (feet) 120 V Table 17.87: 243.00 485.00 (1) Auxiliary Contact SPDT (2) Auxiliary Contacts SPDT Table 17.85: Control Distance Wire Gauge AWG Factory Modifications Form H W D A B mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm 211 7.50 191 3.38 86 2.25 57 7.38 187 9.50 241 7.50 191 3.38 86 2.88b 73 8.50 216 Slotted mounting holes suitable for 2.88–3.19 in. mounting centers. A A H $ Price $ Price (1) Auxiliary Contact SPDT (2) Auxiliary Contacts SPDT Table 17.84: Type A B E B H W C W 17-30 D D CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Well-Guard™ Pump Panel Reduced Voltage Type Class 8940 / Refer to Catalog 8940CT9701 Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz Code 50 Hz $ Price Adder No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 35.60 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 2–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified. This voltage code must include Form S (no charge). 24c 120d 208 240 — 480 600 Specify c d — 110 — 220 380 440 550 Specify V01 V02 V08 V03 V05 V06 V07 V99 Closed Transition Autotransformer Type, 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz) Note: The prices shown do not include thermal units. Overload relays are ambient temperature compensated. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 2–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. Motor (Starter) Volts Max. HP Polyphase 15 25 30 50 75 100 25 30 50 75 100 150 200 300 400 600 230 (240) 460 (480) Table 17.92: Coil Voltage Fusible Disconnect Type NEMA Size Fuse Clip Typeb Amperesa 2 60 RD4DV03 100 RE4FV03 3 200 RE1GV03 240@ 60 Hz 220@ 50 Hz 4 200 RF4JV03 400 RG1LV03 5 400 RG1MV03 2 60 RD2FV06 100 RE2GV06 3 100 RE2JV06 200 RF2LV06 4 200 RF2MV06 480 @ 60 Hz 440 @ 50 Hz 400 RG3PV06 5 400 RG3QV06 — — 6 — — 7 — — a Fuse clips are sized for use with dual-element time-delay fuses. Circuit Breaker Type $ Price Circuit Breaker Typeb $ Price 11928.00 FAL36080 VD1DV03 11928.00 17055.00 FAL36100 VE1FV03 17055.00 17342.00 KAL36100 VE2GV03 17342.00 26657.00 KAL36200 VF1JV03 28107.00 43946.00 LAL36250 VG2LV03 43946.00 46083.00 LAL36350 VG2MV03 46083.00 12555.00 FAL36070 VD1FV06 12555.00 17085.00 FAL36080 VE1GV06 17085.00 18197.00 FAL36100 VE1JV06 18197.00 26657.00 KAL36125 VF1LV06 27872.00 28278.00 KAL36200 VF1MV06 28278.00 42735.00 LAL36250 VG4PV06 46340.00 48860.00 LAL36350 VG4QV06 51237.00 — MAL36600 VH1SV06 79338.00 — MAL36900 VH2TV06 79338.00 — MAL361000 VJ1WV06 123134.00 b Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown in Table 17.90. Part Winding Type, 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz) Note: The prices shown do not include thermal units. Overload relays are ambient temperature compensated. Devices require 6 thermal units (Sizes 2–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. Motor (Starter) Voltage Combination Fusible Disconnect Type Max. HP Polyphase 230 (240) 460 (480) 25 30 50 75 100 125 150 30 40 60 75 100 150 200 250 350 Coil Voltage NEMA Size Fuse Clip (2 Sets) Typed (A)c 2PW 60 MD4FV03 60 ME5GV03 3PW 100 ME6JV03 240 @ 60 Hz 4PW 200 MF1LV03 220 @ 50 Hz 200 MG3MV03 5PW 400 MG1NV03 400 MG1PV03 30 MD5GV06 2PW 60 MD2HV06 60 ME7KV06 3PW 100 ME3LV06 480 @ 60 Hz 200 MF3MV06 440 @ 50 Hz 4PW 200 MF3PV06 200 MG4QV06 200 MG4RV06 5PW 400 MG2TV06 c Fuse clips are sized for use with dual-element time-delay fuses. Table 17.93: Part Winding—Reduced Voltage Type Type Figure PD MD PE, PF ME MF PG, MG PH 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 Table 17.94: Type A in. 19.00 23.00 30.00 25.00 36.00 36.00 38.00 B mm 483 584 762 635 914 914 965 in. 34.50 25.50 47.00 52.50 93.00 73.00 93.00 C mm 876 648 1194 1334 2362 1854 2362 in. 12.25 10.60 13.25 12.13 19.25 19.25 19.25 D mm 311 269 337 308 489 489 489 in. 13.00 17.00 22.00 19.00 33.75 33.75 35.75 E mm 330 432 559 483 857 857 908 in. 33.50 24.50 46.00 51.50 12.50 12.50 12.50 F mm 851 622 1168 1308 318 318 318 in. 0.44 0.44 0.56 0.44 0.69 0.69 0.69 mm 11 11 14 11 18 18 18 Autotransformer—Reduced Voltage Type Figure RD, VD 3 RE, VE, RF, VF 4 RG 4 VG 4 VH 4 VJa 4 a Cabinet has double doors. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Combination Circuit Breaker Type Circuit Breaker $ Price (2 Bkrs.) Typed $ Price Frame Size 7536.00 FAL36070 PD1FV03 7923.00 11609.00 FAL36080 PE3GV03 11322.00 11609.00 FAL36100 PE3JV03 11322.00 21821.00 KAL36150 PF3LV03 23400.00 43326.00 KAL36175 PG2MV03 43326.00 43326.00 LAL36250 PG3NV03 43326.00 43326.00 LAL36250 PG3PV03 43326.00 7536.00 FAL36040 PD1GV06 7293.00 7536.00 FAL36050 PD1HV06 7293.00 11609.00 FAL36070 PE3KV06 12822.00 11609.00 FAL36090 PE3LV06 11322.00 23400.00 FAL36100 PF2MV06 23400.00 23400.00 KAL36125 PF3PV06 23400.00 PG2QV06 43326.00 43326.00 KAL36175 43326.00 KAL36225 PG3RV06 43326.00 43326.00 LAL36300 PG3TV06 43326.00 d Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown in Table 17.90. A in. 25.00 32.00 36.00 32.00 34.00 64.00 B mm 635 813 914 813 864 1626 CP1 in. 52.50 72.50 93.00 72.50 93.00 93.00 Discount Schedule C mm 1334 1842 2362 1842 2362 2362 in. 11.13 19.25 19.25 19.25 23.25 27.25 NOTE: D E F mm in. mm in. mm in. mm 283 19.00 483 51.50 1308 0.44 11 489 29.75 756 12.50 318 0.68 17 489 33.75 857 12.50 318 0.69 17 489 29.75 756 12.50 318 0.68 17 591 31.75 806 16.50 419 0.69 17 692 61.75 1568 17.25 438 0.81 21 Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for dimensional information only. 17-31 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Type VG4V06K15 Table 17.91: Table 17.90: Class 8940 reduced voltage panels in NEMA 3R enclosures are specifically designed for pumping applications. Extra space is provided for field installation of auxiliary equipment. • Type S contactors/starters provided as standard • All devices are UL Listed, and marked “SUITABLE ONLY FOR USE AS SERVICE EQUIPMENT” • Price includes Hand-Off-Auto selector switch and Start push button For How to Order Information, see Digest 176 page 16-12 and Digest 176 page 16-125 for selection information. 17 www.schneider-electric.us Factory Modifications (Forms) 17 Table 17.95: Reduced Voltage Starters Classs 8606, 8630, 8640 www.schneider-electric.us Reduced Voltage Controllers Only Classes 8606, 8630, 8640 NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS NEMA Size Factory Modifications Enclosure Type Form 1, 4, 12 A 1 1PW 1 YD 2 2 PW 2 YD 3 3 PW 3 YD 336.00 336.00 336.00 4 4 PW 4 YD 5 5 PW 5 YD 6 6 PW 6 YD 7 7 PW 7 YD 336.00 336.00 336.00 Push Buttonsa Start-Stop 33600 Selector Switches Hand-Off-Auto 1, 4, 12 C 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 On-Off 1, 4, 12 C6 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 1, 4, 12 P 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 Pilot Lights (specify color)b One light On Separate Control Circuitde TR coil only (at control voltage) 1, 4, 12 S N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C All coils (at control voltage) 1, 4, 12 Y195 N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C Fused Control Circuitcdef Pilot Devices in Cover and Control Circuit Reduced Voltage Controllers Only Classes 8606 8630 8640 8647 8650 One fuse 1, 4, 12 F 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 N/Ch N/Ch Two fuses 1, 4, 12 F4 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 N/Ch N/Ch Control Circuit Transformercde Standard Capacity (50 or 60 Hz) Fuses Primary Secondary 2— 0— 1, 4, 12 F4T 684.00 882.00 1112.00 1254.00 1395.00 N/Ch N/Ch 2.. 1— 1, 4, 12 FF4T 1026.00 1197.00 1425.00 1566.00 1710.00 314.00 314.00 2— 0— 1, 4, 12 F4T40 912.00 1182.00 1938.00 2079.00 3803.00 3803.00 3803.00 2— 1— 1, 4, 12 FF4T40 1224.00 1497.00 2250.00 2393.00 4116.00 4116.00 4116.00 100 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 12 T11 300.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 200 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 12 T12 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 300 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 12 T13 1139.00 1139.00 1139.00 1139.00 1139.00 1139.00 1139.00 400 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 12 T14 2421.00 2421.00 2421.00 2421.00 2421.00 2421.00 2421.00 500 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 12 T15 2721.00 2721.00 2721.00 2721.00 2721.00 2721.00 2721.00 Additional capacity (50 or 60 Hz)g Substitute nonstandard single primary and/or single secondary a b c d e f g h i Voltage rating on the control transformerc 1, 4, 12 T1i 71.00 71.00 71.00 71.00 71.00 — — All push buttons are momentary contact. For pilot light details, refer to the pilot light table in Digest 176 page 16-100. See Table 17.96 below. As standard, Reduced Voltage Controllers are supplied with common control. If Form S or T is specified, only the TR coil will be at control voltage. Specify Form Y195 or T40 (Ex. Form F4T40) if all coils must be at control voltage. Refer to page 17-18 for control circuit arrangements. Reduced Voltage Controllers are supplied with two control circuit fuses for conductors at line voltage. Additional fusing may be supplied if a fused control circuit transformer or separate control is specified. Must be used with Form specifying separate control (Ex. Form FS). Add Form letters and price to that of standard control transformer. (Example: For Size 1, Form F4T, plus 100 VA becomes F4T11, $984.00 Form F4T40 plus 100 VA becomes F4T41, $807.00). Size 6 and 7 controllers come with Form F4T as standard. Must be used in conjunction with a variation of Form of F4T. (Ex. Standard capacity transformer required, 208–24 V. Order as Form F4TT1, 208–24 V.) Table 17.96: Selection of Control Circuit Transformers Voltage 60 Hz (Primary–Secondary) Code 120–12 120–24 208–120 240–24 240–120 277–120 480–24 480–120 480–240 600–120 Specify V88 V89 V84 V82 V80 V85 V83 V81 V87 V86 V99 The standard primary and secondary voltages for control circuit transformers are indicated in Table 17.96. To order, select the desired device with the appropriate transformer Form designation. Then convert the previously selected voltage code (V••) to reflect the desired primary/secondary voltage for the transformer. The secondary voltage should equal the previously selected coil voltage of the device. (24 Vac coils for NEMA Sizes 4–7 are not available). Example: You previously selected a Class 8606SDG1V02S. The designation V02S means that you need a coil voltage of 120-60/110-50 wired for separate control. You would like to add Form FF4T with the transformer voltages being 480 volt primary, 120 volt secondary. The new, complete Class, Type, Voltage Code, and Form are: j 17-32 Class Type Voltage Code Formj 8606 SDG1 V81 FF4T Form numbers should always be shown in alphabetical order. CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Factory Modifications (Forms) Reduced Voltage Starters Class 8606, 8630 www.schneider-electric.us Class 8606 Reduced Voltage Starters Only Molded case thermal magnetic circuit breaker b Nonfusible disconnect switch Atuomatic molded case switch NEMA Size Enclosure Type Form 5 6 7 1 4 12 1 4 12 1 4 12 Y791 Y791 Y791 Y792 Y792 Y792 Y7910 Y7910 Y7910 2010.00 2862.00 2037.00 1340.00 2195.00 1368.00 — — — 2451.00 3533.00 2564.00 1710.00 2793.00 1823.00 — — — 2664.00 4886.00 2862.00 2165.00 4388.00 2366.00 — — — 4872.00 7092.00 6579.00 2991.00 5327.00 4815.00 — — — 9471.00 11808.00 10839.00 5355.00 7691.00 5925.00 — — — 13944.00 18216.00 15012.00 — — — 12293.00 16565.00 13361.00 18320.00 23601.00 20397.00 — — — 13004.00 17276.00 14072.00 1 4 12 1 4 12 1 4 12 1 4 12 1 4 12 1 4 12 1 4 12 Y793 Y793 Y793 Y794 Y794 Y794 Y795 Y795 Y795 Y796 Y796 Y796 Y797 Y797 Y797 Y798 Y798 Y798 Y799 Y799 Y799 1566.00 2421.00 1596.00 1566.00 2421.00 1596.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 1566.00 2124.00 1596.00 1823.00 2885.00 1938.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 2066.00 3609.00 2280.00 2336.00 4559.00 2537.00 2885.00 5129.00 3105.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 2574.00 5021.00 2943.00 3596.00 4340.00 5327.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 5868.00 8190.00 6438.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 11039.00 15354.00 12861.00 13802.00 18075.00 14871.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 15425.00 19697.00 17562.00 1 YD 2 YD 3 YD 1 2 3 4 Fusible Disconnect Switch with Fuse Clips a 30 A clips Circuit Breaker or Disconnect Switch 60 A clips 100 A clips 200 A clips 400 A clips Automatic Molded Case Switch with 600 A fuse clips Automatic Molded Case Switch with fuse clips 1200 A or less a b Fuses not included. Mag-Gard™ circuit breakers are not supplied nor recommended. Table 17.98: Class 8630 Reduced Voltage Controllers Onlyd Factory Modifications Molded case thermal magnetic circuit breaker e Nonfusible disconnect switch Atuomatic molded case switch NEMA Size Enclosure Type Form 4 YD 5 YD 6 YD 7 YD 1 4 12 1 4 12 1 4 12 Y791 Y791 Y791 Y792 Y792 Y792 Y7910 Y7910 Y7910 2451.00 3533.00 2564.00 1710.00 2793.00 1823.00 — — — 2664.00 4886.00 2856.00 2165.00 4388.00 2366.00 — — — 4872.00 7092.00 6579.00 2991.00 5327.00 4815.00 — — — 9471.00 11808.00 10839.00 5355.00 7691.00 5925.00 — — — 13944.00 18216.00 15012.00 — — — 12293.00 16565.00 13361.00 18320.00 23601.00 20397.00 — — — 13004.00 17276.00 14072.00 32759.00 37031.00 33827.00 — — — 29483.00 33755.00 30551.00 1 4 12 1 4 12 1 4 12 1 4 12 1 4 12 1 4 12 1 4 12 Y793 Y793 Y793 Y794 Y794 Y794 Y795 Y795 Y795 Y796 Y796 Y796 Y797 Y797 Y797 Y798 Y798 Y798 Y799 Y799 Y799 1823.00 2421.00 1938.00 1823.00 2421.00 1938.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 1823.00 3771.00 1938.00 2066.00 3609.00 2280.00 2336.00 4559.00 2537.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 2574.00 5021.00 2943.00 2885.00 5129.00 3105.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 3596.00 5840.00 5327.00 6510.00 8204.00 6438.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 11039.00 15354.00 12861.00 13802.00 18075.00 14871.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 14513.00 18786.00 15227.00 15425.00 19697.00 17562.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 30195.00 34704.00 31095.00 Fusible Disconnect Switch with Fuse Clipsc 30 A clips Circuit Breaker or Disconnect Switch 60 A clips 100 A clips 200 A clips 400 A clips Automatic Molded Case Switch with 600 A fuse clips Automatic Molded Case Switch with fuse clips 1200 A or less c d e Fuses not included. Wye-Delta motor starters typically have higher current ratings per NEMA Size than full voltage motor starters. Care must be taken in selecting the appropriate short circuit protection. The table on Digest 176 page 7-33 will assist in selecting proper protection based on motor full-load current. Mag-Gard™ circuit breakers are not supplied nor recommended. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 17-33 NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Factory Modifications 17 Table 17.97: Factory Modifications (Forms) Reduced Voltage Starters Class 8640, 8606, 8630 www.schneider-electric.us 17 NOTE: To comply with Section 430-3 of the National Electrical Code®, combination part-winding starters are provided as follows: 1. NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 2. 3. Table 17.99: Circuit breaker: two thermal-magnetic, adjustable-trip circuit breakers—one for each motor winding. In the smaller controllers that use the FA and KA frames, a single external operating mechanism operates the two circuit breakers simultaneously. In the larger controllers that use the KA and LA frames, each circuit breaker has its own operating mechanism. Nonfusible disconnect switch: a single 3-pole unfused disconnect switch of the proper rating for both windings. The user must provide proper short-circuit protection external to the starter, using only Class J fuses. Fusible disconnect switch: a single unfused disconnect switch with two sets of fuse clips (each set of the rating indicated) to provide short-circuit protection for each winding. Class 8640 Reduced Voltage Starters Only Factory Modifications Molded case thermal magnetic circuit breaker b NEMA Size Enclosure Type Form 1 Y7911 3014.00 3675.00 3996.00 7307.00 14207.00 — 4 Y7911 4293.00 5300.00 7329.00 10641.00 17711.00 — 12 Y7911 3056.00 3846.00 4293.00 9872.00 16259.00 — 1 Y7931 2006.00 2006.00 — — — — 4 Y7931 2664.00 2664.00 — — — — 12 Y7931 2132.00 2132.00 — — — — 1 Y7941 — 2273.00 2570.00 — — — 4 Y7941 — 3969.00 5013.00 — — — 12 Y7941 — 2507.00 2790.00 — — — 1 Y7951 — 2570.00 2831.00 3176.00 — — 4 Y7951 — 5013.00 5525.00 5642.00 — — 12 Y7951 — 2790.00 3239.00 3416.00 — — 1 Y7961 — — 3176.00 3959.00 6456.00 — 4 Y7961 — — 5642.00 6425.00 9026.00 — 12 Y7961 — — 3416.00 5859.00 7082.00 1 Y7971 — — — 6456.00 1 PW 2 PW 3 PW 4 PW 5 PW 6 PW Fusible Disconnect Switch with Fuse Clips a 30 A clips (two sets) 60 A clips (two sets) Circuit Breaker or Disconnect Switch 100 A clips (two sets) 200 A clips (two sets) 400 A clips (two sets) Automatic molded case switch with 600 A fuse clips (two sets) Automatic molded case switch with fuse clips 601–1200 A or less (two sets) a b c — 15182.00 c 15596.00 c 4 Y7971 — — — 9026.00 19881.00 c 20082.00 c 12 Y7971 — — — 7082.00 16356.00 c 16592.00 c 1 Y7920 — — — — — 15965.00 4 Y7920 — — — — — 20664.00 12 Y7920 — — — — — 16748.00 1 Y7921 — — — — — 16968.00 4 Y7921 — — — — — 21668.00 12 Y7921 — — — — — 19319.00 Fuses not included. Mag-Gard™ circuit breakers are not supplied nor recommended. Consists of automatic molded case switch with two sets of 400 A fuse clips. Table 17.100: Reduced Voltage Controllers Onlyc Classes 8606, 8630, 8640 NEMA Size Factory Modifications Non-Compensated Bimetallic Overload Relays Three Element Types SC-SD (Sizes 1 & 2) Types SE-SG (Sizes 3–5) Type SH (Size 6) Overload Relays Ambient Compensated Bimetallic Overload Relays Three Element Types SC-SD (Sizes 1 & 2) Types SE-SF (Sizes 3 & 4) Types SG-SH (Sizes 5–6) Overload Relays General Substitute 9999SO4 isolated alarm contact on melting alloy overload relay Substitute 9999SO5 isolated alarm contact on melting alloy overload relay Motor Logic™ Overload Relaysde Miscellaneous a b c d e 17-34 Add for thermal protector Class 8606 Coil transient suppressor per coil Addition of terminal blocks (specify wired or unwired). Wired, per terminal, each Unwired, per terminal, each Enclosure Type Form Any Any Any B2 B5 B2 57.00 — — 57.00 — — — 57.00 — — 57.00 — — 57.00 — — — 57.00 — — — b 1, 4, 12 Any Any B Y59 B 86.00 — — 86.00 — — — 107.00 — — 107.00 — — — 86.00 — — 86.00 — — — b Any Any Y342 Y344 179.00 179.00 179.00 179.00 179.00 179.00 179.00 179.00 179.00 179.00 179.00 179.00 — b — b Any Any H10 H20 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 1, 4, 12 Any Y116 Y145 — 158.00 570.00 158.00 570.00 158.00 570.00 158.00 570.00 158.00 570.00 — — — 1, 4, 12 1, 4, 12 G56a G50a 116.00 57.00 116.00 57.00 116.00 57.00 116.00 57.00 116.00 57.00 116.00 57.00 116.00 57.00 1 1PW 1 YD 2 2 PW 2 YD 3 3 PW 3 YD 4 4 PW 4 YD 5 5 PW 5 YD 6 6 PW 6 YD 7 7 PW 7 YD Addition of terminal block 9080CA or 9080GR6 only. The number of circuits is the same as the ending of the Form number. (Example: G505 is 5 wire terminal block.) Available in groups of 5 only. Order in increments of 5. The number of circuits is the same as the ending of the Form number. (Example: G505 = 5 unwired terminals, G510 is 10 unwired terminals.) Size 7 uses a solid-state overload relay. See Class 8536 for complete details. NEMA Type 7 and 9 enclosures not available with Class 8600 devices. Motor Logic overload relays are not available on Class 8640 Size 1PW to 4PW starters. See Motor Logic overload relays in the Full Voltage section on the bottom of Digest 176 page 16-83 for additional Form options of Motor Logic overload relays. CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Definite Purpose Contactors Reversing/Hoist, Type R Class 8965 reversing hoist contactors meet the small space requirements found in electrical hoists, light duty cranes, door operators, and related products. They are designed to perform in the short periods of jogging experienced in hoist service. Note that these contactors must be mounted upright on the vertical plane; the contactors will not operate properly when mounted in any other position. Table 17.101: AC Reversing/Hoist Contactors—600 Vac Maximum Horsepower Ratings No. of Poles Type RO10V02 115 V 1Ø 230 V 1Ø 230 V 3Ø Power Terminals 460/575 V 3Ø Witha Jumper Straps Withouta Jumper Straps Open Type Open Type $ Price Quick Connect RO10c RO11c 3-Pole 1 1-1/2 3 3 Polyphase Pressure Wireb RO12c RO13c a Jumper straps connect the line side power terminals of the same phase between the forward (up) and reverse (down) contactors in common; i.e., L1 to L1, L2 to L2, and L3 to L3. b Coils rated 120 Vac or less are supplied with quick connect terminals only. c Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown in Table 17.105. 998.00 Table 17.102: Miscellaneous Hoist Contactor Kits For Use With Class 8965 Type Series Description RO10 Armature Kit RO11 A&B Contact RO12 Carrier RO13 d CP10 discount schedule. e One armature per kit. Class 9998 Type RP1e Series Description Armature Kit C Contact Carrier Order as Part Number 3100206050 Class 9998 Type RP2e $ Priced 29.40 Order as Part Number 3100208150 39.40 Table 17.103: Class 8965 Replacement Contact Kits Device Type Device Series Class 9998 Kit Type Device Series Class 9998 Kit Type RO10 RA10 RA14 RO11 RA11 RA15 A&B RO12 C RA12 RO13 RA16 RA13 RA17 Terminals 1 N.O. Each Side Quick Connect Screw Quick Connect Screw 1 N.C. Each Side Class 9999 Type R10 R12 R11 R13 236.00 B F $ Price E Replacement Part Number 3100240319g 3100240340g 3100240047h 3100240049h 3100240058hi 3100240060h D 50.00 A Table 17.106: Approximate Dimensions (3 Poles per Contactor) Table 17.105: Coil Table Voltage Voltage Voltage 60 Hz 50 Hz Code 24 — V01 120 110 V02 208/220 — V21 240 220 V03 480 440 V06 600 550 V07 f CP10 Discount Schedule. g Tape wound coils, 2 per package. h Molded coil, 1 per package. i Suitable for 440 V 50 Hz applications. G 202.00 Table 17.104: Auxiliary Contacts Separate Module Description C Provisions for (3) #8 Mounting Screws $ Price $ Pricef 119.00 119.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 83.00 Type A B C D E F G RO10, 11 3.31 84 3.31 84 3.03 77 2.69 68 1.34 34 1.56 40 2.66 68 RO12, 13 3.31 84 3.69 94 2.69 68 2.69 68 1.34 34 1.56 40 2.66 68 Table 17.107: Cross Reference—Obsolete Devices Obsolete Device Class 8702 or 8965 8965 Type HO3 HO4 HO5 HO6 HO7 HO8 RG2S1 RG5S1 RG5S2 RO1 RO1S1 RO1S2 RO1S3 RO1S4 RO1S5 RO1S6 Replacement Device Class Auxiliary Contact Required Type RO12 RO12 RO12 RO12 RO12 RO12 RO10 RO12 RO12 RO10 RO11 RO10 RO11 RO10 RO10 RO10 8965 8965 Class — 9999 9999 — 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 — — — — — — — Burden Type — R12 R13 — R12 R13 R10 R12 R12 — — — — — — — Class Type 8965 RO2 RO2S1 RO2S2 RO3 RO3S1 RO3S2 RO3S3 RO4 RO4S1 RO5 RO5S1 RO5S2 RO6 RO6S1 RO6S2 Replacement Device Auxiliary Contact Required Class Type Class Type 8965 RO10 RO11 RO10 RO10 RO11 RO10 RO10 RO12 RO13 RO12 RO13 RO12 RO12 RO13 RO12 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 — — 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 R10 R10 R10 R11 R11 R11 R11 — — R12 R12 R12 R13 R13 R13 Table 17.108: How to Order Application Data Coils Obsolete Device Duty: Hoist Duty—H4 Intermittent Voltage Range: AC coils only; +10%, –15% of nominal Inrush 76 VA, Sealed 27 VA To Order Specify: • • • Class Number Type Number Voltage and Frequency Catalog Number Class Type Voltage and Frequency 8695 RO10 V02 Approvals UL Component Recognized: File E78351, CCN NLDX2 CSA Certified: File LR60905, Class 3211 04 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 CP10 Discount Schedule 17-35 17 www.schneider-electric.us NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Class 8965 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301 Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Style Solid-State Overload Relay, Motor Logic™ Plus Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701 17 Motor Logic Plus—Class 9065 NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS The Motor Logic Plus solid-state overload relay is separately powered and fully programmable. It is designed to protect 3-phase AC motor applications, 200–480 Vac or 600 Vac. The SSOLR has one Form C relay output rated for 300 Vac maximum. Motor Logic Plus Lug-Lug Kit This kit can be field installed on separately mounted Motor Logic Plus overload relays. Table 17.111: Lug-Lug Kit For Use With Table 17.109: Motor Logic Plus Class 9065 SP Solid-State Overload Relay $ Price 200 to 480 V 600 V Current Range SPB4 SPB6 0.5–2.3 A SPC4 SPC6 2.0–9.0 A SP14 SP16 6.0–27.0 A SP24 SP26 10.0–45.0 A 957.00 SP34 SP36 20.0–90.0 A SP44j SP46j 60.0–135.0 A SP54k SP56k 120.0–270.0 A SP64l SP66l 240.0–540.0 A j Must use 150:5 external current transformer, purchased separately. k Must use 300:5 external current transformer, purchased separately. l Must use 600:5 external current transformer, purchased separately. Class & Type NEMA Size 8536 SA-SH 1–6 9065 SP 1–6 Parts Kit Description Class 9999 Type $ Price Lug-Lug Kit MLPL 80.00 Software Kit Solutions software program allows an IBM PC compatible computer (with Windows 95 or greater) to communicate with a Motor Logic Plus overload relay connected to an RS-485 network using Modbus protocol. Table 17.112: Software Kit Table 17.110: Forms for factory addition to 8536 Open Style only For Use With Alpha Character B Motor Logic Plus Overload Relay Class & Type First Digit 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Current Ranges 0.5–2.3 A 2.0–9.0 A 6.0–27.0 A 10.0–45.0 A 20.0–90.0 A 60.0–135.0 A 120.0–270.0 A 240.0–540.0 A 8536 SA–SH Second Digit 0 2 4 6 www.schneider-electric.us NEMA Size Parts Kit Description Class 9999 Type 1–6 Software Kit MLPS 9065 SP $ Price 1295.00 Communication Module This module allows the Motor Logic Plus overload relay to support RS-485 electrical communications standards. Up to 99 Motor Logic Plus overload relays can be controlled and monitored from one remote personal computer. Modifications No modification for 200–480 V Add communication module for 200–480 V No modification for 600 V Add communication module for 600 V Table 17.113: Communication Module For Use With Example Class & Type Form B 4 2 Motor Logic Plus overload relay with a current range of 6–27 A and modifications to add communication module for an open style starter package. Parts Kit Description Class 9999 Type Modbus Communication Module MB22 NEMA Size 8536 SA-SH 1–6 9065 SP $ Price 171.00 Table 17.114: How to Order To Order Specify: • • Catalog Number Class Number Type Number Class Type 9999 AC04 Table 17.115: Full Voltage Controllers Only Classes 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811 and 8812 Factory Modifications Non-Compensated Bimetallic Overload Relays Single Phase: Types SB–SD (Sizes 0–2)b Overload Relays a b c 17-36 Polyphase: Two Element—For 2 Phase Only Types SB–SD (Sizes 0–2) Three Element Types SB–SD (Sizes 0–2) Type SG (Size 5) Type SH (Size 6) Ambient Compensated Bimetallic Overload Relays Three Element Types SB–SD (Sizes 0–2) Types SE–SF (Sizes 3 & 4) Type SG (Size 5) Type SH (Size 6) NEMA Size Enclosure Type Form Any B1 — 35.60 35.60 Any B1 — 35.60 Any Any Any B2 B2 B2 — — — 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 Any Any Any B Y59 B B — — — — 00 Overload Relays—General Any Y81 — Modify Size 3 Type SE starters with melting alloy overload relays to accept Type FB quick trip or SB slow trip thermal units Substitute 9999 SO4 isolated alarm contact (N.O.) Any Y342 179.00 on melting alloy overload relay Substitute 9999 SO5 isolated alarm contact (N.C.) Any Y344 179.00 on melting alloy overload relay Size 7 uses a solid state overload relay as standard. See Class 8536 for complete details. Single phase bimetallic overload relays for Type S Sizes 0–2 require two (2) thermal units per starter. For Classes 8736, 8738 and 8739 Type SG, consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733). CP1 Discount Schedule 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 35.60 — — — — — 35.60 35.60 — — — — — 35.60 — — 35.60 — — 35.60 — — — — — — — — — 35.60 — — — 35.60 — — — a 64.00 — — — 64.00 — — — 64.00 — — — — 64.00 — — — — 64.00 — — — — 64.00 — — — — a — — — 179.00 179.00 179.00 179.00 179.00 179.00 — 64.00 — — N/C 179.00 179.00 — — — — 179.00 179.00 c 179.00 — a 179.00 179.00 c 179.00 — a © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Conductor Ampacity Based on the 2011 National Electrical Code® Correction Factors Ampacity based on NEC Table 310.15(B)(16) (Formerly Table 310.16) – Allowable Ampacities of Insulated Conductors Rated Up to and Including 2000 Volts, 60° Through 90°C (140° Through 194°F), Not More Than Three Current-Carrying Conductors in Raceway, Cable, or Earth (Directly Buried), Based on Ambient Temperature of 30°C (86°F)* Based on NEC Table 310.15(B)(2)(a)[Formerly Table 310(16)] – Ambient Temperature Correction Factors Based on 30°C (86°F) For conduit fill see 2011 NEC Annex C. For Information on Temperature Ratings of Terminations to Equipment See NEC 110 .14(C). Size Temperature Rating of Conductor. [See Table 310.104(A).] 60°C (140°F) 75°C (167°F) AWG or Types TW, kcmil UF 90°C (194°F) 60°C (140°F) Types Types TBS, SA, SIS, RHW, FEP, FEPB, MI, THHW, RHH, RHW-2, THW, THHN, THWN, THHW, THW-2, XHHW, THWN-2, USEUSE, ZW 2, XHH, XHHW, XHHW-2, ZW-2 Copper 18 — — Types TW, UF 75°C (167°F) Size 90°C (194°F) Types Types TBS, SA, SIS, RH, RHW, THHN, THHW, THHW, THW-2, THW, THWN-2, RHH, THWN, RHW-2, USE-2, XHHW, XHH, XHHW, USE XHHW-2, ZW-2 AWG or kcmil Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum 14 — — — — 16 — — 18 — — — — 14** 15 20 25 — — — — 12** 20 25 30 15 20 25 12** 10** 30 35 40 25 30 35 10** 8 40 50 55 35 40 45 8 6 55 65 75 40 50 55 6 4 70 85 95 55 65 75 4 3 85 100 115 65 75 85 3 2 95 115 130 75 90 100 2 1 Ambient Temperature (°C) Temperature Rating of Conductor 60°C 75°C 90°C Ambient Temperature (°F) 10 or less 1.29 1.20 1.15 50 or less 11–15 1.22 1.15 1.12 51–59 16–20 1.15 1.11 1.08 60–68 21–25 1.08 1.05 1.04 69–77 26–30 1.00 1.00 1.00 78–86 31–35 0.91 0.94 0.96 87–95 36–40 0.82 0.88 0.91 96–104 41–45 0.71 0.82 0.87 105–113 46–50 0.58 0.75 0.82 114–122 51–55 0.41 0.67 0.76 123–131 56–60 — 0.58 0.71 132–140 61–65 — 0.47 0.65 141–149 66–70 — 0.33 0.58 150–158 71–75 — — 0.50 159–167 76–80 — — 0.41 168–176 81–85 — — 0.29 177–185 Adjustment Factors – See NEC Table 310.15 (B)(3)(a) Where the number of current-carrying conductors in a raceway or cable exceeds three, the allowable ampacities shall be reduced as shown in the following table: Number of Conductors*** Percent of Values in Table 310.15(B)(16) through Table 310.15(B)(19) as Adjusted for Ambient Temperature if Necessary 1 110 130 145 85 100 115 1/0 125 150 170 100 120 135 1/0 4 through 6 80 2/0 145 175 195 115 135 150 2/0 7 through 9 70 3/0 165 200 225 130 155 175 3/0 10 through 20 50 4/0 195 230 260 150 180 205 4/0 21 through 30 45 250 215 255 290 170 205 230 250 31 through 40 40 300 240 285 320 195 230 260 300 41 and Above 35 350 260 310 350 210 250 280 350 400 280 335 380 225 270 305 400 500 320 380 430 260 310 350 500 600 350 420 475 285 340 385 600 700 385 460 520 315 375 425 700 750 400 475 535 320 385 435 750 800 410 490 555 330 395 445 800 900 435 520 585 355 425 480 900 1000 455 545 615 375 445 500 1000 1250 495 590 665 405 485 545 1250 NEC 240.4 Protection of Conductors 1500 525 625 705 435 520 585 1500 1750 545 650 735 455 545 615 1750 2000 555 655 750 470 560 630 2000 Conductors, other than flexible cords, flexible cables, and fixture wires, shall be protected against overcurrent in accordance with their ampacities specified in 310.15, unless otherwise permitted or required in 240.4(A) through (G). * Refer to 310.15(B)(2)(a) for the ampacity correction factors where the ambient temperature is other than 30°C (86°F). ** See Section 240.4 (D) for conductor overcurrent protection limitations. Ratings for 120/240 volts, 3-Wire, Single-Phase Dwelling Services— See NEC Table 310.15 (B)(7) These are permitted ratings for Dwelling Unit service and feeder conductors which carry the total load of the dwelling. Rating (amps) 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 Copper 4 3 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 Aluminum 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 300 350 400 250 kcmil 350 kcmil 400 kcmil 250 kcmil 300 kcmil 350 kcmil 500 kcmil 600 kcmil NEC 210.19 Conductors — Minimum Ampacity and Size (A) Branch Circuit Not More Than 600 Volts. (1) General. Branch-circuit conductors shall have an ampacity not less than the maximum load to be served. Where a branch circuit supplies continuous loads or any combination of continuous and noncontinuous loads, the minimum branchcircuit conductor size, before the application of any adjustment or correction factors, shall have an allowable ampacity not less than the noncontinuous load plus 125 percent of the continuous load. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved *** Number of conductors is the total number of conductor in the raceway or cable adjusted in accordance with 310.15 (B)(5) and (6). NEC 210.20(A) Continuous and Noncontinuous Loads Where a branch-circuit supplies continuous loads or any combination of continuous and noncontinuous loads, the rating of the overcurrent device shall not be less than the noncontinuous load plus 125 percent of the continuous load. NEC 240.4 (D) Small Conductors Unless specifically permitted in 240.4(E) or (G), the overcurrent protection shall not exceed that required by (D)(1) through (D)(7) after any correction factors for ambient temperature and number of conductors have been applied. NEC 430.22(A) Direct-Current Motor-Rectifier Supplied. For dc motors operating from a rectified power supply, the conductor ampacity on the input of the rectifier shall not be less than 125 percent of the rated input current to the rectifier. For dc motors operating from a rectified single-phase power supply, the conductors between the field wiring output terminals of the rectifier and the motor shall have an ampacity of not less than the following percentages of the motor fullload current rating: (1) Where a rectifier bridge of the single-phase, half-wave type is used, 190 percent. (2) Where a rectifier bridge of the single-phase, full-wave type is used, 150 percent. 2012 Supplemental and Obsolescence Digest 176 Have questions? Need technical support or on-site service? Now there’s one toll-free number to get all the information you need. 1-888-778-2733 2012 Supplemental and Obsolescence Digest 176 Global Specialist in Energy Management Power Management Process & Machines Management Customer Care Center The Customer Care Center (CCC) is a single point of contact where qualified personnel answer your customer service and technical support questions. IT/Server Room Management Serving all Schneider Electric authorized distributors and customers anywhere in the United States. Building Management Schneider Electric Services www.schneider-electric.us Schneider Electric USA, Inc. 1415 S. Roselle Road Palatine, IL 60067 Tel: 847-397-2600 Fax: 847-925-7500 www.schneider-electric.us Document Number 0100PL1202 This document has been printed on recycled paper © 2012 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. • 998-5626_US_C Schneider Electric Services provides you with power, automation and control, and energy management services to support the lifecycle of your system, process or installation. Our solutions help you get the most out of your investment and keep your facility at peak operational performance. Any brand. Any industry. Any time. Security Management
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : Yes Create Date : 2014:06:03 10:40:56-05:00 Modify Date : 2014:06:03 10:51:51-05:00 Has XFA : No Tagged PDF : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c005 78.147326, 2012/08/23-13:03:03 Metadata Date : 2014:06:03 10:51:51-05:00 Format : application/pdf Document ID : uuid:5d6ff9da-4fb1-422f-ba20-8eaf9085488c Instance ID : uuid:248f718a-8ae3-4604-9430-bd33dd21f91f Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Count : 200EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools